Tag: march 2024

Your Inner Authority (Part 2)

Your Inner Authority (Part 2)

Transcript

Awesome. So this is part two of this Deep Craft inner authority, series.

This one is called shadow copy, how to balance virtuous and forbidden desire to elicit your prospects. Full range of f yet, I need this. So this is one that I’ve been, like, saving to teach somewhere for probably at least a year. And I’m like, who can I teach this to? Like, who’s already got a lot of the basics, the foundations and even the intermediate stuff, lockdown, and it’s ripe to talk about some advanced stuff that we just don’t get to talk about very often. So, yeah, I’m excited to share this one. This is part two, part one.

For those who haven’t seen it yet, that was last month, Deep VOC three piercing questions to go beneath the surface.

Not a prerequisite for it, but definitely related. And today’s is shadow copy, and we’ll see if there’s a part three, at some other point. But I love just going into the deeper, more nuanced stuff that is highly practical that just doesn’t get a lot of airtime. So, yeah, that’s kinda my thing, and happy to geek out on all that anywhere.

Slack, call me up, email me. Let’s Zoom. Let’s nerd out on weird deep inner authority stuff that, yeah, no one else really likes to geek out on. So, who is the inner authority?

To me, like, I’ve just defined this nice and simply as, one who knows the prospect better than they know themselves. That is typically the feedback I get when a page does really, really well. It’s like, oh my goodness. You know me better than I know myself.

And what it’s really achieving is it’s exposing and illuminating that which the prospect is unable or unwilling to divulge or articulate themselves. So that’s kind of the mechanism of it.

And what it achieves, it builds trust and resonance through the damn, are you in my head phenomenon or effect.

That’s what I aim to get to, in pretty much everything I write. And it makes sure that your one reader is fully seen on the page or at least more seen than anywhere else on the Internet or than any other competitor is willing to see them.

So that’s a term that gets talked about a lot. It’s like, make sure they’re seen on the page. And I actually wanted to unpack that a little and go a little deeper. What does it actually mean to have your prospect fully seen?

Well, it partly means to have their full range of desires mirrored. That means more than this. Right? To be seen on page also involves their problem, right, their stakes, their situation, their context, all that other stuff.

But in terms of desires, there’s a full range of desire and motivation.

In my view, only one and two really get the most, real estate on a page or explored in one’s research. So these four layers are they’re socially acceptable desires, they’re known and they’re owned desires. So the stuff they know about themselves. This is why I desire this. This is something I’m willing to own and something I’m willing to share.

But everybody, without exception, I would say, I would dare to say, has secret desires and secret motivations, things that they wouldn’t want to say out loud or even confess to themselves. Right? Disowned desires or even unknown desires, things they haven’t even, contemplated about themselves around why they might want something or why they might want to achieve something. So three and four, definitely in that darker, lesser known, disowned territory.

And as a marketer or copywriter, number one and two are really easy to gather and mirror on the page. Right? They appear readily in the VOC and surveys and interviews and message mining because they are known, they are owned, they are socially acceptable, people feel cool and even good in divulging them. So that’s cool.

Number one and two are easy. We got that on lock. Number three and four, more rare, but I would argue definitely no less powerful and maybe even more powerful. Right?

There’s kind of this operating theory that that which gets disowned may have greater pull. Right? And people may not even know why these things pull them. But three and four, definitely strong strong strong motivators.

The unknown, the disowned, and the less socially acceptable desire. So I’m gonna give you a little story from a past life. Two thousand six, two thousand seven, one of my first jobs, like, after I quit corporate life was a personal trainer at a gym.

And one of my roles was to, get people to move from thirty dollars a month memberships to personal training packages. And, you know, very typical sales script, like, what’s your motivation? What are you doing this for?

And almost universally, this is more common in men, actually. Like, men in their thirties and forties, they would say, I just wanna stay in shape. Right? I just wanna maintain. I just want to, yeah, I just want to stay in shape. Right? That was the common language that we almost knew would come without exception.

And it’s easy to sell a thirty dollar per month membership to someone who wants to stay in shape. It’s really difficult to sell a higher ticket, package, right, to someone who just wants to stay in shape. There’s not a lot of charge or a lot of juice behind that motivation. There’s not a lot of stakes behind that motivation. There’s not a lot of drive behind that motivation.

And me and the gym owner and manager and the other people, you know, on the floor and trainers We constantly have these conversations of, like, how do we get people to actually own a wider and a deeper breadth of desire?

And I think I came up with eight words, right, that I just kind of blurted out randomly that became part of our script. Like, it’s cool if you just want to look good. Right? Like eight words.

That’s it. And whenever we would catch someone who wouldn’t own that full desire, that that became part of the script. It’s cool if you just want to look good. Right?

Like, that’s totally acceptable and a fair motivation for doing this. And that would totally flip the conversation because we were taking the lead in owning this disowned desire for them. We made it safe. We gave them permission to actually say what they wanted, maybe even what they were thinking, but didn’t wanna be judged for claiming as a desire.

So all this to say, people are far, far, far, like, I Yeah. I think I put it in caps. Good. I put it in caps because they are far more willing and capable of sharing virtuous and socially accepted politically correct desires than they are. They’re disowned motivators that may actually be driving the decision.

So one thing that we could do as marketers, as copywriters, as salespeople, and offer creators is to give our one reader a permission slip for the full spectrum of their desires. Right? This is a gift we get to give them. Right? It’s cool if this is what you want. It’s cool if this is your main desire driving this decision.

So we claim it on the page for them or the sales call so that they don’t have to so that they can remain in their virtuous, you know, acceptable version of themselves while feeling like our offer and what we’re, enrolling them into, is all inclusive of that more shadowy desire. Does that make sense? Because I’m throwing a lot of terms really quickly. Cool.

Sweet. So let’s do a deeper dive into this topic, shadow desires and virtual desires. So what is the source? Where are these desires coming from?

Shadow desire, you know, the deep, unknown, underworld, subconscious, ego, typically a shadow drive, right? A drive to be better, to be richer, to be more resourced, to look better, to win over. It’s very competition based. It’s very comparative.

It’s rooted in identities they’ve already lived and motivations they’ve already experienced and therefore have a high degree of charge around. Whereas a virtuous desire, they haven’t really lived that person yet. It’s who they’d like to be. It may be an aspirational ideal, but there’s no experiential data and therefore less charge, less emotionality to that virtuous desire.

And if emotions drive decisions, there’s going to be far, far, far, far more stuff driving the decision in that shadow desire.

The orientations of it. Right? The orientation of the shadow desire is typically more selfish. Right?

How it benefits me, how it puts me at an advantage over others. Once again, very competitive based, even zero sum based. I remember, one of my first really big clients in the copywriting space was to write a launch. And it was one of the first times I quoted a really big package to do the full spectrum of a launch.

And he was saying the whole time, I just want to hire the best. I just want to have the best launch. I just really want to blow this out of the water, right? You know?

And, like, I asked him, like, why is this important to you? Right? Like, because it felt like there’s a lot of charge there beyond just the business doing well.

Right? And his desire was, I don’t like the people who are essentially owning this space right now. I feel like my stuff is better, and my end result is I I wanna be ahead of them in a year from now. I want my name to be the household name in this space.

Right? Competition based. Right? And it took him a while to own that and to state that and to admit to that.

But that was what was driving him signing off on a big copywriting project on the first launch he was doing on a program. So these things are at play, and they don’t necessarily need to be unearthed in every conversation, but we can mirror it on the page in our copy.

Orientation for virtuous desire, typically, it’s going to be altruistic, right, where they’re kind of deflecting it for someone else, for the greater good, for their families.

And there’s truth to this, but it’s not the totality of truth.

Riskiness, right? To own and to admit a shadow desire tends to have a high degree of risk, right? You kind of risk being judged, right? Because these aren’t things that people typically state out loud, right?

These are things that get filtered. And almost rightfully so, it’s really difficult to maintain great friendships and relationships if if you go around talking about your shadow desires. So, high risk in them owning it, and therefore, what a relief when it’s on the page and they don’t have to own it and claim it for themselves. Virtual desire, virtually no risk at all.

Right? They almost look good and sanitized, right, in claiming just their virtual virtuous desire.

Awareness on a shadow desire, it could be totally disowned, or it could be unknown completely, and we’re the first ones to really make them say, you’re right. That is why I want that.

Virtuous desire is something that is readily owned and already there within awareness. So when we’re talking about a sales page or an email that really captivates and draws an interest and intrigue, if we’re mirroring back something that’s already known to them, that’s great. They feel seen on the page. But if we’re the ones to expose a part of them, it’s like, oh, shit. That is there. Right?

Now we’ve really hooked them in on something cool and interesting. So awareness, typically disowned on a shadow desire. Permission, certainly less permissible for them to own a shadow desire or admit to it. High permission, full permission, unvirtuous.

Core emotions, typically on a shadow desire, we’re working in the realms of lust, greed, pride, competition, retribution. Right? Show them, get back at them, prove something to somebody, virtuous desire, joy, love, and cooperation. So there’s a lot going on here.

You can screenshot it, just as a reference point.

But this comes into, yeah, full clarity when we actually start looking at examples, and it’s pretty simple to pull off once you start getting the hang of it.

So examples.

I just kinda crafted this one because I know Abby was working with, a bookkeeper, a client who is working with bookkeepers to leave their nine to five, start a profitable business. So this is like this could apply to anything that teaches people to go freelance. Right? So shadow desire, maybe to be crazy rich, be better than those stuck in the nine to five.

Right? How many people wanna go freelance and feel like they’re getting ahead of the people who aren’t there yet? Right? That is so out there and so rarely claimed.

Right? Give the proverbial f u to a boss that they hate, that always makes makes them work late, and slacks them on the weekend while they’re on family time. So all this would be in the realm of shadow desire.

Virtuous desire, this is what you’ll typically find right in the VOC, right, or on an interview, you know, to provide more for their family, to double their salary, enjoy a flexible schedule that allows them to pick up their kids from school at lunch and take them to Chipotle for a burrito. We don’t have Chipotle in Canada. So I kind of, like, always talk about Chipotle because it’s one of my personal personal unlived desires for more Chipotle in my life. So anyway, just keeps making its way there.

Fitness coach, right? Same thing.

Like virtuous desire, stay in shape. Like, those were the three dreaded words. Being able to play with my kids without getting tired. That is another one, like, you hear all the time.

Get a stamp of approval on annual health checks. Right? All virtuous desires shadow desires. Right? They wanna turn heads, you know, be attractive, all these things that, like, are right there that they just don’t want to claim. So this is really how it works, balancing out the shadow desires and the virtuous desires.

And the problem with virtuous desires is it leaves a whole lot left to be desired. It is incomplete. It is not entirely true. It’s only what our social selves want others to know about our motivations, but that we know is not our true or our complete motivation. So our job as marketers, just because our prospect is leaving it out doesn’t mean we should leave it out as well. So a simple template bringing this all into practice, for weaving in the shadow and virtuous desires.

Really simple. So this is a piece of copy you could put in your moment of highest tension section of the fifteen or sorry, moment of highest pleasure section of the fifteen point sales page in a day formula if you’re using, that template from ten x sales pages or in the desire section within any ADA formula you’re using. This would be something to weave into the desire section.

And it’s simple. So it’s not just about, you know, shadow desire one, two, or three. Right? Or or it’s not about forbidden one, two, or three.

And then validate it. Right? Say, it’s totally cool. If that’s what you’re striving for, we’ll stand with you in that.

Right? So give them permission. That’s the permission slip.

And then say it’s about virtuous desire one, two, three, so that. So it’s kind of a sandwich there. Right? You’re introducing the shadow desires and saying it’s not just about that.

You’re validating it for them, permission slip, and then leaving the desire off. So the last thing you write is the things that they want to feel, like those were their, driving motivations. So let’s look at an example.

So back to the fitness one.

So this is not just about, you know, the shadow desires of filling your iPhone’s camera roll with shirtless gym selfies and loving what you see, and it’s definitely not about the secret satisfaction you’ll get and being the only dad at the camping trip rocking a six pack instead of binge drinking ruined. That reads a little weird, but it makes sense. But hey, don’t let anyone judge your motivations for getting healthy. We’ll celebrate you and whatever gets you moving.

And then the virtual virtuous ones. But at its core, this program is about feeling more strong, vital, and confident in in your body at forty than you did at twenty, setting an exam setting an epic example for your kids and knowing that you’ve set yourself up to stay lean, fit, and healthy while most succumb to a state of slow and controlled erosion. So, you honor the shadow desires. You give them the permission slip, and then you tell them what it’s really about in a way that they would feel good and virtuous in enrolling.

So that’s what it looks like. Very simple, worksheet for you. It’s really just listing what the acceptable, safe, virtuous desires are, listing the forbidden ones.

And this can come through your VOC, it can come through your interviews, or it could come what you believe would be true and lurking, beneath the surface, just based on your knowledge of your audience.

And then essentially, craft it into this formula. Right? It’s not just about shadow one, shadow two, shadow three. Validate it and then share it’s about those virtuous desires.

And just see what that looks like and how that reads as a desire section, on a sales page, on an email, and test it out. You might be surprised in how it flows and just the responses you get, once your reader feels more fully seen on the page. So I think that’s all we got. Twenty minutes.

I’m getting good at these short presentations.

Sort of.

Cool. Any questions, thoughts, comments? We could definitely continue the conversation if y’all have further thoughts on how to elaborate on that or how you might see it applying for the work you do.

I have a question.

Mhmm.

It’s gonna be the same question probably that I ask you every time. Yes. But there was a very, very brief moment in time when my boss didn’t really, supervise me that much. So I was able to try more creative things, but nothing as creative as this because anytime you try to introduce this negative language in SaaS, you get hit with a that’s going to make people feel bad.

So my question is, how do you water this down? I And you’re you’re not gonna like to to answer this kind of question. But what kind of ways could you water this down so it’s still palatable for more of a corporate audience?

Yeah. So it’s a spectrum. Right? I think, like, the core of this is, like, what are the desires that are just a little less safe than the safe ones.

Right? And that are true most of all. Right? So it’s like, there’s no part of this that is shaming or making them feel bad, right?

It’s just saying this isn’t just about X, Y, and Z, and those X, Y, and Zs are the things that they actually want, that the reader really, really wants.

So you’re disowning that desire with them, right, and then wrapping it up with the things that are more acceptable.

So I wouldn’t go extreme with it. I wouldn’t use languaging, especially on the darker, more competitive edges of being so much better than someone else. You could definitely rein in that language.

But what are some of those things that they want that they’re kind of afraid to admit out loud, right? And see what’s a safe version of that, like the five on ten. If the virtuous desires are the one on ten on safety, just make the shadow desires a three or four on ten and see if you can push the envelope to that level.

So what might you say for somebody who’s a middle manager? Because that’s gonna be, like, the most typical audience. Like, a middle manager in sales, or a middle manager in project management or whatever it might be? What’s what might be language that you could use for them? Because nine times out of ten, that’s the person I’m talking to.

Yeah. So, like, what do they want out of the product? Like, what are they buying it for?

Usually, to have more efficiency, more control over their team, get rid of admin, make things more efficient. This is very generally speaking for a variety of different companies, but that’s sort of the concept.

So yeah.

Like, and what does it look like once those are achieved? Right? Is there, like do they get kinda, like, a special bonus on that? Do they get to, wrap up their days earlier because efficiency is in place and admin tasks are off their plate?

Right? So, like, that would be and I’m not saying that this is the accurate desire, but it would be like, this isn’t just about, you know, getting, you know, a glowing review from your, you know, higher ups, and getting to check out on weekends because everything is fully dialed in. Right? And enjoying your, you know, workout without being tethered to your phone.

Right? However that appears for them. This is about x, y, and z. So, like, the shadow desires are still in that play it safe range.

They’re just really kind of like giving a bit more of their selfish motivations, right, versus the altruistic or the company and for the team motivations, if that makes sense.

Okay. Especially if they’re the the decision maker. Right? To get them in touch with some of their more personal, quote unquote, selfish motivations without making them feel selfish for wanting it. Like, that’s the key for it. Make them feel like this will help them achieve what they really want selfishly without them having to feel selfish for wanting it, if that makes sense.

Interesting.

So let’s take let’s take a monday dot com example because that’s the most well known. Monday dot com being a competitor of Asana and Trello and Wrike, and all these other project management tools.

Instead of saying something along the lines of, if you have a spreadsheet with seventeen tabs open and you are tired of reading through long in long email threads, and you feel overwhelmed, or the reverse, the virtuous, which would be you can be a better team manager and help your team members and be more efficient and hit more business goals.

What would sort of be the middle ground there?

So project manager. Right? Like, so so I’ve worked with many project managers, like, who’ve managed me as a copywriter, right, both, you know, internally and also, like, I’ve worked closely with project managers on teams I’ve kinda, like, implanted myself into during bigger launches.

And, you know, one piece of feedback, like, I’ve given project managers who are really dialed in, right, and really streamlined on their process and systems is, like, you know, no project I’ve been on has ever run more smoothly. Right? Like, that’s the feedback they love getting. Like, be the project manager that every freelancer loves working with, right?

That taps into their sense of pride, right? Pride being one of those emotions we talked about for shadow desires.

So pride is a good one to work with as well, because it’s a little more acceptable than competitiveness You don’t need to always go to competitiveness.

But what would make that project manager who’s using Monday feel really good about themselves? Like when they go home and they have dinner with their partner or their spouse, what are they saying? Like, so and so said this about me. Right?

And they’re confiding that to their spouse because that’s that feels safe. Right? But how can we incorporate that into our copy, if that makes sense?

So, like, just what are those little moments that you can Yeah.

It almost sounds like you’re like, all of the benefits that you typically see on a sales page, like, be more efficient, get more ROI, be a better be a better manager. It’s almost like instead of saying, like, the actual benefit, say, be the person that people say this about.

Yeah. Exactly.

Benefit, but just Yeah. Framed it.

Because that’s what they really want. Right? That they can’t say out loud. Yeah. Yeah.

That is a very cool point.

Mhmm. Yep. And you can make the language as, like, safe as it needs to be for any industry. It’s just really about the, quote, unquote, more selfish, personally driven desires for the thing.

Okay. I like it.

Cool.

I have a quest a question.

Let me come on camera. Sorry. So so talking about that and, you know, safe language and and how to weave this in. So assuming you have, like, a big tech you know, like, enterprise tech. Right?

Mhmm.

This is not something where we’re you’re doing sales letter type stuff, and it’s a it’s a they they they live in a completely different universe, and it’s a little bit more buttoned up. So Of course. But I have this situation where I have a product. And the thing is people are really afraid of if they choose the wrong vendor, they’re gonna lose their job, you know, because it’s a it’s a mission critical service.

Right.

So how how have you ever had a situation where you’re working in something like that? Because that’s really what is going on under the surface. They’re they’re, you know, they’re afraid of of they’re afraid of losing their job if they choose the wrong company.

Mhmm. And what’s the upside if they choose the right company?

That’s a good question. I hadn’t you know?

I I guess I’ve been worrying about, like, how to get past this fear that they have of choosing.

Mhmm. It’s that it’s that old thing of, like, you know, nobody ever got fired for hiring IBM. You know? Yeah.

That Right.

The upside would be that nothing happens, really. It’s quiet and everything works well.

I mean, you know, no more no more support calls, no more, you know, emergency meetings because some country is having lag time or whatever.

Yep. For sure.

I mean, this copyright, I’m guessing, like, the one making the decision, right, their main desire is simply to make the right decision, right, in this case. Right?

It it is. Yeah. Yeah. It is. I I mean, some of there’s a certain sub sub segment that’s motivated by, you know, being cutting edge and being on the bleeding edge with technology and doing the latest and greatest thing.

Yeah.

But that’s that’s a certain percentage.

You know, those are the people that tend to those would be, I’d say, like, the ideal customer avatar. You know? The ones that are that wanna be on the bleeding edge are the ones that are an easier sell.

Yep.

It’s the question is how to get those other ones.

Yeah.

Yeah. I’d say, like, this copy is definitely or this kind of format and template is definitely meant for a specific context where the one reading it is the one who stands to benefit, right, and therefore they’re owning their desires, how would we work that principle, right, into, into that enterprise environment? That’s a great conversation. Right?

I think it’s, like, just wherever we can identify any desires that they haven’t claimed yet. Right? And this is mostly going to come out in kinda like the one to one communication, I’m guessing. Right?

Not necessarily on, like, the page.

Yeah. Like, I think I think a fair question is, like, what does it look like when you’ve made the right decision? Right? Like, how is that celebrated? Like, how do you feel when like, maybe it’s literally just watching the new new tech be integrated and having a sense of pride in it, right, that they let it, that they champion it. Right?

Getting to talk about that, right, that they kind of, like, championed and spearheaded this new initiative. Right? So it’s probably more pride, I would say.

Mhmm. Mhmm.

Pride that their due diligence and their decision was behind, you know, a multi six figure, you know, reconfiguration of something. Right? And getting to watch that in real time as it gets kind of implemented. So I would tap into the pride aspects, and, yeah, have that conversation, like, with that kind of audience of, How does this actually play out in real time?

And what are the moments within that that feel really good, really validating? So I think feeling validated is also really important for people, you know, in that position because validation brings the security that they really want. Right? That they’ve really cemented their place within the organization because of this thing that they helped, you know, usher in.

So I suppose, you know, performance KPIs would would be something that would be a a tangible outcome, you know? And that’s not like an ROI thing. It’s like a, you know, uptime performance and stuff like that. So technical those technical performance KPIs, I guess.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. That makes sense. I think, like, the simplest version of it, and every context has its own nuances. Right?

Mhmm. Yeah. Especially in what that person could admit at lab. Right? A middle manager who’s making that decision might not even answer the question of, like, you know, why do they really desire to do this?

I mean, this would be a VP or a c level person.

You know? A CTO, CIO, the Yeah.

Director of engineering, that kind of Yep.

You know?

Yeah. I think, like, for what a successful decision and implementation means for them in their career and their sense of pride in their position pride in their position and also, like, cementing their status in the organization is probably probably gonna be something to play with, and it’s very nuanced in how you communicate.

Sort of like be the one be the one responsible for for your company’s zero downtime or something like that. Yeah.

Yeah.

Like, a headline that comes to mind. Right? And I’m not saying that we use headlines in this context, but it would be kinda like, you know, you know, this will be on your LinkedIn profile by June, right? Like some big thing that they led. Like that’s what they would be doing with you. Exactly.

Yeah. Like imagine this on your LinkedIn profile, right? Yeah.

So yeah, pride and accomplishment. Definitely play with those two.

Okay. Thank you.

What comes out of it. Thank you.

Hey, Ryan. I have a question. I feel like I work, you know, with, like, the coaches and and course creators where you might have already used this.

I like, I, I really like this technique. Just writing down like the seven deadly thins as ideas for places to find, the shadow desires.

But I guess, like, in the context of helping people make money online Mhmm. Like, is so the shadow desire in that is what they’re gonna do with the money or what they will be able It’s why they want it.

Why they want it. Okay. So I wrote I wrote the three that I came up with were like, this isn’t just about making yourself so personally secure that if your partner emptied your bank accounts and walked out the door tomorrow, you’d be like, solid for the next six months?

Yeah.

Having a program that your clients save rave so much about, they’re even talking about it inside other people’s coaching containers. Mhmm.

I don’t know. That one fell down. I was like, and out earning your early mentors so that your nervous system finally recognizes unequivocally that you’ve made it to the top?

That’s so good. I got chills on the last one. Right? Because it, like, brings in the competitive aspect, and it does so really art really artfully. Right? It’s not just like, crush your competitors.

Like, it’s not so, like, on the nose.

But but competition is a really good one when you can weave it in artfully, right?

Because that’s a really difficult one for people to own.

And I’ve never met anyone who was a hundred percent hundred percent altruistic and cooperative, right? It’s on a spectrum. It’s not like you’re either cooperative or competitive. It’s always on a spectrum. And even if you’re like eighty percent, you know, cooperative, rooting for everybody, there are these shadow parts of us that just want to win. Right?

For the most part, I don’t wanna overgeneralize. Right? So when you could speak to that, even if that’s, like, fifteen percent of who they are, right, or who they’re operating as, it’s such a charged fifteen percent.

And that’s what we’re looking for. Right? The charged part that’s really gonna make the decision.

So I guess my question is like, okay. Two parts. One, because I’m, like, writing about my own audience feels easy.

But do you have any tips for, like, is there a question you could ask in the voice of customer research or like teasing these out of other people’s audiences?

So one thing I mean, I I feel like I always return to this. Right? It’s the sales calls and the sales call recordings, and I’ve consulted with sales teams for, you know, the offers that I’m writing for. Mhmm.

So it’s like, first step, I’ll usually audit those calls. Right? And sometimes you’ll get a hint of that as like, well, why do you really want that? Why is that important? So kind of like those layers of why will sometimes reveal it.

Oftentimes, it’ll only partially reveal it, and then it’s my own kinda, like, empathetic nature, right, that will kinda read between the lines, right, of what they really want, right, but that they’re not actually saying.

So it’s rare that I’ll get this verbatim in VOC or an interview.

A lot of it will be, like, a person who said x, what do they really mean, and what do they really want? Right? And it’s me just kind of, like, bringing it to that level.

And that’s my favorite part about the research phase. Right? Like, it’s easy to get the stuff that’s verbatim. Right?

That’s already there. Right? I’m like, but what does this really mean? A person who said x, what are they really feeling but aren’t divulging?

And that’s usually where, the gold comes from. So, the short version of it is, yeah, sales calls, sales call audits, consulting with the sales team, even consulting with sometimes the customer service manager, if they’re really kind of, like, you know, involved day in and day out with, those students or with those clients, sometimes they’ll get that kind of rich detail that is, like, amazing. So even, like, thirty minutes or forty minutes with the customer success manager.

And they typically love being involved because marketing rarely loops them in even though they should be looped in. So yeah.

Okay. I can I can totally confirm that?

I’ve gotten some amazing insights from customer success Right.

That I never got from sales because they work with them long term. And so sometimes they can see those benefits play out and I never thought to bring in customer success.

I just brought her in because she was really smart and helpful and was was willing to talk to me, and Mhmm.

Like, she gave gold that I was never able to find in the discovery calls on Gong.

Yeah. That’s amazing.

Yeah.

And they yeah. They typically love being looped in because they just have so much to share and, like, no one listens.

Like, I once had a call that had, like, the head of sales, like, the director of sales and the director of customer, success, and, like, it’s like they barely talked to each other, right? I think that’s the first time they were in the same room, like in months, and they were learning things about each other’s departments in real time, and it was so cute. I’m like, Y’all don’t talk, ever?

Yeah. And there’s sort of a hierarchy within go to market teams, and it goes like, sales, customer success, marketing, sales engineer.

So, like, if you can talk to people lower down on the hierarchy, they’re more excited to Oh, totally.

Yeah. They’re like, my opinion matters. Yay. Yep. Exactly. Great point.

But the thing I just wanted to ask is, like, in I guess it’s similar to what, Naomi was asking, but, like, when you are dealing like, you know, on the online coaching space, there’s a whole, like, oh, but talking to pain points is yucky or, like, icky thing. Mhmm. Like, I guess I don’t know. I I don’t know what the question is there, but just I’m, like, getting customers or, like, clients on board with this. Like, have you ever had any pushback to somebody being, like, that’s too I don’t know. It makes the client uncomfortable to use these kind of techniques.

So the only time I’ve ever gotten pushback on this specific technique is when I personally overindulged and took it too far. Right?

Just because sometimes I enjoy writing shit. And I’m like, okay. Maybe this is a little too far from reality. Right?

And it needed to be reined in. Right? So it’s like, as much as possible, like, keep it once again within that threshold, right, of what is safe and appropriate for that industry and for that client and for their voice.

But, yeah, the only pushback I’ve ever got was when I took too many liberties on what was actually true and accurate and real. So you’re really trying to still keep it grounded in realism. Like, what is a person’s desires, like, legitimate desires for this, that they’re unlikely to be tuned into themselves or divulge even if it were true. Right?

But you don’t want to make assumptive leaps that are just too far out of reality. Right?

So it’s like in the example that you wrote, can you can you, like, read it out loud again?

Like, I just wanna Just the last one about out earning your early mentors.

Yep.

So that your nervous system finally recognizes unequivocally that you’ve made it to the top.

Yeah. Like, I don’t think you would get pushback on that cause that is such a legitimate desire, and you’re connecting it to overcoming that pain point of feeling anxious and destabilized in your career and your standing within it. Right? Like, and what you can do when you have pushback, right, is once again, like, you could link back that statement to voice of customer data that suggests that without saying it. Right? Like, someone who divulged this on the VOC or on this survey, they’re not saying this, but do you see the congruence, how someone who’s saying this would be experiencing this? Right?

So, yeah, I think, like, being being able to match match the shadow desire to what’s actually divulged and be like, no. This is actually is our data.

We’re just kind of revealing what isn’t being said or what’s being said between the lines.

Yeah. And how do you, well, it’s so powerful powerful because like everybody’s be everybody’s speaking to like, you want to make more money, but like, it’s really stand out to be like, we’ll be And, and we know that these are the reasons why.

Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. That that’s a really powerful exercise in kinda make more money offers, right, is, like, the why. Like, what happens when they make more money, right, versus just a claim of make more money or double your salary.

Like, once again, white noise, and it just doesn’t connect to the actual experience of having more money. Right? And typically, it comes back down to security and survival related things. Right? Most things go back to security and survival, and nervous system, you know, regulation, as you mentioned. So, yeah, really great conversation.

And how do you how do you make those judgment calls? Because I consider myself a pretty intuitive person. Mhmm. But making these kind of judgments for people, that you’ve never met, can be a very difficult exercise.

Yeah. So so intuitive leaps when necessary. Right? Obviously, we’re not going to be in constant conversation with the prospects we’re writing for. Right? Sometimes we’re literally just, like, dealing with the data and the survey results, and all we really have are the intuitive leaps we can make based on what we have.

My defense for that is, like, you know, transcribing BOC is really easy. Right? I could do that, and I want us to write a ten on ten sales piece here. Right?

I wanna write something that hits a point that no one else is hitting that could help that prospect, that one reader feel fully seen here where no one else is willing to see them. Right? Like, in Katie’s example, like, that reader and that prospect likely will never have seen an ad, an email, or a sales page, or a sales call, or been on a sales call that suggested this is about outpacing their mentors and finally feeling like they’ve made it. Right?

Like, they probably will not have seen that before. And therefore, when that hits, and if it’s true, you just formed a connection that is incredibly powerful there. Right? So there is an intuitive leap based on data and based on hypothesis, and it’s like this tracks, right?

Someone who said this tracks to someone who would have this desire, and I feel good making that leap and putting that on the page, right? And ultimately, that’s the artfulness of it, right? It’s like using your intuition wisely because to me, like, that is still where there’s so much magic in being a copywriter and being a marketer, right? Like, one day AI is going to have all, you know, all the information to just, like, spit it out, and that’s cool and that’s amazing, but where can we use our own kind of intuitiveness to connect us that aren’t so obvious?

Cool. Okay.

Yeah. That is not a dog. That is my child. Casey, we’re hearing that. Okay. Good.

Zoom noise cancellation.

Sweet. Comes in handy. Sweet. Any other questions or comments or thoughts?

I have a non training related question, but happy to defer until if there’s any other questions about the training.

Can I just ask, can you maybe give some throw out some examples of things that aren’t related to pride or maybe related to some of the other, vices?

So not related to pride? Yeah.

Because I feel like pride is an easy one to understand. I’m interested in how it applies to others.

Sure.

So it’s like let me pull back that slide.

I’m revisiting, like, the seven deadly sins is actually a really good idea. So Jo had a framework on that, I believe, like, a long, long, long time ago. I’d ask her if she can dig that back up.

I think it was her fascinations, the seven deadly sins one.

Maybe. Yeah. It’s familiar.

But, Yeah.

I’ve seen it. I just find it hard to apply. I think the concept is very cool, but execution, I find challenging.

Right. Cool. So pride is obvious.

I I use laziness all the time. I use that all the Mhmm. Often.

Mhmm.

Sloth, I guess, would be the technical sin.

Sure.

I think read is a really, really important one if you can, once again, mirror that artfully because that’s a really difficult one for people to believe is true about themselves.

So it’s kind of like, what does greed look like in a way that isn’t so spiky, right, and isn’t so difficult to accept. Right? Because in some ways, like, any make more money offer is somewhat greed based. Right?

And yet those who buy them don’t feel necessarily greedy in buying them, right, or wanting that.

So it’s like greed is where you kind of like when you’re suggesting out earning your mentors, right? That is essentially greed based, right? Greed and competition. I’m kind of like looping those in together right now.

And you make it totally acceptable because physiologically, that gives you a response that feels like you’re returning to safety, right, and turning to nervous system regulation and all those things. So, yeah, so pride, greed, lust, right?

I mean, there’s literal lust and there’s other forms of lust.

You know, kind of like the, you know, the fitness example I just brought, right? Wanting to be desired, wanting to be attractive, right? That is a form of lust.

You know, and it doesn’t even need to be a sexual lust, it could just be lusting to be liked, lusting for approval, right? So when we talked about the project manager, that is kind of a form of a lust for approval.

There we go.

Yeah. Thanks for sharing that.

So you’re saying essentially that a lot of it is the same desire sort of packaged in a different way.

Yep. Exactly. It kinda gets filtered through, like, these different lenses of these, you know, more shadowy motivations. Right? Or you can call them, like, the deadly sins.

Like, the difference between pride and lust being that pride emphasizes how good you are, and lust emphasizes how much other people envy how good you are. Mhmm.

Yep.

Yep. Okay.

That’d be a way to put it. So it’s like, that’d be a really cool exercise. Like, I’m just kinda visualizing the framework of, like, there’s desire, and then there’s, like, these seven different kind of filters it gets kind of put through and that can have the same idea articulated in seven different ways.

Yeah. Okay. Thank you.

Cool. Yeah. Thank you.

I think you’re good, Katie. Sorry.

Thank you, sir. You guys got totally wrapped up trying to remember all seven deadly sins.

But Haven’t you seen the movie seven?

The Bradford?

Yeah. That’s that’s my reference point, not not the Bible.

I I think that’s everyone’s reference point. It’s like and all I think of it is, like, Brad Pitt at the end with the box and, like, what’s he saying? What’s his famous line there?

I don’t remember.

Don’t know, but I was like, Brad. Yep.

What’s in the box? Yeah. I think it’s that. I don’t know.

Anyway.

So I had a client that I wrote a long form sales page for her hybrid course and coaching program.

And now she wants to launch just the course as a DIY downs well, I it’s not it so it was previously conceived as a downsell, but now she wants to launch that as a standalone offer.

Okay.

Like how and she’s she just emailed me saying, do is it a different sales page or do we just cut the group coaching components out of the existing sales page, which is a beast. Like, it’s like the longest sales page I’ve ever written in my life. So I’m curious to your thoughts on, like, a starting point for that.

Yeah. So she sold it as a downsell before. Right?

Yes. But only on a call. So she doesn’t offer that anywhere. And like, she hasn’t launched before. She just has, like, amazing SEO and she gets a tons of leads that way. So this would be her first launch style.

Yep.

The thing, of the DIY.

And it wouldn’t be within the context of them having, like, not bought, you know, the coaching package, right, or the coaching version. Like, this is really fully stand alone, even stand alone in the conversation. Right? Cool. I mean, if the sales page as it was written, speaks to everything that is still true about that audience, their desires, the problems that the product helps overcome, then I think the path of least resistance and even most effectiveness is just retooling that sales page to definitely remove anything that would be delivered only through coaching.

But, yeah, how do you feel about it?

Yeah, I I did like, I mean, definitely there’s gonna be chunks that need to go because, you know, she’s a, like, she’s a trained therapist. So we talked a lot about the benefits of like talking things through in that group container and everything.

Sure.

I guess, I’m just like, is it a different how much does it change the nature of the relationship? Like, I don’t I don’t know. I feel like because the the tone of the sales page was very much like, I’m gonna walk you through this and, you know, we’re gonna have all of these opportunities for feedback. And I’m I’m just wondering if it well, I guess if you’ve ever done anything like that before, like amending an existing sales page to pitch a slightly different version of the product?

Or if you would Yeah.

I haven’t I haven’t done that specific project before.

Yeah, kind of like definitely an accuracy sweep and an edit and a check, like, a hundred percent.

Even things that are implied or insinuated in terms of, like, the level of intimacy and feedback that they’re gonna have, I would definitely be mindful of that.

The things that are, in my view, like, definitely keepable, especially if the audience has resonated with them before and they’re accurate and true is anything that points to the desired outcomes and anything that points to the the current problem states and, you know, how that’s showing up for them. Like, all these things, if they’re accurate and they’ve been resonating, you can probably keep all of that. Right?

Testimonials might be something to, like, really, make sure you’re being accurate as much as possible. Like, try to get testimonials from those who have gone through the DIY. Right? Or if they’ve been private clients or the ones in, like, the coaching, container for it, I would just, like, make a note, right, like, you know, part of the the coaching container, right, to just not have that, yeah, that kind of, like, insinuation, right, that that’s an accurate kind of, like, one for one.

But, yeah, I think, like yeah. If you feel really good about how the copy presents and how it’s been resonating and the edit is a decent sized job, like, to be clear.

But yeah, I’ll just go for Yeah, go ahead.

At first I was thinking of pitching that in a day rate, but I actually feel like it might need the time and like repeated passes of a project versus trying to Yeah.

Okay.

Yep. Yeah.

Yep. I think so.

But what does that look like for you in terms of, like, the multiple passes?

Like, maybe we could just see Just like coming back to it, like, having more than a day to, like, kind of, like, leave it, come back and make sure that I haven’t missed something where they’re talking about a a call or a Yep.

I think, like, the first step of it would be to audit the current page. Right? Like, you know, yellow highlighters of, like, this has to go, this has to go, this has to go. Right?

Mhmm. Especially around, like, the languaging, as you said. And say that, like, in this filter and the sweep, I’m sweeping for x, y, and z. I’m sweeping for, like, accuracy.

What’s still going to be true for insinuation around intimacy and access. Right? So, like, kinda list the things you’re sweeping for and auditing for, make the check, and then kinda, like I would present that to her, right, and then say, like, my the next part of my sweep is to, like, remove these sections, make things more relevant and appropriate for the actual experience.

But, yeah, that’s not a one day thing. That’s multi stage, multi step. But, yep, I think yeah, that’s an interesting project. Keep me posted.

Cool.

I have a question. I’ve, I think I’ve asked this to Joe, but I’m interested to hear your opinion because I’m still struggling with it.

Okay.

In my area, meaning I work with mostly Israeli companies because I’ve been working in Israeli tech scene for five years, and so my whole network is here. Mhmm.

And I think that’s relevant because the Israeli tech scene is like, the whole tech scene is struggling, but Israel is struggling a little bit more because there’s less investments because of the ongoing war.

Sure.

So that means marketing budgets are even lower than they would be elsewhere.

Mhmm.

And so more and more companies that I talk to are cutting their paid media budget and putting more effort into social selling, meaning organic social media posts, but they’re calling it social selling because they’re putting a lot more of a strategic emphasis on it than they would have five years ago, or even three years ago.

So my background is more in acquisition, more in demand gen, optimizing landing pages, optimizing web copy, really very, very conversion focused. Mhmm. But the vast majority of people that I talk to are interested in more organic content.

Mhmm.

And so I’m wondering if it’s worth like, we don’t know what the future holds. Right? We can’t necessarily predict, where the market or where the geopolitical scene will be in the next six to twelve months.

But I’m grappling with the idea of, like, I’ve already taken on some of these clients, and I’ve learned a lot about these different forms of content.

I’m wondering how much should I be considering shifting my positioning as a company, to accommodate what I see as a shift in the market, or should I continue with this very conversion focused angle that I’ve been taking?

Yeah. That’s interesting. There’s, like, a few variables at play. Right? One of them you already kinda highlighted is, like, is this shift more kind of, like, temporary and seasonal and cyclical?

Or for all you know, right, or maybe once they’re in that, the ROI, right, is gonna be better than their other paid media channels, and they’re gonna wanna continue, amplifying that channel. So I think there’s variable number one is, like, how confident are you that the demand for that is going to continue and increase?

Right? Like, give that a confidence score on a scale of one to ten. Like, if it’s over seven, right, like, maybe yes or at least making that part of your official services and offerings, would be wise, especially if you think that they’re going to continue, wanting more of an organic presence, right, and more strategies around that.

The next variable I would consider is how necessary is it for you to position yourself as that to gain business in that? Because it sounds like those conversations are already happening just just like in your network, right? And that as long as you’re available to it, you’re going to get those projects anyway. So like, if that’s low importance, then I would wait a little bit, right? I wouldn’t, like, reposition yourself, so immediately. Like, wait to see where that trend line is heading, especially if you don’t need to reposition yourself to get that business, if that makes sense.

Yeah. That’s a really good point because it’s not like, like, it’s not goo Google is gonna disappear. Obviously not. Yeah.

Mhmm. But what I see is it’s becoming more and more common for, or it’s becoming more relevant for larger companies. So if you’re thinking in the VC world, you have series. Right?

Like, series a, series b, series c, series d.

And series a is, like, they still don’t they still haven’t finished building the product. Series b and c is, like, they’ve sort of hit product market bit, but they’re still growing. Series d and beyond is, like, they’ve got their shit together. They’re, like, they’re moving. Like, they have they have somewhat of a working workflow.

And I think that series d is sort of, like, seven hundred employees plus in mind. Right. Like, roughly speaking.

So it’s more like series d and up, where they’re really starting to ramp up their paid media channels. But by the time they reach that five, they probably have enough resources in house to manage that kind of CRO. And so, they’re not really looking to outsource it as much.

And so, I’ve gotten lots of job offers for that kind of position, but a lot newer freelancing the only really freelance opportunities I’ve got is from a reseller, actually, by Monday dot com.

So it’s a very, very different kind of company than the actual fast company.

Right.

And, obviously, the budget is small Sure. For paid media.

Mhmm.

Because if if it’s small, then there’s only so many landing pages they’re gonna have. They’re only gonna have, like, two, three campaigns.

Right.

But I think that I think it makes sense that, like, these because, especially, like, we talk a lot about, oh, am I a copywriter? Am I a conversion? Like but, like, clients don’t care about that language. Like, especially in a non English speaking they just give us content.

Like, what the hell are you talking about? Like, content is content. And content is emails and content is social and content is blog. Like, they they don’t think that way.

I’m actively imagining my Israeli uncle responding to that conversation right now in his very Israeli uncle y voice. Yeah.

Exactly. Like, there’s no word for copywriter in Hebrew. It’s.

What is this? I don’t care. I don’t care.

Exactly. Okay. You got it. You got it.

I get it.

Yeah.

Right. Yeah. So I think that that’s how, like it’s helpful to think, like, if you have to make that dilution, you don’t necessarily have to make it now.

Mhmm.

Is what I’m taking from that.

Yep. Exactly.

Does that, give you something to move with or feel a little bit more sweet?

Awesome. Yeah.

I would add on to that too. It’s also, you know, instead of changing positioning, it’s you’re it’s more like, you know, the right thing to do at the right time and you’re responsive and savvy to what’s going on. You know? Does that make sense?

I mean, look, a girl’s gotta eat. Sometimes you just gotta take the grudges to come to you.

I know how savvy it is, or it’s just like, you know, I wanna Making sure you can eat is savvy.

Not that I owe my last dollar, but, like, I’m not at the point where I’m regularly turning away large amounts of work.

Awesome.

Cool. We feeling good for today?

Yeah. Amazing. Amazing. Amazing. Well, enjoy your long weekends for those taking long weekends.

I’m really hungry now all of a sudden. I’ll just talk about Chipotle and eating and, yeah, that’s my plan. So, yeah, catch you all on Slack. Hit me up if you have any follow-up questions on this as you begin to consider it or implement it.

Definitely here for it. Cool. Thanks, everybody. Take care. Bye.

Thank you.

Worksheet

Deep Craft 2

Worksheet

Deep Craft 2

Transcript

Awesome. So this is part two of this Deep Craft inner authority, series.

This one is called shadow copy, how to balance virtuous and forbidden desire to elicit your prospects. Full range of f yet, I need this. So this is one that I’ve been, like, saving to teach somewhere for probably at least a year. And I’m like, who can I teach this to? Like, who’s already got a lot of the basics, the foundations and even the intermediate stuff, lockdown, and it’s ripe to talk about some advanced stuff that we just don’t get to talk about very often. So, yeah, I’m excited to share this one. This is part two, part one.

For those who haven’t seen it yet, that was last month, Deep VOC three piercing questions to go beneath the surface.

Not a prerequisite for it, but definitely related. And today’s is shadow copy, and we’ll see if there’s a part three, at some other point. But I love just going into the deeper, more nuanced stuff that is highly practical that just doesn’t get a lot of airtime. So, yeah, that’s kinda my thing, and happy to geek out on all that anywhere.

Slack, call me up, email me. Let’s Zoom. Let’s nerd out on weird deep inner authority stuff that, yeah, no one else really likes to geek out on. So, who is the inner authority?

To me, like, I’ve just defined this nice and simply as, one who knows the prospect better than they know themselves. That is typically the feedback I get when a page does really, really well. It’s like, oh my goodness. You know me better than I know myself.

And what it’s really achieving is it’s exposing and illuminating that which the prospect is unable or unwilling to divulge or articulate themselves. So that’s kind of the mechanism of it.

And what it achieves, it builds trust and resonance through the damn, are you in my head phenomenon or effect.

That’s what I aim to get to, in pretty much everything I write. And it makes sure that your one reader is fully seen on the page or at least more seen than anywhere else on the Internet or than any other competitor is willing to see them.

So that’s a term that gets talked about a lot. It’s like, make sure they’re seen on the page. And I actually wanted to unpack that a little and go a little deeper. What does it actually mean to have your prospect fully seen?

Well, it partly means to have their full range of desires mirrored. That means more than this. Right? To be seen on page also involves their problem, right, their stakes, their situation, their context, all that other stuff.

But in terms of desires, there’s a full range of desire and motivation.

In my view, only one and two really get the most, real estate on a page or explored in one’s research. So these four layers are they’re socially acceptable desires, they’re known and they’re owned desires. So the stuff they know about themselves. This is why I desire this. This is something I’m willing to own and something I’m willing to share.

But everybody, without exception, I would say, I would dare to say, has secret desires and secret motivations, things that they wouldn’t want to say out loud or even confess to themselves. Right? Disowned desires or even unknown desires, things they haven’t even, contemplated about themselves around why they might want something or why they might want to achieve something. So three and four, definitely in that darker, lesser known, disowned territory.

And as a marketer or copywriter, number one and two are really easy to gather and mirror on the page. Right? They appear readily in the VOC and surveys and interviews and message mining because they are known, they are owned, they are socially acceptable, people feel cool and even good in divulging them. So that’s cool.

Number one and two are easy. We got that on lock. Number three and four, more rare, but I would argue definitely no less powerful and maybe even more powerful. Right?

There’s kind of this operating theory that that which gets disowned may have greater pull. Right? And people may not even know why these things pull them. But three and four, definitely strong strong strong motivators.

The unknown, the disowned, and the less socially acceptable desire. So I’m gonna give you a little story from a past life. Two thousand six, two thousand seven, one of my first jobs, like, after I quit corporate life was a personal trainer at a gym.

And one of my roles was to, get people to move from thirty dollars a month memberships to personal training packages. And, you know, very typical sales script, like, what’s your motivation? What are you doing this for?

And almost universally, this is more common in men, actually. Like, men in their thirties and forties, they would say, I just wanna stay in shape. Right? I just wanna maintain. I just want to, yeah, I just want to stay in shape. Right? That was the common language that we almost knew would come without exception.

And it’s easy to sell a thirty dollar per month membership to someone who wants to stay in shape. It’s really difficult to sell a higher ticket, package, right, to someone who just wants to stay in shape. There’s not a lot of charge or a lot of juice behind that motivation. There’s not a lot of stakes behind that motivation. There’s not a lot of drive behind that motivation.

And me and the gym owner and manager and the other people, you know, on the floor and trainers We constantly have these conversations of, like, how do we get people to actually own a wider and a deeper breadth of desire?

And I think I came up with eight words, right, that I just kind of blurted out randomly that became part of our script. Like, it’s cool if you just want to look good. Right? Like eight words.

That’s it. And whenever we would catch someone who wouldn’t own that full desire, that that became part of the script. It’s cool if you just want to look good. Right?

Like, that’s totally acceptable and a fair motivation for doing this. And that would totally flip the conversation because we were taking the lead in owning this disowned desire for them. We made it safe. We gave them permission to actually say what they wanted, maybe even what they were thinking, but didn’t wanna be judged for claiming as a desire.

So all this to say, people are far, far, far, like, I Yeah. I think I put it in caps. Good. I put it in caps because they are far more willing and capable of sharing virtuous and socially accepted politically correct desires than they are. They’re disowned motivators that may actually be driving the decision.

So one thing that we could do as marketers, as copywriters, as salespeople, and offer creators is to give our one reader a permission slip for the full spectrum of their desires. Right? This is a gift we get to give them. Right? It’s cool if this is what you want. It’s cool if this is your main desire driving this decision.

So we claim it on the page for them or the sales call so that they don’t have to so that they can remain in their virtuous, you know, acceptable version of themselves while feeling like our offer and what we’re, enrolling them into, is all inclusive of that more shadowy desire. Does that make sense? Because I’m throwing a lot of terms really quickly. Cool.

Sweet. So let’s do a deeper dive into this topic, shadow desires and virtual desires. So what is the source? Where are these desires coming from?

Shadow desire, you know, the deep, unknown, underworld, subconscious, ego, typically a shadow drive, right? A drive to be better, to be richer, to be more resourced, to look better, to win over. It’s very competition based. It’s very comparative.

It’s rooted in identities they’ve already lived and motivations they’ve already experienced and therefore have a high degree of charge around. Whereas a virtuous desire, they haven’t really lived that person yet. It’s who they’d like to be. It may be an aspirational ideal, but there’s no experiential data and therefore less charge, less emotionality to that virtuous desire.

And if emotions drive decisions, there’s going to be far, far, far, far more stuff driving the decision in that shadow desire.

The orientations of it. Right? The orientation of the shadow desire is typically more selfish. Right?

How it benefits me, how it puts me at an advantage over others. Once again, very competitive based, even zero sum based. I remember, one of my first really big clients in the copywriting space was to write a launch. And it was one of the first times I quoted a really big package to do the full spectrum of a launch.

And he was saying the whole time, I just want to hire the best. I just want to have the best launch. I just really want to blow this out of the water, right? You know?

And, like, I asked him, like, why is this important to you? Right? Like, because it felt like there’s a lot of charge there beyond just the business doing well.

Right? And his desire was, I don’t like the people who are essentially owning this space right now. I feel like my stuff is better, and my end result is I I wanna be ahead of them in a year from now. I want my name to be the household name in this space.

Right? Competition based. Right? And it took him a while to own that and to state that and to admit to that.

But that was what was driving him signing off on a big copywriting project on the first launch he was doing on a program. So these things are at play, and they don’t necessarily need to be unearthed in every conversation, but we can mirror it on the page in our copy.

Orientation for virtuous desire, typically, it’s going to be altruistic, right, where they’re kind of deflecting it for someone else, for the greater good, for their families.

And there’s truth to this, but it’s not the totality of truth.

Riskiness, right? To own and to admit a shadow desire tends to have a high degree of risk, right? You kind of risk being judged, right? Because these aren’t things that people typically state out loud, right?

These are things that get filtered. And almost rightfully so, it’s really difficult to maintain great friendships and relationships if if you go around talking about your shadow desires. So, high risk in them owning it, and therefore, what a relief when it’s on the page and they don’t have to own it and claim it for themselves. Virtual desire, virtually no risk at all.

Right? They almost look good and sanitized, right, in claiming just their virtual virtuous desire.

Awareness on a shadow desire, it could be totally disowned, or it could be unknown completely, and we’re the first ones to really make them say, you’re right. That is why I want that.

Virtuous desire is something that is readily owned and already there within awareness. So when we’re talking about a sales page or an email that really captivates and draws an interest and intrigue, if we’re mirroring back something that’s already known to them, that’s great. They feel seen on the page. But if we’re the ones to expose a part of them, it’s like, oh, shit. That is there. Right?

Now we’ve really hooked them in on something cool and interesting. So awareness, typically disowned on a shadow desire. Permission, certainly less permissible for them to own a shadow desire or admit to it. High permission, full permission, unvirtuous.

Core emotions, typically on a shadow desire, we’re working in the realms of lust, greed, pride, competition, retribution. Right? Show them, get back at them, prove something to somebody, virtuous desire, joy, love, and cooperation. So there’s a lot going on here.

You can screenshot it, just as a reference point.

But this comes into, yeah, full clarity when we actually start looking at examples, and it’s pretty simple to pull off once you start getting the hang of it.

So examples.

I just kinda crafted this one because I know Abby was working with, a bookkeeper, a client who is working with bookkeepers to leave their nine to five, start a profitable business. So this is like this could apply to anything that teaches people to go freelance. Right? So shadow desire, maybe to be crazy rich, be better than those stuck in the nine to five.

Right? How many people wanna go freelance and feel like they’re getting ahead of the people who aren’t there yet? Right? That is so out there and so rarely claimed.

Right? Give the proverbial f u to a boss that they hate, that always makes makes them work late, and slacks them on the weekend while they’re on family time. So all this would be in the realm of shadow desire.

Virtuous desire, this is what you’ll typically find right in the VOC, right, or on an interview, you know, to provide more for their family, to double their salary, enjoy a flexible schedule that allows them to pick up their kids from school at lunch and take them to Chipotle for a burrito. We don’t have Chipotle in Canada. So I kind of, like, always talk about Chipotle because it’s one of my personal personal unlived desires for more Chipotle in my life. So anyway, just keeps making its way there.

Fitness coach, right? Same thing.

Like virtuous desire, stay in shape. Like, those were the three dreaded words. Being able to play with my kids without getting tired. That is another one, like, you hear all the time.

Get a stamp of approval on annual health checks. Right? All virtuous desires shadow desires. Right? They wanna turn heads, you know, be attractive, all these things that, like, are right there that they just don’t want to claim. So this is really how it works, balancing out the shadow desires and the virtuous desires.

And the problem with virtuous desires is it leaves a whole lot left to be desired. It is incomplete. It is not entirely true. It’s only what our social selves want others to know about our motivations, but that we know is not our true or our complete motivation. So our job as marketers, just because our prospect is leaving it out doesn’t mean we should leave it out as well. So a simple template bringing this all into practice, for weaving in the shadow and virtuous desires.

Really simple. So this is a piece of copy you could put in your moment of highest tension section of the fifteen or sorry, moment of highest pleasure section of the fifteen point sales page in a day formula if you’re using, that template from ten x sales pages or in the desire section within any ADA formula you’re using. This would be something to weave into the desire section.

And it’s simple. So it’s not just about, you know, shadow desire one, two, or three. Right? Or or it’s not about forbidden one, two, or three.

And then validate it. Right? Say, it’s totally cool. If that’s what you’re striving for, we’ll stand with you in that.

Right? So give them permission. That’s the permission slip.

And then say it’s about virtuous desire one, two, three, so that. So it’s kind of a sandwich there. Right? You’re introducing the shadow desires and saying it’s not just about that.

You’re validating it for them, permission slip, and then leaving the desire off. So the last thing you write is the things that they want to feel, like those were their, driving motivations. So let’s look at an example.

So back to the fitness one.

So this is not just about, you know, the shadow desires of filling your iPhone’s camera roll with shirtless gym selfies and loving what you see, and it’s definitely not about the secret satisfaction you’ll get and being the only dad at the camping trip rocking a six pack instead of binge drinking ruined. That reads a little weird, but it makes sense. But hey, don’t let anyone judge your motivations for getting healthy. We’ll celebrate you and whatever gets you moving.

And then the virtual virtuous ones. But at its core, this program is about feeling more strong, vital, and confident in in your body at forty than you did at twenty, setting an exam setting an epic example for your kids and knowing that you’ve set yourself up to stay lean, fit, and healthy while most succumb to a state of slow and controlled erosion. So, you honor the shadow desires. You give them the permission slip, and then you tell them what it’s really about in a way that they would feel good and virtuous in enrolling.

So that’s what it looks like. Very simple, worksheet for you. It’s really just listing what the acceptable, safe, virtuous desires are, listing the forbidden ones.

And this can come through your VOC, it can come through your interviews, or it could come what you believe would be true and lurking, beneath the surface, just based on your knowledge of your audience.

And then essentially, craft it into this formula. Right? It’s not just about shadow one, shadow two, shadow three. Validate it and then share it’s about those virtuous desires.

And just see what that looks like and how that reads as a desire section, on a sales page, on an email, and test it out. You might be surprised in how it flows and just the responses you get, once your reader feels more fully seen on the page. So I think that’s all we got. Twenty minutes.

I’m getting good at these short presentations.

Sort of.

Cool. Any questions, thoughts, comments? We could definitely continue the conversation if y’all have further thoughts on how to elaborate on that or how you might see it applying for the work you do.

I have a question.

Mhmm.

It’s gonna be the same question probably that I ask you every time. Yes. But there was a very, very brief moment in time when my boss didn’t really, supervise me that much. So I was able to try more creative things, but nothing as creative as this because anytime you try to introduce this negative language in SaaS, you get hit with a that’s going to make people feel bad.

So my question is, how do you water this down? I And you’re you’re not gonna like to to answer this kind of question. But what kind of ways could you water this down so it’s still palatable for more of a corporate audience?

Yeah. So it’s a spectrum. Right? I think, like, the core of this is, like, what are the desires that are just a little less safe than the safe ones.

Right? And that are true most of all. Right? So it’s like, there’s no part of this that is shaming or making them feel bad, right?

It’s just saying this isn’t just about X, Y, and Z, and those X, Y, and Zs are the things that they actually want, that the reader really, really wants.

So you’re disowning that desire with them, right, and then wrapping it up with the things that are more acceptable.

So I wouldn’t go extreme with it. I wouldn’t use languaging, especially on the darker, more competitive edges of being so much better than someone else. You could definitely rein in that language.

But what are some of those things that they want that they’re kind of afraid to admit out loud, right? And see what’s a safe version of that, like the five on ten. If the virtuous desires are the one on ten on safety, just make the shadow desires a three or four on ten and see if you can push the envelope to that level.

So what might you say for somebody who’s a middle manager? Because that’s gonna be, like, the most typical audience. Like, a middle manager in sales, or a middle manager in project management or whatever it might be? What’s what might be language that you could use for them? Because nine times out of ten, that’s the person I’m talking to.

Yeah. So, like, what do they want out of the product? Like, what are they buying it for?

Usually, to have more efficiency, more control over their team, get rid of admin, make things more efficient. This is very generally speaking for a variety of different companies, but that’s sort of the concept.

So yeah.

Like, and what does it look like once those are achieved? Right? Is there, like do they get kinda, like, a special bonus on that? Do they get to, wrap up their days earlier because efficiency is in place and admin tasks are off their plate?

Right? So, like, that would be and I’m not saying that this is the accurate desire, but it would be like, this isn’t just about, you know, getting, you know, a glowing review from your, you know, higher ups, and getting to check out on weekends because everything is fully dialed in. Right? And enjoying your, you know, workout without being tethered to your phone.

Right? However that appears for them. This is about x, y, and z. So, like, the shadow desires are still in that play it safe range.

They’re just really kind of like giving a bit more of their selfish motivations, right, versus the altruistic or the company and for the team motivations, if that makes sense.

Okay. Especially if they’re the the decision maker. Right? To get them in touch with some of their more personal, quote unquote, selfish motivations without making them feel selfish for wanting it. Like, that’s the key for it. Make them feel like this will help them achieve what they really want selfishly without them having to feel selfish for wanting it, if that makes sense.

Interesting.

So let’s take let’s take a monday dot com example because that’s the most well known. Monday dot com being a competitor of Asana and Trello and Wrike, and all these other project management tools.

Instead of saying something along the lines of, if you have a spreadsheet with seventeen tabs open and you are tired of reading through long in long email threads, and you feel overwhelmed, or the reverse, the virtuous, which would be you can be a better team manager and help your team members and be more efficient and hit more business goals.

What would sort of be the middle ground there?

So project manager. Right? Like, so so I’ve worked with many project managers, like, who’ve managed me as a copywriter, right, both, you know, internally and also, like, I’ve worked closely with project managers on teams I’ve kinda, like, implanted myself into during bigger launches.

And, you know, one piece of feedback, like, I’ve given project managers who are really dialed in, right, and really streamlined on their process and systems is, like, you know, no project I’ve been on has ever run more smoothly. Right? Like, that’s the feedback they love getting. Like, be the project manager that every freelancer loves working with, right?

That taps into their sense of pride, right? Pride being one of those emotions we talked about for shadow desires.

So pride is a good one to work with as well, because it’s a little more acceptable than competitiveness You don’t need to always go to competitiveness.

But what would make that project manager who’s using Monday feel really good about themselves? Like when they go home and they have dinner with their partner or their spouse, what are they saying? Like, so and so said this about me. Right?

And they’re confiding that to their spouse because that’s that feels safe. Right? But how can we incorporate that into our copy, if that makes sense?

So, like, just what are those little moments that you can Yeah.

It almost sounds like you’re like, all of the benefits that you typically see on a sales page, like, be more efficient, get more ROI, be a better be a better manager. It’s almost like instead of saying, like, the actual benefit, say, be the person that people say this about.

Yeah. Exactly.

Benefit, but just Yeah. Framed it.

Because that’s what they really want. Right? That they can’t say out loud. Yeah. Yeah.

That is a very cool point.

Mhmm. Yep. And you can make the language as, like, safe as it needs to be for any industry. It’s just really about the, quote, unquote, more selfish, personally driven desires for the thing.

Okay. I like it.

Cool.

I have a quest a question.

Let me come on camera. Sorry. So so talking about that and, you know, safe language and and how to weave this in. So assuming you have, like, a big tech you know, like, enterprise tech. Right?

Mhmm.

This is not something where we’re you’re doing sales letter type stuff, and it’s a it’s a they they they live in a completely different universe, and it’s a little bit more buttoned up. So Of course. But I have this situation where I have a product. And the thing is people are really afraid of if they choose the wrong vendor, they’re gonna lose their job, you know, because it’s a it’s a mission critical service.

Right.

So how how have you ever had a situation where you’re working in something like that? Because that’s really what is going on under the surface. They’re they’re, you know, they’re afraid of of they’re afraid of losing their job if they choose the wrong company.

Mhmm. And what’s the upside if they choose the right company?

That’s a good question. I hadn’t you know?

I I guess I’ve been worrying about, like, how to get past this fear that they have of choosing.

Mhmm. It’s that it’s that old thing of, like, you know, nobody ever got fired for hiring IBM. You know? Yeah.

That Right.

The upside would be that nothing happens, really. It’s quiet and everything works well.

I mean, you know, no more no more support calls, no more, you know, emergency meetings because some country is having lag time or whatever.

Yep. For sure.

I mean, this copyright, I’m guessing, like, the one making the decision, right, their main desire is simply to make the right decision, right, in this case. Right?

It it is. Yeah. Yeah. It is. I I mean, some of there’s a certain sub sub segment that’s motivated by, you know, being cutting edge and being on the bleeding edge with technology and doing the latest and greatest thing.

Yeah.

But that’s that’s a certain percentage.

You know, those are the people that tend to those would be, I’d say, like, the ideal customer avatar. You know? The ones that are that wanna be on the bleeding edge are the ones that are an easier sell.

Yep.

It’s the question is how to get those other ones.

Yeah.

Yeah. I’d say, like, this copy is definitely or this kind of format and template is definitely meant for a specific context where the one reading it is the one who stands to benefit, right, and therefore they’re owning their desires, how would we work that principle, right, into, into that enterprise environment? That’s a great conversation. Right?

I think it’s, like, just wherever we can identify any desires that they haven’t claimed yet. Right? And this is mostly going to come out in kinda like the one to one communication, I’m guessing. Right?

Not necessarily on, like, the page.

Yeah. Like, I think I think a fair question is, like, what does it look like when you’ve made the right decision? Right? Like, how is that celebrated? Like, how do you feel when like, maybe it’s literally just watching the new new tech be integrated and having a sense of pride in it, right, that they let it, that they champion it. Right?

Getting to talk about that, right, that they kind of, like, championed and spearheaded this new initiative. Right? So it’s probably more pride, I would say.

Mhmm. Mhmm.

Pride that their due diligence and their decision was behind, you know, a multi six figure, you know, reconfiguration of something. Right? And getting to watch that in real time as it gets kind of implemented. So I would tap into the pride aspects, and, yeah, have that conversation, like, with that kind of audience of, How does this actually play out in real time?

And what are the moments within that that feel really good, really validating? So I think feeling validated is also really important for people, you know, in that position because validation brings the security that they really want. Right? That they’ve really cemented their place within the organization because of this thing that they helped, you know, usher in.

So I suppose, you know, performance KPIs would would be something that would be a a tangible outcome, you know? And that’s not like an ROI thing. It’s like a, you know, uptime performance and stuff like that. So technical those technical performance KPIs, I guess.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. That makes sense. I think, like, the simplest version of it, and every context has its own nuances. Right?

Mhmm. Yeah. Especially in what that person could admit at lab. Right? A middle manager who’s making that decision might not even answer the question of, like, you know, why do they really desire to do this?

I mean, this would be a VP or a c level person.

You know? A CTO, CIO, the Yeah.

Director of engineering, that kind of Yep.

You know?

Yeah. I think, like, for what a successful decision and implementation means for them in their career and their sense of pride in their position pride in their position and also, like, cementing their status in the organization is probably probably gonna be something to play with, and it’s very nuanced in how you communicate.

Sort of like be the one be the one responsible for for your company’s zero downtime or something like that. Yeah.

Yeah.

Like, a headline that comes to mind. Right? And I’m not saying that we use headlines in this context, but it would be kinda like, you know, you know, this will be on your LinkedIn profile by June, right? Like some big thing that they led. Like that’s what they would be doing with you. Exactly.

Yeah. Like imagine this on your LinkedIn profile, right? Yeah.

So yeah, pride and accomplishment. Definitely play with those two.

Okay. Thank you.

What comes out of it. Thank you.

Hey, Ryan. I have a question. I feel like I work, you know, with, like, the coaches and and course creators where you might have already used this.

I like, I, I really like this technique. Just writing down like the seven deadly thins as ideas for places to find, the shadow desires.

But I guess, like, in the context of helping people make money online Mhmm. Like, is so the shadow desire in that is what they’re gonna do with the money or what they will be able It’s why they want it.

Why they want it. Okay. So I wrote I wrote the three that I came up with were like, this isn’t just about making yourself so personally secure that if your partner emptied your bank accounts and walked out the door tomorrow, you’d be like, solid for the next six months?

Yeah.

Having a program that your clients save rave so much about, they’re even talking about it inside other people’s coaching containers. Mhmm.

I don’t know. That one fell down. I was like, and out earning your early mentors so that your nervous system finally recognizes unequivocally that you’ve made it to the top?

That’s so good. I got chills on the last one. Right? Because it, like, brings in the competitive aspect, and it does so really art really artfully. Right? It’s not just like, crush your competitors.

Like, it’s not so, like, on the nose.

But but competition is a really good one when you can weave it in artfully, right?

Because that’s a really difficult one for people to own.

And I’ve never met anyone who was a hundred percent hundred percent altruistic and cooperative, right? It’s on a spectrum. It’s not like you’re either cooperative or competitive. It’s always on a spectrum. And even if you’re like eighty percent, you know, cooperative, rooting for everybody, there are these shadow parts of us that just want to win. Right?

For the most part, I don’t wanna overgeneralize. Right? So when you could speak to that, even if that’s, like, fifteen percent of who they are, right, or who they’re operating as, it’s such a charged fifteen percent.

And that’s what we’re looking for. Right? The charged part that’s really gonna make the decision.

So I guess my question is like, okay. Two parts. One, because I’m, like, writing about my own audience feels easy.

But do you have any tips for, like, is there a question you could ask in the voice of customer research or like teasing these out of other people’s audiences?

So one thing I mean, I I feel like I always return to this. Right? It’s the sales calls and the sales call recordings, and I’ve consulted with sales teams for, you know, the offers that I’m writing for. Mhmm.

So it’s like, first step, I’ll usually audit those calls. Right? And sometimes you’ll get a hint of that as like, well, why do you really want that? Why is that important? So kind of like those layers of why will sometimes reveal it.

Oftentimes, it’ll only partially reveal it, and then it’s my own kinda, like, empathetic nature, right, that will kinda read between the lines, right, of what they really want, right, but that they’re not actually saying.

So it’s rare that I’ll get this verbatim in VOC or an interview.

A lot of it will be, like, a person who said x, what do they really mean, and what do they really want? Right? And it’s me just kind of, like, bringing it to that level.

And that’s my favorite part about the research phase. Right? Like, it’s easy to get the stuff that’s verbatim. Right?

That’s already there. Right? I’m like, but what does this really mean? A person who said x, what are they really feeling but aren’t divulging?

And that’s usually where, the gold comes from. So, the short version of it is, yeah, sales calls, sales call audits, consulting with the sales team, even consulting with sometimes the customer service manager, if they’re really kind of, like, you know, involved day in and day out with, those students or with those clients, sometimes they’ll get that kind of rich detail that is, like, amazing. So even, like, thirty minutes or forty minutes with the customer success manager.

And they typically love being involved because marketing rarely loops them in even though they should be looped in. So yeah.

Okay. I can I can totally confirm that?

I’ve gotten some amazing insights from customer success Right.

That I never got from sales because they work with them long term. And so sometimes they can see those benefits play out and I never thought to bring in customer success.

I just brought her in because she was really smart and helpful and was was willing to talk to me, and Mhmm.

Like, she gave gold that I was never able to find in the discovery calls on Gong.

Yeah. That’s amazing.

Yeah.

And they yeah. They typically love being looped in because they just have so much to share and, like, no one listens.

Like, I once had a call that had, like, the head of sales, like, the director of sales and the director of customer, success, and, like, it’s like they barely talked to each other, right? I think that’s the first time they were in the same room, like in months, and they were learning things about each other’s departments in real time, and it was so cute. I’m like, Y’all don’t talk, ever?

Yeah. And there’s sort of a hierarchy within go to market teams, and it goes like, sales, customer success, marketing, sales engineer.

So, like, if you can talk to people lower down on the hierarchy, they’re more excited to Oh, totally.

Yeah. They’re like, my opinion matters. Yay. Yep. Exactly. Great point.

But the thing I just wanted to ask is, like, in I guess it’s similar to what, Naomi was asking, but, like, when you are dealing like, you know, on the online coaching space, there’s a whole, like, oh, but talking to pain points is yucky or, like, icky thing. Mhmm. Like, I guess I don’t know. I I don’t know what the question is there, but just I’m, like, getting customers or, like, clients on board with this. Like, have you ever had any pushback to somebody being, like, that’s too I don’t know. It makes the client uncomfortable to use these kind of techniques.

So the only time I’ve ever gotten pushback on this specific technique is when I personally overindulged and took it too far. Right?

Just because sometimes I enjoy writing shit. And I’m like, okay. Maybe this is a little too far from reality. Right?

And it needed to be reined in. Right? So it’s like, as much as possible, like, keep it once again within that threshold, right, of what is safe and appropriate for that industry and for that client and for their voice.

But, yeah, the only pushback I’ve ever got was when I took too many liberties on what was actually true and accurate and real. So you’re really trying to still keep it grounded in realism. Like, what is a person’s desires, like, legitimate desires for this, that they’re unlikely to be tuned into themselves or divulge even if it were true. Right?

But you don’t want to make assumptive leaps that are just too far out of reality. Right?

So it’s like in the example that you wrote, can you can you, like, read it out loud again?

Like, I just wanna Just the last one about out earning your early mentors.

Yep.

So that your nervous system finally recognizes unequivocally that you’ve made it to the top.

Yeah. Like, I don’t think you would get pushback on that cause that is such a legitimate desire, and you’re connecting it to overcoming that pain point of feeling anxious and destabilized in your career and your standing within it. Right? Like, and what you can do when you have pushback, right, is once again, like, you could link back that statement to voice of customer data that suggests that without saying it. Right? Like, someone who divulged this on the VOC or on this survey, they’re not saying this, but do you see the congruence, how someone who’s saying this would be experiencing this? Right?

So, yeah, I think, like, being being able to match match the shadow desire to what’s actually divulged and be like, no. This is actually is our data.

We’re just kind of revealing what isn’t being said or what’s being said between the lines.

Yeah. And how do you, well, it’s so powerful powerful because like everybody’s be everybody’s speaking to like, you want to make more money, but like, it’s really stand out to be like, we’ll be And, and we know that these are the reasons why.

Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. That that’s a really powerful exercise in kinda make more money offers, right, is, like, the why. Like, what happens when they make more money, right, versus just a claim of make more money or double your salary.

Like, once again, white noise, and it just doesn’t connect to the actual experience of having more money. Right? And typically, it comes back down to security and survival related things. Right? Most things go back to security and survival, and nervous system, you know, regulation, as you mentioned. So, yeah, really great conversation.

And how do you how do you make those judgment calls? Because I consider myself a pretty intuitive person. Mhmm. But making these kind of judgments for people, that you’ve never met, can be a very difficult exercise.

Yeah. So so intuitive leaps when necessary. Right? Obviously, we’re not going to be in constant conversation with the prospects we’re writing for. Right? Sometimes we’re literally just, like, dealing with the data and the survey results, and all we really have are the intuitive leaps we can make based on what we have.

My defense for that is, like, you know, transcribing BOC is really easy. Right? I could do that, and I want us to write a ten on ten sales piece here. Right?

I wanna write something that hits a point that no one else is hitting that could help that prospect, that one reader feel fully seen here where no one else is willing to see them. Right? Like, in Katie’s example, like, that reader and that prospect likely will never have seen an ad, an email, or a sales page, or a sales call, or been on a sales call that suggested this is about outpacing their mentors and finally feeling like they’ve made it. Right?

Like, they probably will not have seen that before. And therefore, when that hits, and if it’s true, you just formed a connection that is incredibly powerful there. Right? So there is an intuitive leap based on data and based on hypothesis, and it’s like this tracks, right?

Someone who said this tracks to someone who would have this desire, and I feel good making that leap and putting that on the page, right? And ultimately, that’s the artfulness of it, right? It’s like using your intuition wisely because to me, like, that is still where there’s so much magic in being a copywriter and being a marketer, right? Like, one day AI is going to have all, you know, all the information to just, like, spit it out, and that’s cool and that’s amazing, but where can we use our own kind of intuitiveness to connect us that aren’t so obvious?

Cool. Okay.

Yeah. That is not a dog. That is my child. Casey, we’re hearing that. Okay. Good.

Zoom noise cancellation.

Sweet. Comes in handy. Sweet. Any other questions or comments or thoughts?

I have a non training related question, but happy to defer until if there’s any other questions about the training.

Can I just ask, can you maybe give some throw out some examples of things that aren’t related to pride or maybe related to some of the other, vices?

So not related to pride? Yeah.

Because I feel like pride is an easy one to understand. I’m interested in how it applies to others.

Sure.

So it’s like let me pull back that slide.

I’m revisiting, like, the seven deadly sins is actually a really good idea. So Jo had a framework on that, I believe, like, a long, long, long time ago. I’d ask her if she can dig that back up.

I think it was her fascinations, the seven deadly sins one.

Maybe. Yeah. It’s familiar.

But, Yeah.

I’ve seen it. I just find it hard to apply. I think the concept is very cool, but execution, I find challenging.

Right. Cool. So pride is obvious.

I I use laziness all the time. I use that all the Mhmm. Often.

Mhmm.

Sloth, I guess, would be the technical sin.

Sure.

I think read is a really, really important one if you can, once again, mirror that artfully because that’s a really difficult one for people to believe is true about themselves.

So it’s kind of like, what does greed look like in a way that isn’t so spiky, right, and isn’t so difficult to accept. Right? Because in some ways, like, any make more money offer is somewhat greed based. Right?

And yet those who buy them don’t feel necessarily greedy in buying them, right, or wanting that.

So it’s like greed is where you kind of like when you’re suggesting out earning your mentors, right? That is essentially greed based, right? Greed and competition. I’m kind of like looping those in together right now.

And you make it totally acceptable because physiologically, that gives you a response that feels like you’re returning to safety, right, and turning to nervous system regulation and all those things. So, yeah, so pride, greed, lust, right?

I mean, there’s literal lust and there’s other forms of lust.

You know, kind of like the, you know, the fitness example I just brought, right? Wanting to be desired, wanting to be attractive, right? That is a form of lust.

You know, and it doesn’t even need to be a sexual lust, it could just be lusting to be liked, lusting for approval, right? So when we talked about the project manager, that is kind of a form of a lust for approval.

There we go.

Yeah. Thanks for sharing that.

So you’re saying essentially that a lot of it is the same desire sort of packaged in a different way.

Yep. Exactly. It kinda gets filtered through, like, these different lenses of these, you know, more shadowy motivations. Right? Or you can call them, like, the deadly sins.

Like, the difference between pride and lust being that pride emphasizes how good you are, and lust emphasizes how much other people envy how good you are. Mhmm.

Yep.

Yep. Okay.

That’d be a way to put it. So it’s like, that’d be a really cool exercise. Like, I’m just kinda visualizing the framework of, like, there’s desire, and then there’s, like, these seven different kind of filters it gets kind of put through and that can have the same idea articulated in seven different ways.

Yeah. Okay. Thank you.

Cool. Yeah. Thank you.

I think you’re good, Katie. Sorry.

Thank you, sir. You guys got totally wrapped up trying to remember all seven deadly sins.

But Haven’t you seen the movie seven?

The Bradford?

Yeah. That’s that’s my reference point, not not the Bible.

I I think that’s everyone’s reference point. It’s like and all I think of it is, like, Brad Pitt at the end with the box and, like, what’s he saying? What’s his famous line there?

I don’t remember.

Don’t know, but I was like, Brad. Yep.

What’s in the box? Yeah. I think it’s that. I don’t know.

Anyway.

So I had a client that I wrote a long form sales page for her hybrid course and coaching program.

And now she wants to launch just the course as a DIY downs well, I it’s not it so it was previously conceived as a downsell, but now she wants to launch that as a standalone offer.

Okay.

Like how and she’s she just emailed me saying, do is it a different sales page or do we just cut the group coaching components out of the existing sales page, which is a beast. Like, it’s like the longest sales page I’ve ever written in my life. So I’m curious to your thoughts on, like, a starting point for that.

Yeah. So she sold it as a downsell before. Right?

Yes. But only on a call. So she doesn’t offer that anywhere. And like, she hasn’t launched before. She just has, like, amazing SEO and she gets a tons of leads that way. So this would be her first launch style.

Yep.

The thing, of the DIY.

And it wouldn’t be within the context of them having, like, not bought, you know, the coaching package, right, or the coaching version. Like, this is really fully stand alone, even stand alone in the conversation. Right? Cool. I mean, if the sales page as it was written, speaks to everything that is still true about that audience, their desires, the problems that the product helps overcome, then I think the path of least resistance and even most effectiveness is just retooling that sales page to definitely remove anything that would be delivered only through coaching.

But, yeah, how do you feel about it?

Yeah, I I did like, I mean, definitely there’s gonna be chunks that need to go because, you know, she’s a, like, she’s a trained therapist. So we talked a lot about the benefits of like talking things through in that group container and everything.

Sure.

I guess, I’m just like, is it a different how much does it change the nature of the relationship? Like, I don’t I don’t know. I feel like because the the tone of the sales page was very much like, I’m gonna walk you through this and, you know, we’re gonna have all of these opportunities for feedback. And I’m I’m just wondering if it well, I guess if you’ve ever done anything like that before, like amending an existing sales page to pitch a slightly different version of the product?

Or if you would Yeah.

I haven’t I haven’t done that specific project before.

Yeah, kind of like definitely an accuracy sweep and an edit and a check, like, a hundred percent.

Even things that are implied or insinuated in terms of, like, the level of intimacy and feedback that they’re gonna have, I would definitely be mindful of that.

The things that are, in my view, like, definitely keepable, especially if the audience has resonated with them before and they’re accurate and true is anything that points to the desired outcomes and anything that points to the the current problem states and, you know, how that’s showing up for them. Like, all these things, if they’re accurate and they’ve been resonating, you can probably keep all of that. Right?

Testimonials might be something to, like, really, make sure you’re being accurate as much as possible. Like, try to get testimonials from those who have gone through the DIY. Right? Or if they’ve been private clients or the ones in, like, the coaching, container for it, I would just, like, make a note, right, like, you know, part of the the coaching container, right, to just not have that, yeah, that kind of, like, insinuation, right, that that’s an accurate kind of, like, one for one.

But, yeah, I think, like yeah. If you feel really good about how the copy presents and how it’s been resonating and the edit is a decent sized job, like, to be clear.

But yeah, I’ll just go for Yeah, go ahead.

At first I was thinking of pitching that in a day rate, but I actually feel like it might need the time and like repeated passes of a project versus trying to Yeah.

Okay.

Yep. Yeah.

Yep. I think so.

But what does that look like for you in terms of, like, the multiple passes?

Like, maybe we could just see Just like coming back to it, like, having more than a day to, like, kind of, like, leave it, come back and make sure that I haven’t missed something where they’re talking about a a call or a Yep.

I think, like, the first step of it would be to audit the current page. Right? Like, you know, yellow highlighters of, like, this has to go, this has to go, this has to go. Right?

Mhmm. Especially around, like, the languaging, as you said. And say that, like, in this filter and the sweep, I’m sweeping for x, y, and z. I’m sweeping for, like, accuracy.

What’s still going to be true for insinuation around intimacy and access. Right? So, like, kinda list the things you’re sweeping for and auditing for, make the check, and then kinda, like I would present that to her, right, and then say, like, my the next part of my sweep is to, like, remove these sections, make things more relevant and appropriate for the actual experience.

But, yeah, that’s not a one day thing. That’s multi stage, multi step. But, yep, I think yeah, that’s an interesting project. Keep me posted.

Cool.

I have a question. I’ve, I think I’ve asked this to Joe, but I’m interested to hear your opinion because I’m still struggling with it.

Okay.

In my area, meaning I work with mostly Israeli companies because I’ve been working in Israeli tech scene for five years, and so my whole network is here. Mhmm.

And I think that’s relevant because the Israeli tech scene is like, the whole tech scene is struggling, but Israel is struggling a little bit more because there’s less investments because of the ongoing war.

Sure.

So that means marketing budgets are even lower than they would be elsewhere.

Mhmm.

And so more and more companies that I talk to are cutting their paid media budget and putting more effort into social selling, meaning organic social media posts, but they’re calling it social selling because they’re putting a lot more of a strategic emphasis on it than they would have five years ago, or even three years ago.

So my background is more in acquisition, more in demand gen, optimizing landing pages, optimizing web copy, really very, very conversion focused. Mhmm. But the vast majority of people that I talk to are interested in more organic content.

Mhmm.

And so I’m wondering if it’s worth like, we don’t know what the future holds. Right? We can’t necessarily predict, where the market or where the geopolitical scene will be in the next six to twelve months.

But I’m grappling with the idea of, like, I’ve already taken on some of these clients, and I’ve learned a lot about these different forms of content.

I’m wondering how much should I be considering shifting my positioning as a company, to accommodate what I see as a shift in the market, or should I continue with this very conversion focused angle that I’ve been taking?

Yeah. That’s interesting. There’s, like, a few variables at play. Right? One of them you already kinda highlighted is, like, is this shift more kind of, like, temporary and seasonal and cyclical?

Or for all you know, right, or maybe once they’re in that, the ROI, right, is gonna be better than their other paid media channels, and they’re gonna wanna continue, amplifying that channel. So I think there’s variable number one is, like, how confident are you that the demand for that is going to continue and increase?

Right? Like, give that a confidence score on a scale of one to ten. Like, if it’s over seven, right, like, maybe yes or at least making that part of your official services and offerings, would be wise, especially if you think that they’re going to continue, wanting more of an organic presence, right, and more strategies around that.

The next variable I would consider is how necessary is it for you to position yourself as that to gain business in that? Because it sounds like those conversations are already happening just just like in your network, right? And that as long as you’re available to it, you’re going to get those projects anyway. So like, if that’s low importance, then I would wait a little bit, right? I wouldn’t, like, reposition yourself, so immediately. Like, wait to see where that trend line is heading, especially if you don’t need to reposition yourself to get that business, if that makes sense.

Yeah. That’s a really good point because it’s not like, like, it’s not goo Google is gonna disappear. Obviously not. Yeah.

Mhmm. But what I see is it’s becoming more and more common for, or it’s becoming more relevant for larger companies. So if you’re thinking in the VC world, you have series. Right?

Like, series a, series b, series c, series d.

And series a is, like, they still don’t they still haven’t finished building the product. Series b and c is, like, they’ve sort of hit product market bit, but they’re still growing. Series d and beyond is, like, they’ve got their shit together. They’re, like, they’re moving. Like, they have they have somewhat of a working workflow.

And I think that series d is sort of, like, seven hundred employees plus in mind. Right. Like, roughly speaking.

So it’s more like series d and up, where they’re really starting to ramp up their paid media channels. But by the time they reach that five, they probably have enough resources in house to manage that kind of CRO. And so, they’re not really looking to outsource it as much.

And so, I’ve gotten lots of job offers for that kind of position, but a lot newer freelancing the only really freelance opportunities I’ve got is from a reseller, actually, by Monday dot com.

So it’s a very, very different kind of company than the actual fast company.

Right.

And, obviously, the budget is small Sure. For paid media.

Mhmm.

Because if if it’s small, then there’s only so many landing pages they’re gonna have. They’re only gonna have, like, two, three campaigns.

Right.

But I think that I think it makes sense that, like, these because, especially, like, we talk a lot about, oh, am I a copywriter? Am I a conversion? Like but, like, clients don’t care about that language. Like, especially in a non English speaking they just give us content.

Like, what the hell are you talking about? Like, content is content. And content is emails and content is social and content is blog. Like, they they don’t think that way.

I’m actively imagining my Israeli uncle responding to that conversation right now in his very Israeli uncle y voice. Yeah.

Exactly. Like, there’s no word for copywriter in Hebrew. It’s.

What is this? I don’t care. I don’t care.

Exactly. Okay. You got it. You got it.

I get it.

Yeah.

Right. Yeah. So I think that that’s how, like it’s helpful to think, like, if you have to make that dilution, you don’t necessarily have to make it now.

Mhmm.

Is what I’m taking from that.

Yep. Exactly.

Does that, give you something to move with or feel a little bit more sweet?

Awesome. Yeah.

I would add on to that too. It’s also, you know, instead of changing positioning, it’s you’re it’s more like, you know, the right thing to do at the right time and you’re responsive and savvy to what’s going on. You know? Does that make sense?

I mean, look, a girl’s gotta eat. Sometimes you just gotta take the grudges to come to you.

I know how savvy it is, or it’s just like, you know, I wanna Making sure you can eat is savvy.

Not that I owe my last dollar, but, like, I’m not at the point where I’m regularly turning away large amounts of work.

Awesome.

Cool. We feeling good for today?

Yeah. Amazing. Amazing. Amazing. Well, enjoy your long weekends for those taking long weekends.

I’m really hungry now all of a sudden. I’ll just talk about Chipotle and eating and, yeah, that’s my plan. So, yeah, catch you all on Slack. Hit me up if you have any follow-up questions on this as you begin to consider it or implement it.

Definitely here for it. Cool. Thanks, everybody. Take care. Bye.

Thank you.

Using AI to Automate Your Proposals

Using AI to Automate Your Proposals

Transcript

So what we’re gonna do today is we’re gonna go through, automating the process to send client proposals. And this is the process we use, and then I’m gonna share the, the spit draft as well. And then, there we go. So it starts with, there’s a couple of key pieces that you want to use when you’re creating your service catalog or when you’re looking to automate the process. And this is how we’re using AI in our agency. We’re really we’re looking at every stage of the the customer journey, and we’re seeing how we can automate or what we can automate.

And then we’re creating processes and systems around that. So, it starts with your service catalog. So this is an example of a service catalog from we swiped this from AWai.

So these these services are actually recommended based off of some study they they perform. So these are the top eighty, conversion copywriting services that they recommend.

So what we’ve done is we’ve we’ve taken these and we’ve, created a brief description about each one, including also what the final deliverable is, the price, and also the timeline.

So this is the first step that you would do to sort of automate the process. One thing to consider as well is, not just the service catalog, but if you have product ties services, then you can create a sort of a catalog of productized services as well. Right? That’s that’s really gonna speed things up.

I’ll include this list as well in the, in the prompt. Now once you have your list of, or your service catalog, the next step, of course, is your statement of work. So the statement of work that we pull from is actually Joe it’s the same one that she uses for Air Story. So it covers all the main pieces, the need, the solution, our services, our team engagement timeline fee, fee summary, payment schedule, next steps, terms and conditions, all all the good stuff.

Once you have your template, which, of course, this is available to everyone, the second step is getting ready for your discovery call. Now the one of the things you need to do is during your discovery call or you should do is use, consultative selling questions. And these are questions that are really gonna probe the prospect because you really wanna get in the mind, understand their their problem, the outcome they want, and you’re gonna use these to guide AI, to draft the, statement of work for you. Now I don’t know what tools everybody uses. We use Nota. I think it’s Nota, so I pronounce it. But in this, you can actually preprogram the the questions that you wanna use.

I did include in the resources action, a bunch of consultative quest selling questions that you can use as well. But in this tool, you can actually pre program them. So then when you’re doing the discovery call itself, these questions, will guide you because it, it, it is helpful, that you ask the, the consulted of selling questions in the same order as the statement of work. You know, you’re starting with the need, which is the problem, you’re agitating the problem.

So you’re you’re aligning the questions to the statement of work, and you’re you’re aligning the framework as well. Now, depending on the tool that you use, you can also program it to, spit out the summary. So when it transcribes the call, it will transcribe it around the that you answered. So you have a nice little package at the end that you can copy and paste and use for, use for the automation.

Now once you’re prepared for the, discovery call, you’re gonna go into the prompt. This is the prompt, and I’ll walk you through each step one at a time.

Essentially the prompt just matches the statement of work. It starts with the need.

The need is now this is important here. I know, a lot of students we struggle with or we wanna capture the voice of customer when we’re dealing the, the prospect after the discovery call. So we found that the best way to incorporate, voice of customer from, from the discovery called transcript is to pretend that you’re a journalist or ask AI to assume the role of a journalist, we found that once you ask Addis in that role, it’s really good at sort of connecting things and using the actual voice of customer in the data.

So the first step is this is called a a chain of thought prompt. So what we’re doing is we’re asking AI step by step to create each each section of the statement of work. So the first thing, of course, is you roll your journalists. The second one is is step one is the need.

We’re asking AI to craft a narrative using direct quotes from the client, during the discovery call, and we want it to outline the the client’s challenges, the solutions, then we go into instructions. Now, there’s a couple of fields here that you’ll wanna update before you use the prompt. The first one is to replace your name. There’s place holders here, of course, replace it with your name.

Replace the, business name with your company name, and, of course, the client as well. We’re gonna actually do a a real client that I had a call with today. Sean, I changed his name for confidentiality reasons, but I’m gonna use this prompt to create a proposal that we can send them to him afterwards as well.

Then we go into instructions.

This is I would suggest if you’re gonna customize this for your own needs is to keep all of all of the instructions to this point. If you wanna start tweaking it, you’ll you’ll build on this. If you wanna make the need section shorter, you’ll just adjust the number characters, if you wanna go for a different voice, this is really where you’re gonna start adding stuff.

Here’s the template, exact same template that Joe has inside of the, the statement of work.

And then, of course, here’s the transcript from the call that I had with the client, and I’ll I will do this with you guys in a second as soon as I I walk you through the process.

The second step is to create your services.

This is this is where the fun part happens. Now, because you have your service catalog here, What you’re gonna do is you’re gonna ask, and AI is really good at this. You’re gonna ask AI to write the need section of your proposal. And then based off what the client’s challenges and frustrations and goals were, AI is gonna analyze your service catalog. And AI is gonna recommend services that you offer to solve the client’s problems, and it’s gonna auto populate that for you.

That’s what you’re gonna achieve in step two. It’s gonna look at your database. You’re gonna upload it.

We included instructions as well. I suggest keeping these instructions because it’s very good at at looking at the client’s problems and then matching the the service and the solution. If you wanna tweak it again, just just continue after after this point. I do suggest we added some personalization.

So as you go through the prompt, it’s gonna it gets gonna use the client’s first name as if you’re having a conversation, and I’ll I’ll show you what I mean by that in a second. Then, of course, we have the template. So what AI is gonna do is AI is gonna look at your service catalog. It’s gonna pull the matching service, and then it’s gonna provide it’s gonna use the copywriting formula problem match take solution, followed by a benefit.

And that’s how it’s gonna present these services to the to the client in the proposal.

Then, of course, we have timeline. Now what’s cool about this is, same scenario. So AI is gonna look at the services recommended from your service catalog. So it’s gonna say, hey, you know, I recommend these many blog posts.

Then it’s gonna look at your service catalog and it’s gonna calculate how much what are we on right now? We’re on the we’re on the price. It’s gonna calculate the price and then it’s gonna update that section for you based off the price that you quoted. So when you do create your service catalog, everything hinges on this, I put a range because that’s what AWS has.

Just make sure you have one amount and always go on the high end, of course. Because AI is gonna use this data to populate the proposal, proposal for your statement of work.

Next section of the timeline, again, same scenario. It’s gonna look at your statement of work. It’s gonna create the timeline. It’s gonna look at how long each deliverable takes, and then it’s gonna add this to the proposal that we’re gonna create as well.

Here’s a quick snapshot of of the output that it’s gonna it’s gonna produce. And I guess we’ll do this real time as well. This is the need the solution, I suggest you you prepopulate this because it’s really gonna be about just a sort of a bullet point.

The services, it’s it’s gonna spit out something like this. It’s gonna follow the formula.

Our team, you wanna prepopulate this. Obviously, you don’t you don’t need I AI for this. Here’s the timeline. So what it did was it’s gonna look at each service.

It’s gonna recommend the landing page. Then it’s gonna look at the timeline And it’s gonna say, okay, you know what? It’s gonna take one to fourteen days based off what you inputted in your in your service catalog. Okay?

It’s gonna give a, sort of, eight to ten weeks a general, a general time frame, then it’s gonna look at budget, and it’s gonna produce a table. And again, it’s gonna take each deliverable. It’s gonna look at the price range or the rate that you you set in your service catalog, and then it’s gonna put match the number that it recommended and then also the final price as well. Payment schedule, these are things you can you can set up on your own next steps. These are general templates.

So what we’ll do now is we’ll go through each sort of step by step process, and I’ll show you how it works. So literally all you need to do is we’ve tested this across the board is just literally copy and paste.

Starting with, of course, go in, you wanna make sure that you replace your name. I did this. Make sure you place replace your company name. I did this and, of course, the client’s name. Then it’s just a matter of copying this over.

This is the transcript from the call. Now what you would do is I just put the script here, but depending on your tool, you would actually just go here and copy and paste the transcript.

As long as you follow the consultative selling questions, it’s gonna ask the questions in the same order, so it’s not gonna be not gonna be a problem. So we’ll go back.

Let me highlight everything.

Okay. We’ll go in, paste it in.

And it’s gonna analyze this. It’s gonna look at the and it’s gonna start crafting the story.

Now what’s cool is if you look at and I included I included the discovery call for you in the in the prompt. If you look at the transcript, and then you look at its output, it matched it word for word. Now, we’ve always struggled with that because AI is really hit and miss. For it to nail that, it’s the role of a reporter.

That’s that that’s what worked. And there’s a big difference if you if you look at this where I said role here, remove this, it’s gonna be hit and miss. But as soon as it thinks it’s a journalist and you can have fun with this too, you can say you’re you’re a journalist from wire magazine or or some other magazine that’s relevant to your client. It’ll take on that set, but it’s gonna look for accuracy and integrity, especially when it’s it’s, you know, it’s stringing sort of, words together or what the client says.

So if you read this, it’s it’s really well written. You know, it, Sean said captivating has challenged. The problem was manifested in the stark numbers around ten thousand monthly visitors. And barely fifty leads.

So it picks up on every point, pretty well. Then it follows the the template, of course. It it met us during, a mutual client. It’s interested in our services.

If you’re okay with this, you can you can redo it if you want. You can regenerate. It’s up to you. I usually just go with the first one.

Then when we go on to step two, step two is this is the fun part. So now that AI is looked at, the call transcript, it understands what what the client is after, the needs, the wants, the challenges, everything. Now we’re gonna ask AI to look at this data. We’re gonna upload our service catalog.

And what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna paste in the second prompt, and this is gonna tell AI to look at our status our our service catalog, I also want you to look at the transcript I uploaded, and then I want you to recommend services that I offer that are gonna solve the client’s needs. And I want you to continue using Sean to make it personal. So click that. It’s gonna analyze the data right now.

Which is really cool.

Here you go. And this has been spot on. It’s it’s recommended the same every single time.

And they’re tailored, you’ll notice it’s using the problematic State solution benefit. It actually highlights. And if you compare this to the transcript, it highlights his struggles directly.

Same thing every single time. It’s the SEO auto responder lead generation page. So it’s it’s been accurate it is good about this. And like I said, it does really personalize this, especially just saying Sean. It doesn’t say Sean Burns. It says Sean.

So if if you’re happy with this, you wanna regenerate. It’s up to you. You can add a service. But the next step I’m gonna do is I’m gonna go in, and I’m gonna look at the timeline.

So now that AI has recommended service that services that solve Sean’s problem, it’s gonna look at my service catalog, and it’s gonna look at the timelines that I suggested. Right? So I said right here is three to five days. And it’s gonna populate this based off of the the services that it recommends.

So in this case, I’m just gonna paste it in. It’s gonna look at the knowledge base again. How you know it’s working, and then it’ll start, it’ll start calculating it.

You know, break it down on phases. It’ll it’ll launch a a phase four for review. Same thing, everything will time. Sean’s feedback, then it’s gonna go in for the final step, which is your investment, the pricing. Now what it’s gonna do in this case, is it’s going to look at your service catalog and it’s gonna look at the price and it’s gonna pull the pricing from this. So I’m just gonna go in and I’m gonna Copy and paste it.

It’s analyzing everything again, making sure it’s there.

Now it’s not when I suggested to do the the pricing, it won’t, because I’m doing a range. I suggest when you do your your pricing stick to one, then it’ll calculate it. There’s an example of a calculating right here, depending on what it is, but that’s for you to try to try to stick to and then it’ll calculate the total here as well.

So now you have all the major parts, and then literally, it’s just a matter of going to the top. And if you’re happy with it, just take this and copy and paste it into your proposal.

Easy.

Your needs section and continue each point, copy and paste, copying and paste, and then print it, you may use a proposal tool or something. I we use right signature and, send it to the client for the sign off on it. That’s pretty much it. And then if, the the key, like I said, is really to make sure that your, your service catalog is the it’s it’s important to follow this framework.

This is your service. This is the final deliverable. Make sure that you include your price. And then, of course, your, your timeline. And just stick to one price as well. Put it on the high end. And, ideally, like I said, you wanna make sure that you if you can stick to product type services as well.

We did this as well with, GMB, which is a product high service that we offer. So it’s pretty easy. Every time we have a call, we just we just let AI in all that it’s for the specific prototype product type service, and then you can start whipping those out of ten templates as well.

Yeah, that’s it. Is there any questions that I can answer? Anyone miss I know a couple of people joined at the beginning. Did anyone miss anything at the beginning?

I I did, but I will watch the recording to catch the five minutes I missed.

Okay. It’s yeah. Just at the beginning, we went over. It starts with your service catalog.

And making sure that you you put every service that you offer. This I included this for everyone here, I’m gonna put this in the link as well. You can put it in the chat right now. But on the bottom, you’re gonna see the the templates.

There’s the service catalog word document. And there’s also, sorry, the statement of work word document, and there’s also the service catalog, as well. And then you can edit those, these are pretty good. It’s a good starting base anyways.

I we swiped this from AWS, as I mentioned. So these these are the services that were they recommended based off of a, study where they they interview businesses or whatnot. And these solved the the most challenges that businesses have. So it’s definitely a good starting point and includes everything from news releases to direct response and and recommended pricing and whatnot as well.

Now, and then we went over sort of the the template that you use for the need. We’re just using Joanna’s statement of work, framework. It’s it’s templated. It follows a formula.

And then, again, depending on, with the which tool, you use for your transcription. If you can align the call to consultative selling questions, then That’s ideal. And then just let AI, do its thing. Is there any any questions that I can answer on the process or the prompt itself?

Sorry. So this service catalog, this is just for AI’s use, or this is something that you also share with the client.

Well, it depends on how you you you wanna use it. Like, if you wanna list your services on the on your site, great.

It depends. Right? It it’s up to you. We use this for AI, specifically.

So it’s not, obviously, you wanna make sure you offer them, but some people have them on their website. Some people email directly to the client. In this case, because you’re using AI, it’s more of a customized quote, right, because it does align each service to to solve a specific problem of the client. Right? So it’s definitely customized. So it’s up to you. Okay.

You should have a list do you have a list of services right now that you that you have to open. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. Same thing. Just format them. When you’re formatting it for automation, just just to make sure that you, like I said, you wanna include literally, say final deliverable, the price and timeline. And then AI is gonna use this to populate, and it’ll overlay, a copywriting formula.

Okay.

Okay. Is anyone using AI in their proposal process at all? No?

No. A little bit here and there.

But Okay.

Yeah. Read the, it’s really spot on. Like, I couldn’t especially when you get into the to the narrative, like compare and I did include this for you in the in the prompt so you can compare it. It’s spot on. Like, it’s it it nails it, especially when you say act as a journalist, it really wease it together.

And it does it well too. It sticks to the facts, and it doesn’t you, you know, Sean was upset about this. It just says says it’s very it’s it’s very factual, which I like. But if you wanna change your voice on that, you can you can do that as well, but make sure to stick that you’re to you’re a journalist that we we try copywriter We tried direct response, we tried everything, and it was just it never seemed to work until we we, we did the journalist thing.

Any other questions?

I think so I think I know the answer to this, but I have, like, a pretty services guide that I like, whenever with images and it’s designed.

Yep.

Is that could I share that or does have to be formatted like you were showing with the just picking out that those details for AI so that it gets just the salient info.

You wanna format it just the way I have it. Because you’re, in this case, you’re using this to as a database for AI to to populate. Right? So just stick to the basic. It just needs to know the deliverable, the price and the timeline, and it’ll it’ll figure out the rest on its own. But I did include the template for you. Stick to this for the for the AI.

And is there because what I have already is, like, this is for you if, you know, and, like, kind of the benefits then have to know if it’s right for you, is there any benefit to also feeding it that information, or is that gonna work against the statement of work template.

You it def so this is where you can have fun with the prompts. So I chose under services, I chose this formula. Right? I said service name, problem agitate solution benefit.

So if you if you wanna choose a different formula, so say in your your service catalog, you went with a different formula framework. Just match them up and AI will figure it out. That’s it.

Okay. Cool.

And just just put that under final deliverable. Right? And just it just needs a couple of words in that, in that formula, and then it’ll match the two. It does a really good job on on stringing everything together.

Cool. Thank you.

Yeah. No worries.

Any other questions?

I can answer it. So nobody’s, how are people approaching through proposals right now as far as your process?

Is anyone incorporating a AI at all or you’re just you’re sort of winging it with your transcript and whatnot?

The most I’ve used it is like I record the call. I upload the transcript or I get the transcript through Otter. And then I will pick stuff out manually from that and copy paste it into the statement of work, but I am not I’m not using AI to generate the proposal yet.

Or You have to try it?

Okay.

Like, I’m like, okay. Based on this transcript, like, what was the most acute need stated by the client, and then I use it to kind of, summarize themes in that way, but not actually for the building.

Okay. Yeah. Try the, definitely start with a consultative.

Like, use the questions in the same order as the statement of work. It’s like what problem are you trying to solve? You know, what are your biggest challenges? And then just try it out.

You’ll be impressed and then just literally export it. I don’t know whatever tool you use. Just copy the entire transcript and just pop it in. AI is really gonna figure that out.

And it’ll it’ll populate that. It’ll answer the questions. And, like, if you look at the the two, like, the transcript, like I said, it nailed it. Like, it didn’t get anything, and this is consistent across the board.

It’s the same thing over and over again. Right? So it’s it’s it’s just really good at figuring out those patterns and looking for what the client is saying. So, yeah, try it out.

It, it speeded us a lot of work. I was I was pretty impressed.

And this does work. Sean did sign up just everyone just everyone know. So it does. And I guess don’t don’t overthink it as well.

Like, don’t go like, I was guilty of it as well. Don’t go for the perfect proposal and trying to get the perfect wording. Don’t do that especially when you’re working with AI. It doesn’t matter.

As long as, like, it’s you’re using the client’s name, you’re telling an engaging story, you’re using his quotes directly in it. You’re following a formula, send it. You know, don’t don’t get caught up on that.

To try to look for the the perfect setup. Just, yeah, just use it as is, and then it it’ll be fine. And just tweak the the wording if you want. But, like I said, make sure that you you stick to journalist though.

Is anyone having problems, using actual voice of customer in their copy as well?

I know it’s a challenge with a lot of operators like using pulling in the exact words and quotes. Is anyone having issues with that? No?

Oh, yeah. That’s good.

And like I said, I’ll share the, the prompts.

Everything that you need and just make sure that you you go in and you update your, you replace your name and whatnot. And if, like I said, if you’re gonna tweak everything, just just you know, you can you can play with the character, limits. I’ll show you right now. You can, I’ll pop it in.

Is everyone using, chat g p t four?

Yeah.

Yeah? Okay. And so so if you go character limits, just the five hundred, and this is where you can tweak it, have fun with it.

It’ll shorten it up.

But it’s still great at sort of plugging everything together and all the main points. So, yeah, have fun with it.

Has anyone, using AI for any other parts in their business as well? Like, has has used down and done an audit to see what you can automate or streamline or anything?

I use it to strip email addresses out of a big giant list.

Okay. Well, that’ll work.

Yeah. What about actual, you know, production or in your workflow, analyzing voice of customer survey data, anything like that?

I’ve been using it for the survey data. It’s, like, so much faster than coding it, manually.

Yep.

Yeah. We are too. It’s like and one thing you can do as well, just to let you know is we you can use a a story framework so you can use a case study outline. So when you’re when you’re doing the actual call with your customer, you ask these questions in the same order and just let them talk. And then what you’ll do is you’ll just copy and paste the transcript into AI, and you’ll tell AI to tell a story.

Just give it a case study framework.

Like, I can do a session on that to emulate that framework, and it’ll it’ll spit at a pretty good, first draft that you can publish on your blog right away.

Okay.

No. It’s funny that you’re using this because one of my clients developed the sales tool that does pretty much exactly that, that like has the playbook embedded in the, like, It’s like an AI notetaker, like a meeting assistant.

Mhmm.

And you can, like, embed your playbook in the sign. So it’ll feed you the right questions in the right order, and then it’ll create a transcript and upload all of that to the CRM.

Yeah. I just I used this because it was I got a appsumo deal. It was unlimited, so it’s free. I like free, but it just, does everyone else have these features with their tool? Where you can you can guide it the the actual transcript itself.

No. I. Yeah. I find this helpful. So when when AI, transcribes the call, it’ll use it in the same order.

So that’s like your spit draft. Right? And you can apply this to, there’s an article that Joe has on writing your homepage, and it’s a series of questions. So we we’ve used that in the past where we’ve just answered, ask those questions in that order, and then there’s your spit draft.

The the very first draft you can send to the client in their own words. Right?

And the trick is to just load it in here, the same, and it’ll spit out the, it’ll answer it in the same questions, or in the same order anyways.

I don’t know what coaching is but it’s that’s something different.

Yeah so that’s it. Is there any other features or, is there any part of the your workflow that you wanna see how to automate with AI, because I really wanna start getting into we’re using it across the board in our agency, everything from creating content to, creating proposals, to case studies, social media posts, pretty much everything. We’re getting in pretty deep with it. Is there any processes that people would like to see on how we’re using it?

How do you use it for social media posts without making it sound robotic? Because whenever because I tried it several times and like the first time it worked, and then like everyone started to use it, and all of a sudden, AI writing sounded very robotic. It was very hard to get social media posts.

It’s your it’s your voice in your role. You have to assume assume of the role of something and then just, AI is really good at it. It’s just the voice and then using a formula.

Wait. That’s actually one of the easiest we found to do. Is the social media posts. Almost too easy. I’m surprised people are are not everyone’s using it, but are you using formulas, copywriting formulas?

In the AI templates?

Yeah. Like for your social media posts. Not really.

That’s that’s what you want.

So here’s the trick is to go, yeah, you want anything you’re using. So let’s just do you know, pass formula rate, for Facebook.

It’ll you you need to you can use the voice of customer, but you have to parental oops problem. I don’t know what that is.

You have to let AI know, and you can do a template around that.

Give me what’s the topic someone wants to see, post on?

Give me something.

Fun day.

The, as long as you use that problem match day formula, and then you you get clear on your voice, and then give it some guidance. It’s really good at figuring it out.

But that’s the key though is to follow the formulas.

You’re not using formulas at all?

Well, now I write my posts by hand because I find it they tend to work better. Because, like, for example, for my own post, sometimes I’m sharing information, where I don’t necessarily want it to have that story kind of format.

Wanna keep focused on providing value.

Do you have, so if you wanted to, like, have your own voice, so that you can use, AI to to emulate your own voice and then feed it past posts that you’ve done.

Mhmm. And it’ll use your it’ll analyze your pattern and then it’ll start producing content like it was you.

Yeah. That I’ve done before. That can sometimes work.

Yeah. If it works for you, whatever, we we find we use it’s always a role us, like, we we choose, a, like, a a copywriter will say, you could say Joanna Weeb. You could say, AI is really good at picking that up. Like, we do content for doctors as well, and we use doctor voice.

So we we pulled in AI as some really good content around, winning campaigns, and a lot of it is Doctor’s voice. So we’ll use that to feed the database to train AI. And then it’ll write, like, like the doctor’s voice from these from these content. So that that’s how we’re using it.

It’s spot on once you get it trained with the data set anyways. And then you’re just at the beginning, you’re just telling it to assume that rule. And then once it figures out the role and it figures out the patterns, you’re you’re good to go.

Also, there were in in the past, I would keep it all on the same chat so that it would have that memory. But it would that one chat would get overloaded.

And it would get really, really slow after a while, so I would have to open up a new one.

Yeah. So what’s happening is I’ll show you. We use we use, we don’t use, I use, like, chat GPT four, but we use different tools. We have our own not our own, but it’s we use a different one. It’s, it’s chat to team GPT, and it’ll show us here on let me know if you can you can see the screen.

It’ll show you after a while, like the right here.

Right. So this is the efficiency. And after a while, this goes down the more you use it, and it I don’t know the calculation, but that’s what’s happening. So as a bit of the halfway mark, we we shut it down and then we use another because it starts the results start to get wonky. You don’t have that indicator on this, but if you can pick up this tool, I think it’s still available. This is you this uses the API.

From ChapyT at GPT four so you can choose which models. And this is where we store all of our prompts for using stuff and building stuff. Like, I empower teams on this.

One thing I’ve noticed is when that happens, what I end up doing is, asking it to, build me like a brand voice and document.

So then I’ll feed it to the new chat. And then continue the discussion there.

Yeah. That’s smart.

And that’s you can do it too. Like, we we do the same same concept where we to get the doctor’s voice, we have it actually create a style guide from that and analyze it. And then and then before writing content, we load that style guide into the knowledge base, have it analyze it, like I just did first, create a summary of it, and then use that moving forward for the content. You get the once you get to that, like, if you’re that detailed with it and then you control the voice and you and you get it, you can’t tell.

But just putting stuff in and spitting it out. It’s not it doesn’t, and people disagree with this. I I know where the the future’s going with this.

It’s not, and it’s kinda like do I used to struggle with a lot of this stuff publishing it. Like, oh, it’s AI, even in social media posts. I don’t care. Like, it’s good.

It converts. This stuff really converts. Like, we use this for Google ads. We use this for, and I even putting a landing page, I’m like, well, you know what it say I generated?

You know, it doesn’t am I creative enough?

It’s converting. Put it up.

Right? But you know, people have different approaches on that, but just we find as long as you you stick to the proven copywriting formulas and then you overlay the voice of customer, it’s you you have a pretty good foundation to work with. Right? There was a study. There was a study too that did, they compared AI generated headlines versus human and AI just destroyed it.

The conversions were way better, but then it failed in long form copy now, but it’s only gonna get better. Right? Just give it just a matter of time guaranteed.

Can I ask a question? So I was on a webinar for searchy earlier this week. I don’t know if you know it. It’s tool. I think it was developed by Stu mclaren, the Alright.

It’s searchy.

Searchy dot I o.

Is that right?

S e d r I e at the end?

Okay. Yeah. Dot I o. Yep.

Yeah. But with the you’re missing an h.

And basically, like, what they were recommending is that you can upload load, like, the full content of your course. You can upload your podcast, like every all the content you’ve ever created.

And then it builds you a chat bot that will answer questions, and I mean, he’s so he’s the, like, the membership guy. So he’s talking about how this can be used inside of a membership, but, like, I have this program. I don’t know if you remember Shane. You saw it in like the first week of a Yep. Of CSP.

But you know, like, I think the main I haven’t relaunched it since the fall. The main issue with the program is it’s like a lot of money for people to pay to still be writing their copy themselves. So I think before I relaunch it, I need to build an AI component into it.

I’m just wondering whether just seems like a lot of mental investment and time investment to, like, build a custom DP tea or I’m just wondering, I guess, like, if you if the program is, like, here, follow this flow, like, Here’s how you do the research, here are the templates.

What how would you best incorporate AI in a way that people could use it themselves, like, to run with my templates or to run with my concepts.

This like this. So this is your I use this for, so when I purchase a book, what I use is I I download the book and I create a database.

And then, like, this this is a really good copywriting book, and, AI is really good at this. And now I’ll use this as the database to help me craft content.

Like, I have one for eugene Sports. I have, like, different copy. Right? So if I’ll run stuff through, like, as as Eugene Sports, like, what do you think of this? Tell me the stages of awareness. Tell me the market sophistication.

The same concept, you’re just using your templates. So you can include your template in this, and then you could tell me, like, you know, the key aspects of the rule of one, that’s a big one. And it’s it’s tell me about, you know, the rule of one. It’ll it’ll look at the database for that.

And it’ll it’ll spit out and reference it where it’s at in the book as well.

So if you’re trying to do that within a paid program, are you creating a custom database?

Like, that’s a custom GPT or, like, a GPTS that you’ve train on your database, and then you’re just giving people access to that to Got it.

So here’s Flash Kinkade. So Flash Kinkade is, this is a document from AWI, and it’s the secret weapon on writing great compelling copy. And it’s Fletcher KA that tells, you know, sentence structure, all the good stuff. So we uploaded this as a database.

And AI uses this whenever it’s creating content to always achieve that flesh and Kade score. So now when I go here, that’s the database. I can train a chatbot, and I can I can do a new chatbot, and I call it what you want, Fliskinkade score? And I could upload your templates as well if I wanted to. I can create one. Do you want me do you want me to create one with you sometime? And we can Sure.

So you’re gonna You’re in a f f four a I. Okay.

Yeah. This is one of there’s so many available right now. Like, there it’s not.

But that’s that’s what you’re doing. You’re creating a you’re creating a database with your files.

AI, you’re training AI on that. And then and then you can literally share it. Like, there’s options here to share it if you wanted to.

With, your students, and then it’ll use the data from that. We’re we’re working with Jill one one where we’re gonna we’re taking all of her books that she published, and we’re using that as a dataset so you can, like, ask Joe type thing.

Mhmm. Cool.

And it’ll use the information from that to to produce something. Is that what you’re looking to do similar?

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

That’s all it is. Just create the content. Right? That’s the you’re you’re gonna see like a lot.

This is all the the issues you’re hearing in the news right now. We’re like, I I forget who’s suing Open AI. Everyone suing every other everyone else because AI is using all of these data sets and that’s all they’re doing. They’re swiping content and they’re using that to build their data.

And that’s where you’re gonna you’re hearing all these lawsuits right now, but that’s all it is. You just you create your your data set and then I use it for, for direct response. Like, I have all the direct response books loaded. So if I have a question or I’m planning at a campaign, it’ll spit out, like, stage of awareness, market sophistication, then I can say, hey, you know, map it in email sequence for stages of awareness.

It’s gonna tell me. And it’s spot on because it’s a formula. Right? It’s a framework.

As long as it understands the problem, and it has and now you can you can give it access to the internet, which is really scary. Like, there’s another a have you guys used, there’s another tool up there called plexi. Have you guys used it?

This one is crazy. So you can you can, it’ll search the internet. I love this, right? And it’s like, What’s the, what’s conversion copywriting? What’s, what it does is this is the future Google’s toast. So it’ll, it’ll look at the internet and it finds it’s reviewing Joe’s information, and then it’s telling me it’s answering the question for me, but I don’t have to link through, and it’s using all the sources. So how powerful that is?

Crazy.

That’s how we use it.

But so, like, I mean, could you copy this response and put that on your blog as a blog post of what is conversion copywriting?

You can, as long as you say, okay, so what I can do now is I can you can copy and paste this and you cannot overlay a formula. Like, we did a, We did a a video on this where we create content. So we we create content for clients. And what we do is we we look at the top ten articles that are ranking, and then we take that topic, and then we copy and paste it, and then we have AI look at that and you apply the copywriting formula features advantages, and problem you avoid, like that type of formula, and it spins it So it’s actually better content that was originally and that stuff ranks really well.

And it’ll pass plagiarism checks. And as long as you combine that with, like, your role that you’re you’re playing. And we always say, Gary, we we use different copywriters or you can find If you’re in that space, you can ask AI, like, who’s a really well known person in this DIY space or in this space? And AI will tell you And then you’ll say, well, what’s what’s that person’s writing style?

Great. Can you create a style guide based off that person’s writing style? Can you create a persona? It’ll do that for you, then you save that persona and that’s your data set.

And it’ll start running like that.

That’s the future. Like, it’s crazy.

But, like, so these those are citations. Right? Like, the one four three seven. So is it actually sorry. Like, when you say oh, gosh.

When you say that I would a plagiarism test, like, what I actually is that gonna come back as Well, so so right so take this right here.

Right? So just go, you could just guy write this rewrite this, using Problem agitate solution. It’ll do that. Right? And it’s you’re gonna have custom content on it. Right? This isn’t usually as good as, what do you call it?

This is meant more for search engines. Mhmm. But that’s all you need to do.

Right? And it’ll it’ll take that. It’ll rewrite it and spin it. In s e in the SEO world, we used to have tools that literally spin it.

That that’s what they used to do, but people are using, this isn’t a great tool for doing that. But you can put it in, in chat GPT. Right? And you could you could say, what is the rewrite this as problematic state solution?

This is good. And then you would have I’ll just agitate whatever it is, and then you would assign a role, like your conversion copywriter, and it’ll spin it for you.

So same thing. Just your and this is this actually works really well because a lot of the content, like, we because we’re in affiliate marketing. So we our goal is to get stuff ranked, but you know, how do you if someone has a description of a product they’re reviewing, and then we take that description and we apply a proven copywriting formula, you’re putting you’re producing better content. And Google has come out and said they don’t care.

They don’t care if it’s AI generated or human generated. They’ll rank it as long as it’s solving a problem and its quality content. And just by using these these formulas, it’s quality content because it’s a pattern, right, that stuff works. And the and that’s what we do to rank these articles.

Cool.

But I wouldn’t use, like, I hate semicolons. Like, we have a whole voice, right? Like, we have build out your database as well. Like, if you go here, we have different kind of prompts. Like, here’s an agitate, from agitation solution prompt.

We have different writing style guides. Like, here’s a here’s one writing style guide where it’s a flesh kinkade of sixty to seven. So we we have different ways that we want to write. And then depending on what we’re writing for, I could show you content, you’d never know.

Not a chance. And it’s, like, you even hear we have a trained. So this is, based off of, a flesh Kinkade example. Like, you can here, we give it specific, you cannot tell impossible.

Right? So that’s the and it’s just learning this, especially as copywriters, like, I’m direct response, but, like, in lead generation, any of this stuff, this is this is it. This is the future. This is the way it’s going.

And just learn this stuff to build in or to improve your writing style. Right? Not improve your writing style. You can still maintain your style, but if you can take your style and you can create a process from it.

Right? You can automate your own process, automate yourself and replicate, create ten versions of yourself. That’s that’s what I would do. Right?

Can you show us, like, if we’re just using top g b t without the team g b t How do you it that tab that you’ve just had open, like, is there an equivalent here?

Yeah. So this is this is a, you can you can this is a Chrome extension, which is a prompt manager. So you’ll have different we have different prompts here as well. So this this is a really good one. Like, there’s, how to respond, like, I do I do what done. Like, we plan out projects like this. It’s really good at doing this stuff.

Milestones, checklists, smart goals, right like an eighth grader.

This one is good. Improve readability. Like you can paste you just literally paste it in and you tell it to analyze this copy for me. And, and it’ll analyze it. It’ll make it’ll make recommendations.

There you go.

So it’s all about prompts. Right? But you have the if you’re using GPT four, then you can download that and just save all your prompts here. So you just create a new prompt, enter your title, you know, put the prompt here and save it.

Okay. How do you guys how do you get to that?

This this is a Chrome extension that you can you can purchase. Oh, not purchase, but you can, You can download. We I everyone should have access to so we made all of these prompts available, but I’ll share the link, to students.

So all of these prompts here, like your problem out of state solution, all of this here. So this is a really good one actually. This one actually examines your customer service data, your customer survey data, and it it looks for frequency and based off of frequency.

So, it’ll write a one reader for you using Joe’s formula.

And what’s cool about that is it’ll identify all of the hesitations and concerns, but it’ll focus on the top four percent. And it’ll spit those out so you know exactly what to address in your consultations. And we do this what we do in this case is we print these and we give them to the sales people. So when they’re doing a consultation, they they know the exact problem tate exactly what what to say, right, during the the the sales call.

And it’s all about prompts, right? It has really good. So build out your arsenal, right? Build out your, I use this for morning, brain dumps, everything. I don’t know what I’d do without AI right now.

To be honest. And what’s cool is that you can use AI to ask you clarifying questions. So if you if you’re brainstorming and you can actually use AI to talk to AI, so you could say as a project manager, I want you to take the role as a project manager, then I want you to take the role as, a senior pro or some other field, and then I want you to have a discussion about a project, and I want you to figure it out together and then give me a solution. And it’s cool. AI will, like, talk together. Figure this out, and it’ll give you a different perspective. It’s insane.

But that’s using it strategically. Right? You wanna and that’s really the way to look at it like there’s you can really use AI to streamline your processes.

And, like I said, make copies of yourself. That’s that’s the biggest the biggest thing. Right?

Build out your database.

Any other any, any other questions or I can answer for anyone?

Are people having fun with AI or is it just me? Is it every no. Everyone seems excited as AI as I am.

I’ve kind of taken a break because I just kept like losing time being down the rabbit hole. Also, I haven’t done much exploring in the past couple months.

Yeah. Use it. I’ll I’ll share with, I’m gonna do a, training on, we have an Excel file. So really, the key is to look at your processes internally.

Starting with the buyer’s journey. Like, look at your processes and then in each step, figure out what can I use AI to automate or how can I use AI to to to streamline this? Like a no brainer is what I just showed you the proposals. Another one is your your your VOC research.

Right? And you can’t we’re not at the point right now where you can automate everything because if I was to copy and paste this entire, chain of thought, it wouldn’t work. AI is just not it’s too much data for AI to analyze. I have to do it step by step, but it will get to that point eventually.

And then you’re just kinda, like, you’re you’re you’re building it out. You’d be surprised what you can automate. And this is just doing it manually. Like, you can use bots that, you with API integration, you can start connecting stuff, start feeding stuff. Like, it’s, it’s pretty cool.

Any, any other questions?

Nope.

Okay. Cool. So I’ll make the the the prompt available as well and if, I’ll put it in the chat as well, but it’s also available.

And like I said, everything isn’t here. Just, you know, go ahead, copy and paste it. And, have fun with it. And if you do wanna edit it to your voice, like I said, just just start, start adding your the inputs under this, and then you can see it’ll come out with different stuff.

Cool. Yes. Thank you.

Okay. Awesome. And, any questions, let me know. For Another session as well that we’re if we’re getting into this automation stuff, is there anything that people would like to see, automated as far as your workflows or that I can, I’m happy to build something out and, and help you automate it as well, and then we can share it with everybody.

No one’s using ai for anything? We gotta start.

Okay. I think what we’ll do is I’m gonna get, I think the next session then I’ll I’ll share the process that we use to get to that point where you’re you’re starting to automate your business processes and really the process and the steps, and then we can start with that.

And then just literally go step by step, build out your prompts, and then just build soaps, and, and, and document it, and then you’re, it’s pretty, it’s a lot of fun, but you’ll get a lot more done too.

Cool.

Okay. Cool. I will talk to everyone. Any other questions? Let me know. I’m glad to, to answer as well.

Thanks, Shane.

Thank you.

Thanks, Shane.

Transcript

So what we’re gonna do today is we’re gonna go through, automating the process to send client proposals. And this is the process we use, and then I’m gonna share the, the spit draft as well. And then, there we go. So it starts with, there’s a couple of key pieces that you want to use when you’re creating your service catalog or when you’re looking to automate the process. And this is how we’re using AI in our agency. We’re really we’re looking at every stage of the the customer journey, and we’re seeing how we can automate or what we can automate.

And then we’re creating processes and systems around that. So, it starts with your service catalog. So this is an example of a service catalog from we swiped this from AWai.

So these these services are actually recommended based off of some study they they perform. So these are the top eighty, conversion copywriting services that they recommend.

So what we’ve done is we’ve we’ve taken these and we’ve, created a brief description about each one, including also what the final deliverable is, the price, and also the timeline.

So this is the first step that you would do to sort of automate the process. One thing to consider as well is, not just the service catalog, but if you have product ties services, then you can create a sort of a catalog of productized services as well. Right? That’s that’s really gonna speed things up.

I’ll include this list as well in the, in the prompt. Now once you have your list of, or your service catalog, the next step, of course, is your statement of work. So the statement of work that we pull from is actually Joe it’s the same one that she uses for Air Story. So it covers all the main pieces, the need, the solution, our services, our team engagement timeline fee, fee summary, payment schedule, next steps, terms and conditions, all all the good stuff.

Once you have your template, which, of course, this is available to everyone, the second step is getting ready for your discovery call. Now the one of the things you need to do is during your discovery call or you should do is use, consultative selling questions. And these are questions that are really gonna probe the prospect because you really wanna get in the mind, understand their their problem, the outcome they want, and you’re gonna use these to guide AI, to draft the, statement of work for you. Now I don’t know what tools everybody uses. We use Nota. I think it’s Nota, so I pronounce it. But in this, you can actually preprogram the the questions that you wanna use.

I did include in the resources action, a bunch of consultative quest selling questions that you can use as well. But in this tool, you can actually pre program them. So then when you’re doing the discovery call itself, these questions, will guide you because it, it, it is helpful, that you ask the, the consulted of selling questions in the same order as the statement of work. You know, you’re starting with the need, which is the problem, you’re agitating the problem.

So you’re you’re aligning the questions to the statement of work, and you’re you’re aligning the framework as well. Now, depending on the tool that you use, you can also program it to, spit out the summary. So when it transcribes the call, it will transcribe it around the that you answered. So you have a nice little package at the end that you can copy and paste and use for, use for the automation.

Now once you’re prepared for the, discovery call, you’re gonna go into the prompt. This is the prompt, and I’ll walk you through each step one at a time.

Essentially the prompt just matches the statement of work. It starts with the need.

The need is now this is important here. I know, a lot of students we struggle with or we wanna capture the voice of customer when we’re dealing the, the prospect after the discovery call. So we found that the best way to incorporate, voice of customer from, from the discovery called transcript is to pretend that you’re a journalist or ask AI to assume the role of a journalist, we found that once you ask Addis in that role, it’s really good at sort of connecting things and using the actual voice of customer in the data.

So the first step is this is called a a chain of thought prompt. So what we’re doing is we’re asking AI step by step to create each each section of the statement of work. So the first thing, of course, is you roll your journalists. The second one is is step one is the need.

We’re asking AI to craft a narrative using direct quotes from the client, during the discovery call, and we want it to outline the the client’s challenges, the solutions, then we go into instructions. Now, there’s a couple of fields here that you’ll wanna update before you use the prompt. The first one is to replace your name. There’s place holders here, of course, replace it with your name.

Replace the, business name with your company name, and, of course, the client as well. We’re gonna actually do a a real client that I had a call with today. Sean, I changed his name for confidentiality reasons, but I’m gonna use this prompt to create a proposal that we can send them to him afterwards as well.

Then we go into instructions.

This is I would suggest if you’re gonna customize this for your own needs is to keep all of all of the instructions to this point. If you wanna start tweaking it, you’ll you’ll build on this. If you wanna make the need section shorter, you’ll just adjust the number characters, if you wanna go for a different voice, this is really where you’re gonna start adding stuff.

Here’s the template, exact same template that Joe has inside of the, the statement of work.

And then, of course, here’s the transcript from the call that I had with the client, and I’ll I will do this with you guys in a second as soon as I I walk you through the process.

The second step is to create your services.

This is this is where the fun part happens. Now, because you have your service catalog here, What you’re gonna do is you’re gonna ask, and AI is really good at this. You’re gonna ask AI to write the need section of your proposal. And then based off what the client’s challenges and frustrations and goals were, AI is gonna analyze your service catalog. And AI is gonna recommend services that you offer to solve the client’s problems, and it’s gonna auto populate that for you.

That’s what you’re gonna achieve in step two. It’s gonna look at your database. You’re gonna upload it.

We included instructions as well. I suggest keeping these instructions because it’s very good at at looking at the client’s problems and then matching the the service and the solution. If you wanna tweak it again, just just continue after after this point. I do suggest we added some personalization.

So as you go through the prompt, it’s gonna it gets gonna use the client’s first name as if you’re having a conversation, and I’ll I’ll show you what I mean by that in a second. Then, of course, we have the template. So what AI is gonna do is AI is gonna look at your service catalog. It’s gonna pull the matching service, and then it’s gonna provide it’s gonna use the copywriting formula problem match take solution, followed by a benefit.

And that’s how it’s gonna present these services to the to the client in the proposal.

Then, of course, we have timeline. Now what’s cool about this is, same scenario. So AI is gonna look at the services recommended from your service catalog. So it’s gonna say, hey, you know, I recommend these many blog posts.

Then it’s gonna look at your service catalog and it’s gonna calculate how much what are we on right now? We’re on the we’re on the price. It’s gonna calculate the price and then it’s gonna update that section for you based off the price that you quoted. So when you do create your service catalog, everything hinges on this, I put a range because that’s what AWS has.

Just make sure you have one amount and always go on the high end, of course. Because AI is gonna use this data to populate the proposal, proposal for your statement of work.

Next section of the timeline, again, same scenario. It’s gonna look at your statement of work. It’s gonna create the timeline. It’s gonna look at how long each deliverable takes, and then it’s gonna add this to the proposal that we’re gonna create as well.

Here’s a quick snapshot of of the output that it’s gonna it’s gonna produce. And I guess we’ll do this real time as well. This is the need the solution, I suggest you you prepopulate this because it’s really gonna be about just a sort of a bullet point.

The services, it’s it’s gonna spit out something like this. It’s gonna follow the formula.

Our team, you wanna prepopulate this. Obviously, you don’t you don’t need I AI for this. Here’s the timeline. So what it did was it’s gonna look at each service.

It’s gonna recommend the landing page. Then it’s gonna look at the timeline And it’s gonna say, okay, you know what? It’s gonna take one to fourteen days based off what you inputted in your in your service catalog. Okay?

It’s gonna give a, sort of, eight to ten weeks a general, a general time frame, then it’s gonna look at budget, and it’s gonna produce a table. And again, it’s gonna take each deliverable. It’s gonna look at the price range or the rate that you you set in your service catalog, and then it’s gonna put match the number that it recommended and then also the final price as well. Payment schedule, these are things you can you can set up on your own next steps. These are general templates.

So what we’ll do now is we’ll go through each sort of step by step process, and I’ll show you how it works. So literally all you need to do is we’ve tested this across the board is just literally copy and paste.

Starting with, of course, go in, you wanna make sure that you replace your name. I did this. Make sure you place replace your company name. I did this and, of course, the client’s name. Then it’s just a matter of copying this over.

This is the transcript from the call. Now what you would do is I just put the script here, but depending on your tool, you would actually just go here and copy and paste the transcript.

As long as you follow the consultative selling questions, it’s gonna ask the questions in the same order, so it’s not gonna be not gonna be a problem. So we’ll go back.

Let me highlight everything.

Okay. We’ll go in, paste it in.

And it’s gonna analyze this. It’s gonna look at the and it’s gonna start crafting the story.

Now what’s cool is if you look at and I included I included the discovery call for you in the in the prompt. If you look at the transcript, and then you look at its output, it matched it word for word. Now, we’ve always struggled with that because AI is really hit and miss. For it to nail that, it’s the role of a reporter.

That’s that that’s what worked. And there’s a big difference if you if you look at this where I said role here, remove this, it’s gonna be hit and miss. But as soon as it thinks it’s a journalist and you can have fun with this too, you can say you’re you’re a journalist from wire magazine or or some other magazine that’s relevant to your client. It’ll take on that set, but it’s gonna look for accuracy and integrity, especially when it’s it’s, you know, it’s stringing sort of, words together or what the client says.

So if you read this, it’s it’s really well written. You know, it, Sean said captivating has challenged. The problem was manifested in the stark numbers around ten thousand monthly visitors. And barely fifty leads.

So it picks up on every point, pretty well. Then it follows the the template, of course. It it met us during, a mutual client. It’s interested in our services.

If you’re okay with this, you can you can redo it if you want. You can regenerate. It’s up to you. I usually just go with the first one.

Then when we go on to step two, step two is this is the fun part. So now that AI is looked at, the call transcript, it understands what what the client is after, the needs, the wants, the challenges, everything. Now we’re gonna ask AI to look at this data. We’re gonna upload our service catalog.

And what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna paste in the second prompt, and this is gonna tell AI to look at our status our our service catalog, I also want you to look at the transcript I uploaded, and then I want you to recommend services that I offer that are gonna solve the client’s needs. And I want you to continue using Sean to make it personal. So click that. It’s gonna analyze the data right now.

Which is really cool.

Here you go. And this has been spot on. It’s it’s recommended the same every single time.

And they’re tailored, you’ll notice it’s using the problematic State solution benefit. It actually highlights. And if you compare this to the transcript, it highlights his struggles directly.

Same thing every single time. It’s the SEO auto responder lead generation page. So it’s it’s been accurate it is good about this. And like I said, it does really personalize this, especially just saying Sean. It doesn’t say Sean Burns. It says Sean.

So if if you’re happy with this, you wanna regenerate. It’s up to you. You can add a service. But the next step I’m gonna do is I’m gonna go in, and I’m gonna look at the timeline.

So now that AI has recommended service that services that solve Sean’s problem, it’s gonna look at my service catalog, and it’s gonna look at the timelines that I suggested. Right? So I said right here is three to five days. And it’s gonna populate this based off of the the services that it recommends.

So in this case, I’m just gonna paste it in. It’s gonna look at the knowledge base again. How you know it’s working, and then it’ll start, it’ll start calculating it.

You know, break it down on phases. It’ll it’ll launch a a phase four for review. Same thing, everything will time. Sean’s feedback, then it’s gonna go in for the final step, which is your investment, the pricing. Now what it’s gonna do in this case, is it’s going to look at your service catalog and it’s gonna look at the price and it’s gonna pull the pricing from this. So I’m just gonna go in and I’m gonna Copy and paste it.

It’s analyzing everything again, making sure it’s there.

Now it’s not when I suggested to do the the pricing, it won’t, because I’m doing a range. I suggest when you do your your pricing stick to one, then it’ll calculate it. There’s an example of a calculating right here, depending on what it is, but that’s for you to try to try to stick to and then it’ll calculate the total here as well.

So now you have all the major parts, and then literally, it’s just a matter of going to the top. And if you’re happy with it, just take this and copy and paste it into your proposal.

Easy.

Your needs section and continue each point, copy and paste, copying and paste, and then print it, you may use a proposal tool or something. I we use right signature and, send it to the client for the sign off on it. That’s pretty much it. And then if, the the key, like I said, is really to make sure that your, your service catalog is the it’s it’s important to follow this framework.

This is your service. This is the final deliverable. Make sure that you include your price. And then, of course, your, your timeline. And just stick to one price as well. Put it on the high end. And, ideally, like I said, you wanna make sure that you if you can stick to product type services as well.

We did this as well with, GMB, which is a product high service that we offer. So it’s pretty easy. Every time we have a call, we just we just let AI in all that it’s for the specific prototype product type service, and then you can start whipping those out of ten templates as well.

Yeah, that’s it. Is there any questions that I can answer? Anyone miss I know a couple of people joined at the beginning. Did anyone miss anything at the beginning?

I I did, but I will watch the recording to catch the five minutes I missed.

Okay. It’s yeah. Just at the beginning, we went over. It starts with your service catalog.

And making sure that you you put every service that you offer. This I included this for everyone here, I’m gonna put this in the link as well. You can put it in the chat right now. But on the bottom, you’re gonna see the the templates.

There’s the service catalog word document. And there’s also, sorry, the statement of work word document, and there’s also the service catalog, as well. And then you can edit those, these are pretty good. It’s a good starting base anyways.

I we swiped this from AWS, as I mentioned. So these these are the services that were they recommended based off of a, study where they they interview businesses or whatnot. And these solved the the most challenges that businesses have. So it’s definitely a good starting point and includes everything from news releases to direct response and and recommended pricing and whatnot as well.

Now, and then we went over sort of the the template that you use for the need. We’re just using Joanna’s statement of work, framework. It’s it’s templated. It follows a formula.

And then, again, depending on, with the which tool, you use for your transcription. If you can align the call to consultative selling questions, then That’s ideal. And then just let AI, do its thing. Is there any any questions that I can answer on the process or the prompt itself?

Sorry. So this service catalog, this is just for AI’s use, or this is something that you also share with the client.

Well, it depends on how you you you wanna use it. Like, if you wanna list your services on the on your site, great.

It depends. Right? It it’s up to you. We use this for AI, specifically.

So it’s not, obviously, you wanna make sure you offer them, but some people have them on their website. Some people email directly to the client. In this case, because you’re using AI, it’s more of a customized quote, right, because it does align each service to to solve a specific problem of the client. Right? So it’s definitely customized. So it’s up to you. Okay.

You should have a list do you have a list of services right now that you that you have to open. Yeah.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. Same thing. Just format them. When you’re formatting it for automation, just just to make sure that you, like I said, you wanna include literally, say final deliverable, the price and timeline. And then AI is gonna use this to populate, and it’ll overlay, a copywriting formula.

Okay.

Okay. Is anyone using AI in their proposal process at all? No?

No. A little bit here and there.

But Okay.

Yeah. Read the, it’s really spot on. Like, I couldn’t especially when you get into the to the narrative, like compare and I did include this for you in the in the prompt so you can compare it. It’s spot on. Like, it’s it it nails it, especially when you say act as a journalist, it really wease it together.

And it does it well too. It sticks to the facts, and it doesn’t you, you know, Sean was upset about this. It just says says it’s very it’s it’s very factual, which I like. But if you wanna change your voice on that, you can you can do that as well, but make sure to stick that you’re to you’re a journalist that we we try copywriter We tried direct response, we tried everything, and it was just it never seemed to work until we we, we did the journalist thing.

Any other questions?

I think so I think I know the answer to this, but I have, like, a pretty services guide that I like, whenever with images and it’s designed.

Yep.

Is that could I share that or does have to be formatted like you were showing with the just picking out that those details for AI so that it gets just the salient info.

You wanna format it just the way I have it. Because you’re, in this case, you’re using this to as a database for AI to to populate. Right? So just stick to the basic. It just needs to know the deliverable, the price and the timeline, and it’ll it’ll figure out the rest on its own. But I did include the template for you. Stick to this for the for the AI.

And is there because what I have already is, like, this is for you if, you know, and, like, kind of the benefits then have to know if it’s right for you, is there any benefit to also feeding it that information, or is that gonna work against the statement of work template.

You it def so this is where you can have fun with the prompts. So I chose under services, I chose this formula. Right? I said service name, problem agitate solution benefit.

So if you if you wanna choose a different formula, so say in your your service catalog, you went with a different formula framework. Just match them up and AI will figure it out. That’s it.

Okay. Cool.

And just just put that under final deliverable. Right? And just it just needs a couple of words in that, in that formula, and then it’ll match the two. It does a really good job on on stringing everything together.

Cool. Thank you.

Yeah. No worries.

Any other questions?

I can answer it. So nobody’s, how are people approaching through proposals right now as far as your process?

Is anyone incorporating a AI at all or you’re just you’re sort of winging it with your transcript and whatnot?

The most I’ve used it is like I record the call. I upload the transcript or I get the transcript through Otter. And then I will pick stuff out manually from that and copy paste it into the statement of work, but I am not I’m not using AI to generate the proposal yet.

Or You have to try it?

Okay.

Like, I’m like, okay. Based on this transcript, like, what was the most acute need stated by the client, and then I use it to kind of, summarize themes in that way, but not actually for the building.

Okay. Yeah. Try the, definitely start with a consultative.

Like, use the questions in the same order as the statement of work. It’s like what problem are you trying to solve? You know, what are your biggest challenges? And then just try it out.

You’ll be impressed and then just literally export it. I don’t know whatever tool you use. Just copy the entire transcript and just pop it in. AI is really gonna figure that out.

And it’ll it’ll populate that. It’ll answer the questions. And, like, if you look at the the two, like, the transcript, like I said, it nailed it. Like, it didn’t get anything, and this is consistent across the board.

It’s the same thing over and over again. Right? So it’s it’s it’s just really good at figuring out those patterns and looking for what the client is saying. So, yeah, try it out.

It, it speeded us a lot of work. I was I was pretty impressed.

And this does work. Sean did sign up just everyone just everyone know. So it does. And I guess don’t don’t overthink it as well.

Like, don’t go like, I was guilty of it as well. Don’t go for the perfect proposal and trying to get the perfect wording. Don’t do that especially when you’re working with AI. It doesn’t matter.

As long as, like, it’s you’re using the client’s name, you’re telling an engaging story, you’re using his quotes directly in it. You’re following a formula, send it. You know, don’t don’t get caught up on that.

To try to look for the the perfect setup. Just, yeah, just use it as is, and then it it’ll be fine. And just tweak the the wording if you want. But, like I said, make sure that you you stick to journalist though.

Is anyone having problems, using actual voice of customer in their copy as well?

I know it’s a challenge with a lot of operators like using pulling in the exact words and quotes. Is anyone having issues with that? No?

Oh, yeah. That’s good.

And like I said, I’ll share the, the prompts.

Everything that you need and just make sure that you you go in and you update your, you replace your name and whatnot. And if, like I said, if you’re gonna tweak everything, just just you know, you can you can play with the character, limits. I’ll show you right now. You can, I’ll pop it in.

Is everyone using, chat g p t four?

Yeah.

Yeah? Okay. And so so if you go character limits, just the five hundred, and this is where you can tweak it, have fun with it.

It’ll shorten it up.

But it’s still great at sort of plugging everything together and all the main points. So, yeah, have fun with it.

Has anyone, using AI for any other parts in their business as well? Like, has has used down and done an audit to see what you can automate or streamline or anything?

I use it to strip email addresses out of a big giant list.

Okay. Well, that’ll work.

Yeah. What about actual, you know, production or in your workflow, analyzing voice of customer survey data, anything like that?

I’ve been using it for the survey data. It’s, like, so much faster than coding it, manually.

Yep.

Yeah. We are too. It’s like and one thing you can do as well, just to let you know is we you can use a a story framework so you can use a case study outline. So when you’re when you’re doing the actual call with your customer, you ask these questions in the same order and just let them talk. And then what you’ll do is you’ll just copy and paste the transcript into AI, and you’ll tell AI to tell a story.

Just give it a case study framework.

Like, I can do a session on that to emulate that framework, and it’ll it’ll spit at a pretty good, first draft that you can publish on your blog right away.

Okay.

No. It’s funny that you’re using this because one of my clients developed the sales tool that does pretty much exactly that, that like has the playbook embedded in the, like, It’s like an AI notetaker, like a meeting assistant.

Mhmm.

And you can, like, embed your playbook in the sign. So it’ll feed you the right questions in the right order, and then it’ll create a transcript and upload all of that to the CRM.

Yeah. I just I used this because it was I got a appsumo deal. It was unlimited, so it’s free. I like free, but it just, does everyone else have these features with their tool? Where you can you can guide it the the actual transcript itself.

No. I. Yeah. I find this helpful. So when when AI, transcribes the call, it’ll use it in the same order.

So that’s like your spit draft. Right? And you can apply this to, there’s an article that Joe has on writing your homepage, and it’s a series of questions. So we we’ve used that in the past where we’ve just answered, ask those questions in that order, and then there’s your spit draft.

The the very first draft you can send to the client in their own words. Right?

And the trick is to just load it in here, the same, and it’ll spit out the, it’ll answer it in the same questions, or in the same order anyways.

I don’t know what coaching is but it’s that’s something different.

Yeah so that’s it. Is there any other features or, is there any part of the your workflow that you wanna see how to automate with AI, because I really wanna start getting into we’re using it across the board in our agency, everything from creating content to, creating proposals, to case studies, social media posts, pretty much everything. We’re getting in pretty deep with it. Is there any processes that people would like to see on how we’re using it?

How do you use it for social media posts without making it sound robotic? Because whenever because I tried it several times and like the first time it worked, and then like everyone started to use it, and all of a sudden, AI writing sounded very robotic. It was very hard to get social media posts.

It’s your it’s your voice in your role. You have to assume assume of the role of something and then just, AI is really good at it. It’s just the voice and then using a formula.

Wait. That’s actually one of the easiest we found to do. Is the social media posts. Almost too easy. I’m surprised people are are not everyone’s using it, but are you using formulas, copywriting formulas?

In the AI templates?

Yeah. Like for your social media posts. Not really.

That’s that’s what you want.

So here’s the trick is to go, yeah, you want anything you’re using. So let’s just do you know, pass formula rate, for Facebook.

It’ll you you need to you can use the voice of customer, but you have to parental oops problem. I don’t know what that is.

You have to let AI know, and you can do a template around that.

Give me what’s the topic someone wants to see, post on?

Give me something.

Fun day.

The, as long as you use that problem match day formula, and then you you get clear on your voice, and then give it some guidance. It’s really good at figuring it out.

But that’s the key though is to follow the formulas.

You’re not using formulas at all?

Well, now I write my posts by hand because I find it they tend to work better. Because, like, for example, for my own post, sometimes I’m sharing information, where I don’t necessarily want it to have that story kind of format.

Wanna keep focused on providing value.

Do you have, so if you wanted to, like, have your own voice, so that you can use, AI to to emulate your own voice and then feed it past posts that you’ve done.

Mhmm. And it’ll use your it’ll analyze your pattern and then it’ll start producing content like it was you.

Yeah. That I’ve done before. That can sometimes work.

Yeah. If it works for you, whatever, we we find we use it’s always a role us, like, we we choose, a, like, a a copywriter will say, you could say Joanna Weeb. You could say, AI is really good at picking that up. Like, we do content for doctors as well, and we use doctor voice.

So we we pulled in AI as some really good content around, winning campaigns, and a lot of it is Doctor’s voice. So we’ll use that to feed the database to train AI. And then it’ll write, like, like the doctor’s voice from these from these content. So that that’s how we’re using it.

It’s spot on once you get it trained with the data set anyways. And then you’re just at the beginning, you’re just telling it to assume that rule. And then once it figures out the role and it figures out the patterns, you’re you’re good to go.

Also, there were in in the past, I would keep it all on the same chat so that it would have that memory. But it would that one chat would get overloaded.

And it would get really, really slow after a while, so I would have to open up a new one.

Yeah. So what’s happening is I’ll show you. We use we use, we don’t use, I use, like, chat GPT four, but we use different tools. We have our own not our own, but it’s we use a different one. It’s, it’s chat to team GPT, and it’ll show us here on let me know if you can you can see the screen.

It’ll show you after a while, like the right here.

Right. So this is the efficiency. And after a while, this goes down the more you use it, and it I don’t know the calculation, but that’s what’s happening. So as a bit of the halfway mark, we we shut it down and then we use another because it starts the results start to get wonky. You don’t have that indicator on this, but if you can pick up this tool, I think it’s still available. This is you this uses the API.

From ChapyT at GPT four so you can choose which models. And this is where we store all of our prompts for using stuff and building stuff. Like, I empower teams on this.

One thing I’ve noticed is when that happens, what I end up doing is, asking it to, build me like a brand voice and document.

So then I’ll feed it to the new chat. And then continue the discussion there.

Yeah. That’s smart.

And that’s you can do it too. Like, we we do the same same concept where we to get the doctor’s voice, we have it actually create a style guide from that and analyze it. And then and then before writing content, we load that style guide into the knowledge base, have it analyze it, like I just did first, create a summary of it, and then use that moving forward for the content. You get the once you get to that, like, if you’re that detailed with it and then you control the voice and you and you get it, you can’t tell.

But just putting stuff in and spitting it out. It’s not it doesn’t, and people disagree with this. I I know where the the future’s going with this.

It’s not, and it’s kinda like do I used to struggle with a lot of this stuff publishing it. Like, oh, it’s AI, even in social media posts. I don’t care. Like, it’s good.

It converts. This stuff really converts. Like, we use this for Google ads. We use this for, and I even putting a landing page, I’m like, well, you know what it say I generated?

You know, it doesn’t am I creative enough?

It’s converting. Put it up.

Right? But you know, people have different approaches on that, but just we find as long as you you stick to the proven copywriting formulas and then you overlay the voice of customer, it’s you you have a pretty good foundation to work with. Right? There was a study. There was a study too that did, they compared AI generated headlines versus human and AI just destroyed it.

The conversions were way better, but then it failed in long form copy now, but it’s only gonna get better. Right? Just give it just a matter of time guaranteed.

Can I ask a question? So I was on a webinar for searchy earlier this week. I don’t know if you know it. It’s tool. I think it was developed by Stu mclaren, the Alright.

It’s searchy.

Searchy dot I o.

Is that right?

S e d r I e at the end?

Okay. Yeah. Dot I o. Yep.

Yeah. But with the you’re missing an h.

And basically, like, what they were recommending is that you can upload load, like, the full content of your course. You can upload your podcast, like every all the content you’ve ever created.

And then it builds you a chat bot that will answer questions, and I mean, he’s so he’s the, like, the membership guy. So he’s talking about how this can be used inside of a membership, but, like, I have this program. I don’t know if you remember Shane. You saw it in like the first week of a Yep. Of CSP.

But you know, like, I think the main I haven’t relaunched it since the fall. The main issue with the program is it’s like a lot of money for people to pay to still be writing their copy themselves. So I think before I relaunch it, I need to build an AI component into it.

I’m just wondering whether just seems like a lot of mental investment and time investment to, like, build a custom DP tea or I’m just wondering, I guess, like, if you if the program is, like, here, follow this flow, like, Here’s how you do the research, here are the templates.

What how would you best incorporate AI in a way that people could use it themselves, like, to run with my templates or to run with my concepts.

This like this. So this is your I use this for, so when I purchase a book, what I use is I I download the book and I create a database.

And then, like, this this is a really good copywriting book, and, AI is really good at this. And now I’ll use this as the database to help me craft content.

Like, I have one for eugene Sports. I have, like, different copy. Right? So if I’ll run stuff through, like, as as Eugene Sports, like, what do you think of this? Tell me the stages of awareness. Tell me the market sophistication.

The same concept, you’re just using your templates. So you can include your template in this, and then you could tell me, like, you know, the key aspects of the rule of one, that’s a big one. And it’s it’s tell me about, you know, the rule of one. It’ll it’ll look at the database for that.

And it’ll it’ll spit out and reference it where it’s at in the book as well.

So if you’re trying to do that within a paid program, are you creating a custom database?

Like, that’s a custom GPT or, like, a GPTS that you’ve train on your database, and then you’re just giving people access to that to Got it.

So here’s Flash Kinkade. So Flash Kinkade is, this is a document from AWI, and it’s the secret weapon on writing great compelling copy. And it’s Fletcher KA that tells, you know, sentence structure, all the good stuff. So we uploaded this as a database.

And AI uses this whenever it’s creating content to always achieve that flesh and Kade score. So now when I go here, that’s the database. I can train a chatbot, and I can I can do a new chatbot, and I call it what you want, Fliskinkade score? And I could upload your templates as well if I wanted to. I can create one. Do you want me do you want me to create one with you sometime? And we can Sure.

So you’re gonna You’re in a f f four a I. Okay.

Yeah. This is one of there’s so many available right now. Like, there it’s not.

But that’s that’s what you’re doing. You’re creating a you’re creating a database with your files.

AI, you’re training AI on that. And then and then you can literally share it. Like, there’s options here to share it if you wanted to.

With, your students, and then it’ll use the data from that. We’re we’re working with Jill one one where we’re gonna we’re taking all of her books that she published, and we’re using that as a dataset so you can, like, ask Joe type thing.

Mhmm. Cool.

And it’ll use the information from that to to produce something. Is that what you’re looking to do similar?

Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

That’s all it is. Just create the content. Right? That’s the you’re you’re gonna see like a lot.

This is all the the issues you’re hearing in the news right now. We’re like, I I forget who’s suing Open AI. Everyone suing every other everyone else because AI is using all of these data sets and that’s all they’re doing. They’re swiping content and they’re using that to build their data.

And that’s where you’re gonna you’re hearing all these lawsuits right now, but that’s all it is. You just you create your your data set and then I use it for, for direct response. Like, I have all the direct response books loaded. So if I have a question or I’m planning at a campaign, it’ll spit out, like, stage of awareness, market sophistication, then I can say, hey, you know, map it in email sequence for stages of awareness.

It’s gonna tell me. And it’s spot on because it’s a formula. Right? It’s a framework.

As long as it understands the problem, and it has and now you can you can give it access to the internet, which is really scary. Like, there’s another a have you guys used, there’s another tool up there called plexi. Have you guys used it?

This one is crazy. So you can you can, it’ll search the internet. I love this, right? And it’s like, What’s the, what’s conversion copywriting? What’s, what it does is this is the future Google’s toast. So it’ll, it’ll look at the internet and it finds it’s reviewing Joe’s information, and then it’s telling me it’s answering the question for me, but I don’t have to link through, and it’s using all the sources. So how powerful that is?

Crazy.

That’s how we use it.

But so, like, I mean, could you copy this response and put that on your blog as a blog post of what is conversion copywriting?

You can, as long as you say, okay, so what I can do now is I can you can copy and paste this and you cannot overlay a formula. Like, we did a, We did a a video on this where we create content. So we we create content for clients. And what we do is we we look at the top ten articles that are ranking, and then we take that topic, and then we copy and paste it, and then we have AI look at that and you apply the copywriting formula features advantages, and problem you avoid, like that type of formula, and it spins it So it’s actually better content that was originally and that stuff ranks really well.

And it’ll pass plagiarism checks. And as long as you combine that with, like, your role that you’re you’re playing. And we always say, Gary, we we use different copywriters or you can find If you’re in that space, you can ask AI, like, who’s a really well known person in this DIY space or in this space? And AI will tell you And then you’ll say, well, what’s what’s that person’s writing style?

Great. Can you create a style guide based off that person’s writing style? Can you create a persona? It’ll do that for you, then you save that persona and that’s your data set.

And it’ll start running like that.

That’s the future. Like, it’s crazy.

But, like, so these those are citations. Right? Like, the one four three seven. So is it actually sorry. Like, when you say oh, gosh.

When you say that I would a plagiarism test, like, what I actually is that gonna come back as Well, so so right so take this right here.

Right? So just go, you could just guy write this rewrite this, using Problem agitate solution. It’ll do that. Right? And it’s you’re gonna have custom content on it. Right? This isn’t usually as good as, what do you call it?

This is meant more for search engines. Mhmm. But that’s all you need to do.

Right? And it’ll it’ll take that. It’ll rewrite it and spin it. In s e in the SEO world, we used to have tools that literally spin it.

That that’s what they used to do, but people are using, this isn’t a great tool for doing that. But you can put it in, in chat GPT. Right? And you could you could say, what is the rewrite this as problematic state solution?

This is good. And then you would have I’ll just agitate whatever it is, and then you would assign a role, like your conversion copywriter, and it’ll spin it for you.

So same thing. Just your and this is this actually works really well because a lot of the content, like, we because we’re in affiliate marketing. So we our goal is to get stuff ranked, but you know, how do you if someone has a description of a product they’re reviewing, and then we take that description and we apply a proven copywriting formula, you’re putting you’re producing better content. And Google has come out and said they don’t care.

They don’t care if it’s AI generated or human generated. They’ll rank it as long as it’s solving a problem and its quality content. And just by using these these formulas, it’s quality content because it’s a pattern, right, that stuff works. And the and that’s what we do to rank these articles.

Cool.

But I wouldn’t use, like, I hate semicolons. Like, we have a whole voice, right? Like, we have build out your database as well. Like, if you go here, we have different kind of prompts. Like, here’s an agitate, from agitation solution prompt.

We have different writing style guides. Like, here’s a here’s one writing style guide where it’s a flesh kinkade of sixty to seven. So we we have different ways that we want to write. And then depending on what we’re writing for, I could show you content, you’d never know.

Not a chance. And it’s, like, you even hear we have a trained. So this is, based off of, a flesh Kinkade example. Like, you can here, we give it specific, you cannot tell impossible.

Right? So that’s the and it’s just learning this, especially as copywriters, like, I’m direct response, but, like, in lead generation, any of this stuff, this is this is it. This is the future. This is the way it’s going.

And just learn this stuff to build in or to improve your writing style. Right? Not improve your writing style. You can still maintain your style, but if you can take your style and you can create a process from it.

Right? You can automate your own process, automate yourself and replicate, create ten versions of yourself. That’s that’s what I would do. Right?

Can you show us, like, if we’re just using top g b t without the team g b t How do you it that tab that you’ve just had open, like, is there an equivalent here?

Yeah. So this is this is a, you can you can this is a Chrome extension, which is a prompt manager. So you’ll have different we have different prompts here as well. So this this is a really good one. Like, there’s, how to respond, like, I do I do what done. Like, we plan out projects like this. It’s really good at doing this stuff.

Milestones, checklists, smart goals, right like an eighth grader.

This one is good. Improve readability. Like you can paste you just literally paste it in and you tell it to analyze this copy for me. And, and it’ll analyze it. It’ll make it’ll make recommendations.

There you go.

So it’s all about prompts. Right? But you have the if you’re using GPT four, then you can download that and just save all your prompts here. So you just create a new prompt, enter your title, you know, put the prompt here and save it.

Okay. How do you guys how do you get to that?

This this is a Chrome extension that you can you can purchase. Oh, not purchase, but you can, You can download. We I everyone should have access to so we made all of these prompts available, but I’ll share the link, to students.

So all of these prompts here, like your problem out of state solution, all of this here. So this is a really good one actually. This one actually examines your customer service data, your customer survey data, and it it looks for frequency and based off of frequency.

So, it’ll write a one reader for you using Joe’s formula.

And what’s cool about that is it’ll identify all of the hesitations and concerns, but it’ll focus on the top four percent. And it’ll spit those out so you know exactly what to address in your consultations. And we do this what we do in this case is we print these and we give them to the sales people. So when they’re doing a consultation, they they know the exact problem tate exactly what what to say, right, during the the the sales call.

And it’s all about prompts, right? It has really good. So build out your arsenal, right? Build out your, I use this for morning, brain dumps, everything. I don’t know what I’d do without AI right now.

To be honest. And what’s cool is that you can use AI to ask you clarifying questions. So if you if you’re brainstorming and you can actually use AI to talk to AI, so you could say as a project manager, I want you to take the role as a project manager, then I want you to take the role as, a senior pro or some other field, and then I want you to have a discussion about a project, and I want you to figure it out together and then give me a solution. And it’s cool. AI will, like, talk together. Figure this out, and it’ll give you a different perspective. It’s insane.

But that’s using it strategically. Right? You wanna and that’s really the way to look at it like there’s you can really use AI to streamline your processes.

And, like I said, make copies of yourself. That’s that’s the biggest the biggest thing. Right?

Build out your database.

Any other any, any other questions or I can answer for anyone?

Are people having fun with AI or is it just me? Is it every no. Everyone seems excited as AI as I am.

I’ve kind of taken a break because I just kept like losing time being down the rabbit hole. Also, I haven’t done much exploring in the past couple months.

Yeah. Use it. I’ll I’ll share with, I’m gonna do a, training on, we have an Excel file. So really, the key is to look at your processes internally.

Starting with the buyer’s journey. Like, look at your processes and then in each step, figure out what can I use AI to automate or how can I use AI to to to streamline this? Like a no brainer is what I just showed you the proposals. Another one is your your your VOC research.

Right? And you can’t we’re not at the point right now where you can automate everything because if I was to copy and paste this entire, chain of thought, it wouldn’t work. AI is just not it’s too much data for AI to analyze. I have to do it step by step, but it will get to that point eventually.

And then you’re just kinda, like, you’re you’re you’re building it out. You’d be surprised what you can automate. And this is just doing it manually. Like, you can use bots that, you with API integration, you can start connecting stuff, start feeding stuff. Like, it’s, it’s pretty cool.

Any, any other questions?

Nope.

Okay. Cool. So I’ll make the the the prompt available as well and if, I’ll put it in the chat as well, but it’s also available.

And like I said, everything isn’t here. Just, you know, go ahead, copy and paste it. And, have fun with it. And if you do wanna edit it to your voice, like I said, just just start, start adding your the inputs under this, and then you can see it’ll come out with different stuff.

Cool. Yes. Thank you.

Okay. Awesome. And, any questions, let me know. For Another session as well that we’re if we’re getting into this automation stuff, is there anything that people would like to see, automated as far as your workflows or that I can, I’m happy to build something out and, and help you automate it as well, and then we can share it with everybody.

No one’s using ai for anything? We gotta start.

Okay. I think what we’ll do is I’m gonna get, I think the next session then I’ll I’ll share the process that we use to get to that point where you’re you’re starting to automate your business processes and really the process and the steps, and then we can start with that.

And then just literally go step by step, build out your prompts, and then just build soaps, and, and, and document it, and then you’re, it’s pretty, it’s a lot of fun, but you’ll get a lot more done too.

Cool.

Okay. Cool. I will talk to everyone. Any other questions? Let me know. I’m glad to, to answer as well.

Thanks, Shane.

Thank you.

Thanks, Shane.

The Golden Triangle

The Golden Triangle

Transcript

All right.

We’re going to dive in because yeah, spring break or not. We’re here, and the game doesn’t quit.

So what I’m gonna do today, we are talking about the, diagnostic ish tool, called the Golden Triangle. And it’s less about when I say diagnostic, it’s less about diagnosing where they’re at and more about helping them realize them being your clients or your lead. Realize that it costs money to get a service like yours, and to get the outcomes out they’re looking for. Does everybody did everybody have a chance to look at the worksheet already?

If you didn’t, that’s okay. We’re still gonna go through it. So it doesn’t it won’t hurt either way. But it does build on the diagnostic that, we talked about a couple weeks ago. So I’m gonna share my iPad, actually.

You should be seeing that soon.

Just half a sec.

Loading up.

Cool. Good.

I was like, sometimes it’s sketchy. I was like, I don’t want this not to work, oh, in our, call.

Okay. So building on everything that we have talked about with that whole diagnostic. Right? So the idea is this comes from Simon Bowen, who is definitely worth looking into if you’ve never heard of him. I hadn’t heard of him before.

I saw a little, like, recording of a talk he did, and then I, like, binged everything.

So really worth looking into Simon Bowen. His name is on the worksheet for the week, which is, again, this is he calls it the iron triangle, and I don’t know why. So I was like, well, golden’s better. So I’m gonna go with the golden triangle.

You can call it whatever you want to. There isn’t a name for it that I’ve heard of out in, like, the world. But when we’re talking to our leads, we’re gonna basically pretend like there is and act like it. And that’s part of part of closing them.

So we’ll get into all of that. The point is we’re gonna start off with already having our iPad being shared. Now if you don’t have an iPad, that’s like, okay. It will just help a lot if you do and, like, sign up for a new bank account, and they’ll give you one for free.

So, like, don’t overthink it.

But, yeah, we do want an iPad or, there’s this other coach, Taki, who has his has, like, a sheet of paper on a table with a camera, like a phone over it. So you need a phone then.

Like, but and then he just draws as well. So you don’t you can you can just have paper and be drawing it, but it’s important that you’re not, like, drawing it, holding it up, drawing it, holding it up. You You wanna make sure that they’re watching. So Simon Bowen says, like, when you draw, it draws them in.

So the idea is the more that they’re watching you doing stuff, the more interesting it is and also showcases expertise that you’re gonna get into. Because it’s a scary thing to have a blank, sheet of paper. And only an expert can really start from a place of blankness and draw and make things, like, make sense. People are watching the whole time.

Right? So if you start with a blank sheet of paper and you don’t know what you’re doing, it’s it’s typical. You haven’t done it before. That’s why.

Right? So the more you’re confident drawing, taking notes in front of them. So we talked about this briefly when we did the diagnostic session before. And also, if you’re like, what’s she talking about?

Open up the worksheet too that I sent along for this week that Sarah sent you. So you, like, can just follow along because there’s a script in that worksheet as well. Just an easy script to follow when you’re doing this. So you’ve already been sharing your diagnostic, tool.

You’ve already maybe got through that point. For us, it looks like a sudden a little bit. And then you’ve been making notes going along, whatever they’ve been saying. You’ve been like, oh, excellent point.

Oh, I get it. And you’re, like, putting notes together and they’re watching. Right? So that’s where we’re at.

And by the time you’re ready for the golden triangle, we’re really getting to a place where we understand basically what the project is that they’re looking for.

We’ve already been through the vetting process, so we know, like, it’s something that we do or want to do. We have in mind our own budget for it, like, what it costs to do that, to to hire you to do that. And now we’re just trying to bring it all together. Now one of the things that many leads like to do is negotiate on price or start low. Of course, they do. They don’t wanna pay the top dollar if they can get it for less.

It’s just part of business, so we’re cool with that. Alright? But what do we do to get them on board with our price? So price objections can be a real thing. There are lots of ways that we’re gonna be talking about, throw a copy school professional.

Lots of ways to address price objections.

But the golden triangle is a way to address them without directly challenging their budget, even though there comes a point at which you’ll kind of directly challenge their budget. So let’s get into it. You’re at that point in the call where you understand what they want, etcetera. So but you’re starting to move toward understanding their budget.

Maybe they’ve even told you what their budget is, and they’re, like, off. Like, the no. They’re not way off. Like, they’re not saying two thousand and you’re thinking twenty thousand.

That’s like, we’re gonna wanna wrap this call up because it’s really hard to close that gap.

We’re talking more they’re like, it’s four thousand and you’re thinking eight thousand or it’s five thousand and you’re at ten. Something more like that. So not a massive gap. They can come on board. They are showing that they have some money to spend. Okay.

So this is the part if you’re already sharing, they’re already watching you map things out. You’re talking to them. You’re a consultant working through x, y, and z with them. Okay.

We’re getting that part of the the conversation with price. Oops. Sorry. And so we go.

Alright. Well, you’d be familiar, and this is the language to use. So okay. Cool. So you’d be familiar with the golden triangle.

Right?

You say you’d be familiar, and what’s the reaction?

Mhmm. Yep. I I’d be familiar with that. I literally did this the other day on a call with a gentleman, a copywriter who’s in house at this big tech company who I’m copy chipping.

And I said, so you’d be familiar with the fish and the fishermen. Right? And he said, mhmm.

And I was like, okay. So how does that apply here? And he was like and I was like, I’ll just jump in for you and save you there. But it it was just it was like that moment where I was testing out this.

You’d be familiar with phrasing works like a charm. People are nodding along with you. Okay? And it might feel tricky, but it’s just one of those things to get the client out of that place where so often for copywriters in particular that they come to us and they think that our work is very easy.

And, they just got all these weird assumptions going on. And this is, like, just just make them a little less comfortable with making all sorts of assumptions. That’s it. So you’d be familiar with the golden triangle.

So you would know that the golden triangle consists of, and then you write this out for them, time, budget, and outcome. Right? And, of course, the golden triangle exists because the world had learned that the vast majority of projects failed to deliver all three.

That’s it. Good. You’re good there. They’re like, okay. Cool. Yep. Because they’ve already agreed that they know what the golden triangle is.

So for them to challenge this now is a really weird thing to do. So now they’re on board with they can’t have everything. Okay. So what do we wanna do here?

This is where we say, okay. So let’s start with your outcome. Let’s start with what you were looking for. You came to me and you right out of the gate, you were saying that you wanted an onboarding flow.

This is just to follow along with the one that’s in your example.

And that includes, of course, strategy and execution. Right? Perfect. And what’s your deadline? What are you looking at? When when would you like this completed by? Okay.

So May thirty first. Is that, like, the absolute latest you can do? May thirty first. Is there any wiggle room there? No. Okay. May thirty first it is.

And what’s what’s your budget? What do you have as, like, a line item, or what’s your expectation for your budget here? And they might tiptoe around this, and all you’re just doing is that part of the conversation where you get them to to say what their number is. And they finally say, like, okay. Well, we’re we’re thinking about seven grand for everything.

Okay. Cool. So we’ve got this here. Now let’s look at this. It’s the golden triangle.

Right? This is the part where we prioritize in the golden triangle. So tell me which one is most important to you. And you’re still drawing.

Most important to us, the thing that we need most is probably to actually get the thing that we want. So the onboarding flow. Okay. Cool.

And then is it price or time? What’s most important next? Well, we really do need it by end of May. Okay.

Cool. So does that look about right? Great. Okay. Now let’s run this.

Let’s imagine you get an onboarding flow, strategy and execution live by May thirty first, but it comes in at, like, what the market typically pays, which is more in the vicinity of twelve thousand dollars. I know that’s not perfect, but if that’s what it had to be, would that be okay with you?

And they’re like, so from seven thousand to twelve thousand. Like, yeah. That’s would that be okay with you? Well, no. Okay. Alright. So it sounds like budget’s number one, and that means this is number two, and your deadline is number three.

Cool. So with a budget of seven thousand dollars, you get your onboarding flow, but it’s delivered July thirty first. Would that be okay with you? Well, no.

That’s not okay. I okay. Fine. So what I’m hearing is date delivery date is really important to you, then comes budget, and then comes the outcome.

So if you get this done by May thirty first for seven thousand dollars, but you only get the strategy.

You don’t get the execution by that date. Is that okay? And now they’re like, you’re out of your mind. Like, what are you talking about? Of course, that’s not okay. And you might have a little chuckle about this because they know where it’s going. Oh, are you still able to see my screen?

Okay. Cool. It just vanished for me. So just so you know.

Okay. So now you’re at a point where you get to get, like, honest with them. Right? And go, like, look, I can deliver the value that you’re looking for. I can deliver that for you, strategy and execution. I can do it by May thirty first. I’ve done it for clients like x, y, and z on similar timelines, but it’s always at a rate of ten thousand dollars.

It sounds like if something has to give, your budget is that thing. Do you disagree?

And that’s where you’ve now landed at a place where they may not be able to hit that budget. But what they can see is that your number is a real number, that they can’t have everything that they want. It’s not that your number is high. It’s that their budget was too low.

And that’s a good thing for them to walk away with because then the next time they have budget, they’re like, well, remember that person we talked to? She she drew that diagram. Remember that triangle? And we couldn’t afford her.

Maybe we can afford her now. Should we call her or him or whatever? So that’s the objective here. And if they can’t get there, if you’re going through this triangle and they’re like, price is just it never comes up properly the way you want it to and the way we just walk through it, that can also be a sign that it’s, like, not a good client for you because because they’re not willing to give on things very much.

They’re just like, yep. Nope. That’s fine. If you can deliver it to me for seven thousand dollars by July by the end of July, and it’s only strategy, that’s okay.

You’re like, well, that went weird.

And then you’d still say like, well, okay. So normally, this is the full scope of the project For me, just to deliver strategy, all of my minimum projects are, like, ten thousand dollars. So this is always gonna be the budget. Does that make sense? You’d still have to back up and talk them through that. But that’s basically how that flow goes. Does that all make sense?

Do you see how you would use it?

Kind of? Abby, I saw you do. I’m not sure.

It’s interesting, and I can see how I’d use it. For some reason, I’m running into some, like, hesitation. I don’t know where it’s coming from though. Yeah.

I don’t know where it’s coming from. Maybe just discomfort. Yeah. I don’t know.

Okay.

But I I liked it. I just yeah.

Yeah.

Okay.

Adam? By sales call, you mean, like, initial call, right, by the way? Like, the first stuff first call, the first interaction?

It could be either. Right? So it really depends. I’d be ready to move with this on any call.

So, if because some calls move a lot faster. Sometimes in that fifteen minute call where we think we’re just, like, determining if we should even work together, There’s, like, instant spark, you know, this is gonna work out well and you’re ready to move forward. So even though you book fifteen minutes in your calendar, you should have at least thirty minutes for that time in case it goes longer. And then if it does, if price starts coming up, if they’re talking about, well, we’d like it by this date, which can often happen in that fifteen minute call, then you’d wanna be you’d wanna have this handy for sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I’ve been on calls where where they know exactly what they want, want, and, like, they just wanna hammer out, like, timeline and place.

So Yeah.

Yeah.

When the call goes so fast, it gets gets into an awkward territory because you haven’t prepared for that discussion yet. And Yep.

Yep. No. I totally hear that. So and this is like you can practice these things.

It doesn’t take much. You can you don’t even have to have anybody there with you. You can just like, I don’t know if you’re uncomfortable talking to yourself, but I’m not. So I’m gonna talk to my monitor all day.

And so you can just go through and practice doing it all by yourself and trying different ways of running through it.

And then the more you practice, the better able you are. Just go like, actually, I got something that will probably help with this conversation. One sec. You’re familiar with the golden triangle.

Yes? And that can be just like a really natural thing to help you whenever the time comes up. When you know budget is about to be discussed, that’s a good time to get ready with this. Yeah.

Cool?

Okay. Thanks, man.

Sure. Totally. Can I just make a recommendation?

Abby, you you might like this. So, I saw this triangle, and I got super excited because Joe validated me watching this terrible well, I thought it was good, but it went off the air after a second season. But, Oh.

There was a scene in this show Lipstick Jungle.

Oh, okay. And the guy is like he’s explaining to a gal. He’s, like, he does the triangle, and he puts and he goes fast, cheap, good. And he goes, you get two.

You don’t get three. And I just kinda put in the so when I saw your triangle, I was like, oh, that’s so cool. I was seeing it on the show from, like, the person who’s trying to hire someone and what you desire, and you did it from the person who’s trying to sell to that person. And I don’t know.

I just it kind of really rounded out the teaching for me having that perspective.

That you really tend to only get two unless you’re on Amazon, but then that can be crap too.

So Totally.

Then you’d have to put a third item, like, swap something out on the triangle that’s, like, ethical or something like that. Right? Yeah. Which one of these do you want?

So yeah.

I I heard it would stick jungle. I didn’t then I stopped hearing about it. I guess it went off, You, like you said, went off the air.

Yeah. Two seasons, but that was like the big business takeaway. So I appreciate that. I’ve binged that kind of thing just for that.

Oh, that’s so fun. Cool. Awesome. Anybody else? Any concerns? Yeah.

I have a question. Oh, Naomi, you go first. Yeah.

I was gonna say that the majority of time when I’m talking about price, the person who is I’m talk my point of contact is not the person with the purse strings. They’ve been given a budget and by either their boss or by the CFO directly and there’s a lot of bureaucracy in order to increase that budget. And they probably don’t care what the budget is is at all. Mhmm. But it’s not their decision to make.

Yeah. Yeah. And that it does depend. Like, this triangle can come out more than one time.

Right? So if they’re the one making the if you’re never gonna talk to decision maker, then it’s your job to get that person whose budget is inflexible to go back and make a case for you. And the more you see otherwise, you wanna get that the person who holds the strings on a call. Like, that’s the most ideal thing to do.

But if you can’t do that, then the other person has to advocate for you. Because there’s gotta be a way there has to be room to move or else your audience is wrong. If they’re always gonna come in the room with a five thousand dollar budget, and that’s just the way it is, it’s gonna be really hard to ever get to a place where you make the kind of money that you should be making because they’re making all the calls when it comes to how much you make. You might as well go in house at that point.

So you need to show that you are, hi kitty. You need to show that you’re an expert, that consultant where they’re like, this person’s gonna make me look good because this person knows what they’re doing. Like, I was impressed on the call with them. So I’m gonna go back to my boss or CFO and say, look, we have seven thousand.

We’ve paid this low amount for freelancers before, and they’ve kinda screwed us. So what, what can we do to get to ten thousand for this project? If it’s impossible, then it’s impossible. And there are other levers to pull, but we all know we gotta make a certain living, and that’s the way it is.

So get the decision maker on the call or get the person who should be advocating for you to be pumped about advocating for your price.

Yeah.

Yeah. You are mainly the group you serve.

You need to be a sales driven organization. There’s just no two ways around it. Yeah.

Alright. Abby, you had a question?

Yeah. I think, I already know your answer to this, but I’m gonna ask anyway.

So what’s your take on, like, with the outcome removing pieces? So for example, if it was, like, a sales page, and then you can say, okay. I could take out, like, the messaging guide, the customer interviews to bring the price down. Yeah.

It’s not the objective is not to change your scope.

That’s not what the triangle exists for. So if there if you say something that you think is ridiculous, like, I can deliver the strategy but not the execution by May thirty first. Like, that’s obviously, like, it’s ridiculous. Like, you’re gonna want both.

Otherwise, what? Or I can deliver execution, but no strategy. Like, for you, you’re like, that’s actually bananas. Of course, that’s not gonna happen.

How what would I be executing on? Just error? Like, there has to be something that comes before it.

So if they’re like, yeah, that sounds good. Then you’re like, shit. No. I can’t work with this person because they don’t understand.

But if they think that it really is, like, about adjusting scope for, the project, that would really only work. You’d only wanna say yes to that if you have a team to hand it off to. If it’s, if it’s like, oh, okay. So you just want a sales page, not the whole thing.

I’ve got a team. There’s someone on it who can write just the sales page, and it won’t be a problem for them. Maybe I’ll just close this business. Like, you can if you have a team to do that.

If it’s you, don’t. Yeah. Don’t change the scope.

Why not if it’s just me?

Because then you’re so we’ll talk about this during the intensive.

Okay. As soon as you start if you’re ever going to get to the kind of money that you want to get to, you need to have leverage in the form of systems, documentation, and then eventually people to execute on those systems and the documentation.

The more you’re customizing and changing scope and and things for people, the, the more documentation you need, the more systems you need. So if you have more people, then you have the ability to kind of, you know, puppet master things.

So that’s fine. You can change things up. But if it’s just you and you’re doing new things all the time, it is just not a tenable.

It’s not a good approach when it comes to like getting to that next tier. Can’t build your authority on fifteen different things, changing scope all the time. Gotta have the thing that you do and do really well. So for you and then your job is to sell them on the whole thing.

So if they’re actually like, well, you’re it’s true. Our budget is only seven thousand and we do need all these pieces, but maybe we can write the emails internally. For you, that should be like a holy shit note. Like, no.

Your job becomes making it clear to them that they need you for all of the pieces. Yeah. Oops. Oops.

Sorry. Yeah. If you’re ever going to adjust things, it should be scope typically. But that’s for, like, that’s like freelancing school stuff.

That’s not coffee school pro stuff.

That’s not getting to that scope all the time, like, to make this sound bad habit.

I need to get out. Yeah.

Yeah. So we’re gonna I’m so excited to talk about this in the intensive. Starts next week for those who just joined late, late, like a second late. I had just talked about it and then other people join us.

Go. Sorry. So it starts next week. You’ve been invited to it, to the kickoff call.

There’s gonna be a bunch of stuff, that will get you set up for hopefully, some cool stuff. I’m so stoked about this curriculum. It’s amazing. Yeah.

So, yeah, watch for that, and we’ll be changing some some ways that we think about projects and talk about them. We’ll be switching that up. Cool.

Alright.

We’re entering that part of the call where if you have any questions, we can talk through them. So if you do share your win first, and then we can all celebrate with you, and then we’ll hop into questions. And if you don’t, then we’ll take the rest of our money back. Any questions? Anything anyone’s working on?

We’re all good?

I’ll go with no one’s going.

Sure. Go for it.

I don’t really have much of a win to share, but I had a lead come in, which looks a little promising. That’s for email work, so that’s the only win.

Alright.

So when Yeah.

In terms of questions. So regarding that, pricing page book, ebook, I have I almost have my spit draft, but I have worked on a table of context. I’ve sort of worked backwards now in the sense that, like, maybe I spent too much time just writing stuff.

Okay. And then I’m in the stage where I’m trying to figure out what the table of content should look like. So I landed on something, and I was wondering how to kinda get feedback on it. Should I share it on the channel or should I?

Throw it up right now. Let’s take a look at it. I don’t know how deep we’re gonna get it, but we can at least did you read useful books, Edmond?

I did. I did.

Okay. Perfect. Then you should be in decent shape with that one.

In decent shape. Yeah. I think the table of contents still need some work in terms of how you position the titles, but at least content wise, I’m just trying to get things that should be there. Okay. I’ll share my screen.

Wait. How do you share again?

Download. I don’t know.

It depends on what Oh, there it goes.

You’re on. For me, it’s at the bottom.

Okay. Let me know if you guys can see my screen.

Okay.

This sounds nitpicky, and it’s the very first That’s fine.

No. That’s perfect. I I I want nitpicky, so this is good.

Well, why instead of the definitive guide?

Okay.

There’s a real question. We had to choose that.

So the reason I said, actually, maybe bit sticky.

Yeah. You’re right. Because I I figured other people will be writing something on it as well and saying the is coming off very authoritative, and I’m not really an authority in the space.

So How about what what the whole idea of this is to say I’m the authority.

True. Yeah.

For the way.

You know, when April talks, like, when April talks about her career in her book, it seems like she’s already worked on so many clients before she wrote that book.

Well, she had. She worked on clients, but she didn’t have she doesn’t actually have a background in marketing.

She’s an engineer. Like, she doesn’t she didn’t have that. So, like, she’s a Waterloo engineer.

So, but that doesn’t, but she’s then she went and worked in tech companies and ended up doing sales and marketing.

But I mean, honestly, when you think about the number of people out like, you don’t have to don’t let I don’t have enough experience.

Stop you. I mean, I you’ll know, cause there’ll be a wall and if you’re pushing through the wall, faking your way through it, you’ll know.

But otherwise I wouldn’t like just write the book, start by writing the book and then go from there. Look at and then, honestly, I would challenge you to look at the vast majority of people who are out there who how did James Clear become the habits guy? He doesn’t have a degree in habits.

Right? Like that’s not his thing. He just formed good habits and then started writing about them, and became an authority on it and worked to be an authority on it.

So I wouldn’t like, yes. Worry. But don’t it’s one of those balances. Right? Yes. You need to be authoritative, but you can also be learning things as you build that authority.

So the Noted.

Definitive guide. Okay. How to transform your most conversion critical asset into a powerhouse of results.

Anybody have any notes so far on what you’re seeing?

I would put this in sentence case. This is really hard to read in title case.

And sentence case is usually seen as a little bit more professional, especially in SaaS companies. I don’t see that many SaaS companies that use title case. I know it’s a pain in the ass to change, but, that’s I typically think it’s much easier to read when it’s, when it’s that way.

Anybody anybody else? Jessica, what are you doing?

You’re reading I’m looking at my books going.

I’m not sure I agree with that one. I don’t I mean, it’s not the thing I would focus on as much, but I I don’t know. I I’m looking at my books going, I see a lot of the opposite or capitalize the whole thing, which but I don’t know.

I guess I never really looked that close. So I I don’t know. And that’s probably not the one I would I I disrespectfully, I guess, disagree on that one.

But Depends on the I’m not the definitive person on that.

You’re a definitive person. I’m a Yeah. I would say look at the books on yourself, right, to figure that. Who knows in the end, like, the formatting. The three I just looked at all had all caps. Yeah. So it’s like yeah.

But that’s still, it’s a fair point, Naomi, we do want it to be a readable, book. But I I get that, like, the title. And so alright. So we have SaaS pricing pages. The audience that you’re speaking to is whom, Adnan?

Where do you speak? C level c level folks, who would be willing to we we’re looking to optimize or or increase their conversions from bottom of funnel assets.

Okay. And when you went through and did the right useful book stuff, did you write out when he was like, make sure you know your audience, how they found your book, how they’re referring your book, you wrote all that stuff out? Or did you just read it?

Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. You wrote it out?

No, I, I wrote all that stuff out.

Okay, good. Work through that. Okay, cool.

Yeah.

Okay. So how to transform your most conversion critical asset.

So your people are coming to this book. How do you think they’re finding your book?

How do they discover it?

So the okay. So I was thinking about distribution, as to, like, once I’ve written, how am I gonna distribute it? So I figured that, I guess, the the easiest thing for me to do, considering this will be an ebook, would be to distribute it through newsletters.

So they’re landing on it through newsletters emailed to them.

Okay. So do you mean, like, you’re sponsoring newsletters? Or how are you getting into it? Okay. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. So these are newsletters then that are already targeting tech.

That audience.

Leaders.

Okay.

Great.

But do they know that a SaaS pricing page is important?

Are they to me, it sounds like if you’re unless the newsletter is about pricing pages, what are the chances they know that? So so because we know that a lot of tech marketers don’t think about their pricing pages at all, like, ever. They think about their home pages and all this other stuff, but not their their pricing pages like they should.

I wonder if there wouldn’t be an objection to the idea that it’s my most conversion critical asset.

Because I’m I’m not even thinking about it at all. I thought my onboarding sequence was, what are you talking about? What’s this pricing page thing? So that part for me, I would just say make sure that your audience is nodding with you from the beginning. Or if they’re not nodding with you, they’re so surprised in a good way by what you’ve just already revealed to them. So if you want to reveal to them that their pricing page is, like, this powerhouse potentially powerhouse of results, feels like there’s a gap there between the headline and the subhead. For me, at least, it does.

In in the shoes of your audience, I feel like there would be a gap.

Yeah.

Can I also, I I have another thing to mention? I I think that when it comes to SaaS pricing pages, you may wanna reconsider who your target audience is because SaaS companies grow incredibly fast.

And if they’re looking at their like, a website is a very complicated thing to update because you often need engineers and you need designers. So a lot of them are thinking, like, my homepage is a mess. The entire website is a mess. Like, there are so many things to do.

Pricing pay it by the time they’re ready to think of the pricing page, I feel like they’re in the, like, optimization stage. Like, the rest of the website has more or less updated messaging, meaning, like, it reflects the actual product that they have. And so if they’re ready to optimize, you may be actually you may have more success if you’re targeting, like, a a product marketing manager or a growth marketing manager because they’re gonna be thinking of, I am ready to take this to the next level. The website is more or less converting. Our campaigns are converting.

Now we’re ready to, like, give it a little boost. Because if you try to introduce the pricing page when their homepage was created four years ago and has none of the information is relevant, then it’s not going to hit quite as well.

I think it’s a good point.

K.

So how how how do you how do you propose then do we ease into that? Because like you said, Joanna, like, they’re probably not thinking about their pricing page being a problem yet.

Yeah. I mean and that could be a question like so you’re calling it the definitive guide to SaaS pricing pages. If you are a growth lead at a SaaS company, whether that is a fast growing or slow growing one because there’s the giant space in there before the hockey stick and that varies.

Regardless of it, there’s somebody who wants to grow revenue trial starts, conversions on the other side of the onboarding sequence. So depending where their how their pricing page changes or if they just simply have two, What are they looking for? Now it doesn’t mean that you’re wrong to have it be called the definitive guide to SaaS pricing pages.

But is that what they’re looking for? Or are they really, like what’s and and so did you start by writing the title, or did you finish by writing the title?

So the title was already in my mind.

Yeah.

I hadn’t I hadn’t written it down. I I I I focused on the content first, and then I landed on that sort of title and the subtitle.

I feel like both of these together might be worth trying as a really strong subhead that like, it’s like explaining the value proposition of a SaaS pricing page for that growth focused person as the subhead. But, like, what’s the bigger idea that they’re buying into?

Obviously, awesome as, like, the bigger idea. Right? You want to be so obviously awesome. You don’t have to talk about yourself at all. It’s just really clear.

So what’s the thing that this audience is looking for?

What’s the conversions. Of that. Yeah.

Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So something around conversions, would you say?

Converting prospects, converting When you talk to people in this space, does anything surface that they’re saying?

Is Is there anything that’s, like like, for positioning? I wish people just understood what’s so awesome about us. Nobody seems to get what’s so awesome about us.

And so are they saying anything like that for you or, like I would look into that.

Yeah.

What are what’s that that you can hit? Or and if it’s not that kind of thing, it’s like the invisible sales machine, I think it was called, or the invisible selling machine, which is a we’re recording this, but it’s garbage book about email marketing.

But it’s a really good title, like a really good title for the people it’s trying to attract.

So kinda just explore that. But if your if your title can be a bigger, more ambitious idea, I’d start going down that path. I know you’re calling it an ebook. We don’t want it to sound like a blog post.

Like, we want it to sound like it’s a meaty, insightful, like, look into this asset that you’ve been ignoring that’s actually the site of conversions and ultimately revenue for your business. Like, you gotta work on this thing, and the payoff is huge when you do.

So I’d dig in there.

I would also keep in mind that for a lot of company a lot of SaaS companies right now, paid media spend is down.

And so you can use the angle of leakage, meaning if you’re spending ten thousand, thirty thousand, fifty thousand dollars a month on paid media, and you’re funneling all of your resources into the home page, then you’re really wasting a huge opportunity to convert people once they land. So it’s not only converting, it’s also, like, wasting a a lot of your marketing spend because all of those high intent leads will go to the pricing page.

And, like, you just maybe you spent a hundred and fifty per lead, maybe you spent two hundred per lead. So I would say that, yeah, loss, loss aversion can be a stronger motivating factor than positive benefits. And for a marketer, wasting money is, is is very scary because there’s not that many of it. There’s not that much of it, and there’s a a lot of pressure on marketers these days. There always is, but especially right now.

Yeah. So I I found a good content on how it it’s worth more it’s more of an it’s a better ROI to focus on optimization versus customer acquisition, which most companies tend to focus more on. So I actually found some good content on that as well.

Yeah. That’s, like, the whole premise of forget the funnel. Like, stop forcing people into the top of your funnel.

Cool. Awesome. Okay. So then we get into your title for the section is the anatomy of a pricing page. But what you’re really the opening, the hook is the most ignored marketing asset in the customer journey.

So that I think that’s really important, to bring your your reader on board with that out of the gates. Like, just make a strong case for pricing pages. Why are they so ignored, etcetera.

Can Can we just see the high level, all the one, two, three, four for the actual or wait.

Sure. Yeah.

My monitors are overlapping in a funny way, so I’m missing the part over here. So understand your audience, leverage pricing psychology, design for user success. Okay.

So chapter six or section six being, like, the main meat of the Okay.

I think there’s too much. I think there’s too much going on. And the messaging strategy part kinda threw me.

I get pricing pages, pricing tiers.

Yep. Or do you think that that that six point one six dot one and six dot two should be just one thing as section six.

I think when you say messaging, you’re gonna throw people off.

Okay. That’s all.

I think that’s another it’s a follow-up book, that’s an appendix, or something else that you put in there if it really matters. But if I’m looking at a pricing page, I should be thinking yes of my headline and stuff like that and everything that goes under the pricing table. But in most cases, the biggest opportunity is in, one, change your h one from pricing to something real, and then do more with the pricing table. So talking about the tiers and stuff like that.

How to label those, what people are doing wrong, the examples, the tear downs that you can do in this of, like, existing pricing pages and what they’re getting wrong versus right. I don’t think you need to get into your message because that’s gonna be like, wait. What’s a stage of awareness? What?

Cut it.

I would. I’d cut it. Only add it in if it needs it afterward, but to me, it feels like you don’t need any of the messaging stuff.

Okay. So none of the rule of one, none of the okay.

Stick to the Say it lightly, but I don’t introduce things that are gonna be, like just focus entirely on the rule of one.

Just focus on pricing pages. That’s it. Everything else, they can they can book a consult with you to learn more about other things. Like how but what but what about after I’m done the pricing page, the tiers Still not working. What do I do? Then they they talk to you and do a workshop. Yeah.

So when you say that about messaging, do you also mean, like like, the the messaging inside the tier as well don’t talk about it as much?

Oh, no. I mean, like, if it’s gonna sound like the thing about a pricing page that’s so nice is it’s so focused on on action, on things that people do on, like, quick looking at information, and then clicking the thing. But it’s not like like a home page where you’re like, oh my gosh. What do we lead with?

Like, what do we say in what order and accept, like, when do we ask them to click? A pricing page is like, this is where the button is. That’s where they click. We either have a button there or we don’t.

If we don’t, it’s strategic. And if we do, it’s standard. It’s like the button goes here. So that’s kind of where it’s like, just focus them on the user experience stuff, on persuasion architecture, and then layer in the importance of, like, how your copy and message are on the page.

But don’t I would I would not get deeply into words.

Copy principles. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Okay.

I wouldn’t. Because I don’t think that’s that interesting, honestly.

Not when you’re coming, you’re trying to figure out what’s going on with my pricing Okay.

Okay. So it it was a lot bigger than this.

I had to cut a lot of things to get And you’re still gonna cut some more.

Cuts. But I think it’s I mean and we’ve got people in the room who write books like this all the time. Jessica, Abby, both have strong backgrounds in this. Any other notes for admin?

Yeah. I I think chapter six, that’s the one I need to read through to see where you’re going with it to give you, I think, more specific advice. I don’t have a problem doing that. Adnan, if you would like that, I’d be happy to do that for you.

A little bit. Yeah.

Just seeing kinda seeing top level is hard when I don’t I haven’t seen what you actually wrote.

I am I know that when you’re writing to that audience, like, because I used to work with that audience, you can’t they don’t you don’t write to them the way you would maybe a course creator. Right? Little less sexy kind of way. But I am kind of wondering if there’s a way to make it a little more enticing.

Like, for example, one of the questions I had was, when you titled chapter six craft your messaging strategy, do they if they were talking about all of those, the value prop and everything you have in that chapter, would they consider that messaging and messaging strategy? Is that what they call it?

That that’s something worth looking into that I should research. Yeah.

Yeah. Because, I mean, I don’t know. I just I’m and look. Limited here. I only worked with truly, like, one or two companies that were true SaaS and tech, but, I just can’t see my engineer guys saying that, but they weren’t they were very traditional marketing, so maybe that’s why.

But I would just look into that because for some reason, that was a red flag to me. Like, oh, I just want you to kinda say how to talk about, you know, how to talk on your pricing page, which is terrible. But you know what I mean? I wanted a little more straightforward, but that might just be my personal.

But I was literally what I had literally what I had before, like, what to say in your pricing page.

Yeah. And I’m like, that that cannot be a title.

Like, that just I’ve look.

I mean, it should be in alignment with what your ideal audience would say. Right? But for some reason, the the thing in my brain went off with messaging. I was like, oh, that sounds very marketer speak.

I’m I’m not I’m not sure. The guys I worked with wouldn’t have said that, but that’s just the guys I worked with. So yeah. Anyway, something to research and just make sure because I do think for a lot of people, myself included, the word messaging is loaded.

And and for me and I think for my and, actually, my old clients would have been very intimidated by that word and I wouldn’t want a chapter where, that I started off with that.

That’s my only thought when I saw your chapter six.

K. Thank you. That’s that’s very valuable insight.

Nice. Thanks, Jeff. Yeah. I think each chapter, just if you can zoom it in on one thing as much as possible.

And as you’re reading through, if ask yourself, like, could I write a book on this? And if the answer is yes, then it’s probably not zoomed in enough. I mean, I I’ve had to redo my entire outline for my book because I really like like, I had a chapter on sales pages, a chapter webinars, and I’m like, this, you can’t you can’t teach a sales page in a chapter. So completely pivoted.

Yeah. So just maybe be be prepared to to to do a lot of pivoting, and just zoom in as much as possible would be my advice.

Yeah. I mean, I think it’s worth noting that if you’re was there. Otherwise you do lose a reader. I remember, when I was reading You’re a Badass at Making Money, I was loving it. And then she got into really simple, like, basic stuff around list building and things. And I was like, oh, no.

Is this person basic? This whole time, have I been nodding along with someone who, like, doesn’t really know what she’s talking about?

So better for her not to mention that at all than to, like, just mention it in a way where you’re like, oh, no. Oh, it’s kinda crappy. So if you can’t dig into it, cut it. Unless somehow they need it. Need it. Need it. Like, need it.

Okay. Need it. Just gonna keep saying need it because that’s meaningful.

I really do think I look at six point one and six point two, and I’m like, that’s the whole bunch. Like, there’s so much there.

Once you start adding in examples, what there’s jobs to be done in there. Like, there’s it’s like everything. So just like Abby said.

You even mention jobs to be done other than just making a reference to it?

I mean, your audience probably knows about jobs whether they apply it or not. They know about it. So it’s like a good indication that, like, if I know about it, you know about it. We have something to talk about together. Right?

There’s like Yeah.

Leave this in common, which can be good for likability. But write the book, see if it works, if it if it feels, again, basic, then that’s what editing’s for.

K.

Yeah. Yeah.

Well, and the chapter, these are, like, the last ones again. And now it probably feels like a lot. Right?

Right.

Yeah.

Yeah. I I have for a second. I would be careful with the word messaging because in my mind, what I hear is more, like, fundamental product messaging. Like, how do we compare to our competitors? How do we pitch ourselves? What is our voice?

Like, a lot of those kind of things.

And those are the things that they probably would have figured out if they’re ready to optimize their pricing page.

So it might be confusing for them, because they’ll see it, and they’ll like they’ll be like, wait, I think we already have messaging, or do we have to redo our messaging? That’s gonna take a long time. I’m gonna have to get lots of people on board. Where if it’s just a pricing page, then they can move more quickly. They can optimize it with their own team without having to get lots of people in upper management and then give them a little time. So, like, each like in this title, you may just want to pick a different, like, phrasing or copy or something that feels a little bit more small a little bit smaller and more specific in scope.

Okay.

Alright. You got notes to work with there, Adnan?

I do. I do. I do. The whole program. So, okay, thank you so much.

Okay. Thank you. Thanks for sharing. Good job working on this. It’s amazing.

Make it happen. Yeah. Alright. Anybody else?

Abby?

Yeah. I would oh, first of all, my win. So I’m just about to close a deal with my client, and then I’ll be at hundred k for q one, which is exciting.

Revenue, though, not profit.

And then my question so the optimization retainer I was chatting about, like, last week. I just lost some feedback on what I’ve included in it. I’m just feeling really weird about the whole thing, not confident. Would you mind taking just a quick look at Still it.

Should I I can drop it in the chat or share my screen.

Sure.

Then we can all look at the same thing as I do.

Yeah. K. Cool. Okay.

Can you guys see the email? That’s the box. Okay. Okay.

Now we can’t. Oh, wait. It’s your inbox.

Yeah. Yeah. This is the email that I sent. This was just like a quick proposal after the call. Okay.

Alright. So here’s a quick proposal to show you what it would like. Well, it would be like to have me working on optimizing the other free cleanup funnel based on the data so far. I see a huge opportunity to scale cleanup to ten thousand plus a day.

Maintaining improving conversions as you scale would play a crucial part. Okay. Here’s what’s included. So included in the optimization.

Okay.

Mhmm.

Track conversions, AB test and optimize, monitor and optimize, opt in page versus email. Okay.

Ad copy.

This is a lot of stuff, Abby.

Optimize sales page and add new testimonials, features, messaging.

Just, like, keep doing the project again and again and again and again. It’s a lot. Ad hoc reengagement, downsell sequence based on performance, collaborate with other team members when needed, and then a profitability report. Have you sent this?

Yeah.

Yeah. And they’ve got we’ve got a call about it. So they’re they wanna discuss pricing and features. Because he I remember he said to me, like, make sure each thing is worth a thousand dollars, and he said to quote ten.

But as I was looking, I was I’m like, well, fresh ad copy as needed. Like, it’s an essential part of it, but that’s not worth a thousand dollars. That’s worth maybe, like, a couple of hundred. So I was just kind of no. I thought ad copy is, like, cheap. Or Well, it’s cheap.

I mean, literally, everything’s free if you want to look at it that way.

So it’s there’s a there’s a quality standard, though. Right? There’s the expertise that you’re bringing, and that’s why it’s for you to nobody needs someone to write junior copy for them. AI got rid of junior copywriters.

Peace to the juniors, but you’re gone. So you have to always be the the best at it. Right? And just, like, don’t worry that you’re not.

Like, just I know that sounds dumb, but, like, just don’t worry. Just, like, don’t worry. Worry about it, Joe. You’ll be good at it. Don’t worry.

You’ll know if you’ll know.

Yeah. So when I look at this, I’m like, okay.

I what I see is, you’re trying to show value by showing lots of stuff that you’ll do, not by showing results.

What they care about is not your busy hands. They don’t want you sitting around doing nothing, but nobody I haven’t my experience is not for people who are hiring professionals. It’s not how busy were you today.

It’s what did I get out of it today. And that’s all you need to worry about. You need to say, let’s get you now that we’ve implemented this, now that you’ve got this evergreen funnel going, you know what most businesses do? And wait for them.

Most businesses walk away and just let it sit there and fester and nothing’s getting better and their audience is changing and algorithms are changing all around us. And you have the same evergreen funnel set up brilliantly. I might add because I’m a genius, but you have the same thing sitting there. And when are you gonna optimize it?

When did you last optimize your evergreen funnel? You didn’t have one before. Right? So like just talking them through it in a way where you see yourself as the expert and on the same level.

You’re not asking for work, you’re offering them this solution, but you actually have a way for them to keep making money. Like, where you will be in charge of watching that the evergreen funnel keeps going up instead of what’s their plan right now to optimize it? What’s their plan? Fucking nothing.

You know, they have no plan to optimize it. You come in for the bargain basement price of five thousand dollars a month. You’re gonna keep that going up.

What? Like, you don’t need to list out every single thing you’ll do. That doesn’t matter. They’ll wonder, okay, how are we going to get to those results? You’re saying you’re gonna keep this number going up.

How? Then you can talk about that, and you can say really quickly, like and put it in brackets. Like and if you’re wondering how I’ve done this a million times, and then you just put in brackets, like, check tracking conversions on an ongoing basis, writing new copy as needed, and then close brackets, etcetera. Close brackets because you don’t want them using this as your new checklist of, oh, did she do all of this stuff for us this month?

Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. Because on the call, they I kind of I sold them, and I put them a good.

But then they, they asked me in the email to say, like, what actually is included in that, which is why I broke it down like this.

And that’s another chance to hop on a call too. So just because the client wants you to send a checklist, doesn’t mean you do. And there are gonna be times when if all they really wanna bring it back to is that you do have busy hands the whole month, then, they’re not a good candidate for a retainer.

But you would probably already know that because they would have been kind of annoying to work with already.

So if they weren’t annoying because they weren’t like, what else are you gonna do for me? Like, what else are I’m gonna make you money, dummy. Like, what are you talking about? What else am I gonna do for you?

The thing that you want most in life, the money. I’m going to help you get more of that. So I I’m think would happen during this optimization, this ongoing optimization? What would you expect?

And then you can have a conversation and say, of course, we’ll do that. Of course, we’ll do that. No. We won’t do that. That’s a whole new project.

That sort of thing. Right? So you don’t have to show that all you’re gonna do is spend your time on this. It’s not Mhmm.

I know it’s hard because you’re just starting to sell the retainer stuff, but just know that you shouldn’t expect to close all clients on a retainer afterwards. They’re not all gonna be a fit for it. They’re not all going to understand that you don’t hand over work and voila, it works and works forever. Like but others will others will, and they won’t say, show me everything you’re gonna do.

Mhmm. Yeah. Because I think these clients are really good for it’s just the trouble for me is my confidence comes when I’ve done something, like, fifty times, and I haven’t done this before for a client. So it’s difficult to to communicate the value when I’m just, you know, doubting myself because I haven’t, like, earned the right to kind of be an expert in it or call myself in. I don’t know.

Do you think that you will suck at this?

I don’t think I’ll suck at it. No.

No.

I won’t suck, but like, I’m gonna be figuring some stuff out as I go, which is why I put the price at five thousand, not the ten thousand.

Yeah. So you’ll be figuring it out as you go, and you adjusted your price accordingly. You don’t tell them that. But the reason you adjusted your price is to help you get over that mindset hump.

Right? So you have already done the job of reducing the price to make it so that you shouldn’t be worried then. So this is the thing, right? Like respect the work that you’ve done, not just the expertise that you’re going to bring to this, but the fact that you had this mental block on ten thousand dollars and you decided to then bring it down to five thousand dollars, And thus, you now need to force yourself over that mental block.

You’ve already done what you can do to solve it. The next step in solving it is doing the work and seeing, like, oh, I’m just tweaking things as I go and then seeing how it does, and I’m putting together this report and sharing it with them.

These are not a lot of difficult, crazy, difficult steps at least. Right? So I know it’s I know it’ll get easier the more you do it, but you have already reduced your price.

You are going to be learning on the job. You’re not gonna make much money off this one, but that’s that doesn’t mean you have to work your fingers to the bone doing all sorts of checklist stuff, this whole list.

Right? You’ll get it.

But do your best to hop on calls wherever possible. You can close better on calls than you can in email.

Even great emails, unless they’re so stoked on their side of things, like, they’re like, we see nothing but opportunity, and you’re the absolutely only person on the planet who could ever do this for us, that’s where they need to be to close on email. You need to get them on a call.

Yeah. Which is difficult because they’re busy.

Of course. Once again, Nicole. You’re busy to make money? Like, another month. I’m like, for real. No.

You did. You did go on a call with me when I tried to close you.

I know.

Well So, I mean, it’s difficult.

It is actually Sorry.

I didn’t need to call you out.

That’s fair. They can be. Well, I would say, did I see a way to make money easily there?

Okay. There has to be the easy payoff in my life for me to move on anything.

Laziness factors in. And that’s true for a lot of people.

So I would not hold it against them if they don’t hop on a call right away, but do your best to get them on a call. That’s far easier to close them, especially when you’re just working this stuff out. When you, like, have not done this before, you can listen and take notes as they’re as you’re asking questions, not pitching, asking questions. Well, what what would optimization look like for you?

What are some questions you have? Like, now that we’ve set up this evergreen funnel, what comes to mind for you? What are you looking at? What’s the first data point that you were hoping to see?

And they can tell you exactly what they need from your this retainer with you. And you then all you say at the end is that’s cool. We’re gonna do all that stuff. You’re gonna get all of that.

And then Mhmm. Go do it. I draw it right then. Now it’s like, take recording, take transcript, turn into new SOP for what I’m gonna do on my retainer, but let them tell you in that call.

Yeah. That’s smart. That makes sense. Thanks.

Alright. I’m so hopeful for you. I think it’s gonna be cool. I hope it works out. Alright. Anybody else?

I was gonna say, Abby, I think you’re dramatically underestimating how much value they put on just having you around. Because knowing that you’re taking care of it one of my favorite ad copies is it’s not just x, it’s peace of mind. And you can fill in lots of things there. And just knowing that you’re on it, that you can answer questions or you can be there if they’re freaking out about something irrelevant is an immense amount of value in and of itself.

And that’s not something you put on a checklist. That’s just something intangible.

Yeah.

Mhmm.

Thanks, Naomi and Jessica, for your dramatic agreement.

Yeah. When it comes down to it yeah. I know. I’m not gonna harp on it, but yeah. Cool.

Alright. Anybody else?

We’re all doing brilliantly in our businesses and need no conversation.

Nothing?

I have a big win to share.

Oh, sweet. Do it.

It’s been over it’s been almost three months, and, like, at least half at least a dozen trips to my lawyer. But as of next month, I will have a salary again.

Oh, sweet. And my no. I mean, like, not I will have, like, a as a I will have a corporation. So I will have, like, a pay slip. Again. Amazing.

And my retirement account for my corporation will be open.

And I’m gonna save like one thousand dollars on tax every month.

So that is, been a long time coming.

But What are you gonna do with the thousand dollars that’s freed up in your business now?

Well, since I have a salary, it’s go it has to go into the business. So I’d like to take on more people to help with some of the social media stuff.

Nice.

And, yeah, to so I can get more time back in my day.

K. Excellent. That’s amazing. Good stuff.

Oh, yeah. It’s so much easier. Like, when I hear about the different countries around the world and the challenges with setting up a business and then tax and everything, Canada makes it so easy.

Like, so easy.

Adnan, do you have a business set up yet?

Yeah.

I do. I I have I’ve had one for a couple of years now, but it’s pretty smooth. Like, I haven’t had too many issues with anything else.

No. When I talk to even Americans about their, like, tax situations and stuff, I don’t understand the levels of complexity. It’s a lot. It’s a lot.

So you don’t have that.

Most of us don’t know either, Joe, so it’s fine. Yeah. Fair. Fair.

Well, it becomes much more complicated when you’re a dual citizen.

So that’s part of the issue. I bet. I bet.

That might be part of the issue. Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Well, good. It’s a win though. Well done. That’s awesome.

Alright. Are we ready to wrap up today’s call?

Next week’s call is not on Monday. It’s Easter Monday Easter Monday. Easter Monday. So here we won’t be in.

Our team has, the four day weekend off, which is stat, I think, across Canada.

And Tuesday is the kickoff for the intensive freelancing. So we’re just bumping the Monday to the Tuesday call, which will be that kickoff. So you’ll have a worksheet to go with that. That’ll go out on Friday, and that will apply then to the Tuesday, call.

So I’ve invited you. If you gave a thumbs up in that message that were posted for the intensive, if you give a thumbs up, you’ve been invited to it. If you didn’t give a thumbs up and you’re watching this, the reason you’re not invited is because you didn’t give a thumbs up. So, if you want in, just let Sarah know.

Cool? Right. Excellent. Okay. Thanks everyone. I hope that you go forward and use the golden triangle to just overcome those weird moments, when budget is under discussion and you don’t want to budge at all on your budget.

So yeah, let me know how it goes. Go practice it too. It’s actually kind of fun and we’ll see you later. Bye. Y’all have a good one.

Transcript

All right.

We’re going to dive in because yeah, spring break or not. We’re here, and the game doesn’t quit.

So what I’m gonna do today, we are talking about the, diagnostic ish tool, called the Golden Triangle. And it’s less about when I say diagnostic, it’s less about diagnosing where they’re at and more about helping them realize them being your clients or your lead. Realize that it costs money to get a service like yours, and to get the outcomes out they’re looking for. Does everybody did everybody have a chance to look at the worksheet already?

If you didn’t, that’s okay. We’re still gonna go through it. So it doesn’t it won’t hurt either way. But it does build on the diagnostic that, we talked about a couple weeks ago. So I’m gonna share my iPad, actually.

You should be seeing that soon.

Just half a sec.

Loading up.

Cool. Good.

I was like, sometimes it’s sketchy. I was like, I don’t want this not to work, oh, in our, call.

Okay. So building on everything that we have talked about with that whole diagnostic. Right? So the idea is this comes from Simon Bowen, who is definitely worth looking into if you’ve never heard of him. I hadn’t heard of him before.

I saw a little, like, recording of a talk he did, and then I, like, binged everything.

So really worth looking into Simon Bowen. His name is on the worksheet for the week, which is, again, this is he calls it the iron triangle, and I don’t know why. So I was like, well, golden’s better. So I’m gonna go with the golden triangle.

You can call it whatever you want to. There isn’t a name for it that I’ve heard of out in, like, the world. But when we’re talking to our leads, we’re gonna basically pretend like there is and act like it. And that’s part of part of closing them.

So we’ll get into all of that. The point is we’re gonna start off with already having our iPad being shared. Now if you don’t have an iPad, that’s like, okay. It will just help a lot if you do and, like, sign up for a new bank account, and they’ll give you one for free.

So, like, don’t overthink it.

But, yeah, we do want an iPad or, there’s this other coach, Taki, who has his has, like, a sheet of paper on a table with a camera, like a phone over it. So you need a phone then.

Like, but and then he just draws as well. So you don’t you can you can just have paper and be drawing it, but it’s important that you’re not, like, drawing it, holding it up, drawing it, holding it up. You You wanna make sure that they’re watching. So Simon Bowen says, like, when you draw, it draws them in.

So the idea is the more that they’re watching you doing stuff, the more interesting it is and also showcases expertise that you’re gonna get into. Because it’s a scary thing to have a blank, sheet of paper. And only an expert can really start from a place of blankness and draw and make things, like, make sense. People are watching the whole time.

Right? So if you start with a blank sheet of paper and you don’t know what you’re doing, it’s it’s typical. You haven’t done it before. That’s why.

Right? So the more you’re confident drawing, taking notes in front of them. So we talked about this briefly when we did the diagnostic session before. And also, if you’re like, what’s she talking about?

Open up the worksheet too that I sent along for this week that Sarah sent you. So you, like, can just follow along because there’s a script in that worksheet as well. Just an easy script to follow when you’re doing this. So you’ve already been sharing your diagnostic, tool.

You’ve already maybe got through that point. For us, it looks like a sudden a little bit. And then you’ve been making notes going along, whatever they’ve been saying. You’ve been like, oh, excellent point.

Oh, I get it. And you’re, like, putting notes together and they’re watching. Right? So that’s where we’re at.

And by the time you’re ready for the golden triangle, we’re really getting to a place where we understand basically what the project is that they’re looking for.

We’ve already been through the vetting process, so we know, like, it’s something that we do or want to do. We have in mind our own budget for it, like, what it costs to do that, to to hire you to do that. And now we’re just trying to bring it all together. Now one of the things that many leads like to do is negotiate on price or start low. Of course, they do. They don’t wanna pay the top dollar if they can get it for less.

It’s just part of business, so we’re cool with that. Alright? But what do we do to get them on board with our price? So price objections can be a real thing. There are lots of ways that we’re gonna be talking about, throw a copy school professional.

Lots of ways to address price objections.

But the golden triangle is a way to address them without directly challenging their budget, even though there comes a point at which you’ll kind of directly challenge their budget. So let’s get into it. You’re at that point in the call where you understand what they want, etcetera. So but you’re starting to move toward understanding their budget.

Maybe they’ve even told you what their budget is, and they’re, like, off. Like, the no. They’re not way off. Like, they’re not saying two thousand and you’re thinking twenty thousand.

That’s like, we’re gonna wanna wrap this call up because it’s really hard to close that gap.

We’re talking more they’re like, it’s four thousand and you’re thinking eight thousand or it’s five thousand and you’re at ten. Something more like that. So not a massive gap. They can come on board. They are showing that they have some money to spend. Okay.

So this is the part if you’re already sharing, they’re already watching you map things out. You’re talking to them. You’re a consultant working through x, y, and z with them. Okay.

We’re getting that part of the the conversation with price. Oops. Sorry. And so we go.

Alright. Well, you’d be familiar, and this is the language to use. So okay. Cool. So you’d be familiar with the golden triangle.

Right?

You say you’d be familiar, and what’s the reaction?

Mhmm. Yep. I I’d be familiar with that. I literally did this the other day on a call with a gentleman, a copywriter who’s in house at this big tech company who I’m copy chipping.

And I said, so you’d be familiar with the fish and the fishermen. Right? And he said, mhmm.

And I was like, okay. So how does that apply here? And he was like and I was like, I’ll just jump in for you and save you there. But it it was just it was like that moment where I was testing out this.

You’d be familiar with phrasing works like a charm. People are nodding along with you. Okay? And it might feel tricky, but it’s just one of those things to get the client out of that place where so often for copywriters in particular that they come to us and they think that our work is very easy.

And, they just got all these weird assumptions going on. And this is, like, just just make them a little less comfortable with making all sorts of assumptions. That’s it. So you’d be familiar with the golden triangle.

So you would know that the golden triangle consists of, and then you write this out for them, time, budget, and outcome. Right? And, of course, the golden triangle exists because the world had learned that the vast majority of projects failed to deliver all three.

That’s it. Good. You’re good there. They’re like, okay. Cool. Yep. Because they’ve already agreed that they know what the golden triangle is.

So for them to challenge this now is a really weird thing to do. So now they’re on board with they can’t have everything. Okay. So what do we wanna do here?

This is where we say, okay. So let’s start with your outcome. Let’s start with what you were looking for. You came to me and you right out of the gate, you were saying that you wanted an onboarding flow.

This is just to follow along with the one that’s in your example.

And that includes, of course, strategy and execution. Right? Perfect. And what’s your deadline? What are you looking at? When when would you like this completed by? Okay.

So May thirty first. Is that, like, the absolute latest you can do? May thirty first. Is there any wiggle room there? No. Okay. May thirty first it is.

And what’s what’s your budget? What do you have as, like, a line item, or what’s your expectation for your budget here? And they might tiptoe around this, and all you’re just doing is that part of the conversation where you get them to to say what their number is. And they finally say, like, okay. Well, we’re we’re thinking about seven grand for everything.

Okay. Cool. So we’ve got this here. Now let’s look at this. It’s the golden triangle.

Right? This is the part where we prioritize in the golden triangle. So tell me which one is most important to you. And you’re still drawing.

Most important to us, the thing that we need most is probably to actually get the thing that we want. So the onboarding flow. Okay. Cool.

And then is it price or time? What’s most important next? Well, we really do need it by end of May. Okay.

Cool. So does that look about right? Great. Okay. Now let’s run this.

Let’s imagine you get an onboarding flow, strategy and execution live by May thirty first, but it comes in at, like, what the market typically pays, which is more in the vicinity of twelve thousand dollars. I know that’s not perfect, but if that’s what it had to be, would that be okay with you?

And they’re like, so from seven thousand to twelve thousand. Like, yeah. That’s would that be okay with you? Well, no. Okay. Alright. So it sounds like budget’s number one, and that means this is number two, and your deadline is number three.

Cool. So with a budget of seven thousand dollars, you get your onboarding flow, but it’s delivered July thirty first. Would that be okay with you? Well, no.

That’s not okay. I okay. Fine. So what I’m hearing is date delivery date is really important to you, then comes budget, and then comes the outcome.

So if you get this done by May thirty first for seven thousand dollars, but you only get the strategy.

You don’t get the execution by that date. Is that okay? And now they’re like, you’re out of your mind. Like, what are you talking about? Of course, that’s not okay. And you might have a little chuckle about this because they know where it’s going. Oh, are you still able to see my screen?

Okay. Cool. It just vanished for me. So just so you know.

Okay. So now you’re at a point where you get to get, like, honest with them. Right? And go, like, look, I can deliver the value that you’re looking for. I can deliver that for you, strategy and execution. I can do it by May thirty first. I’ve done it for clients like x, y, and z on similar timelines, but it’s always at a rate of ten thousand dollars.

It sounds like if something has to give, your budget is that thing. Do you disagree?

And that’s where you’ve now landed at a place where they may not be able to hit that budget. But what they can see is that your number is a real number, that they can’t have everything that they want. It’s not that your number is high. It’s that their budget was too low.

And that’s a good thing for them to walk away with because then the next time they have budget, they’re like, well, remember that person we talked to? She she drew that diagram. Remember that triangle? And we couldn’t afford her.

Maybe we can afford her now. Should we call her or him or whatever? So that’s the objective here. And if they can’t get there, if you’re going through this triangle and they’re like, price is just it never comes up properly the way you want it to and the way we just walk through it, that can also be a sign that it’s, like, not a good client for you because because they’re not willing to give on things very much.

They’re just like, yep. Nope. That’s fine. If you can deliver it to me for seven thousand dollars by July by the end of July, and it’s only strategy, that’s okay.

You’re like, well, that went weird.

And then you’d still say like, well, okay. So normally, this is the full scope of the project For me, just to deliver strategy, all of my minimum projects are, like, ten thousand dollars. So this is always gonna be the budget. Does that make sense? You’d still have to back up and talk them through that. But that’s basically how that flow goes. Does that all make sense?

Do you see how you would use it?

Kind of? Abby, I saw you do. I’m not sure.

It’s interesting, and I can see how I’d use it. For some reason, I’m running into some, like, hesitation. I don’t know where it’s coming from though. Yeah.

I don’t know where it’s coming from. Maybe just discomfort. Yeah. I don’t know.

Okay.

But I I liked it. I just yeah.

Yeah.

Okay.

Adam? By sales call, you mean, like, initial call, right, by the way? Like, the first stuff first call, the first interaction?

It could be either. Right? So it really depends. I’d be ready to move with this on any call.

So, if because some calls move a lot faster. Sometimes in that fifteen minute call where we think we’re just, like, determining if we should even work together, There’s, like, instant spark, you know, this is gonna work out well and you’re ready to move forward. So even though you book fifteen minutes in your calendar, you should have at least thirty minutes for that time in case it goes longer. And then if it does, if price starts coming up, if they’re talking about, well, we’d like it by this date, which can often happen in that fifteen minute call, then you’d wanna be you’d wanna have this handy for sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I’ve been on calls where where they know exactly what they want, want, and, like, they just wanna hammer out, like, timeline and place.

So Yeah.

Yeah.

When the call goes so fast, it gets gets into an awkward territory because you haven’t prepared for that discussion yet. And Yep.

Yep. No. I totally hear that. So and this is like you can practice these things.

It doesn’t take much. You can you don’t even have to have anybody there with you. You can just like, I don’t know if you’re uncomfortable talking to yourself, but I’m not. So I’m gonna talk to my monitor all day.

And so you can just go through and practice doing it all by yourself and trying different ways of running through it.

And then the more you practice, the better able you are. Just go like, actually, I got something that will probably help with this conversation. One sec. You’re familiar with the golden triangle.

Yes? And that can be just like a really natural thing to help you whenever the time comes up. When you know budget is about to be discussed, that’s a good time to get ready with this. Yeah.

Cool?

Okay. Thanks, man.

Sure. Totally. Can I just make a recommendation?

Abby, you you might like this. So, I saw this triangle, and I got super excited because Joe validated me watching this terrible well, I thought it was good, but it went off the air after a second season. But, Oh.

There was a scene in this show Lipstick Jungle.

Oh, okay. And the guy is like he’s explaining to a gal. He’s, like, he does the triangle, and he puts and he goes fast, cheap, good. And he goes, you get two.

You don’t get three. And I just kinda put in the so when I saw your triangle, I was like, oh, that’s so cool. I was seeing it on the show from, like, the person who’s trying to hire someone and what you desire, and you did it from the person who’s trying to sell to that person. And I don’t know.

I just it kind of really rounded out the teaching for me having that perspective.

That you really tend to only get two unless you’re on Amazon, but then that can be crap too.

So Totally.

Then you’d have to put a third item, like, swap something out on the triangle that’s, like, ethical or something like that. Right? Yeah. Which one of these do you want?

So yeah.

I I heard it would stick jungle. I didn’t then I stopped hearing about it. I guess it went off, You, like you said, went off the air.

Yeah. Two seasons, but that was like the big business takeaway. So I appreciate that. I’ve binged that kind of thing just for that.

Oh, that’s so fun. Cool. Awesome. Anybody else? Any concerns? Yeah.

I have a question. Oh, Naomi, you go first. Yeah.

I was gonna say that the majority of time when I’m talking about price, the person who is I’m talk my point of contact is not the person with the purse strings. They’ve been given a budget and by either their boss or by the CFO directly and there’s a lot of bureaucracy in order to increase that budget. And they probably don’t care what the budget is is at all. Mhmm. But it’s not their decision to make.

Yeah. Yeah. And that it does depend. Like, this triangle can come out more than one time.

Right? So if they’re the one making the if you’re never gonna talk to decision maker, then it’s your job to get that person whose budget is inflexible to go back and make a case for you. And the more you see otherwise, you wanna get that the person who holds the strings on a call. Like, that’s the most ideal thing to do.

But if you can’t do that, then the other person has to advocate for you. Because there’s gotta be a way there has to be room to move or else your audience is wrong. If they’re always gonna come in the room with a five thousand dollar budget, and that’s just the way it is, it’s gonna be really hard to ever get to a place where you make the kind of money that you should be making because they’re making all the calls when it comes to how much you make. You might as well go in house at that point.

So you need to show that you are, hi kitty. You need to show that you’re an expert, that consultant where they’re like, this person’s gonna make me look good because this person knows what they’re doing. Like, I was impressed on the call with them. So I’m gonna go back to my boss or CFO and say, look, we have seven thousand.

We’ve paid this low amount for freelancers before, and they’ve kinda screwed us. So what, what can we do to get to ten thousand for this project? If it’s impossible, then it’s impossible. And there are other levers to pull, but we all know we gotta make a certain living, and that’s the way it is.

So get the decision maker on the call or get the person who should be advocating for you to be pumped about advocating for your price.

Yeah.

Yeah. You are mainly the group you serve.

You need to be a sales driven organization. There’s just no two ways around it. Yeah.

Alright. Abby, you had a question?

Yeah. I think, I already know your answer to this, but I’m gonna ask anyway.

So what’s your take on, like, with the outcome removing pieces? So for example, if it was, like, a sales page, and then you can say, okay. I could take out, like, the messaging guide, the customer interviews to bring the price down. Yeah.

It’s not the objective is not to change your scope.

That’s not what the triangle exists for. So if there if you say something that you think is ridiculous, like, I can deliver the strategy but not the execution by May thirty first. Like, that’s obviously, like, it’s ridiculous. Like, you’re gonna want both.

Otherwise, what? Or I can deliver execution, but no strategy. Like, for you, you’re like, that’s actually bananas. Of course, that’s not gonna happen.

How what would I be executing on? Just error? Like, there has to be something that comes before it.

So if they’re like, yeah, that sounds good. Then you’re like, shit. No. I can’t work with this person because they don’t understand.

But if they think that it really is, like, about adjusting scope for, the project, that would really only work. You’d only wanna say yes to that if you have a team to hand it off to. If it’s, if it’s like, oh, okay. So you just want a sales page, not the whole thing.

I’ve got a team. There’s someone on it who can write just the sales page, and it won’t be a problem for them. Maybe I’ll just close this business. Like, you can if you have a team to do that.

If it’s you, don’t. Yeah. Don’t change the scope.

Why not if it’s just me?

Because then you’re so we’ll talk about this during the intensive.

Okay. As soon as you start if you’re ever going to get to the kind of money that you want to get to, you need to have leverage in the form of systems, documentation, and then eventually people to execute on those systems and the documentation.

The more you’re customizing and changing scope and and things for people, the, the more documentation you need, the more systems you need. So if you have more people, then you have the ability to kind of, you know, puppet master things.

So that’s fine. You can change things up. But if it’s just you and you’re doing new things all the time, it is just not a tenable.

It’s not a good approach when it comes to like getting to that next tier. Can’t build your authority on fifteen different things, changing scope all the time. Gotta have the thing that you do and do really well. So for you and then your job is to sell them on the whole thing.

So if they’re actually like, well, you’re it’s true. Our budget is only seven thousand and we do need all these pieces, but maybe we can write the emails internally. For you, that should be like a holy shit note. Like, no.

Your job becomes making it clear to them that they need you for all of the pieces. Yeah. Oops. Oops.

Sorry. Yeah. If you’re ever going to adjust things, it should be scope typically. But that’s for, like, that’s like freelancing school stuff.

That’s not coffee school pro stuff.

That’s not getting to that scope all the time, like, to make this sound bad habit.

I need to get out. Yeah.

Yeah. So we’re gonna I’m so excited to talk about this in the intensive. Starts next week for those who just joined late, late, like a second late. I had just talked about it and then other people join us.

Go. Sorry. So it starts next week. You’ve been invited to it, to the kickoff call.

There’s gonna be a bunch of stuff, that will get you set up for hopefully, some cool stuff. I’m so stoked about this curriculum. It’s amazing. Yeah.

So, yeah, watch for that, and we’ll be changing some some ways that we think about projects and talk about them. We’ll be switching that up. Cool.

Alright.

We’re entering that part of the call where if you have any questions, we can talk through them. So if you do share your win first, and then we can all celebrate with you, and then we’ll hop into questions. And if you don’t, then we’ll take the rest of our money back. Any questions? Anything anyone’s working on?

We’re all good?

I’ll go with no one’s going.

Sure. Go for it.

I don’t really have much of a win to share, but I had a lead come in, which looks a little promising. That’s for email work, so that’s the only win.

Alright.

So when Yeah.

In terms of questions. So regarding that, pricing page book, ebook, I have I almost have my spit draft, but I have worked on a table of context. I’ve sort of worked backwards now in the sense that, like, maybe I spent too much time just writing stuff.

Okay. And then I’m in the stage where I’m trying to figure out what the table of content should look like. So I landed on something, and I was wondering how to kinda get feedback on it. Should I share it on the channel or should I?

Throw it up right now. Let’s take a look at it. I don’t know how deep we’re gonna get it, but we can at least did you read useful books, Edmond?

I did. I did.

Okay. Perfect. Then you should be in decent shape with that one.

In decent shape. Yeah. I think the table of contents still need some work in terms of how you position the titles, but at least content wise, I’m just trying to get things that should be there. Okay. I’ll share my screen.

Wait. How do you share again?

Download. I don’t know.

It depends on what Oh, there it goes.

You’re on. For me, it’s at the bottom.

Okay. Let me know if you guys can see my screen.

Okay.

This sounds nitpicky, and it’s the very first That’s fine.

No. That’s perfect. I I I want nitpicky, so this is good.

Well, why instead of the definitive guide?

Okay.

There’s a real question. We had to choose that.

So the reason I said, actually, maybe bit sticky.

Yeah. You’re right. Because I I figured other people will be writing something on it as well and saying the is coming off very authoritative, and I’m not really an authority in the space.

So How about what what the whole idea of this is to say I’m the authority.

True. Yeah.

For the way.

You know, when April talks, like, when April talks about her career in her book, it seems like she’s already worked on so many clients before she wrote that book.

Well, she had. She worked on clients, but she didn’t have she doesn’t actually have a background in marketing.

She’s an engineer. Like, she doesn’t she didn’t have that. So, like, she’s a Waterloo engineer.

So, but that doesn’t, but she’s then she went and worked in tech companies and ended up doing sales and marketing.

But I mean, honestly, when you think about the number of people out like, you don’t have to don’t let I don’t have enough experience.

Stop you. I mean, I you’ll know, cause there’ll be a wall and if you’re pushing through the wall, faking your way through it, you’ll know.

But otherwise I wouldn’t like just write the book, start by writing the book and then go from there. Look at and then, honestly, I would challenge you to look at the vast majority of people who are out there who how did James Clear become the habits guy? He doesn’t have a degree in habits.

Right? Like that’s not his thing. He just formed good habits and then started writing about them, and became an authority on it and worked to be an authority on it.

So I wouldn’t like, yes. Worry. But don’t it’s one of those balances. Right? Yes. You need to be authoritative, but you can also be learning things as you build that authority.

So the Noted.

Definitive guide. Okay. How to transform your most conversion critical asset into a powerhouse of results.

Anybody have any notes so far on what you’re seeing?

I would put this in sentence case. This is really hard to read in title case.

And sentence case is usually seen as a little bit more professional, especially in SaaS companies. I don’t see that many SaaS companies that use title case. I know it’s a pain in the ass to change, but, that’s I typically think it’s much easier to read when it’s, when it’s that way.

Anybody anybody else? Jessica, what are you doing?

You’re reading I’m looking at my books going.

I’m not sure I agree with that one. I don’t I mean, it’s not the thing I would focus on as much, but I I don’t know. I I’m looking at my books going, I see a lot of the opposite or capitalize the whole thing, which but I don’t know.

I guess I never really looked that close. So I I don’t know. And that’s probably not the one I would I I disrespectfully, I guess, disagree on that one.

But Depends on the I’m not the definitive person on that.

You’re a definitive person. I’m a Yeah. I would say look at the books on yourself, right, to figure that. Who knows in the end, like, the formatting. The three I just looked at all had all caps. Yeah. So it’s like yeah.

But that’s still, it’s a fair point, Naomi, we do want it to be a readable, book. But I I get that, like, the title. And so alright. So we have SaaS pricing pages. The audience that you’re speaking to is whom, Adnan?

Where do you speak? C level c level folks, who would be willing to we we’re looking to optimize or or increase their conversions from bottom of funnel assets.

Okay. And when you went through and did the right useful book stuff, did you write out when he was like, make sure you know your audience, how they found your book, how they’re referring your book, you wrote all that stuff out? Or did you just read it?

Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. You wrote it out?

No, I, I wrote all that stuff out.

Okay, good. Work through that. Okay, cool.

Yeah.

Okay. So how to transform your most conversion critical asset.

So your people are coming to this book. How do you think they’re finding your book?

How do they discover it?

So the okay. So I was thinking about distribution, as to, like, once I’ve written, how am I gonna distribute it? So I figured that, I guess, the the easiest thing for me to do, considering this will be an ebook, would be to distribute it through newsletters.

So they’re landing on it through newsletters emailed to them.

Okay. So do you mean, like, you’re sponsoring newsletters? Or how are you getting into it? Okay. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. So these are newsletters then that are already targeting tech.

That audience.

Leaders.

Okay.

Great.

But do they know that a SaaS pricing page is important?

Are they to me, it sounds like if you’re unless the newsletter is about pricing pages, what are the chances they know that? So so because we know that a lot of tech marketers don’t think about their pricing pages at all, like, ever. They think about their home pages and all this other stuff, but not their their pricing pages like they should.

I wonder if there wouldn’t be an objection to the idea that it’s my most conversion critical asset.

Because I’m I’m not even thinking about it at all. I thought my onboarding sequence was, what are you talking about? What’s this pricing page thing? So that part for me, I would just say make sure that your audience is nodding with you from the beginning. Or if they’re not nodding with you, they’re so surprised in a good way by what you’ve just already revealed to them. So if you want to reveal to them that their pricing page is, like, this powerhouse potentially powerhouse of results, feels like there’s a gap there between the headline and the subhead. For me, at least, it does.

In in the shoes of your audience, I feel like there would be a gap.

Yeah.

Can I also, I I have another thing to mention? I I think that when it comes to SaaS pricing pages, you may wanna reconsider who your target audience is because SaaS companies grow incredibly fast.

And if they’re looking at their like, a website is a very complicated thing to update because you often need engineers and you need designers. So a lot of them are thinking, like, my homepage is a mess. The entire website is a mess. Like, there are so many things to do.

Pricing pay it by the time they’re ready to think of the pricing page, I feel like they’re in the, like, optimization stage. Like, the rest of the website has more or less updated messaging, meaning, like, it reflects the actual product that they have. And so if they’re ready to optimize, you may be actually you may have more success if you’re targeting, like, a a product marketing manager or a growth marketing manager because they’re gonna be thinking of, I am ready to take this to the next level. The website is more or less converting. Our campaigns are converting.

Now we’re ready to, like, give it a little boost. Because if you try to introduce the pricing page when their homepage was created four years ago and has none of the information is relevant, then it’s not going to hit quite as well.

I think it’s a good point.

K.

So how how how do you how do you propose then do we ease into that? Because like you said, Joanna, like, they’re probably not thinking about their pricing page being a problem yet.

Yeah. I mean and that could be a question like so you’re calling it the definitive guide to SaaS pricing pages. If you are a growth lead at a SaaS company, whether that is a fast growing or slow growing one because there’s the giant space in there before the hockey stick and that varies.

Regardless of it, there’s somebody who wants to grow revenue trial starts, conversions on the other side of the onboarding sequence. So depending where their how their pricing page changes or if they just simply have two, What are they looking for? Now it doesn’t mean that you’re wrong to have it be called the definitive guide to SaaS pricing pages.

But is that what they’re looking for? Or are they really, like what’s and and so did you start by writing the title, or did you finish by writing the title?

So the title was already in my mind.

Yeah.

I hadn’t I hadn’t written it down. I I I I focused on the content first, and then I landed on that sort of title and the subtitle.

I feel like both of these together might be worth trying as a really strong subhead that like, it’s like explaining the value proposition of a SaaS pricing page for that growth focused person as the subhead. But, like, what’s the bigger idea that they’re buying into?

Obviously, awesome as, like, the bigger idea. Right? You want to be so obviously awesome. You don’t have to talk about yourself at all. It’s just really clear.

So what’s the thing that this audience is looking for?

What’s the conversions. Of that. Yeah.

Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So something around conversions, would you say?

Converting prospects, converting When you talk to people in this space, does anything surface that they’re saying?

Is Is there anything that’s, like like, for positioning? I wish people just understood what’s so awesome about us. Nobody seems to get what’s so awesome about us.

And so are they saying anything like that for you or, like I would look into that.

Yeah.

What are what’s that that you can hit? Or and if it’s not that kind of thing, it’s like the invisible sales machine, I think it was called, or the invisible selling machine, which is a we’re recording this, but it’s garbage book about email marketing.

But it’s a really good title, like a really good title for the people it’s trying to attract.

So kinda just explore that. But if your if your title can be a bigger, more ambitious idea, I’d start going down that path. I know you’re calling it an ebook. We don’t want it to sound like a blog post.

Like, we want it to sound like it’s a meaty, insightful, like, look into this asset that you’ve been ignoring that’s actually the site of conversions and ultimately revenue for your business. Like, you gotta work on this thing, and the payoff is huge when you do.

So I’d dig in there.

I would also keep in mind that for a lot of company a lot of SaaS companies right now, paid media spend is down.

And so you can use the angle of leakage, meaning if you’re spending ten thousand, thirty thousand, fifty thousand dollars a month on paid media, and you’re funneling all of your resources into the home page, then you’re really wasting a huge opportunity to convert people once they land. So it’s not only converting, it’s also, like, wasting a a lot of your marketing spend because all of those high intent leads will go to the pricing page.

And, like, you just maybe you spent a hundred and fifty per lead, maybe you spent two hundred per lead. So I would say that, yeah, loss, loss aversion can be a stronger motivating factor than positive benefits. And for a marketer, wasting money is, is is very scary because there’s not that many of it. There’s not that much of it, and there’s a a lot of pressure on marketers these days. There always is, but especially right now.

Yeah. So I I found a good content on how it it’s worth more it’s more of an it’s a better ROI to focus on optimization versus customer acquisition, which most companies tend to focus more on. So I actually found some good content on that as well.

Yeah. That’s, like, the whole premise of forget the funnel. Like, stop forcing people into the top of your funnel.

Cool. Awesome. Okay. So then we get into your title for the section is the anatomy of a pricing page. But what you’re really the opening, the hook is the most ignored marketing asset in the customer journey.

So that I think that’s really important, to bring your your reader on board with that out of the gates. Like, just make a strong case for pricing pages. Why are they so ignored, etcetera.

Can Can we just see the high level, all the one, two, three, four for the actual or wait.

Sure. Yeah.

My monitors are overlapping in a funny way, so I’m missing the part over here. So understand your audience, leverage pricing psychology, design for user success. Okay.

So chapter six or section six being, like, the main meat of the Okay.

I think there’s too much. I think there’s too much going on. And the messaging strategy part kinda threw me.

I get pricing pages, pricing tiers.

Yep. Or do you think that that that six point one six dot one and six dot two should be just one thing as section six.

I think when you say messaging, you’re gonna throw people off.

Okay. That’s all.

I think that’s another it’s a follow-up book, that’s an appendix, or something else that you put in there if it really matters. But if I’m looking at a pricing page, I should be thinking yes of my headline and stuff like that and everything that goes under the pricing table. But in most cases, the biggest opportunity is in, one, change your h one from pricing to something real, and then do more with the pricing table. So talking about the tiers and stuff like that.

How to label those, what people are doing wrong, the examples, the tear downs that you can do in this of, like, existing pricing pages and what they’re getting wrong versus right. I don’t think you need to get into your message because that’s gonna be like, wait. What’s a stage of awareness? What?

Cut it.

I would. I’d cut it. Only add it in if it needs it afterward, but to me, it feels like you don’t need any of the messaging stuff.

Okay. So none of the rule of one, none of the okay.

Stick to the Say it lightly, but I don’t introduce things that are gonna be, like just focus entirely on the rule of one.

Just focus on pricing pages. That’s it. Everything else, they can they can book a consult with you to learn more about other things. Like how but what but what about after I’m done the pricing page, the tiers Still not working. What do I do? Then they they talk to you and do a workshop. Yeah.

So when you say that about messaging, do you also mean, like like, the the messaging inside the tier as well don’t talk about it as much?

Oh, no. I mean, like, if it’s gonna sound like the thing about a pricing page that’s so nice is it’s so focused on on action, on things that people do on, like, quick looking at information, and then clicking the thing. But it’s not like like a home page where you’re like, oh my gosh. What do we lead with?

Like, what do we say in what order and accept, like, when do we ask them to click? A pricing page is like, this is where the button is. That’s where they click. We either have a button there or we don’t.

If we don’t, it’s strategic. And if we do, it’s standard. It’s like the button goes here. So that’s kind of where it’s like, just focus them on the user experience stuff, on persuasion architecture, and then layer in the importance of, like, how your copy and message are on the page.

But don’t I would I would not get deeply into words.

Copy principles. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Okay.

I wouldn’t. Because I don’t think that’s that interesting, honestly.

Not when you’re coming, you’re trying to figure out what’s going on with my pricing Okay.

Okay. So it it was a lot bigger than this.

I had to cut a lot of things to get And you’re still gonna cut some more.

Cuts. But I think it’s I mean and we’ve got people in the room who write books like this all the time. Jessica, Abby, both have strong backgrounds in this. Any other notes for admin?

Yeah. I I think chapter six, that’s the one I need to read through to see where you’re going with it to give you, I think, more specific advice. I don’t have a problem doing that. Adnan, if you would like that, I’d be happy to do that for you.

A little bit. Yeah.

Just seeing kinda seeing top level is hard when I don’t I haven’t seen what you actually wrote.

I am I know that when you’re writing to that audience, like, because I used to work with that audience, you can’t they don’t you don’t write to them the way you would maybe a course creator. Right? Little less sexy kind of way. But I am kind of wondering if there’s a way to make it a little more enticing.

Like, for example, one of the questions I had was, when you titled chapter six craft your messaging strategy, do they if they were talking about all of those, the value prop and everything you have in that chapter, would they consider that messaging and messaging strategy? Is that what they call it?

That that’s something worth looking into that I should research. Yeah.

Yeah. Because, I mean, I don’t know. I just I’m and look. Limited here. I only worked with truly, like, one or two companies that were true SaaS and tech, but, I just can’t see my engineer guys saying that, but they weren’t they were very traditional marketing, so maybe that’s why.

But I would just look into that because for some reason, that was a red flag to me. Like, oh, I just want you to kinda say how to talk about, you know, how to talk on your pricing page, which is terrible. But you know what I mean? I wanted a little more straightforward, but that might just be my personal.

But I was literally what I had literally what I had before, like, what to say in your pricing page.

Yeah. And I’m like, that that cannot be a title.

Like, that just I’ve look.

I mean, it should be in alignment with what your ideal audience would say. Right? But for some reason, the the thing in my brain went off with messaging. I was like, oh, that sounds very marketer speak.

I’m I’m not I’m not sure. The guys I worked with wouldn’t have said that, but that’s just the guys I worked with. So yeah. Anyway, something to research and just make sure because I do think for a lot of people, myself included, the word messaging is loaded.

And and for me and I think for my and, actually, my old clients would have been very intimidated by that word and I wouldn’t want a chapter where, that I started off with that.

That’s my only thought when I saw your chapter six.

K. Thank you. That’s that’s very valuable insight.

Nice. Thanks, Jeff. Yeah. I think each chapter, just if you can zoom it in on one thing as much as possible.

And as you’re reading through, if ask yourself, like, could I write a book on this? And if the answer is yes, then it’s probably not zoomed in enough. I mean, I I’ve had to redo my entire outline for my book because I really like like, I had a chapter on sales pages, a chapter webinars, and I’m like, this, you can’t you can’t teach a sales page in a chapter. So completely pivoted.

Yeah. So just maybe be be prepared to to to do a lot of pivoting, and just zoom in as much as possible would be my advice.

Yeah. I mean, I think it’s worth noting that if you’re was there. Otherwise you do lose a reader. I remember, when I was reading You’re a Badass at Making Money, I was loving it. And then she got into really simple, like, basic stuff around list building and things. And I was like, oh, no.

Is this person basic? This whole time, have I been nodding along with someone who, like, doesn’t really know what she’s talking about?

So better for her not to mention that at all than to, like, just mention it in a way where you’re like, oh, no. Oh, it’s kinda crappy. So if you can’t dig into it, cut it. Unless somehow they need it. Need it. Need it. Like, need it.

Okay. Need it. Just gonna keep saying need it because that’s meaningful.

I really do think I look at six point one and six point two, and I’m like, that’s the whole bunch. Like, there’s so much there.

Once you start adding in examples, what there’s jobs to be done in there. Like, there’s it’s like everything. So just like Abby said.

You even mention jobs to be done other than just making a reference to it?

I mean, your audience probably knows about jobs whether they apply it or not. They know about it. So it’s like a good indication that, like, if I know about it, you know about it. We have something to talk about together. Right?

There’s like Yeah.

Leave this in common, which can be good for likability. But write the book, see if it works, if it if it feels, again, basic, then that’s what editing’s for.

K.

Yeah. Yeah.

Well, and the chapter, these are, like, the last ones again. And now it probably feels like a lot. Right?

Right.

Yeah.

Yeah. I I have for a second. I would be careful with the word messaging because in my mind, what I hear is more, like, fundamental product messaging. Like, how do we compare to our competitors? How do we pitch ourselves? What is our voice?

Like, a lot of those kind of things.

And those are the things that they probably would have figured out if they’re ready to optimize their pricing page.

So it might be confusing for them, because they’ll see it, and they’ll like they’ll be like, wait, I think we already have messaging, or do we have to redo our messaging? That’s gonna take a long time. I’m gonna have to get lots of people on board. Where if it’s just a pricing page, then they can move more quickly. They can optimize it with their own team without having to get lots of people in upper management and then give them a little time. So, like, each like in this title, you may just want to pick a different, like, phrasing or copy or something that feels a little bit more small a little bit smaller and more specific in scope.

Okay.

Alright. You got notes to work with there, Adnan?

I do. I do. I do. The whole program. So, okay, thank you so much.

Okay. Thank you. Thanks for sharing. Good job working on this. It’s amazing.

Make it happen. Yeah. Alright. Anybody else?

Abby?

Yeah. I would oh, first of all, my win. So I’m just about to close a deal with my client, and then I’ll be at hundred k for q one, which is exciting.

Revenue, though, not profit.

And then my question so the optimization retainer I was chatting about, like, last week. I just lost some feedback on what I’ve included in it. I’m just feeling really weird about the whole thing, not confident. Would you mind taking just a quick look at Still it.

Should I I can drop it in the chat or share my screen.

Sure.

Then we can all look at the same thing as I do.

Yeah. K. Cool. Okay.

Can you guys see the email? That’s the box. Okay. Okay.

Now we can’t. Oh, wait. It’s your inbox.

Yeah. Yeah. This is the email that I sent. This was just like a quick proposal after the call. Okay.

Alright. So here’s a quick proposal to show you what it would like. Well, it would be like to have me working on optimizing the other free cleanup funnel based on the data so far. I see a huge opportunity to scale cleanup to ten thousand plus a day.

Maintaining improving conversions as you scale would play a crucial part. Okay. Here’s what’s included. So included in the optimization.

Okay.

Mhmm.

Track conversions, AB test and optimize, monitor and optimize, opt in page versus email. Okay.

Ad copy.

This is a lot of stuff, Abby.

Optimize sales page and add new testimonials, features, messaging.

Just, like, keep doing the project again and again and again and again. It’s a lot. Ad hoc reengagement, downsell sequence based on performance, collaborate with other team members when needed, and then a profitability report. Have you sent this?

Yeah.

Yeah. And they’ve got we’ve got a call about it. So they’re they wanna discuss pricing and features. Because he I remember he said to me, like, make sure each thing is worth a thousand dollars, and he said to quote ten.

But as I was looking, I was I’m like, well, fresh ad copy as needed. Like, it’s an essential part of it, but that’s not worth a thousand dollars. That’s worth maybe, like, a couple of hundred. So I was just kind of no. I thought ad copy is, like, cheap. Or Well, it’s cheap.

I mean, literally, everything’s free if you want to look at it that way.

So it’s there’s a there’s a quality standard, though. Right? There’s the expertise that you’re bringing, and that’s why it’s for you to nobody needs someone to write junior copy for them. AI got rid of junior copywriters.

Peace to the juniors, but you’re gone. So you have to always be the the best at it. Right? And just, like, don’t worry that you’re not.

Like, just I know that sounds dumb, but, like, just don’t worry. Just, like, don’t worry. Worry about it, Joe. You’ll be good at it. Don’t worry.

You’ll know if you’ll know.

Yeah. So when I look at this, I’m like, okay.

I what I see is, you’re trying to show value by showing lots of stuff that you’ll do, not by showing results.

What they care about is not your busy hands. They don’t want you sitting around doing nothing, but nobody I haven’t my experience is not for people who are hiring professionals. It’s not how busy were you today.

It’s what did I get out of it today. And that’s all you need to worry about. You need to say, let’s get you now that we’ve implemented this, now that you’ve got this evergreen funnel going, you know what most businesses do? And wait for them.

Most businesses walk away and just let it sit there and fester and nothing’s getting better and their audience is changing and algorithms are changing all around us. And you have the same evergreen funnel set up brilliantly. I might add because I’m a genius, but you have the same thing sitting there. And when are you gonna optimize it?

When did you last optimize your evergreen funnel? You didn’t have one before. Right? So like just talking them through it in a way where you see yourself as the expert and on the same level.

You’re not asking for work, you’re offering them this solution, but you actually have a way for them to keep making money. Like, where you will be in charge of watching that the evergreen funnel keeps going up instead of what’s their plan right now to optimize it? What’s their plan? Fucking nothing.

You know, they have no plan to optimize it. You come in for the bargain basement price of five thousand dollars a month. You’re gonna keep that going up.

What? Like, you don’t need to list out every single thing you’ll do. That doesn’t matter. They’ll wonder, okay, how are we going to get to those results? You’re saying you’re gonna keep this number going up.

How? Then you can talk about that, and you can say really quickly, like and put it in brackets. Like and if you’re wondering how I’ve done this a million times, and then you just put in brackets, like, check tracking conversions on an ongoing basis, writing new copy as needed, and then close brackets, etcetera. Close brackets because you don’t want them using this as your new checklist of, oh, did she do all of this stuff for us this month?

Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. Because on the call, they I kind of I sold them, and I put them a good.

But then they, they asked me in the email to say, like, what actually is included in that, which is why I broke it down like this.

And that’s another chance to hop on a call too. So just because the client wants you to send a checklist, doesn’t mean you do. And there are gonna be times when if all they really wanna bring it back to is that you do have busy hands the whole month, then, they’re not a good candidate for a retainer.

But you would probably already know that because they would have been kind of annoying to work with already.

So if they weren’t annoying because they weren’t like, what else are you gonna do for me? Like, what else are I’m gonna make you money, dummy. Like, what are you talking about? What else am I gonna do for you?

The thing that you want most in life, the money. I’m going to help you get more of that. So I I’m think would happen during this optimization, this ongoing optimization? What would you expect?

And then you can have a conversation and say, of course, we’ll do that. Of course, we’ll do that. No. We won’t do that. That’s a whole new project.

That sort of thing. Right? So you don’t have to show that all you’re gonna do is spend your time on this. It’s not Mhmm.

I know it’s hard because you’re just starting to sell the retainer stuff, but just know that you shouldn’t expect to close all clients on a retainer afterwards. They’re not all gonna be a fit for it. They’re not all going to understand that you don’t hand over work and voila, it works and works forever. Like but others will others will, and they won’t say, show me everything you’re gonna do.

Mhmm. Yeah. Because I think these clients are really good for it’s just the trouble for me is my confidence comes when I’ve done something, like, fifty times, and I haven’t done this before for a client. So it’s difficult to to communicate the value when I’m just, you know, doubting myself because I haven’t, like, earned the right to kind of be an expert in it or call myself in. I don’t know.

Do you think that you will suck at this?

I don’t think I’ll suck at it. No.

No.

I won’t suck, but like, I’m gonna be figuring some stuff out as I go, which is why I put the price at five thousand, not the ten thousand.

Yeah. So you’ll be figuring it out as you go, and you adjusted your price accordingly. You don’t tell them that. But the reason you adjusted your price is to help you get over that mindset hump.

Right? So you have already done the job of reducing the price to make it so that you shouldn’t be worried then. So this is the thing, right? Like respect the work that you’ve done, not just the expertise that you’re going to bring to this, but the fact that you had this mental block on ten thousand dollars and you decided to then bring it down to five thousand dollars, And thus, you now need to force yourself over that mental block.

You’ve already done what you can do to solve it. The next step in solving it is doing the work and seeing, like, oh, I’m just tweaking things as I go and then seeing how it does, and I’m putting together this report and sharing it with them.

These are not a lot of difficult, crazy, difficult steps at least. Right? So I know it’s I know it’ll get easier the more you do it, but you have already reduced your price.

You are going to be learning on the job. You’re not gonna make much money off this one, but that’s that doesn’t mean you have to work your fingers to the bone doing all sorts of checklist stuff, this whole list.

Right? You’ll get it.

But do your best to hop on calls wherever possible. You can close better on calls than you can in email.

Even great emails, unless they’re so stoked on their side of things, like, they’re like, we see nothing but opportunity, and you’re the absolutely only person on the planet who could ever do this for us, that’s where they need to be to close on email. You need to get them on a call.

Yeah. Which is difficult because they’re busy.

Of course. Once again, Nicole. You’re busy to make money? Like, another month. I’m like, for real. No.

You did. You did go on a call with me when I tried to close you.

I know.

Well So, I mean, it’s difficult.

It is actually Sorry.

I didn’t need to call you out.

That’s fair. They can be. Well, I would say, did I see a way to make money easily there?

Okay. There has to be the easy payoff in my life for me to move on anything.

Laziness factors in. And that’s true for a lot of people.

So I would not hold it against them if they don’t hop on a call right away, but do your best to get them on a call. That’s far easier to close them, especially when you’re just working this stuff out. When you, like, have not done this before, you can listen and take notes as they’re as you’re asking questions, not pitching, asking questions. Well, what what would optimization look like for you?

What are some questions you have? Like, now that we’ve set up this evergreen funnel, what comes to mind for you? What are you looking at? What’s the first data point that you were hoping to see?

And they can tell you exactly what they need from your this retainer with you. And you then all you say at the end is that’s cool. We’re gonna do all that stuff. You’re gonna get all of that.

And then Mhmm. Go do it. I draw it right then. Now it’s like, take recording, take transcript, turn into new SOP for what I’m gonna do on my retainer, but let them tell you in that call.

Yeah. That’s smart. That makes sense. Thanks.

Alright. I’m so hopeful for you. I think it’s gonna be cool. I hope it works out. Alright. Anybody else?

I was gonna say, Abby, I think you’re dramatically underestimating how much value they put on just having you around. Because knowing that you’re taking care of it one of my favorite ad copies is it’s not just x, it’s peace of mind. And you can fill in lots of things there. And just knowing that you’re on it, that you can answer questions or you can be there if they’re freaking out about something irrelevant is an immense amount of value in and of itself.

And that’s not something you put on a checklist. That’s just something intangible.

Yeah.

Mhmm.

Thanks, Naomi and Jessica, for your dramatic agreement.

Yeah. When it comes down to it yeah. I know. I’m not gonna harp on it, but yeah. Cool.

Alright. Anybody else?

We’re all doing brilliantly in our businesses and need no conversation.

Nothing?

I have a big win to share.

Oh, sweet. Do it.

It’s been over it’s been almost three months, and, like, at least half at least a dozen trips to my lawyer. But as of next month, I will have a salary again.

Oh, sweet. And my no. I mean, like, not I will have, like, a as a I will have a corporation. So I will have, like, a pay slip. Again. Amazing.

And my retirement account for my corporation will be open.

And I’m gonna save like one thousand dollars on tax every month.

So that is, been a long time coming.

But What are you gonna do with the thousand dollars that’s freed up in your business now?

Well, since I have a salary, it’s go it has to go into the business. So I’d like to take on more people to help with some of the social media stuff.

Nice.

And, yeah, to so I can get more time back in my day.

K. Excellent. That’s amazing. Good stuff.

Oh, yeah. It’s so much easier. Like, when I hear about the different countries around the world and the challenges with setting up a business and then tax and everything, Canada makes it so easy.

Like, so easy.

Adnan, do you have a business set up yet?

Yeah.

I do. I I have I’ve had one for a couple of years now, but it’s pretty smooth. Like, I haven’t had too many issues with anything else.

No. When I talk to even Americans about their, like, tax situations and stuff, I don’t understand the levels of complexity. It’s a lot. It’s a lot.

So you don’t have that.

Most of us don’t know either, Joe, so it’s fine. Yeah. Fair. Fair.

Well, it becomes much more complicated when you’re a dual citizen.

So that’s part of the issue. I bet. I bet.

That might be part of the issue. Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Well, good. It’s a win though. Well done. That’s awesome.

Alright. Are we ready to wrap up today’s call?

Next week’s call is not on Monday. It’s Easter Monday Easter Monday. Easter Monday. So here we won’t be in.

Our team has, the four day weekend off, which is stat, I think, across Canada.

And Tuesday is the kickoff for the intensive freelancing. So we’re just bumping the Monday to the Tuesday call, which will be that kickoff. So you’ll have a worksheet to go with that. That’ll go out on Friday, and that will apply then to the Tuesday, call.

So I’ve invited you. If you gave a thumbs up in that message that were posted for the intensive, if you give a thumbs up, you’ve been invited to it. If you didn’t give a thumbs up and you’re watching this, the reason you’re not invited is because you didn’t give a thumbs up. So, if you want in, just let Sarah know.

Cool? Right. Excellent. Okay. Thanks everyone. I hope that you go forward and use the golden triangle to just overcome those weird moments, when budget is under discussion and you don’t want to budge at all on your budget.

So yeah, let me know how it goes. Go practice it too. It’s actually kind of fun and we’ll see you later. Bye. Y’all have a good one.

Developing Your Diagnostic

Developing Your Diagnostic

Transcript

Today, as you saw in the worksheets, thanks for coming on camera. We’re gonna be talking about a diagnostic tool, and we’ll get into the details of that. As always, we’re gonna kick it off with some training And then, in today’s training though, we’ll be spending some time doing, like, work, based on the training. So expect to, you know, put aside twenty minutes at the end of this to start doing some thinking through what we’re talking about. And then we’ll do the usual AMA.

Always kick it off with a win, please, a win of any kind helps everybody stay motivated and see how many cool things there are to do out there. And then any any question you got, the more specific, the more context you can give the better.

Everybody good.

Good. Alright. We’re recording this. When you ask a question, please do come on camera wherever possible.

Please do be on camera so people can connect with you and see a smiling or whatever face you don’t have to smile no more. Whatever feels right is good. Okay. I am going to share my screen.

Alright. So this is this is cool. This is something that we’ve been working on for a little while.

For freelancing school as well as for people who are going to be joining, copy school pro. And that is a better way to diagnose what you need to work on because a lot of people are looking for road maps. Right? And that’s not just for students.

Your clients also want some form of roadmap. Like, what are you what what are we here for? Where are you gonna take me How do I know it’s the right thing to do? So this tool is a way and you’re gonna come up with your own today.

It’ll be the starting point for your own. This is a tool that helps you across every part of converting and delivering to people and also setting projects. So, You may have questions about this. I don’t think you’re gonna walk out of today’s session going.

I totally get it. I got the right one. It’s perfect. Everything’s amazing. This is gonna be the beginning of starting to think through something that you might work out over the course of the next month.

But here is the idea. So I’m on this.

Why does it say that’s page two? Everything says page two. It’s not. It’s actually four. Sorry.

Anyway, it doesn’t matter. But it’s the general diagnostic template. This page in your worksheet your workbook.

This is the idea here. Hopefully, you’re not on a very small screen.

The, again, the idea here is to figure out what the general three or four parts of what you deliver that is a solution to your client or student as you start to scale to teaching more to their problem what that what that is so you can then go in and say, here’s what you’re missing, here’s what you don’t have to work on, but here’s what do have to work on here is how we can work together. So, for example, I’m gonna show you first of all, like the end. What we’re working toward. Now this is our model. It’s currently called the Sunshine growth model because it looks a little bit like a this is multiple iterations on it that I’ve been playing with, but let me zoom in here and then we can talk specifically about what the hell it even is. Okay.

So someone comes to me and this is based on just years and years of coaching freelance copywriters and particular but also marketing consultants, etcetera.

Someone comes to me and they’re like, Joe, I’m, you know, I’ve plateaued. I would love to get to two hundred and fifty thousand dollars is the most common thing that people say. I’m at about a hundred. I wanna get to two fifty. What’s stopping me?

And so really what I’m hearing is like you’d like to get to about a grand a day of consistent income. And so that could be twenty days of the work month that works out to about two hundred and fifty thousand dollars a year or all the days, and that works out to about three hundred sixty thousand dollars a year. So that’s the problem that most people come to me trying to solve until they get to that and they’re like, okay. Now I wanna get to three million.

I got to three sixty. Now I wanna get to three point six. Let’s do that. And that would still come down to a lot of what we’re seeing here.

So this is how it breaks down and then I’m gonna show you how it draws out when we’re talking with people who are considering coming in to copy school professional, and then we’ll talk about what that means for you and for your new clients, leads when you’re having those lead conversations as well as how you deliver on something with clients So this is one way to do it, especially if you have felt scattered. If you felt like there, people come to you for all the things and you know know what to say no to. You never feel really good saying no.

People come to you and they’re all for the same general thing, but they have different problems within that same general thing. And your job is always like a little too custom. You don’t want it to always be custom because then it’s hard to offload things to people. You don’t have the leverage of like, here is how we do this work.

Go do it for me so I can mark up what you do, and get paid for not doing anything other than basically teaching you for you to deliver for me and then I then bill. Let me explain. Okay. So someone comes to me and says, Joe, basically, I wanna make a thousand dollars a day help Cool.

There are four actually five but four key parts that usually their work comes down to. So we can say okay. I can draw this out sharing my iPad as shown in the worksheet and I can say, okay, let’s talk through these four things, your skills, your authority, your money, and that means all things money. Money, not as leverage, but money as pricing.

Are you targeting the right audience? Do you have everything that you need? In order to make that money that you want to. Does your current audience only want to spend a thousand dollars on a single VIP day and then they’ll hit you up every six months for one.

You can’t build a business that way. Right? So and then we talked about leverage. And then what’s keeping you from all of those things too is also mindset mindset or copywriters.

Like for nobody else mindset is like such a challenge. It’s very hard. If you don’t have mindset issues and a lot of people here are working really well through any that you might have and maybe getting to a point where you don’t have mindset issues. Congratulations because that’s again and again. And I’ve said this before in Copyschool Pro. It’s such a big deal.

Getting your head right about your skills, about your authority, about a about your sense of scarcity and money out there. Who would pay me for this? And then leverage getting your head right about people, what it means to hire someone, what it means to document a creative process.

Okay. So we can draw this out. And that’s exactly what we want to do. And I’m going to switch over to, my iPad right away here and show you what we do and what you should be doing when you are going through a diagnosis of how to solve a problem with your clients or leads. Sorry.

Boop. Okay. Really simply what we do and what I’m suggesting that you do and my iPad’s been flipping around a lot today. So hopefully it doesn’t mess it up.

But we draw a circle. It’s allowed to be ugly. It doesn’t have to be perfect. And in the middle, we put our one thousand.

And we’re drawing this and sharing it with them and like talking them through it. Right? And then we have these parts that come out of there and we write in skills and sorry just going through this authority.

Money and leverage, then talk them through that. And this is what you’ll be doing with your own process Right?

So, like, okay. Here’s the problem we wanna solve. Here in the middle, it’s a thousand dollars a day. That’s what we’re aiming toward.

Here are the things that are keeping you pretty much. Think about this for your client. Your clients come to you and they say we want five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put that in the middle.

Here. Five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put like five hundred or you turn that into the dollar figure, like each conversion is worth ten dollars. So that’s five thousand.

Okay. Fine. So you put that in the middle and then you talk through the parts that are your process that are like critical to delivering five thousand dollars or those five hundred paid conversions a month. So they’re seeing, okay, you’re walking them through.

There’s skills. There’s authority. There’s money. There’s leverage. In in our case, probably not in yours.

Yours might be research and discovery.

And like the conversion copy writing process or something like that, right? Even if it’s for SAS brands, you might be like, okay, we have, you know, the five parts It’s more of a Pentagon shape and it’s got all five parts of pirate metrics. Let’s say. But let’s let’s focus on this. So here’s what I do.

Get the person who you’re talking to to also write this out. So say, hey, pick up a piece of paper. I want you to draw this with me. So you draw a circle just like this. Yours will be better than mine. I’m not an artist, etcetera.

Write these words from there. You write skills, you write authority, you write money, you write leverage. Great. Cool. Now all I want you to do is write this out and then we’re going to see how you’re doing on all of these points. So we have advanced skills you can sell. We have case studies and proof and we have advanced skills you can use.

So that’s like in this case it might be something more like advanced skills you can sell are am I really, really good at writing long form sales pages. Do I have case studies and proof for long form sales pages? And do I have advanced skills that I can use in my business like setting up a funnel for new leads so that I can sell them long form sales pages? Okay.

So write those down. Don’t do anything with them yet. And then you move on to the next one. Alright.

Next up is authority.

You’ve got your specialization or your niche, and you’ve got thought leadership.

My penmanship is shit. Don’t worry. And then you’ve got things like biz dev, which means everything to do with marketing, pipeline, etcetera. Cool. That’s how we start thinking through your authority.

When it comes to making money, do you have the right audience?

Do you have a standardized offer?

Maybe with a retainer option? Do you have, are you are you charging the right money for the thing that you deliver and the value that it is for your audience. And then we get into leverage and that is SOPs and documentation that is tools and process and that is people. Okay. So we walk them through this, getting them nodding along with us. They can ask questions as you go, and then comes the diagnosis.

This is where you go through and you have them identify if there are different ways to do this. There’s red, yellow, green is really common.

So anybody here yeah. Has probably gone through red, yellow, green. Some people have gone through red, yellow, green with us. So you go through and you say, okay.

On skills. If I was if I was bringing you into coffee school pro. Talk to me about are you red, are you yellow, are you green on advanced skills that you can sell? Do you feel really good about that.

And they can say like, well, I actually think I’m a pretty good copywriter. That’s not the problem. Great. So we’ll call that green.

How about proof? How are you on proof? Do you have good case studies? Yeah. I’ve got great case studies.

Okay. Cool. You’re good there. How about advanced skills you can use? What’s your funnel like?

If I don’t have a funnel okay cool then we’ll call that red and we’ll mark it as such. So you go through and you do that whole process with them and then by the end all you’re going to worry about are the things that are red. So if they’re not good at identifying where the red or yellow, that’s a sign that you probably shouldn’t work with them. If they’re like, we’re bringing on all of this.

Like, this, I’m perfect at all of this, and you’re like, Cool. You don’t need my help, peace, and get the hell out of the room. But if they’re decent at, like, identifying, like, You know, I thought we were green on that, but I think we might be yellow. And I thought we were yellow on that, but I think we might be red.

Then you can start identifying how you’ll work with them. So I’m read on skills I can use and thought leadership, and I’m read on Biz dev. I also don’t have any people. My tools are okay, but I don’t have a single SOP at all.

Great. So now we’re coming up with things where we can say, okay. We’re going to work on are these things. And then from there for your client, you can start saying okay.

We can talk through what we can do across all of these, areas of greatest opportunity build out a roadmap for what a project like that would look like, etcetera. Now this is possibly going to be hard to think through for you right now because this is focused on like coffee school pro. You, however, can do this exact thing for your clients as well, and you should be doing this for your clients. So now I’m going to go back to sharing the worksheet.

I’m just gonna zoom out here.

There.

So you can do the same thing for different stuff. Right? So here on this page, I’ve got a triangle shape that you might have for list offer copy. So let’s say you are working on, you’re in conversion copywriting and you sell sales pages.

That’s your thing. That’s what you wanna do. You wanna be perfect at it. You love it.

You’re gonna be amazing at it. Cool. You know it breaks down into list offer copy. Now the tricky thing with something like this is every part of this has to be something you can work on them with.

So if someone comes to you and says, I need a new sales page. I want it to make a hundred thousand dollars. You’re like, cool. Let’s talk.

Then you draw the triangle, you write lists, offer copy on there and you talk through lead age. Okay? Talk to me about your leads. How old are they?

How many fresh leads do you have? Are you red, green, or yellow on that? And then you color that in for whatever they are. Okay.

Now what about the quality of these leads? Where are they coming from? How are you finding them? Do they have the money?

What do you know about them? And they tell you that. Deliverability. Talk to me about how your emails are going right now.

Are people able to get to your sales page your emails, or is anything even happening there? Are you trying to drive people from Facebook, which is more about lead quality, straight to your sales page and they tell you if they’re red, yellow, or green on those things. You go around and do all of this and that can help you better diagnose not just the current project, but like a a bigger scale project that they’re buying into because they’re the ones who said I’m red on that. And if you can deliver on turning them from red to green, then it can go back through and do the the redo the diagnostic tool all the time, every at the end of each part of your project and be like, okay.

How are we feeling now about our lead age if that was a red and you got them there. Now they’re like, cool. Awesome job getting us to green. That’s amazing.

And you’ve got it documented for exactly what you have done for them.

But critically anything that’s showing in your diagnostic has to be something that you can do. Is where list offer copy can be a little bit tricky if you don’t do list stuff. If you’re like, I don’t attract leads, I can’t do anything for you. Then that’s a problem because they’re gonna walk away and go, oh, okay.

We have to go get some to take care of this, and then we’ll come back and talk to you later, which they might not do. They liked your diagnosis, great. But we wanna keep them here. So you would only break down your process.

This shape that you have into things that you will actually do. And that’s where if you are like, okay, I’m targeting SAS and they do care about pirate metric still, let’s say, not everybody that’s a lot of people have problem with it, but let’s just pretend. Okay. So you break down the five parts of pirate metrics, but you know you don’t do the first you don’t, you know, you don’t do the last one either.

So you would draw a triangle only for those three that you do. Okay. So your shape is dependent on the number of parts that you have here. A triangle is really easy and a circle is really easy.

You can draw a circle. You can break it up into four parts. We’re used seeing paragraphs. We’re used to seeing these sorts of shapes and our brains align with them.

Right? Like yes, if it’s a triangle, it’s a real thing. It’s kind of like rhyme is reason.

Same thing is here. So we could do research strategy writing and experimentation. This is the conversion copy writing process and then you get to say what parts are in here. So if you’re like all I do when it comes to research is jobs and new lead surveys.

I don’t wanna do anything else, then make it your two things. And you can say How are you all for job surveys? When’s the last time you did a jobs to be done, or interviews? When’s the last time you did a a jobs interview?

Set. And they’re like, we’ve never done one. I’m like, cool. You’re right on that new lead surveys.

How are you for that? And you can go through and walk them through this. And by the end, they’re like, shit, you’ve got a process. You have some way of helping me understand what my problem is in a way that nobody else ever has and you drew it for me, which is also a really interesting thing that only a pro is going to do.

I now know that I’m red on five things. I’m green on one thing. So that’s cool. I can take that back to my team and say, oh, we don’t have to worry about this.

Y’all, here are the five things we have to worry about. And when I hire you to do this work, we can then go back and say, okay. How are we now on this? Do you think we’re still red on this?

Are we yellow yet? And so on and so forth? This make sense to everybody?

Yeah.

Alright. Any questions about it?

Probably not yet. What I want you to do is hop into making your own for the people that you want to convert. So again, this is coming down to what’s your red thread or your one thing, what do you do, and try to think about what one thing you wanna sell more than anything.

If it’s like I just want fifty thousand dollar projects that that are like focused on x. I don’t know what that thing is. Or you know what it is. In some cases, I know what it is from talking with you, but for the whole group and anybody watching the replay, I don’t know what it is.

You know what it is. Try to know. If you don’t know, try to know, you’re allowed to build your future. This is what we’re doing.

So just like document the thing that you most wanna sell. I wanna sell fifty thousand dollar engagements that last two months and do these three things with this outcome. Okay, fine. Once you know that, then you can start to say what your process is to get there.

Now, process might not be the right word if you hear a process and you go, I don’t think it’s my process, you’re probably right. There are different ways to go about this. I wanna show you the end what it could look like, how it works, and then it’s up to you to come up with what that diagnostic is, and it can mean thinking through past calls you’ve had with clients and what they’ve shared with you or what you know you’re always delivering what you’re best at. But you definitely wanna think about your one thing and the only thing that you ever wanna sell if possible.

Okay?

Are you good to give this a shot for the next twenty minutes?

Yeah.

Just try it and then we’ll come back and share challenges you had with it or whatever Alright? Twenty minutes on the clock. I’m gonna stop recording. Thanks, Sarah.

Abby, if because it went so quickly, you need to share what you made. Let’s see it.

Okay. Right. Can you see my screen?

Just about yes.

Yeah. Is it tiny? Let me zoom in.

How’s that?

Cool?

Alright. Yes. We can see it. So just to be clear, all four parts of this you can deliver on.

Yeah. Including lead quality.

Yes.

Okay. But we have all the, yeah, part. Is it someone on your team or is it you?

It’s me. So I’m thinking, like, I’m thinking about my course here, but the course is basic. It’s it’s just the DIY version of my done for you offer.

So with the lead quality, the I do Facebook teach Facebook ad testing and then also, like, using thank you paid responses to make sure that you’re, like, bringing in the right people or that the messaging is resonating with the right people. So, yeah. Okay.

Awesome. Okay. So you walk them through this, and did you try, like, try it out because you had all this extra time? Like, did you try kind of pretending that you were walking a lead or even a prospective student through this model.

Yeah. Well, I was thinking, like, is this like your IP? Or are we free to chair this?

Yeah. Yeah. Oh, no. The idea is that now you go forward in you use it to close people and then deliver.

Yeah. Because I’ve I’ve been, like, running into a problem recently with my course where like, I wanna shift away from, like, the, kinda make money every day messaging and more towards, like, for people who have already tried it and failed, so a more kind of advanced training.

And I think, like, having something like this actually in the webinar would help kind of widen the out so that they can identify, like, all the areas that are gonna be, like, limiting their conversion. So, yeah, so it was, oh, that’s cool. I like it.

Awesome. Yeah. It is a sales tool, and also a, a way of measuring success as you go. Like a sense of progress when most of the time the way we measure these things is like, well, did I?

Is it done or isn’t it? And did I get sales or didn’t I or whatever that like bigger goal is? It’s like, well, no, there’s components along the way. And if we can make those all green, then you’re more likely to get that end goal that you’re looking for.

So, yeah, definitely use it in sales of any kind, webinars sales calls, all of it. Cool. Any questions for any, for Abby from anybody?

No? Alright. Fun. Cool. I will talk more about how to integrate this into the process and like modifying modifying offers and things as as we go.

Anybody else wanna share or chat about what didn’t work? What you’re still working on. Keep in mind, I’ve been working on this for a long time. And, like, I still have tweaks that I’m making and like, full on changes, like mindset was its own thing for a while, then I was like, no, mindset is across all of these things. So, I put it in the middle.

Johnson?

Yeah. I was wondering, because some of the things that I were down I I don’t have a process or a system for, but I I think that areas that I could cover, later as the product is fleshed out, or full of service. What do you have any advice for is that should I try and focus on stuff that I can just do right now or do a separate one that’s what I can do right now and one that’s more sort of future based?

Can it stand well without those parts that you don’t currently do well? Like how feasible is it to cut those parts out and have it still work?

Yeah. Sure. I could probably just merge them to together and do it more generalized because I’m kinda breaking things down maybe a little too far. Yeah. I could do that.

Yeah. If you can pull it, then you’ve you’ll confidently know you can deliver everything showing there. Right? So you wanna be able to obviously have a strong position of confidence in every call that you’re taking any webinar you might be running where you do this kind of thing.

So cut out what you can’t deliver yet, and then maybe just only add it back in when you’ve got somebody in your back pocket who can do that thing for you or when you can do it. Mhmm. Yeah. Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And then just make sure that the story comes together. Again, most people who you’re going to be showing this to don’t have a better sense for what you’re talking about than you do So whatever you show them is true.

It’s it’s like it’s not necessarily going to open up a whole bunch of skepticism.

So if you leave something off knowing eventually you’re gonna add that thing on, then that’s cool. Right? Cause they’re not thinking way you got this wrong, Johnson, you forgot about this point. Like, they’re thinking like, cool, cool, cool, cool. I’m red on this. Oh, I’m red. Yeah.

So that’s actually super helpful. Yeah. And she’s just like both of these exercises, this one and last week’s one. I found useful, not just for the lows itself, but also in sort of thinking about the areas, that I might be using these things in the future, just the red thread stuff and for developing a new, idea. So, anyway, it’d be cool. Thank you, anyway.

Big it. Love it. That’s cool. Wicked it. Anybody else wanna chat? But what they did.

Can I just ask Joe? Like, do you recommend right?

Do you recommend, the whole drawing it live or having the design. Like, I mean, I love I was also doing it in Canva, like, So bringing it on, bringing it with us, ready to show them, or, doing it on the call.

It’s more engaging when you have something to watch. Right? So if it’s like if you just bring up a model, then I’m reading through it while you’re talking.

If you bring up a blank sheet and you draw it and then you write a word, I’m engaged. Like, I’m waiting for what’s next. Right? So, and that’s what we really want is not for them to jump ahead and think they got it but for you to control that whole flow and then you say and now let’s talk about what you’re red and green on and then you color in red, color it, show them that thing. It’s for me, a horrible penmanship.

Everything’s a mess. But that’s not really the point. Right? They’re watching. They’re not saying like, so why don’t you pay better attention in grade three?

They were teaching you how to like make it look good. They’re just like going with it. Right? And like all they’re interested in is what am I red on?

Oh, what am I green on? Thank god. I’m green, but they’re watching the whole way. So, yes, long story short.

I do recommend that you draw it.

And I also recommend that I didn’t wanna make this like part of today’s session, but find someone in the room here to try this out with where their your perspective client and you hop on a call and you say talk me through this and they’re just pretending. So just like do some role playing then they can do the same for you and you can like work out the kinks of actually presenting it live and new ways to draw it and think about it. Yeah.

Cool.

Cool. Fine.

Anybody else?

I can share mine.

Cool. Yeah.

So typically what I do, even if I don’t have a drawing for it, is I start by looking at the campaign, figuring out which, what keywords they’re targeting, what their campaign looks like, whether it’s on Google or LinkedIn or Facebook, etcetera. And then figuring out what they need to prioritize. So if that’s landing pages, that’s landing pages, it might be the website, the homepage, it might be, the ads, so figuring out exactly what they need to optimize.

Then going through sales calls, sometimes that means going through like g two or Kaptura reviews, and then usually tools.

Sometimes users are testing, but definitely hotjar and Google Analytics. Then figuring out what the best framework is to use.

I I think that defining the persona would also be part of this, although I’m not sure that’s something I would be part of. That’s something I wouldn’t ask them about, because of that would determine, like, is this Are they targeting mid market? Are they targeting enterprise? Are they targeting medium businesses? And within those three categories, which, level of seniority.

But I guess that would fall under research, then actually writing, then usability testing meaning, like, validating the the copy and then finally AB testing.

Cool. It looks great. The only thing I would say is, there are some things on here that are big, like underwriting, you’ve got all those assets. And so if if it’s hard for them to identify what red, yellow, or green, then that’s kind of tricky. So what can you do here even if it comes down to combining strategy and research into one like thinking upfront, right? Like thinking or planning or something like that.

I would just encourage you to break up writing more.

So that because I might look at this and go like, okay. While I suck on CRO prioritization, I’m red on that. I’m green on tools. I’m green on VOC.

I’m probably wrong about being green on VOC, but I say that. Analytics. I don’t know. I have no idea.

Like, why don’t think about it that way? Maybe. Right? So I’m yellow there.

Writing. Well, I have a bunch of those. Let’s call it green.

And that’s the problem. Like, they they might have a bunch of things and think that’s okay.

It just that’s the only thing that stood out to me. That assets little piece of the pie is containing a lot. Can do something to open it up?

Well, the idea being that if they’re, like, the the asset that they would need would depend on what they’re prioritizing. So if their landing pages are leaking leads, then it would be landing pages. If they’re not driving off traffic at the top of the funnel, then it would be ads, And if their maybe their ads are not getting clicked on, then maybe it would be even higher. It would be more like brand awareness, social organic. Kind of work. That’s why I lumped them together.

That’s cool. And then I wonder though, then if you’re really To me, I’m envisioning a sort of triangle now. That’s more like leads or attract.

Convert and, like, retain or refer or revenue or something else. And then you could get into might be strategy in the I don’t know, but to me it feels like yeah. There’s something there, and I think what you’re saying is right. It might just need a different I don’t know. A different shape. Yeah.

I could do that. Because usually the question is, well, where are we leaking weeds or why aren’t we getting enough leaves? Why is our pipeline a mess?

Yeah. Great.

And the question is like, well, how do we figure that out? Because that’s not an easy question to answer.

Not. Not. But if you would dedicate a whole side of a triangle or whatever that final shape is, I don’t know, to leads then you can talk honestly about, like, okay, leads are red, but once we get them to convert them, we’re green on version and then we’re sucky on experimentation or whatever that other part is.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. That makes more sense.

Okay. Cool. Love it. That’s great.

Thanks Naomi. Anybody else wanna share or talk or share anything about what they just saw?

Can I share something?

Abby were you commenting?

Or I was just saying that it looked really nice.

Like, it looked it looked very, like, Yeah. Sounds good. Good job. Awesome.

Totally. Stacy, please go ahead.

I I have one that I wanna share that I didn’t do on the call today, but I did in the past. Okay. I just wanna share it because I want somebody to appreciate it.

Nice. It’s messy. Okay. It’s a scorecard.

It’s a scorecard, but the the thing the under and and I love the idea of using in this in a sales call, although everything I do in my universe is structured to avoid me ever have get on a call with anyone.

Okay.

So I set up my three things. I I created the ABCs of superior content, which are audio brand and craft. So those are the three things. And the audience part will, you know, that would involve the voice of customer and interviews, etcetera, understanding the audience, then brand has to do with brand voice, personality, and then Craft is the actual writing of content, which would be combining journalistic writing persuasions, storytelling with subject matter expertise.

So I go through and and and ask them six questions in each of in each of these three areas. So there’s eighteen questions altogether, and then it gives the gives the results in a scorecard and then I use score app, which is a good lead gen processing sort of follow-up thing. Yeah. So I just wanted share because because I’m proud of my scorecard.

That’s cool. I love it, and the ABC is a really nice thing to remember, obviously.

And it could go really nicely in a triangle and you could clearly, like, diagnose how am I on audience, how am I on brands, I don’t remember what the third one was. Sorry. And now it’s Craft. Craft.

That’s the actual writing. Yeah. And it does display. It displays it in that targeted, you know, thing where it scores them on each of the three areas in the in the report that it generates.

Nice. That’s cool. That’s great. Yeah. Even if they, like, diagnosed themselves and then went through the score.

Anyways, it’s cool. It’s cool. Yeah. Love it.

Cool. Anybody else?

We’re good. Okay. Work this out. I do recommend that you like start making it part of your process, you’ll be surprised at how engaging it is for people when they see it drawn out.

You’re talking through and asking them questions, especially if in sales calls, you struggle to like know what to say next. This is like a really clear way to look like you’re a freaking pro and have done this a million even if it’s like your first time doing it live. Just practice with other people in the room. If you don’t have anybody to practice with yet, chances are good.

Someone else doesn’t have anybody to practice with yet too. So, feel free to just chat right now and say, hey, does anybody wanna role play this with me?

And if not, go over in Slack and do it there too, and we’ll we’ll see what happens.

Cool.

Anybody have questions? We’ve got thirty minutes ish left. If you have to go, cool, respect your time. If you have questions to ground, Katie, do you have one?

Yeah. So I’m can you just speak a bit more to, like so we’ve established where they’re red and where they’re yellow and where they’re green?

Am I aiming to then put to, like, can you, take it into the pitch? So, like, am I aiming to put together one proposal that covers, like, first, we’re gonna address the red, and then we’re gonna talk about the yellow, or how do I go into turning that into an offer?

Exactly. Yes. So I think there’s lots of ways you can do it. Right? So whatever is triggering for you, like in your imagination, roll with that but the really yeah the thing that you wanna walk away with is now it’s not just, hey, I need a sales page, but it’s also, hey, I need to get better at this, this, this, and this.

Your project now got bigger. You’re also a consultant. That’s more strategic. Right? So you walk away from there going Here are the four things we need to work on before we even work on writing your sales page.

Let me take this away, put together, some ideas for you. You send me x, y, and z document that I need. So you said you’re strong on research. Send me some so I can look at it. And then we’re gonna hop on a call, and I’ll walk you through my plan for how we can hit all of these things you read on in x period of time that you’ve told me you want this off like the thing that’s in the center of it, the five hundred paid conversions added a month or whatever.

We wanna get there in three months time. But we have to make these red things all green. We’ve agreed on that. You agree that you’re red on these things. So now we’re gonna go forward. I’ll put the other and I’m gonna come back and talk you through that plan. That’s a really, like, clear way for you to now go off and run a project.

Does that make sense? Like here’s my project now and it’s informed not just by what you said you think you need but what I have diagnosed you as really needing.

Yeah. I mean, I see this is super useful because I think I mentioned on our last the last call that I made it to live, like, I just feel like my project ideas are always really big, and I struggle to break them down into components. So this feels really helpful for that.

I guess what I’m taking away from what you’ve just said is like it would be helpful for me to have a sense of the hierarchy of the lights for for lack of better words so that I know, like, if that’s red, obviously, we’re gonna do this first and, and, like, turning that then into a proposal?

Yeah. And it’s sort of a process. So I said the word process, but I know sometimes it won’t feel like a process. So if you’re like, but it’s not a process. Okay. Don’t make it a process. But to me, it is.

To me, it’s like, okay, if it’s list offer that’s an order in which things go. Right? The conversion copywriting process has parts to it.

And so that should also lead to a sort of hierarchy, right, where you’re like, well, we can do everything we want with copy. But if your list is a mess or the people coming to it or wrong. If you’re red on that, no. So we clearly have to solve the the left part of the triangle first, whatever that’s called. I don’t geometry.

But we solve that over there. We solve list.

Then once we’re red once we’re green on those things, then we’ll talk about off for that list. Okay? And then we’ll talk about copies. You can start to see a gantt chart forming of how that project could go.

Like we’re gonna nail list I can’t come up with that live on a call. That’s not your job to come up with it live on a call. Right? You’re like, I’m I’m gonna go away and think about this for you.

You come up with the things you’re gonna do for improved list quality and quantity in x period of time.

Put that on the gantt chart here. What’s we’re gonna do in week one, week two, week three. Then week three, we’re also gonna start working on offer and and week six will be ready to work on copies. Now, you have like this project mapped out.

You’ve also got a built in way to go back and optimize things, right? So you can say we got through list offer copy, the parts of the triangle, red turn to yellow on these things and yellow turn to green, but now let’s go back and do more to further optimize it. So you have the initial project, as well as a map in effect or a retainer to optimize for performance. Does that make sense, Katie, or is that too much?

It makes sense.

I feel like I’m gonna have to revisit my, like, the categories that I’ve throat to make sure that they have a clear Okay.

Flow from one to the next. Okay. Yeah. And know I was just thinking like, well, what if they’re like, well, I don’t wanna work on that first. I wanna work on, like, I don’t I don’t wanna work on my I just wanna work on my sales page or something. I guess then it’s a question of like, do you wanna work with them?

I would say that’s the question and then. If you know list is actually red and they’re like, I don’t care, write the copy.

That’s not what I do. I can the copy will never convert if your list is garbage. Sorry. We gotta nail that and that’s where you have to be able to work on list.

In this case, right? You have to say like, no. I’m gonna nail this for you, then you’re gonna have you might not even need to work on the copy. It might just be a list look.

We’re green across the board on coffee.

So but that’s yeah. You you’re not just diagnosing what they need but are they a good fit for you to work with? They should walk away from this going. Holy shit, Katie.

No one’s ever shown it to us this way. That was great. How do we start nailing through like I had no idea that’s how this worked. That’s like the objective.

And if they don’t do that, they’re probably gonna be pretty tough to work with.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. I know it’s easy for me to say. Like, push away these people who don’t wanna do the first part of the process, but we all already know you. They’re not gonna be a good fit. Yeah.

Stacy, I know you have an AMA and then Abby.

So, my my question is about a project that I’m currently working on. I just did, message frameworks for this client often I work with enterprise companies. So I’m sort of a step removed from being able to get into benchmarking and AB testing and things like that because it’s also siloed off in big companies. In this particular instance, it’s a smaller company. They’re like a twenty million company, and my messaging framework meeting was with the whole c suite of, you know, so I had all four c level people.

So now we’re moving into actually doing a wireframe for the home page. And I’m working with that mostly with the CMO.

So they want to do an AB test against their current homepage with what I create. And so since I’m not used to sort of benchmarking before a project, I wanted to get some feedback on what I might be able to do as far as what what to ask for to establish some ben benchmarks and test against and any any tips about you know, that process because I know you do a lot having to do with the, with data, and it’s just something that I’m usually a step removed from.

Sure. So they are split testing though. Right?

They’re using Yes.

Optimizely or a tool like that.

They well, they they want AB test I haven’t talked to them about the mechanics of how they’re doing it, but I do know they want to split test, driving traffic and, you know, testing their current homepage against a new homepage that I’m writing the copy for.

Right. So understanding how the control is performing is Good. They should be telling you that, right? And then they’ll tell you the, metrics when they tell. Like, here’s here are the KPIs for this page.

It’s a homepage. So it’s likely you’ll need to document things like, amount of traffic coming to it, traffic sources, coming to it as well. If they’re using it as a landing page for Facebook ads and other things like that, It’s a problem. Right? Like, because the test at that point becomes less about a scientific test and more about like a game, where you’ve got traffic coming from weird sources that could have been brought in by any number of ads, etcetera. And they’re landing on this page. They’re so different.

That it’s almost like there are too many variables. I know it’s all in the variable of audience, but it’s so uncontrolled.

That your test is just going to feel fake. So understand where traffic is coming from. Try to get them on board with narrowing it down to their ideal audience. And I know that means organic traffic you can’t do anything about either, but people who are searching and landing on your homepage are likely not look you lose when we’re talking about business. This is SAS. This is a software company?

Or It’s, it is tech.

Yes. It’s it’s tech. So no Because it’s a CDN. It’s a it’s enterprise CDN.

Okay. Cool.

Good. So we can imagine that organic traffic that lands there. Is there by design in some way? So cool. What’s the traffic like that’s coming to it? How are they converting right now? So you need quantity of traffic than like a understanding a qualitative understanding of quality of traffic.

And then you need to know what that existing conversion rate is and what conversion rate means for them is likely going to be clicks. If it’s on the homepage, it’s probably clicks. The question is clicks to where?

We wanna drive sign ups to a a trial sign up for a free account.

Can they sign up for the free account from that page, or do they get driven to another page?

They can sign up on the homepage currently. And they, and and it’s not very focused and it can be much better than it is now.

Okay.

In other words, the homepage is not driving sign ups, and I think it could drive sign ups much more than it does.

Okay. Is there an email address field on the homepage?

That’s like start your trial?

Yes. There is.

Yes. There is. Oh, that’s an existing thing. Cool. You can optimize that. That’s great. So that would be probably number one.

It sounds like your number one goal is trial starts.

Trial starts. Yes.

Okay. So you need to document, know the the control and how it’s doing on trial start but also optimizely, we’ll know that too.

So you don’t you don’t have to write anything down if they’re using the right tool and if you’re all aligned on, what the objective is, like what, how are you going to measure it in a testing platform? You can set up multiple goals, and that’s trickiest part. You don’t want to set up too many goals. Home pages are hard though because things like bounce are gonna be an actual consideration on a homepage.

Try to keep them on task with What is the number one thing that this page is solving for? From a business perspective, why does the business invest money in this homepage. Why is this test a priority right now? And if it is, we wanna get trial starts as soon as they land there, then throw every other way of measuring the page out the door.

Don’t worry about bounce rate. We have to try scary things and some people are gonna bounce. And maybe they won’t. Maybe it’ll hold more people.

We’re not gonna worry about that. All we’re worried about is trial starts. So how does optimizely or whatever tool they use measure trial starts. What can you do in the tool?

Is it just like once they’ve clicked this button successfully or once they’ve landed on the next page is a common way to do that test. Are they landing on a confirmation page for like your trial is now started or landing an app? Which can also be tricky because there’s lots of different ways to land in at from a home page oftentimes. Point being, trial starts is what matters.

So document that Nothing else really matters if that’s your goal. There’s so many things to measure on a homepage. Try to control how much they’re thinking about. Does that help, Stacy?

Yes. Yes. That helps very much. And I will be re re listening to this recording to make sure I get all of that. Okay. Thank you.

DLDR is like trial starts is all that you’re gonna focus them on. Yeah. Cool.

Hey. Yeah. So I have kind of it’s like a mindset strategy question. I’m gonna try and articulate it as best as I can.

So I’m looking at, like, the prioritization matrix, and I’m trying to kind of, like, find my high reward low friction task and, like, the twenty percent of my efforts that generate eighty percent of, like, the revenue. And the things the thing that, like, does the most of me at is podcast, but then like, so speaking on the podcast, it’s it’s my kind of, like, high reward low friction, but then it’s, like, getting on the podcast, then it becomes kind of, like, the question of, like, likelihood of success as well, because it’s like a podcast could potentially be high reward, but then it’s like, I gonna even get on it? Like, how do I get on it? And it’s kind of like so how do you, like, balance thinking about those things, like, the how the how to get to the, like, high reward thing, like, in terms of is that did I yeah.

Yeah. I think so.

It means to me it sounds like it’s, like, of, like, leverage.

The first thing that comes to mind is, like, okay, who is trying to book you on there? Do you have a VA or assistant of some kind pitching for you.

I have a VA that, like, makes a list and that I pitch them.

Can you train the VA to pitch?

I I can. The reason I haven’t is because I posted in, like, the Slack about and, having, like, whether to have my B. I pitch, and then Christie said she wouldn’t even, like, look at, like, a podcast application if it was wasn’t sent by the person.

So that kind of Oh, no.

The video is pretending to be you.

Oh, okay. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. They’re just they’re signed it. They’re sending from your email address a hundred percent. And it’s just like, hey, Abby here. Just a template that they then know how to modify because you’ve taught them. You took an hour to teach them how to do this thing well for you. And steal it from your email address, and that’s it.

Mhmm.

So it’s like thinking about, like, how to automate kind of the steps to the high reward stuff or, like, outsource, minimize friction.

Do you have an SOP for it that your VA can then be trained on? And then when you do, if getting on podcasts is a huge high value win for you, but it’s it’s a slog to get there. It’s a it’s a quantity game a lot of the time. Like how much as you put out there.

Then yeah, outsource that. Send that off. That’s a great thing for your VA to do. It doesn’t take specialized skills.

Not if they have your training, yeah, to do it. So I get the VA on it, but yeah, send from your email address or something that’s a good fake of your email address.

Like AP at instead of Abby at or whatever.

Mhmm.

Cool. Yeah. That makes so much sense. You make it sound so obvious. Of course.

Thank you.

No. No worries. Awesome. Anna.

Hey. I just had a question about the ebook I’m writing right now.

Love it.

So, I think I know the answer to this, but I wanna just confirm. It is fair game to quote any studies that are publicly out there. Right?

What about, like, screenshots of that’s because it’s on pricing page. So can I can I use screenshots or pricing pages that are out there in public right now? Or do I have to, like, seek permission?

Or I think Jessica wants to answer this.

I’m watching your face, Jessica. Oh, no.

I thought you did for, like, the folks that No.

I just I just wanna make sure everybody knows I’m engaged. I don’t Oh, yes. I do know the answer.

You guys publishing for us. So I thought like, oh, you probably have a good take on this.

Yeah.

Yeah. So in my experience, it’s what are you copying or screenshotting and is it proprietary?

So there are some cases where you’re not allowed to use an image without paying a fee for it.

But you usually know those things. Right? A screenshot of someone’s website is it’s a public thing as long as you cite, and I would recommend citing everything about it that it’s copyrighted by X company. The screenshot was taken on this date.

And that’s that’s cool. Then you can do that. It can also be actually a pretty useful way to start promoting your book when the time comes. When you’re like, Hey, I used your page as a great example in my book. It’s coming out. Do you wanna copy of it?

That kind of thing. Right? And then they might say like, oh, I didn’t realize people were just using screenshots of our website. What? And you might be like, oh, fuck.

But, that’s just the conversation that you have at that point, but it doesn’t have to be weird. I no one’s ever run any quotes that, like, when Ann Handley put me in her book, I didn’t find out till someone was like, Joe, you’re in Ann’s book. And same for product led growth. Nobody told me this was gonna happen.

But I would just ended up in there. And I wasn’t like, damn you, Ann. I was like send flowers to Ann. So it’s it’s it’s I wouldn’t worry about it just do what you can to cite where it came from. And wherever possible, only take screenshots of things where you’re gonna tell a good story about it. If it’s, like, a bad thing, mock up a version of it and just remove anything.

Actually, that was gonna be my my next question. So if I just mock up and make a random, like, I could take it a pricing page and and then play around with it on Photoshop and change it up completely. Just to use the bad example.

That’s obviously fine. Right? Because no one’s gonna know where it came from or yeah.

Yeah. And then the reader also likes you a little more. Right? You’re like, look, these are some bad things I’ve seen.

I’m not gonna call anybody out. Everybody means while you, the reader, you mean well. But here’s what are what people are doing wrong. And then you can show, like, mock ups, but not the thing.

Yeah.

Awesome.

Last question.

Does it matter how long the ebook is? So I I I thought I would wrap something up in, like, thirty pages.

Okay.

But it’s it looks like it’s gonna get to, like, seventy pages.

And I’m wondering, like, are people gonna read that or Who is your target?

K. Good question.

So c level execs that will Yeah. Because the whole idea is to build authority and and show that this is a comprehensive thing.

On pricing pages. Right? So someone who gets a hold of it, the impression I want them to get is like, oh, didn’t know there was so much to talk about when it came to Verizon pages. It seems like this person knows this thing.

A hundred percent. Yes. So I just chatted over the title of a book called write useful books, go read it through your kindle, read it right away.

It’s great, but it will make you identify who your target audience is and things like referral referrals that are built into their heads. So it’s gonna be really useful.

Read right useful books as you’re doing this.

Think about that target audience and think about where they’re reading it. I think I’ve talked about this before with April.

With obviously awesome. She was gonna get it traditionally published.

Sorry if I’m repeating it, but it’s really good advice. The traditional publisher was it needs to be sixty thousand words and she’s like, no, I can’t. And the reason was for her was, but I travel on planes and I read books on planes, like that’s when a lot of sea levels in their careers hop on. That’s when they that’s when they read books.

So if that’s the case, then how long is the average flight that a sea level is going to able to read your book. Three or four hours. So you have to make it start to finish in three to four hours, which is like I think it’s something like thirty thousand words at most, knowing that they’re just skimming a lot of it and just like rolling through it.

But, yeah, thirty thousand words, I think is what came out as like the ideal length for a c level to read a book.

Thousand words. Okay. I’ll keep that in mind.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks.

And of course, we have love screenshots in there.

It’s gonna go a lot faster. It doesn’t mean you have to take up the whole flight though. Like, if they’re able to finish the book and start writing the email to you that’s like, loved your book, let’s talk. That’s a good thing.

Right? If they can get all that work done on the plane and then walk off and go. Awesome. What’s next?

You know?

Yeah. Got it.

Awesome. Love it. Read write useful books.

Okay. Anybody else?

I do have a couple like brainstorm questions. They’re very low. Like, you probably be like really are you asking me this, but I just wanted to get brain power because we have a lot of that in the room if that’s okay.

Yeah. We do. Yeah. We got eight minutes still. Let’s go.

Okay. I’m trying to think of which one Alright. I’ll go with the second question because I have a feeling your mindset has changed around this a little bit. So I kind of Soft launched my new newsletter called the holiday win and So what I’m wondering is you used to do a lot of free stuff to grow your list, but you’ve recently made comments about not doing that in the books and that. So I’m just wondering how are we feeling about that right now? Any suggestions?

About free content? To grow your email list. Yes.

Right. I mean, our free content’s just different now. Our free content that grows our email list is on Instagram, and with like many chat and boards. Right? That’s really it.

But still, they’re still free. It’s just it’s just different.

I know the the name makes me wanna watch a Hallmark movie though to be very clear.

No. The goal was to rip it off of the old movie.

So that’s Oh, cool.

That’s awesome. Good. Yeah.

Yeah. But give a give it away in your newsletter. The good thing of are you using Substack?

No. So you mentioned something about Substack and then I had to do research on what was the latest drama and then I was like dang it. So do I grow it on there or not?

Feels a little problematic.

Yeah. No. We’ve stopped using Substack too. Yeah.

But I thought if you were okay with it, No.

I saw the research or I looked it up after you mentioned it. You’re ruined my email strategy, Joe. Alright.

We’re ruined mine too.

So the so whatever alternative comes out for sub stack, that doesn’t allow Nazis to be the Nazis on there.

Is, hopefully the next thing to use then just because you can charge for your archives. And if you have good shit you’re giving out, you should be charging for the archive.

So that’s that. But your goal is to grow your list. And if your goal is to grow your list with quality leads, then free is obviously is the is the way to go. It’ll get more people on.

It’s just a question of how quality are those are those leads. But a lot of them are quality just because they’re looking for free out of the gate doesn’t mean they’re ever going to be looking for free. Just wanna make sure you’re not full of crap. Right?

So let’s try you for free and then pay you later.

Yeah. That’s my take. Does anybody else have thoughts on this?

Do you give stuff away free to grow your list? Any tips?

No one wants to talk about it.

I no. I mean, I already have any advice it’s an interesting question, but I I don’t know. I think, I think about the content itself being, yeah, engaging and teaching something. Maybe it’s just a hint of something and you’re not giving anything away. I mean, I’m thinking of the the email the the the the people I’ve subscribed to who I read. And it’s it’s supposed to be people who are into entertaining first.

Maybe, yeah, actually first. And then secondly, teach me stuff. Yeah. Yeah.

James Claire is three two one method, work really well, and there’s another copywriter who somehow I got on this list.

He does three two one for copywriting.

Three examples to something and then one tip or something like that. And it’s a good read.

So, I don’t know, food for thought as you think of the format as well for your newsletter.

Cool. Naomi.

So I want to get more into Go ahead podcast.

And so I was building a list of, podcasts that I thought were relevant And somebody mentioned to me that you that I could probably write a script and just outsource that, have somebody put that together and send an email to all those people. But I was I thought that would be too impersonal that they get a lot of they got a lot of mail looking for guests and that it would make a lot more sense to do it. Like, actually listening to the podcast and mentioning something relevant, So I was wondering what you thought about that. Is that something?

Yeah. Did you hop off for a bit on this call already?

Yeah. I had two during my meeting for the ending.

And then you hop back up. So Abby actually asked the same question, and it was about podcast pitching, how to make it personal, And so, really quick and it’s in the replay if you want more detail, but it really is, documents like a template.

For outreach to these podcasts, and then, teach your VA or somebody that is inexpensive to send these pitch emails from your email address. So it looks like it’s from Naomi. It’s written in the first person. Hi, etcetera.

And they all do the research too. So the VA listens to the podcast or reads the reviews or whatever the whatever the thing is that teach the VA to do and then they have a goal that you give them of like five pitches a day or whatever that goal is that you need for them to to get your name out there. But yeah, it’s an SOP. This is the leverage part of the big sunshine growth model. Of have that SOP with templates associated with it, and then teach a VA to do it. And just make it look personal by personalizing and sending it from naomi at.

Okay.

Great. Awesome. Thanks. Is there another question there?

Are we good? I have one more question. Sorry. It’s another brainstorm one. Okay. So I did do the the win is a hundred million offers.

I flushed out the whole seasonal sale holiday offer thing. So Next the sales page, right? So and now this. So my only thought is I really need to get more people see like going through this process so I can finesse it and I’m getting still a lot of email and I know a lot of that is authority related but to get some quicker like and I get a few seasonal sales and no door.

Yeah. Any suggestions about more of a fast approach to that part?

Like, you’re just trying to get people to test this out on?

Essentially.

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I think it’s like you said on really no dollar offers. It’s formosa kind of solution here, I would do what he has said to do in that case. Do you have a system?

If you have system, then you post on LinkedIn and say, hey, I’m looking for five companies that meet this criteria to run through my system on the next holiday for free in exchange for me being able to daw to tell the world about this and to take examples away from it. That’s a third thing to do. But just make sure you have it as like system so that you’re not guessing your way through their holiday emails for free.

Yeah. Okay. Perfect. Thank you. I’ll do that.

Okay. Fine. Alright. Well, we’re at the end of our time. Thanks, everyone, for your great questions. Nobody shared a win, but I wasn’t gonna harp on that too much. It’s pretty mean about it.

My win is being in CSV. That is a win.

Okay. Awesome. The replay will be available later. Thanks y’all, and we will be following up more on this diagnostic tool as we chat more.

Okay? Okay. Thanks, though. Have a good one. Bye.Today, as you saw in the worksheets, thanks for coming on camera. We’re gonna be talking about a diagnostic tool, and we’ll get into the details of that. As always, we’re gonna kick it off with some training And then, in today’s training though, we’ll be spending some time doing, like, work, based on the training. So expect to, you know, put aside twenty minutes at the end of this to start doing some thinking through what we’re talking about. And then we’ll do the usual AMA.

Always kick it off with a win, please, a win of any kind helps everybody stay motivated and see how many cool things there are to do out there. And then any any question you got, the more specific, the more context you can give the better.

Everybody good.

Good. Alright. We’re recording this. When you ask a question, please do come on camera wherever possible.

Please do be on camera so people can connect with you and see a smiling or whatever face you don’t have to smile no more. Whatever feels right is good. Okay. I am going to share my screen.

Alright. So this is this is cool. This is something that we’ve been working on for a little while.

For freelancing school as well as for people who are going to be joining, copy school pro. And that is a better way to diagnose what you need to work on because a lot of people are looking for road maps. Right? And that’s not just for students.

Your clients also want some form of roadmap. Like, what are you what what are we here for? Where are you gonna take me How do I know it’s the right thing to do? So this tool is a way and you’re gonna come up with your own today.

It’ll be the starting point for your own. This is a tool that helps you across every part of converting and delivering to people and also setting projects. So, You may have questions about this. I don’t think you’re gonna walk out of today’s session going.

I totally get it. I got the right one. It’s perfect. Everything’s amazing. This is gonna be the beginning of starting to think through something that you might work out over the course of the next month.

But here is the idea. So I’m on this.

Why does it say that’s page two? Everything says page two. It’s not. It’s actually four. Sorry.

Anyway, it doesn’t matter. But it’s the general diagnostic template. This page in your worksheet your workbook.

This is the idea here. Hopefully, you’re not on a very small screen.

The, again, the idea here is to figure out what the general three or four parts of what you deliver that is a solution to your client or student as you start to scale to teaching more to their problem what that what that is so you can then go in and say, here’s what you’re missing, here’s what you don’t have to work on, but here’s what do have to work on here is how we can work together. So, for example, I’m gonna show you first of all, like the end. What we’re working toward. Now this is our model. It’s currently called the Sunshine growth model because it looks a little bit like a this is multiple iterations on it that I’ve been playing with, but let me zoom in here and then we can talk specifically about what the hell it even is. Okay.

So someone comes to me and this is based on just years and years of coaching freelance copywriters and particular but also marketing consultants, etcetera.

Someone comes to me and they’re like, Joe, I’m, you know, I’ve plateaued. I would love to get to two hundred and fifty thousand dollars is the most common thing that people say. I’m at about a hundred. I wanna get to two fifty. What’s stopping me?

And so really what I’m hearing is like you’d like to get to about a grand a day of consistent income. And so that could be twenty days of the work month that works out to about two hundred and fifty thousand dollars a year or all the days, and that works out to about three hundred sixty thousand dollars a year. So that’s the problem that most people come to me trying to solve until they get to that and they’re like, okay. Now I wanna get to three million.

I got to three sixty. Now I wanna get to three point six. Let’s do that. And that would still come down to a lot of what we’re seeing here.

So this is how it breaks down and then I’m gonna show you how it draws out when we’re talking with people who are considering coming in to copy school professional, and then we’ll talk about what that means for you and for your new clients, leads when you’re having those lead conversations as well as how you deliver on something with clients So this is one way to do it, especially if you have felt scattered. If you felt like there, people come to you for all the things and you know know what to say no to. You never feel really good saying no.

People come to you and they’re all for the same general thing, but they have different problems within that same general thing. And your job is always like a little too custom. You don’t want it to always be custom because then it’s hard to offload things to people. You don’t have the leverage of like, here is how we do this work.

Go do it for me so I can mark up what you do, and get paid for not doing anything other than basically teaching you for you to deliver for me and then I then bill. Let me explain. Okay. So someone comes to me and says, Joe, basically, I wanna make a thousand dollars a day help Cool.

There are four actually five but four key parts that usually their work comes down to. So we can say okay. I can draw this out sharing my iPad as shown in the worksheet and I can say, okay, let’s talk through these four things, your skills, your authority, your money, and that means all things money. Money, not as leverage, but money as pricing.

Are you targeting the right audience? Do you have everything that you need? In order to make that money that you want to. Does your current audience only want to spend a thousand dollars on a single VIP day and then they’ll hit you up every six months for one.

You can’t build a business that way. Right? So and then we talked about leverage. And then what’s keeping you from all of those things too is also mindset mindset or copywriters.

Like for nobody else mindset is like such a challenge. It’s very hard. If you don’t have mindset issues and a lot of people here are working really well through any that you might have and maybe getting to a point where you don’t have mindset issues. Congratulations because that’s again and again. And I’ve said this before in Copyschool Pro. It’s such a big deal.

Getting your head right about your skills, about your authority, about a about your sense of scarcity and money out there. Who would pay me for this? And then leverage getting your head right about people, what it means to hire someone, what it means to document a creative process.

Okay. So we can draw this out. And that’s exactly what we want to do. And I’m going to switch over to, my iPad right away here and show you what we do and what you should be doing when you are going through a diagnosis of how to solve a problem with your clients or leads. Sorry.

Boop. Okay. Really simply what we do and what I’m suggesting that you do and my iPad’s been flipping around a lot today. So hopefully it doesn’t mess it up.

But we draw a circle. It’s allowed to be ugly. It doesn’t have to be perfect. And in the middle, we put our one thousand.

And we’re drawing this and sharing it with them and like talking them through it. Right? And then we have these parts that come out of there and we write in skills and sorry just going through this authority.

Money and leverage, then talk them through that. And this is what you’ll be doing with your own process Right?

So, like, okay. Here’s the problem we wanna solve. Here in the middle, it’s a thousand dollars a day. That’s what we’re aiming toward.

Here are the things that are keeping you pretty much. Think about this for your client. Your clients come to you and they say we want five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put that in the middle.

Here. Five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put like five hundred or you turn that into the dollar figure, like each conversion is worth ten dollars. So that’s five thousand.

Okay. Fine. So you put that in the middle and then you talk through the parts that are your process that are like critical to delivering five thousand dollars or those five hundred paid conversions a month. So they’re seeing, okay, you’re walking them through.

There’s skills. There’s authority. There’s money. There’s leverage. In in our case, probably not in yours.

Yours might be research and discovery.

And like the conversion copy writing process or something like that, right? Even if it’s for SAS brands, you might be like, okay, we have, you know, the five parts It’s more of a Pentagon shape and it’s got all five parts of pirate metrics. Let’s say. But let’s let’s focus on this. So here’s what I do.

Get the person who you’re talking to to also write this out. So say, hey, pick up a piece of paper. I want you to draw this with me. So you draw a circle just like this. Yours will be better than mine. I’m not an artist, etcetera.

Write these words from there. You write skills, you write authority, you write money, you write leverage. Great. Cool. Now all I want you to do is write this out and then we’re going to see how you’re doing on all of these points. So we have advanced skills you can sell. We have case studies and proof and we have advanced skills you can use.

So that’s like in this case it might be something more like advanced skills you can sell are am I really, really good at writing long form sales pages. Do I have case studies and proof for long form sales pages? And do I have advanced skills that I can use in my business like setting up a funnel for new leads so that I can sell them long form sales pages? Okay.

So write those down. Don’t do anything with them yet. And then you move on to the next one. Alright.

Next up is authority.

You’ve got your specialization or your niche, and you’ve got thought leadership.

My penmanship is shit. Don’t worry. And then you’ve got things like biz dev, which means everything to do with marketing, pipeline, etcetera. Cool. That’s how we start thinking through your authority.

When it comes to making money, do you have the right audience?

Do you have a standardized offer?

Maybe with a retainer option? Do you have, are you are you charging the right money for the thing that you deliver and the value that it is for your audience. And then we get into leverage and that is SOPs and documentation that is tools and process and that is people. Okay. So we walk them through this, getting them nodding along with us. They can ask questions as you go, and then comes the diagnosis.

This is where you go through and you have them identify if there are different ways to do this. There’s red, yellow, green is really common.

So anybody here yeah. Has probably gone through red, yellow, green. Some people have gone through red, yellow, green with us. So you go through and you say, okay.

On skills. If I was if I was bringing you into coffee school pro. Talk to me about are you red, are you yellow, are you green on advanced skills that you can sell? Do you feel really good about that.

And they can say like, well, I actually think I’m a pretty good copywriter. That’s not the problem. Great. So we’ll call that green.

How about proof? How are you on proof? Do you have good case studies? Yeah. I’ve got great case studies.

Okay. Cool. You’re good there. How about advanced skills you can use? What’s your funnel like?

If I don’t have a funnel okay cool then we’ll call that red and we’ll mark it as such. So you go through and you do that whole process with them and then by the end all you’re going to worry about are the things that are red. So if they’re not good at identifying where the red or yellow, that’s a sign that you probably shouldn’t work with them. If they’re like, we’re bringing on all of this.

Like, this, I’m perfect at all of this, and you’re like, Cool. You don’t need my help, peace, and get the hell out of the room. But if they’re decent at, like, identifying, like, You know, I thought we were green on that, but I think we might be yellow. And I thought we were yellow on that, but I think we might be red.

Then you can start identifying how you’ll work with them. So I’m read on skills I can use and thought leadership, and I’m read on Biz dev. I also don’t have any people. My tools are okay, but I don’t have a single SOP at all.

Great. So now we’re coming up with things where we can say, okay. We’re going to work on are these things. And then from there for your client, you can start saying okay.

We can talk through what we can do across all of these, areas of greatest opportunity build out a roadmap for what a project like that would look like, etcetera. Now this is possibly going to be hard to think through for you right now because this is focused on like coffee school pro. You, however, can do this exact thing for your clients as well, and you should be doing this for your clients. So now I’m going to go back to sharing the worksheet.

I’m just gonna zoom out here.

There.

So you can do the same thing for different stuff. Right? So here on this page, I’ve got a triangle shape that you might have for list offer copy. So let’s say you are working on, you’re in conversion copywriting and you sell sales pages.

That’s your thing. That’s what you wanna do. You wanna be perfect at it. You love it.

You’re gonna be amazing at it. Cool. You know it breaks down into list offer copy. Now the tricky thing with something like this is every part of this has to be something you can work on them with.

So if someone comes to you and says, I need a new sales page. I want it to make a hundred thousand dollars. You’re like, cool. Let’s talk.

Then you draw the triangle, you write lists, offer copy on there and you talk through lead age. Okay? Talk to me about your leads. How old are they?

How many fresh leads do you have? Are you red, green, or yellow on that? And then you color that in for whatever they are. Okay.

Now what about the quality of these leads? Where are they coming from? How are you finding them? Do they have the money?

What do you know about them? And they tell you that. Deliverability. Talk to me about how your emails are going right now.

Are people able to get to your sales page your emails, or is anything even happening there? Are you trying to drive people from Facebook, which is more about lead quality, straight to your sales page and they tell you if they’re red, yellow, or green on those things. You go around and do all of this and that can help you better diagnose not just the current project, but like a a bigger scale project that they’re buying into because they’re the ones who said I’m red on that. And if you can deliver on turning them from red to green, then it can go back through and do the the redo the diagnostic tool all the time, every at the end of each part of your project and be like, okay.

How are we feeling now about our lead age if that was a red and you got them there. Now they’re like, cool. Awesome job getting us to green. That’s amazing.

And you’ve got it documented for exactly what you have done for them.

But critically anything that’s showing in your diagnostic has to be something that you can do. Is where list offer copy can be a little bit tricky if you don’t do list stuff. If you’re like, I don’t attract leads, I can’t do anything for you. Then that’s a problem because they’re gonna walk away and go, oh, okay.

We have to go get some to take care of this, and then we’ll come back and talk to you later, which they might not do. They liked your diagnosis, great. But we wanna keep them here. So you would only break down your process.

This shape that you have into things that you will actually do. And that’s where if you are like, okay, I’m targeting SAS and they do care about pirate metric still, let’s say, not everybody that’s a lot of people have problem with it, but let’s just pretend. Okay. So you break down the five parts of pirate metrics, but you know you don’t do the first you don’t, you know, you don’t do the last one either.

So you would draw a triangle only for those three that you do. Okay. So your shape is dependent on the number of parts that you have here. A triangle is really easy and a circle is really easy.

You can draw a circle. You can break it up into four parts. We’re used seeing paragraphs. We’re used to seeing these sorts of shapes and our brains align with them.

Right? Like yes, if it’s a triangle, it’s a real thing. It’s kind of like rhyme is reason.

Same thing is here. So we could do research strategy writing and experimentation. This is the conversion copy writing process and then you get to say what parts are in here. So if you’re like all I do when it comes to research is jobs and new lead surveys.

I don’t wanna do anything else, then make it your two things. And you can say How are you all for job surveys? When’s the last time you did a jobs to be done, or interviews? When’s the last time you did a a jobs interview?

Set. And they’re like, we’ve never done one. I’m like, cool. You’re right on that new lead surveys.

How are you for that? And you can go through and walk them through this. And by the end, they’re like, shit, you’ve got a process. You have some way of helping me understand what my problem is in a way that nobody else ever has and you drew it for me, which is also a really interesting thing that only a pro is going to do.

I now know that I’m red on five things. I’m green on one thing. So that’s cool. I can take that back to my team and say, oh, we don’t have to worry about this.

Y’all, here are the five things we have to worry about. And when I hire you to do this work, we can then go back and say, okay. How are we now on this? Do you think we’re still red on this?

Are we yellow yet? And so on and so forth? This make sense to everybody?

Yeah.

Alright. Any questions about it?

Probably not yet. What I want you to do is hop into making your own for the people that you want to convert. So again, this is coming down to what’s your red thread or your one thing, what do you do, and try to think about what one thing you wanna sell more than anything.

If it’s like I just want fifty thousand dollar projects that that are like focused on x. I don’t know what that thing is. Or you know what it is. In some cases, I know what it is from talking with you, but for the whole group and anybody watching the replay, I don’t know what it is.

You know what it is. Try to know. If you don’t know, try to know, you’re allowed to build your future. This is what we’re doing.

So just like document the thing that you most wanna sell. I wanna sell fifty thousand dollar engagements that last two months and do these three things with this outcome. Okay, fine. Once you know that, then you can start to say what your process is to get there.

Now, process might not be the right word if you hear a process and you go, I don’t think it’s my process, you’re probably right. There are different ways to go about this. I wanna show you the end what it could look like, how it works, and then it’s up to you to come up with what that diagnostic is, and it can mean thinking through past calls you’ve had with clients and what they’ve shared with you or what you know you’re always delivering what you’re best at. But you definitely wanna think about your one thing and the only thing that you ever wanna sell if possible.

Okay?

Are you good to give this a shot for the next twenty minutes?

Yeah.

Just try it and then we’ll come back and share challenges you had with it or whatever Alright? Twenty minutes on the clock. I’m gonna stop recording. Thanks, Sarah.

Abby, if because it went so quickly, you need to share what you made. Let’s see it.

Okay. Right. Can you see my screen?

Just about yes.

Yeah. Is it tiny? Let me zoom in.

How’s that?

Cool?

Alright. Yes. We can see it. So just to be clear, all four parts of this you can deliver on.

Yeah. Including lead quality.

Yes.

Okay. But we have all the, yeah, part. Is it someone on your team or is it you?

It’s me. So I’m thinking, like, I’m thinking about my course here, but the course is basic. It’s it’s just the DIY version of my done for you offer.

So with the lead quality, the I do Facebook teach Facebook ad testing and then also, like, using thank you paid responses to make sure that you’re, like, bringing in the right people or that the messaging is resonating with the right people. So, yeah. Okay.

Awesome. Okay. So you walk them through this, and did you try, like, try it out because you had all this extra time? Like, did you try kind of pretending that you were walking a lead or even a prospective student through this model.

Yeah. Well, I was thinking, like, is this like your IP? Or are we free to chair this?

Yeah. Yeah. Oh, no. The idea is that now you go forward in you use it to close people and then deliver.

Yeah. Because I’ve I’ve been, like, running into a problem recently with my course where like, I wanna shift away from, like, the, kinda make money every day messaging and more towards, like, for people who have already tried it and failed, so a more kind of advanced training.

And I think, like, having something like this actually in the webinar would help kind of widen the out so that they can identify, like, all the areas that are gonna be, like, limiting their conversion. So, yeah, so it was, oh, that’s cool. I like it.

Awesome. Yeah. It is a sales tool, and also a, a way of measuring success as you go. Like a sense of progress when most of the time the way we measure these things is like, well, did I?

Is it done or isn’t it? And did I get sales or didn’t I or whatever that like bigger goal is? It’s like, well, no, there’s components along the way. And if we can make those all green, then you’re more likely to get that end goal that you’re looking for.

So, yeah, definitely use it in sales of any kind, webinars sales calls, all of it. Cool. Any questions for any, for Abby from anybody?

No? Alright. Fun. Cool. I will talk more about how to integrate this into the process and like modifying modifying offers and things as as we go.

Anybody else wanna share or chat about what didn’t work? What you’re still working on. Keep in mind, I’ve been working on this for a long time. And, like, I still have tweaks that I’m making and like, full on changes, like mindset was its own thing for a while, then I was like, no, mindset is across all of these things. So, I put it in the middle.

Johnson?

Yeah. I was wondering, because some of the things that I were down I I don’t have a process or a system for, but I I think that areas that I could cover, later as the product is fleshed out, or full of service. What do you have any advice for is that should I try and focus on stuff that I can just do right now or do a separate one that’s what I can do right now and one that’s more sort of future based?

Can it stand well without those parts that you don’t currently do well? Like how feasible is it to cut those parts out and have it still work?

Yeah. Sure. I could probably just merge them to together and do it more generalized because I’m kinda breaking things down maybe a little too far. Yeah. I could do that.

Yeah. If you can pull it, then you’ve you’ll confidently know you can deliver everything showing there. Right? So you wanna be able to obviously have a strong position of confidence in every call that you’re taking any webinar you might be running where you do this kind of thing.

So cut out what you can’t deliver yet, and then maybe just only add it back in when you’ve got somebody in your back pocket who can do that thing for you or when you can do it. Mhmm. Yeah. Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And then just make sure that the story comes together. Again, most people who you’re going to be showing this to don’t have a better sense for what you’re talking about than you do So whatever you show them is true.

It’s it’s like it’s not necessarily going to open up a whole bunch of skepticism.

So if you leave something off knowing eventually you’re gonna add that thing on, then that’s cool. Right? Cause they’re not thinking way you got this wrong, Johnson, you forgot about this point. Like, they’re thinking like, cool, cool, cool, cool. I’m red on this. Oh, I’m red. Yeah.

So that’s actually super helpful. Yeah. And she’s just like both of these exercises, this one and last week’s one. I found useful, not just for the lows itself, but also in sort of thinking about the areas, that I might be using these things in the future, just the red thread stuff and for developing a new, idea. So, anyway, it’d be cool. Thank you, anyway.

Big it. Love it. That’s cool. Wicked it. Anybody else wanna chat? But what they did.

Can I just ask Joe? Like, do you recommend right?

Do you recommend, the whole drawing it live or having the design. Like, I mean, I love I was also doing it in Canva, like, So bringing it on, bringing it with us, ready to show them, or, doing it on the call.

It’s more engaging when you have something to watch. Right? So if it’s like if you just bring up a model, then I’m reading through it while you’re talking.

If you bring up a blank sheet and you draw it and then you write a word, I’m engaged. Like, I’m waiting for what’s next. Right? So, and that’s what we really want is not for them to jump ahead and think they got it but for you to control that whole flow and then you say and now let’s talk about what you’re red and green on and then you color in red, color it, show them that thing. It’s for me, a horrible penmanship.

Everything’s a mess. But that’s not really the point. Right? They’re watching. They’re not saying like, so why don’t you pay better attention in grade three?

They were teaching you how to like make it look good. They’re just like going with it. Right? And like all they’re interested in is what am I red on?

Oh, what am I green on? Thank god. I’m green, but they’re watching the whole way. So, yes, long story short.

I do recommend that you draw it.

And I also recommend that I didn’t wanna make this like part of today’s session, but find someone in the room here to try this out with where their your perspective client and you hop on a call and you say talk me through this and they’re just pretending. So just like do some role playing then they can do the same for you and you can like work out the kinks of actually presenting it live and new ways to draw it and think about it. Yeah.

Cool.

Cool. Fine.

Anybody else?

I can share mine.

Cool. Yeah.

So typically what I do, even if I don’t have a drawing for it, is I start by looking at the campaign, figuring out which, what keywords they’re targeting, what their campaign looks like, whether it’s on Google or LinkedIn or Facebook, etcetera. And then figuring out what they need to prioritize. So if that’s landing pages, that’s landing pages, it might be the website, the homepage, it might be, the ads, so figuring out exactly what they need to optimize.

Then going through sales calls, sometimes that means going through like g two or Kaptura reviews, and then usually tools.

Sometimes users are testing, but definitely hotjar and Google Analytics. Then figuring out what the best framework is to use.

I I think that defining the persona would also be part of this, although I’m not sure that’s something I would be part of. That’s something I wouldn’t ask them about, because of that would determine, like, is this Are they targeting mid market? Are they targeting enterprise? Are they targeting medium businesses? And within those three categories, which, level of seniority.

But I guess that would fall under research, then actually writing, then usability testing meaning, like, validating the the copy and then finally AB testing.

Cool. It looks great. The only thing I would say is, there are some things on here that are big, like underwriting, you’ve got all those assets. And so if if it’s hard for them to identify what red, yellow, or green, then that’s kind of tricky. So what can you do here even if it comes down to combining strategy and research into one like thinking upfront, right? Like thinking or planning or something like that.

I would just encourage you to break up writing more.

So that because I might look at this and go like, okay. While I suck on CRO prioritization, I’m red on that. I’m green on tools. I’m green on VOC.

I’m probably wrong about being green on VOC, but I say that. Analytics. I don’t know. I have no idea.

Like, why don’t think about it that way? Maybe. Right? So I’m yellow there.

Writing. Well, I have a bunch of those. Let’s call it green.

And that’s the problem. Like, they they might have a bunch of things and think that’s okay.

It just that’s the only thing that stood out to me. That assets little piece of the pie is containing a lot. Can do something to open it up?

Well, the idea being that if they’re, like, the the asset that they would need would depend on what they’re prioritizing. So if their landing pages are leaking leads, then it would be landing pages. If they’re not driving off traffic at the top of the funnel, then it would be ads, And if their maybe their ads are not getting clicked on, then maybe it would be even higher. It would be more like brand awareness, social organic. Kind of work. That’s why I lumped them together.

That’s cool. And then I wonder though, then if you’re really To me, I’m envisioning a sort of triangle now. That’s more like leads or attract.

Convert and, like, retain or refer or revenue or something else. And then you could get into might be strategy in the I don’t know, but to me it feels like yeah. There’s something there, and I think what you’re saying is right. It might just need a different I don’t know. A different shape. Yeah.

I could do that. Because usually the question is, well, where are we leaking weeds or why aren’t we getting enough leaves? Why is our pipeline a mess?

Yeah. Great.

And the question is like, well, how do we figure that out? Because that’s not an easy question to answer.

Not. Not. But if you would dedicate a whole side of a triangle or whatever that final shape is, I don’t know, to leads then you can talk honestly about, like, okay, leads are red, but once we get them to convert them, we’re green on version and then we’re sucky on experimentation or whatever that other part is.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. That makes more sense.

Okay. Cool. Love it. That’s great.

Thanks Naomi. Anybody else wanna share or talk or share anything about what they just saw?

Can I share something?

Abby were you commenting?

Or I was just saying that it looked really nice.

Like, it looked it looked very, like, Yeah. Sounds good. Good job. Awesome.

Totally. Stacy, please go ahead.

I I have one that I wanna share that I didn’t do on the call today, but I did in the past. Okay. I just wanna share it because I want somebody to appreciate it.

Nice. It’s messy. Okay. It’s a scorecard.

It’s a scorecard, but the the thing the under and and I love the idea of using in this in a sales call, although everything I do in my universe is structured to avoid me ever have get on a call with anyone.

Okay.

So I set up my three things. I I created the ABCs of superior content, which are audio brand and craft. So those are the three things. And the audience part will, you know, that would involve the voice of customer and interviews, etcetera, understanding the audience, then brand has to do with brand voice, personality, and then Craft is the actual writing of content, which would be combining journalistic writing persuasions, storytelling with subject matter expertise.

So I go through and and and ask them six questions in each of in each of these three areas. So there’s eighteen questions altogether, and then it gives the gives the results in a scorecard and then I use score app, which is a good lead gen processing sort of follow-up thing. Yeah. So I just wanted share because because I’m proud of my scorecard.

That’s cool. I love it, and the ABC is a really nice thing to remember, obviously.

And it could go really nicely in a triangle and you could clearly, like, diagnose how am I on audience, how am I on brands, I don’t remember what the third one was. Sorry. And now it’s Craft. Craft.

That’s the actual writing. Yeah. And it does display. It displays it in that targeted, you know, thing where it scores them on each of the three areas in the in the report that it generates.

Nice. That’s cool. That’s great. Yeah. Even if they, like, diagnosed themselves and then went through the score.

Anyways, it’s cool. It’s cool. Yeah. Love it.

Cool. Anybody else?

We’re good. Okay. Work this out. I do recommend that you like start making it part of your process, you’ll be surprised at how engaging it is for people when they see it drawn out.

You’re talking through and asking them questions, especially if in sales calls, you struggle to like know what to say next. This is like a really clear way to look like you’re a freaking pro and have done this a million even if it’s like your first time doing it live. Just practice with other people in the room. If you don’t have anybody to practice with yet, chances are good.

Someone else doesn’t have anybody to practice with yet too. So, feel free to just chat right now and say, hey, does anybody wanna role play this with me?

And if not, go over in Slack and do it there too, and we’ll we’ll see what happens.

Cool.

Anybody have questions? We’ve got thirty minutes ish left. If you have to go, cool, respect your time. If you have questions to ground, Katie, do you have one?

Yeah. So I’m can you just speak a bit more to, like so we’ve established where they’re red and where they’re yellow and where they’re green?

Am I aiming to then put to, like, can you, take it into the pitch? So, like, am I aiming to put together one proposal that covers, like, first, we’re gonna address the red, and then we’re gonna talk about the yellow, or how do I go into turning that into an offer?

Exactly. Yes. So I think there’s lots of ways you can do it. Right? So whatever is triggering for you, like in your imagination, roll with that but the really yeah the thing that you wanna walk away with is now it’s not just, hey, I need a sales page, but it’s also, hey, I need to get better at this, this, this, and this.

Your project now got bigger. You’re also a consultant. That’s more strategic. Right? So you walk away from there going Here are the four things we need to work on before we even work on writing your sales page.

Let me take this away, put together, some ideas for you. You send me x, y, and z document that I need. So you said you’re strong on research. Send me some so I can look at it. And then we’re gonna hop on a call, and I’ll walk you through my plan for how we can hit all of these things you read on in x period of time that you’ve told me you want this off like the thing that’s in the center of it, the five hundred paid conversions added a month or whatever.

We wanna get there in three months time. But we have to make these red things all green. We’ve agreed on that. You agree that you’re red on these things. So now we’re gonna go forward. I’ll put the other and I’m gonna come back and talk you through that plan. That’s a really, like, clear way for you to now go off and run a project.

Does that make sense? Like here’s my project now and it’s informed not just by what you said you think you need but what I have diagnosed you as really needing.

Yeah. I mean, I see this is super useful because I think I mentioned on our last the last call that I made it to live, like, I just feel like my project ideas are always really big, and I struggle to break them down into components. So this feels really helpful for that.

I guess what I’m taking away from what you’ve just said is like it would be helpful for me to have a sense of the hierarchy of the lights for for lack of better words so that I know, like, if that’s red, obviously, we’re gonna do this first and, and, like, turning that then into a proposal?

Yeah. And it’s sort of a process. So I said the word process, but I know sometimes it won’t feel like a process. So if you’re like, but it’s not a process. Okay. Don’t make it a process. But to me, it is.

To me, it’s like, okay, if it’s list offer that’s an order in which things go. Right? The conversion copywriting process has parts to it.

And so that should also lead to a sort of hierarchy, right, where you’re like, well, we can do everything we want with copy. But if your list is a mess or the people coming to it or wrong. If you’re red on that, no. So we clearly have to solve the the left part of the triangle first, whatever that’s called. I don’t geometry.

But we solve that over there. We solve list.

Then once we’re red once we’re green on those things, then we’ll talk about off for that list. Okay? And then we’ll talk about copies. You can start to see a gantt chart forming of how that project could go.

Like we’re gonna nail list I can’t come up with that live on a call. That’s not your job to come up with it live on a call. Right? You’re like, I’m I’m gonna go away and think about this for you.

You come up with the things you’re gonna do for improved list quality and quantity in x period of time.

Put that on the gantt chart here. What’s we’re gonna do in week one, week two, week three. Then week three, we’re also gonna start working on offer and and week six will be ready to work on copies. Now, you have like this project mapped out.

You’ve also got a built in way to go back and optimize things, right? So you can say we got through list offer copy, the parts of the triangle, red turn to yellow on these things and yellow turn to green, but now let’s go back and do more to further optimize it. So you have the initial project, as well as a map in effect or a retainer to optimize for performance. Does that make sense, Katie, or is that too much?

It makes sense.

I feel like I’m gonna have to revisit my, like, the categories that I’ve throat to make sure that they have a clear Okay.

Flow from one to the next. Okay. Yeah. And know I was just thinking like, well, what if they’re like, well, I don’t wanna work on that first. I wanna work on, like, I don’t I don’t wanna work on my I just wanna work on my sales page or something. I guess then it’s a question of like, do you wanna work with them?

I would say that’s the question and then. If you know list is actually red and they’re like, I don’t care, write the copy.

That’s not what I do. I can the copy will never convert if your list is garbage. Sorry. We gotta nail that and that’s where you have to be able to work on list.

In this case, right? You have to say like, no. I’m gonna nail this for you, then you’re gonna have you might not even need to work on the copy. It might just be a list look.

We’re green across the board on coffee.

So but that’s yeah. You you’re not just diagnosing what they need but are they a good fit for you to work with? They should walk away from this going. Holy shit, Katie.

No one’s ever shown it to us this way. That was great. How do we start nailing through like I had no idea that’s how this worked. That’s like the objective.

And if they don’t do that, they’re probably gonna be pretty tough to work with.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. I know it’s easy for me to say. Like, push away these people who don’t wanna do the first part of the process, but we all already know you. They’re not gonna be a good fit. Yeah.

Stacy, I know you have an AMA and then Abby.

So, my my question is about a project that I’m currently working on. I just did, message frameworks for this client often I work with enterprise companies. So I’m sort of a step removed from being able to get into benchmarking and AB testing and things like that because it’s also siloed off in big companies. In this particular instance, it’s a smaller company. They’re like a twenty million company, and my messaging framework meeting was with the whole c suite of, you know, so I had all four c level people.

So now we’re moving into actually doing a wireframe for the home page. And I’m working with that mostly with the CMO.

So they want to do an AB test against their current homepage with what I create. And so since I’m not used to sort of benchmarking before a project, I wanted to get some feedback on what I might be able to do as far as what what to ask for to establish some ben benchmarks and test against and any any tips about you know, that process because I know you do a lot having to do with the, with data, and it’s just something that I’m usually a step removed from.

Sure. So they are split testing though. Right?

They’re using Yes.

Optimizely or a tool like that.

They well, they they want AB test I haven’t talked to them about the mechanics of how they’re doing it, but I do know they want to split test, driving traffic and, you know, testing their current homepage against a new homepage that I’m writing the copy for.

Right. So understanding how the control is performing is Good. They should be telling you that, right? And then they’ll tell you the, metrics when they tell. Like, here’s here are the KPIs for this page.

It’s a homepage. So it’s likely you’ll need to document things like, amount of traffic coming to it, traffic sources, coming to it as well. If they’re using it as a landing page for Facebook ads and other things like that, It’s a problem. Right? Like, because the test at that point becomes less about a scientific test and more about like a game, where you’ve got traffic coming from weird sources that could have been brought in by any number of ads, etcetera. And they’re landing on this page. They’re so different.

That it’s almost like there are too many variables. I know it’s all in the variable of audience, but it’s so uncontrolled.

That your test is just going to feel fake. So understand where traffic is coming from. Try to get them on board with narrowing it down to their ideal audience. And I know that means organic traffic you can’t do anything about either, but people who are searching and landing on your homepage are likely not look you lose when we’re talking about business. This is SAS. This is a software company?

Or It’s, it is tech.

Yes. It’s it’s tech. So no Because it’s a CDN. It’s a it’s enterprise CDN.

Okay. Cool.

Good. So we can imagine that organic traffic that lands there. Is there by design in some way? So cool. What’s the traffic like that’s coming to it? How are they converting right now? So you need quantity of traffic than like a understanding a qualitative understanding of quality of traffic.

And then you need to know what that existing conversion rate is and what conversion rate means for them is likely going to be clicks. If it’s on the homepage, it’s probably clicks. The question is clicks to where?

We wanna drive sign ups to a a trial sign up for a free account.

Can they sign up for the free account from that page, or do they get driven to another page?

They can sign up on the homepage currently. And they, and and it’s not very focused and it can be much better than it is now.

Okay.

In other words, the homepage is not driving sign ups, and I think it could drive sign ups much more than it does.

Okay. Is there an email address field on the homepage?

That’s like start your trial?

Yes. There is.

Yes. There is. Oh, that’s an existing thing. Cool. You can optimize that. That’s great. So that would be probably number one.

It sounds like your number one goal is trial starts.

Trial starts. Yes.

Okay. So you need to document, know the the control and how it’s doing on trial start but also optimizely, we’ll know that too.

So you don’t you don’t have to write anything down if they’re using the right tool and if you’re all aligned on, what the objective is, like what, how are you going to measure it in a testing platform? You can set up multiple goals, and that’s trickiest part. You don’t want to set up too many goals. Home pages are hard though because things like bounce are gonna be an actual consideration on a homepage.

Try to keep them on task with What is the number one thing that this page is solving for? From a business perspective, why does the business invest money in this homepage. Why is this test a priority right now? And if it is, we wanna get trial starts as soon as they land there, then throw every other way of measuring the page out the door.

Don’t worry about bounce rate. We have to try scary things and some people are gonna bounce. And maybe they won’t. Maybe it’ll hold more people.

We’re not gonna worry about that. All we’re worried about is trial starts. So how does optimizely or whatever tool they use measure trial starts. What can you do in the tool?

Is it just like once they’ve clicked this button successfully or once they’ve landed on the next page is a common way to do that test. Are they landing on a confirmation page for like your trial is now started or landing an app? Which can also be tricky because there’s lots of different ways to land in at from a home page oftentimes. Point being, trial starts is what matters.

So document that Nothing else really matters if that’s your goal. There’s so many things to measure on a homepage. Try to control how much they’re thinking about. Does that help, Stacy?

Yes. Yes. That helps very much. And I will be re re listening to this recording to make sure I get all of that. Okay. Thank you.

DLDR is like trial starts is all that you’re gonna focus them on. Yeah. Cool.

Hey. Yeah. So I have kind of it’s like a mindset strategy question. I’m gonna try and articulate it as best as I can.

So I’m looking at, like, the prioritization matrix, and I’m trying to kind of, like, find my high reward low friction task and, like, the twenty percent of my efforts that generate eighty percent of, like, the revenue. And the things the thing that, like, does the most of me at is podcast, but then like, so speaking on the podcast, it’s it’s my kind of, like, high reward low friction, but then it’s, like, getting on the podcast, then it becomes kind of, like, the question of, like, likelihood of success as well, because it’s like a podcast could potentially be high reward, but then it’s like, I gonna even get on it? Like, how do I get on it? And it’s kind of like so how do you, like, balance thinking about those things, like, the how the how to get to the, like, high reward thing, like, in terms of is that did I yeah.

Yeah. I think so.

It means to me it sounds like it’s, like, of, like, leverage.

The first thing that comes to mind is, like, okay, who is trying to book you on there? Do you have a VA or assistant of some kind pitching for you.

I have a VA that, like, makes a list and that I pitch them.

Can you train the VA to pitch?

I I can. The reason I haven’t is because I posted in, like, the Slack about and, having, like, whether to have my B. I pitch, and then Christie said she wouldn’t even, like, look at, like, a podcast application if it was wasn’t sent by the person.

So that kind of Oh, no.

The video is pretending to be you.

Oh, okay. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. They’re just they’re signed it. They’re sending from your email address a hundred percent. And it’s just like, hey, Abby here. Just a template that they then know how to modify because you’ve taught them. You took an hour to teach them how to do this thing well for you. And steal it from your email address, and that’s it.

Mhmm.

So it’s like thinking about, like, how to automate kind of the steps to the high reward stuff or, like, outsource, minimize friction.

Do you have an SOP for it that your VA can then be trained on? And then when you do, if getting on podcasts is a huge high value win for you, but it’s it’s a slog to get there. It’s a it’s a quantity game a lot of the time. Like how much as you put out there.

Then yeah, outsource that. Send that off. That’s a great thing for your VA to do. It doesn’t take specialized skills.

Not if they have your training, yeah, to do it. So I get the VA on it, but yeah, send from your email address or something that’s a good fake of your email address.

Like AP at instead of Abby at or whatever.

Mhmm.

Cool. Yeah. That makes so much sense. You make it sound so obvious. Of course.

Thank you.

No. No worries. Awesome. Anna.

Hey. I just had a question about the ebook I’m writing right now.

Love it.

So, I think I know the answer to this, but I wanna just confirm. It is fair game to quote any studies that are publicly out there. Right?

What about, like, screenshots of that’s because it’s on pricing page. So can I can I use screenshots or pricing pages that are out there in public right now? Or do I have to, like, seek permission?

Or I think Jessica wants to answer this.

I’m watching your face, Jessica. Oh, no.

I thought you did for, like, the folks that No.

I just I just wanna make sure everybody knows I’m engaged. I don’t Oh, yes. I do know the answer.

You guys publishing for us. So I thought like, oh, you probably have a good take on this.

Yeah.

Yeah. So in my experience, it’s what are you copying or screenshotting and is it proprietary?

So there are some cases where you’re not allowed to use an image without paying a fee for it.

But you usually know those things. Right? A screenshot of someone’s website is it’s a public thing as long as you cite, and I would recommend citing everything about it that it’s copyrighted by X company. The screenshot was taken on this date.

And that’s that’s cool. Then you can do that. It can also be actually a pretty useful way to start promoting your book when the time comes. When you’re like, Hey, I used your page as a great example in my book. It’s coming out. Do you wanna copy of it?

That kind of thing. Right? And then they might say like, oh, I didn’t realize people were just using screenshots of our website. What? And you might be like, oh, fuck.

But, that’s just the conversation that you have at that point, but it doesn’t have to be weird. I no one’s ever run any quotes that, like, when Ann Handley put me in her book, I didn’t find out till someone was like, Joe, you’re in Ann’s book. And same for product led growth. Nobody told me this was gonna happen.

But I would just ended up in there. And I wasn’t like, damn you, Ann. I was like send flowers to Ann. So it’s it’s it’s I wouldn’t worry about it just do what you can to cite where it came from. And wherever possible, only take screenshots of things where you’re gonna tell a good story about it. If it’s, like, a bad thing, mock up a version of it and just remove anything.

Actually, that was gonna be my my next question. So if I just mock up and make a random, like, I could take it a pricing page and and then play around with it on Photoshop and change it up completely. Just to use the bad example.

That’s obviously fine. Right? Because no one’s gonna know where it came from or yeah.

Yeah. And then the reader also likes you a little more. Right? You’re like, look, these are some bad things I’ve seen.

I’m not gonna call anybody out. Everybody means while you, the reader, you mean well. But here’s what are what people are doing wrong. And then you can show, like, mock ups, but not the thing.

Yeah.

Awesome.

Last question.

Does it matter how long the ebook is? So I I I thought I would wrap something up in, like, thirty pages.

Okay.

But it’s it looks like it’s gonna get to, like, seventy pages.

And I’m wondering, like, are people gonna read that or Who is your target?

K. Good question.

So c level execs that will Yeah. Because the whole idea is to build authority and and show that this is a comprehensive thing.

On pricing pages. Right? So someone who gets a hold of it, the impression I want them to get is like, oh, didn’t know there was so much to talk about when it came to Verizon pages. It seems like this person knows this thing.

A hundred percent. Yes. So I just chatted over the title of a book called write useful books, go read it through your kindle, read it right away.

It’s great, but it will make you identify who your target audience is and things like referral referrals that are built into their heads. So it’s gonna be really useful.

Read right useful books as you’re doing this.

Think about that target audience and think about where they’re reading it. I think I’ve talked about this before with April.

With obviously awesome. She was gonna get it traditionally published.

Sorry if I’m repeating it, but it’s really good advice. The traditional publisher was it needs to be sixty thousand words and she’s like, no, I can’t. And the reason was for her was, but I travel on planes and I read books on planes, like that’s when a lot of sea levels in their careers hop on. That’s when they that’s when they read books.

So if that’s the case, then how long is the average flight that a sea level is going to able to read your book. Three or four hours. So you have to make it start to finish in three to four hours, which is like I think it’s something like thirty thousand words at most, knowing that they’re just skimming a lot of it and just like rolling through it.

But, yeah, thirty thousand words, I think is what came out as like the ideal length for a c level to read a book.

Thousand words. Okay. I’ll keep that in mind.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks.

And of course, we have love screenshots in there.

It’s gonna go a lot faster. It doesn’t mean you have to take up the whole flight though. Like, if they’re able to finish the book and start writing the email to you that’s like, loved your book, let’s talk. That’s a good thing.

Right? If they can get all that work done on the plane and then walk off and go. Awesome. What’s next?

You know?

Yeah. Got it.

Awesome. Love it. Read write useful books.

Okay. Anybody else?

I do have a couple like brainstorm questions. They’re very low. Like, you probably be like really are you asking me this, but I just wanted to get brain power because we have a lot of that in the room if that’s okay.

Yeah. We do. Yeah. We got eight minutes still. Let’s go.

Okay. I’m trying to think of which one Alright. I’ll go with the second question because I have a feeling your mindset has changed around this a little bit. So I kind of Soft launched my new newsletter called the holiday win and So what I’m wondering is you used to do a lot of free stuff to grow your list, but you’ve recently made comments about not doing that in the books and that. So I’m just wondering how are we feeling about that right now? Any suggestions?

About free content? To grow your email list. Yes.

Right. I mean, our free content’s just different now. Our free content that grows our email list is on Instagram, and with like many chat and boards. Right? That’s really it.

But still, they’re still free. It’s just it’s just different.

I know the the name makes me wanna watch a Hallmark movie though to be very clear.

No. The goal was to rip it off of the old movie.

So that’s Oh, cool.

That’s awesome. Good. Yeah.

Yeah. But give a give it away in your newsletter. The good thing of are you using Substack?

No. So you mentioned something about Substack and then I had to do research on what was the latest drama and then I was like dang it. So do I grow it on there or not?

Feels a little problematic.

Yeah. No. We’ve stopped using Substack too. Yeah.

But I thought if you were okay with it, No.

I saw the research or I looked it up after you mentioned it. You’re ruined my email strategy, Joe. Alright.

We’re ruined mine too.

So the so whatever alternative comes out for sub stack, that doesn’t allow Nazis to be the Nazis on there.

Is, hopefully the next thing to use then just because you can charge for your archives. And if you have good shit you’re giving out, you should be charging for the archive.

So that’s that. But your goal is to grow your list. And if your goal is to grow your list with quality leads, then free is obviously is the is the way to go. It’ll get more people on.

It’s just a question of how quality are those are those leads. But a lot of them are quality just because they’re looking for free out of the gate doesn’t mean they’re ever going to be looking for free. Just wanna make sure you’re not full of crap. Right?

So let’s try you for free and then pay you later.

Yeah. That’s my take. Does anybody else have thoughts on this?

Do you give stuff away free to grow your list? Any tips?

No one wants to talk about it.

I no. I mean, I already have any advice it’s an interesting question, but I I don’t know. I think, I think about the content itself being, yeah, engaging and teaching something. Maybe it’s just a hint of something and you’re not giving anything away. I mean, I’m thinking of the the email the the the the people I’ve subscribed to who I read. And it’s it’s supposed to be people who are into entertaining first.

Maybe, yeah, actually first. And then secondly, teach me stuff. Yeah. Yeah.

James Claire is three two one method, work really well, and there’s another copywriter who somehow I got on this list.

He does three two one for copywriting.

Three examples to something and then one tip or something like that. And it’s a good read.

So, I don’t know, food for thought as you think of the format as well for your newsletter.

Cool. Naomi.

So I want to get more into Go ahead podcast.

And so I was building a list of, podcasts that I thought were relevant And somebody mentioned to me that you that I could probably write a script and just outsource that, have somebody put that together and send an email to all those people. But I was I thought that would be too impersonal that they get a lot of they got a lot of mail looking for guests and that it would make a lot more sense to do it. Like, actually listening to the podcast and mentioning something relevant, So I was wondering what you thought about that. Is that something?

Yeah. Did you hop off for a bit on this call already?

Yeah. I had two during my meeting for the ending.

And then you hop back up. So Abby actually asked the same question, and it was about podcast pitching, how to make it personal, And so, really quick and it’s in the replay if you want more detail, but it really is, documents like a template.

For outreach to these podcasts, and then, teach your VA or somebody that is inexpensive to send these pitch emails from your email address. So it looks like it’s from Naomi. It’s written in the first person. Hi, etcetera.

And they all do the research too. So the VA listens to the podcast or reads the reviews or whatever the whatever the thing is that teach the VA to do and then they have a goal that you give them of like five pitches a day or whatever that goal is that you need for them to to get your name out there. But yeah, it’s an SOP. This is the leverage part of the big sunshine growth model. Of have that SOP with templates associated with it, and then teach a VA to do it. And just make it look personal by personalizing and sending it from naomi at.

Okay.

Great. Awesome. Thanks. Is there another question there?

Are we good? I have one more question. Sorry. It’s another brainstorm one. Okay. So I did do the the win is a hundred million offers.

I flushed out the whole seasonal sale holiday offer thing. So Next the sales page, right? So and now this. So my only thought is I really need to get more people see like going through this process so I can finesse it and I’m getting still a lot of email and I know a lot of that is authority related but to get some quicker like and I get a few seasonal sales and no door.

Yeah. Any suggestions about more of a fast approach to that part?

Like, you’re just trying to get people to test this out on?

Essentially.

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I think it’s like you said on really no dollar offers. It’s formosa kind of solution here, I would do what he has said to do in that case. Do you have a system?

If you have system, then you post on LinkedIn and say, hey, I’m looking for five companies that meet this criteria to run through my system on the next holiday for free in exchange for me being able to daw to tell the world about this and to take examples away from it. That’s a third thing to do. But just make sure you have it as like system so that you’re not guessing your way through their holiday emails for free.

Yeah. Okay. Perfect. Thank you. I’ll do that.

Okay. Fine. Alright. Well, we’re at the end of our time. Thanks, everyone, for your great questions. Nobody shared a win, but I wasn’t gonna harp on that too much. It’s pretty mean about it.

My win is being in CSV. That is a win.

Okay. Awesome. The replay will be available later. Thanks y’all, and we will be following up more on this diagnostic tool as we chat more.

Okay? Okay. Thanks, though. Have a good one. Bye.

Transcript

Today, as you saw in the worksheets, thanks for coming on camera. We’re gonna be talking about a diagnostic tool, and we’ll get into the details of that. As always, we’re gonna kick it off with some training And then, in today’s training though, we’ll be spending some time doing, like, work, based on the training. So expect to, you know, put aside twenty minutes at the end of this to start doing some thinking through what we’re talking about. And then we’ll do the usual AMA.

Always kick it off with a win, please, a win of any kind helps everybody stay motivated and see how many cool things there are to do out there. And then any any question you got, the more specific, the more context you can give the better.

Everybody good.

Good. Alright. We’re recording this. When you ask a question, please do come on camera wherever possible.

Please do be on camera so people can connect with you and see a smiling or whatever face you don’t have to smile no more. Whatever feels right is good. Okay. I am going to share my screen.

Alright. So this is this is cool. This is something that we’ve been working on for a little while.

For freelancing school as well as for people who are going to be joining, copy school pro. And that is a better way to diagnose what you need to work on because a lot of people are looking for road maps. Right? And that’s not just for students.

Your clients also want some form of roadmap. Like, what are you what what are we here for? Where are you gonna take me How do I know it’s the right thing to do? So this tool is a way and you’re gonna come up with your own today.

It’ll be the starting point for your own. This is a tool that helps you across every part of converting and delivering to people and also setting projects. So, You may have questions about this. I don’t think you’re gonna walk out of today’s session going.

I totally get it. I got the right one. It’s perfect. Everything’s amazing. This is gonna be the beginning of starting to think through something that you might work out over the course of the next month.

But here is the idea. So I’m on this.

Why does it say that’s page two? Everything says page two. It’s not. It’s actually four. Sorry.

Anyway, it doesn’t matter. But it’s the general diagnostic template. This page in your worksheet your workbook.

This is the idea here. Hopefully, you’re not on a very small screen.

The, again, the idea here is to figure out what the general three or four parts of what you deliver that is a solution to your client or student as you start to scale to teaching more to their problem what that what that is so you can then go in and say, here’s what you’re missing, here’s what you don’t have to work on, but here’s what do have to work on here is how we can work together. So, for example, I’m gonna show you first of all, like the end. What we’re working toward. Now this is our model. It’s currently called the Sunshine growth model because it looks a little bit like a this is multiple iterations on it that I’ve been playing with, but let me zoom in here and then we can talk specifically about what the hell it even is. Okay.

So someone comes to me and this is based on just years and years of coaching freelance copywriters and particular but also marketing consultants, etcetera.

Someone comes to me and they’re like, Joe, I’m, you know, I’ve plateaued. I would love to get to two hundred and fifty thousand dollars is the most common thing that people say. I’m at about a hundred. I wanna get to two fifty. What’s stopping me?

And so really what I’m hearing is like you’d like to get to about a grand a day of consistent income. And so that could be twenty days of the work month that works out to about two hundred and fifty thousand dollars a year or all the days, and that works out to about three hundred sixty thousand dollars a year. So that’s the problem that most people come to me trying to solve until they get to that and they’re like, okay. Now I wanna get to three million.

I got to three sixty. Now I wanna get to three point six. Let’s do that. And that would still come down to a lot of what we’re seeing here.

So this is how it breaks down and then I’m gonna show you how it draws out when we’re talking with people who are considering coming in to copy school professional, and then we’ll talk about what that means for you and for your new clients, leads when you’re having those lead conversations as well as how you deliver on something with clients So this is one way to do it, especially if you have felt scattered. If you felt like there, people come to you for all the things and you know know what to say no to. You never feel really good saying no.

People come to you and they’re all for the same general thing, but they have different problems within that same general thing. And your job is always like a little too custom. You don’t want it to always be custom because then it’s hard to offload things to people. You don’t have the leverage of like, here is how we do this work.

Go do it for me so I can mark up what you do, and get paid for not doing anything other than basically teaching you for you to deliver for me and then I then bill. Let me explain. Okay. So someone comes to me and says, Joe, basically, I wanna make a thousand dollars a day help Cool.

There are four actually five but four key parts that usually their work comes down to. So we can say okay. I can draw this out sharing my iPad as shown in the worksheet and I can say, okay, let’s talk through these four things, your skills, your authority, your money, and that means all things money. Money, not as leverage, but money as pricing.

Are you targeting the right audience? Do you have everything that you need? In order to make that money that you want to. Does your current audience only want to spend a thousand dollars on a single VIP day and then they’ll hit you up every six months for one.

You can’t build a business that way. Right? So and then we talked about leverage. And then what’s keeping you from all of those things too is also mindset mindset or copywriters.

Like for nobody else mindset is like such a challenge. It’s very hard. If you don’t have mindset issues and a lot of people here are working really well through any that you might have and maybe getting to a point where you don’t have mindset issues. Congratulations because that’s again and again. And I’ve said this before in Copyschool Pro. It’s such a big deal.

Getting your head right about your skills, about your authority, about a about your sense of scarcity and money out there. Who would pay me for this? And then leverage getting your head right about people, what it means to hire someone, what it means to document a creative process.

Okay. So we can draw this out. And that’s exactly what we want to do. And I’m going to switch over to, my iPad right away here and show you what we do and what you should be doing when you are going through a diagnosis of how to solve a problem with your clients or leads. Sorry.

Boop. Okay. Really simply what we do and what I’m suggesting that you do and my iPad’s been flipping around a lot today. So hopefully it doesn’t mess it up.

But we draw a circle. It’s allowed to be ugly. It doesn’t have to be perfect. And in the middle, we put our one thousand.

And we’re drawing this and sharing it with them and like talking them through it. Right? And then we have these parts that come out of there and we write in skills and sorry just going through this authority.

Money and leverage, then talk them through that. And this is what you’ll be doing with your own process Right?

So, like, okay. Here’s the problem we wanna solve. Here in the middle, it’s a thousand dollars a day. That’s what we’re aiming toward.

Here are the things that are keeping you pretty much. Think about this for your client. Your clients come to you and they say we want five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put that in the middle.

Here. Five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put like five hundred or you turn that into the dollar figure, like each conversion is worth ten dollars. So that’s five thousand.

Okay. Fine. So you put that in the middle and then you talk through the parts that are your process that are like critical to delivering five thousand dollars or those five hundred paid conversions a month. So they’re seeing, okay, you’re walking them through.

There’s skills. There’s authority. There’s money. There’s leverage. In in our case, probably not in yours.

Yours might be research and discovery.

And like the conversion copy writing process or something like that, right? Even if it’s for SAS brands, you might be like, okay, we have, you know, the five parts It’s more of a Pentagon shape and it’s got all five parts of pirate metrics. Let’s say. But let’s let’s focus on this. So here’s what I do.

Get the person who you’re talking to to also write this out. So say, hey, pick up a piece of paper. I want you to draw this with me. So you draw a circle just like this. Yours will be better than mine. I’m not an artist, etcetera.

Write these words from there. You write skills, you write authority, you write money, you write leverage. Great. Cool. Now all I want you to do is write this out and then we’re going to see how you’re doing on all of these points. So we have advanced skills you can sell. We have case studies and proof and we have advanced skills you can use.

So that’s like in this case it might be something more like advanced skills you can sell are am I really, really good at writing long form sales pages. Do I have case studies and proof for long form sales pages? And do I have advanced skills that I can use in my business like setting up a funnel for new leads so that I can sell them long form sales pages? Okay.

So write those down. Don’t do anything with them yet. And then you move on to the next one. Alright.

Next up is authority.

You’ve got your specialization or your niche, and you’ve got thought leadership.

My penmanship is shit. Don’t worry. And then you’ve got things like biz dev, which means everything to do with marketing, pipeline, etcetera. Cool. That’s how we start thinking through your authority.

When it comes to making money, do you have the right audience?

Do you have a standardized offer?

Maybe with a retainer option? Do you have, are you are you charging the right money for the thing that you deliver and the value that it is for your audience. And then we get into leverage and that is SOPs and documentation that is tools and process and that is people. Okay. So we walk them through this, getting them nodding along with us. They can ask questions as you go, and then comes the diagnosis.

This is where you go through and you have them identify if there are different ways to do this. There’s red, yellow, green is really common.

So anybody here yeah. Has probably gone through red, yellow, green. Some people have gone through red, yellow, green with us. So you go through and you say, okay.

On skills. If I was if I was bringing you into coffee school pro. Talk to me about are you red, are you yellow, are you green on advanced skills that you can sell? Do you feel really good about that.

And they can say like, well, I actually think I’m a pretty good copywriter. That’s not the problem. Great. So we’ll call that green.

How about proof? How are you on proof? Do you have good case studies? Yeah. I’ve got great case studies.

Okay. Cool. You’re good there. How about advanced skills you can use? What’s your funnel like?

If I don’t have a funnel okay cool then we’ll call that red and we’ll mark it as such. So you go through and you do that whole process with them and then by the end all you’re going to worry about are the things that are red. So if they’re not good at identifying where the red or yellow, that’s a sign that you probably shouldn’t work with them. If they’re like, we’re bringing on all of this.

Like, this, I’m perfect at all of this, and you’re like, Cool. You don’t need my help, peace, and get the hell out of the room. But if they’re decent at, like, identifying, like, You know, I thought we were green on that, but I think we might be yellow. And I thought we were yellow on that, but I think we might be red.

Then you can start identifying how you’ll work with them. So I’m read on skills I can use and thought leadership, and I’m read on Biz dev. I also don’t have any people. My tools are okay, but I don’t have a single SOP at all.

Great. So now we’re coming up with things where we can say, okay. We’re going to work on are these things. And then from there for your client, you can start saying okay.

We can talk through what we can do across all of these, areas of greatest opportunity build out a roadmap for what a project like that would look like, etcetera. Now this is possibly going to be hard to think through for you right now because this is focused on like coffee school pro. You, however, can do this exact thing for your clients as well, and you should be doing this for your clients. So now I’m going to go back to sharing the worksheet.

I’m just gonna zoom out here.

There.

So you can do the same thing for different stuff. Right? So here on this page, I’ve got a triangle shape that you might have for list offer copy. So let’s say you are working on, you’re in conversion copywriting and you sell sales pages.

That’s your thing. That’s what you wanna do. You wanna be perfect at it. You love it.

You’re gonna be amazing at it. Cool. You know it breaks down into list offer copy. Now the tricky thing with something like this is every part of this has to be something you can work on them with.

So if someone comes to you and says, I need a new sales page. I want it to make a hundred thousand dollars. You’re like, cool. Let’s talk.

Then you draw the triangle, you write lists, offer copy on there and you talk through lead age. Okay? Talk to me about your leads. How old are they?

How many fresh leads do you have? Are you red, green, or yellow on that? And then you color that in for whatever they are. Okay.

Now what about the quality of these leads? Where are they coming from? How are you finding them? Do they have the money?

What do you know about them? And they tell you that. Deliverability. Talk to me about how your emails are going right now.

Are people able to get to your sales page your emails, or is anything even happening there? Are you trying to drive people from Facebook, which is more about lead quality, straight to your sales page and they tell you if they’re red, yellow, or green on those things. You go around and do all of this and that can help you better diagnose not just the current project, but like a a bigger scale project that they’re buying into because they’re the ones who said I’m red on that. And if you can deliver on turning them from red to green, then it can go back through and do the the redo the diagnostic tool all the time, every at the end of each part of your project and be like, okay.

How are we feeling now about our lead age if that was a red and you got them there. Now they’re like, cool. Awesome job getting us to green. That’s amazing.

And you’ve got it documented for exactly what you have done for them.

But critically anything that’s showing in your diagnostic has to be something that you can do. Is where list offer copy can be a little bit tricky if you don’t do list stuff. If you’re like, I don’t attract leads, I can’t do anything for you. Then that’s a problem because they’re gonna walk away and go, oh, okay.

We have to go get some to take care of this, and then we’ll come back and talk to you later, which they might not do. They liked your diagnosis, great. But we wanna keep them here. So you would only break down your process.

This shape that you have into things that you will actually do. And that’s where if you are like, okay, I’m targeting SAS and they do care about pirate metric still, let’s say, not everybody that’s a lot of people have problem with it, but let’s just pretend. Okay. So you break down the five parts of pirate metrics, but you know you don’t do the first you don’t, you know, you don’t do the last one either.

So you would draw a triangle only for those three that you do. Okay. So your shape is dependent on the number of parts that you have here. A triangle is really easy and a circle is really easy.

You can draw a circle. You can break it up into four parts. We’re used seeing paragraphs. We’re used to seeing these sorts of shapes and our brains align with them.

Right? Like yes, if it’s a triangle, it’s a real thing. It’s kind of like rhyme is reason.

Same thing is here. So we could do research strategy writing and experimentation. This is the conversion copy writing process and then you get to say what parts are in here. So if you’re like all I do when it comes to research is jobs and new lead surveys.

I don’t wanna do anything else, then make it your two things. And you can say How are you all for job surveys? When’s the last time you did a jobs to be done, or interviews? When’s the last time you did a a jobs interview?

Set. And they’re like, we’ve never done one. I’m like, cool. You’re right on that new lead surveys.

How are you for that? And you can go through and walk them through this. And by the end, they’re like, shit, you’ve got a process. You have some way of helping me understand what my problem is in a way that nobody else ever has and you drew it for me, which is also a really interesting thing that only a pro is going to do.

I now know that I’m red on five things. I’m green on one thing. So that’s cool. I can take that back to my team and say, oh, we don’t have to worry about this.

Y’all, here are the five things we have to worry about. And when I hire you to do this work, we can then go back and say, okay. How are we now on this? Do you think we’re still red on this?

Are we yellow yet? And so on and so forth? This make sense to everybody?

Yeah.

Alright. Any questions about it?

Probably not yet. What I want you to do is hop into making your own for the people that you want to convert. So again, this is coming down to what’s your red thread or your one thing, what do you do, and try to think about what one thing you wanna sell more than anything.

If it’s like I just want fifty thousand dollar projects that that are like focused on x. I don’t know what that thing is. Or you know what it is. In some cases, I know what it is from talking with you, but for the whole group and anybody watching the replay, I don’t know what it is.

You know what it is. Try to know. If you don’t know, try to know, you’re allowed to build your future. This is what we’re doing.

So just like document the thing that you most wanna sell. I wanna sell fifty thousand dollar engagements that last two months and do these three things with this outcome. Okay, fine. Once you know that, then you can start to say what your process is to get there.

Now, process might not be the right word if you hear a process and you go, I don’t think it’s my process, you’re probably right. There are different ways to go about this. I wanna show you the end what it could look like, how it works, and then it’s up to you to come up with what that diagnostic is, and it can mean thinking through past calls you’ve had with clients and what they’ve shared with you or what you know you’re always delivering what you’re best at. But you definitely wanna think about your one thing and the only thing that you ever wanna sell if possible.

Okay?

Are you good to give this a shot for the next twenty minutes?

Yeah.

Just try it and then we’ll come back and share challenges you had with it or whatever Alright? Twenty minutes on the clock. I’m gonna stop recording. Thanks, Sarah.

Abby, if because it went so quickly, you need to share what you made. Let’s see it.

Okay. Right. Can you see my screen?

Just about yes.

Yeah. Is it tiny? Let me zoom in.

How’s that?

Cool?

Alright. Yes. We can see it. So just to be clear, all four parts of this you can deliver on.

Yeah. Including lead quality.

Yes.

Okay. But we have all the, yeah, part. Is it someone on your team or is it you?

It’s me. So I’m thinking, like, I’m thinking about my course here, but the course is basic. It’s it’s just the DIY version of my done for you offer.

So with the lead quality, the I do Facebook teach Facebook ad testing and then also, like, using thank you paid responses to make sure that you’re, like, bringing in the right people or that the messaging is resonating with the right people. So, yeah. Okay.

Awesome. Okay. So you walk them through this, and did you try, like, try it out because you had all this extra time? Like, did you try kind of pretending that you were walking a lead or even a prospective student through this model.

Yeah. Well, I was thinking, like, is this like your IP? Or are we free to chair this?

Yeah. Yeah. Oh, no. The idea is that now you go forward in you use it to close people and then deliver.

Yeah. Because I’ve I’ve been, like, running into a problem recently with my course where like, I wanna shift away from, like, the, kinda make money every day messaging and more towards, like, for people who have already tried it and failed, so a more kind of advanced training.

And I think, like, having something like this actually in the webinar would help kind of widen the out so that they can identify, like, all the areas that are gonna be, like, limiting their conversion. So, yeah, so it was, oh, that’s cool. I like it.

Awesome. Yeah. It is a sales tool, and also a, a way of measuring success as you go. Like a sense of progress when most of the time the way we measure these things is like, well, did I?

Is it done or isn’t it? And did I get sales or didn’t I or whatever that like bigger goal is? It’s like, well, no, there’s components along the way. And if we can make those all green, then you’re more likely to get that end goal that you’re looking for.

So, yeah, definitely use it in sales of any kind, webinars sales calls, all of it. Cool. Any questions for any, for Abby from anybody?

No? Alright. Fun. Cool. I will talk more about how to integrate this into the process and like modifying modifying offers and things as as we go.

Anybody else wanna share or chat about what didn’t work? What you’re still working on. Keep in mind, I’ve been working on this for a long time. And, like, I still have tweaks that I’m making and like, full on changes, like mindset was its own thing for a while, then I was like, no, mindset is across all of these things. So, I put it in the middle.

Johnson?

Yeah. I was wondering, because some of the things that I were down I I don’t have a process or a system for, but I I think that areas that I could cover, later as the product is fleshed out, or full of service. What do you have any advice for is that should I try and focus on stuff that I can just do right now or do a separate one that’s what I can do right now and one that’s more sort of future based?

Can it stand well without those parts that you don’t currently do well? Like how feasible is it to cut those parts out and have it still work?

Yeah. Sure. I could probably just merge them to together and do it more generalized because I’m kinda breaking things down maybe a little too far. Yeah. I could do that.

Yeah. If you can pull it, then you’ve you’ll confidently know you can deliver everything showing there. Right? So you wanna be able to obviously have a strong position of confidence in every call that you’re taking any webinar you might be running where you do this kind of thing.

So cut out what you can’t deliver yet, and then maybe just only add it back in when you’ve got somebody in your back pocket who can do that thing for you or when you can do it. Mhmm. Yeah. Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And then just make sure that the story comes together. Again, most people who you’re going to be showing this to don’t have a better sense for what you’re talking about than you do So whatever you show them is true.

It’s it’s like it’s not necessarily going to open up a whole bunch of skepticism.

So if you leave something off knowing eventually you’re gonna add that thing on, then that’s cool. Right? Cause they’re not thinking way you got this wrong, Johnson, you forgot about this point. Like, they’re thinking like, cool, cool, cool, cool. I’m red on this. Oh, I’m red. Yeah.

So that’s actually super helpful. Yeah. And she’s just like both of these exercises, this one and last week’s one. I found useful, not just for the lows itself, but also in sort of thinking about the areas, that I might be using these things in the future, just the red thread stuff and for developing a new, idea. So, anyway, it’d be cool. Thank you, anyway.

Big it. Love it. That’s cool. Wicked it. Anybody else wanna chat? But what they did.

Can I just ask Joe? Like, do you recommend right?

Do you recommend, the whole drawing it live or having the design. Like, I mean, I love I was also doing it in Canva, like, So bringing it on, bringing it with us, ready to show them, or, doing it on the call.

It’s more engaging when you have something to watch. Right? So if it’s like if you just bring up a model, then I’m reading through it while you’re talking.

If you bring up a blank sheet and you draw it and then you write a word, I’m engaged. Like, I’m waiting for what’s next. Right? So, and that’s what we really want is not for them to jump ahead and think they got it but for you to control that whole flow and then you say and now let’s talk about what you’re red and green on and then you color in red, color it, show them that thing. It’s for me, a horrible penmanship.

Everything’s a mess. But that’s not really the point. Right? They’re watching. They’re not saying like, so why don’t you pay better attention in grade three?

They were teaching you how to like make it look good. They’re just like going with it. Right? And like all they’re interested in is what am I red on?

Oh, what am I green on? Thank god. I’m green, but they’re watching the whole way. So, yes, long story short.

I do recommend that you draw it.

And I also recommend that I didn’t wanna make this like part of today’s session, but find someone in the room here to try this out with where their your perspective client and you hop on a call and you say talk me through this and they’re just pretending. So just like do some role playing then they can do the same for you and you can like work out the kinks of actually presenting it live and new ways to draw it and think about it. Yeah.

Cool.

Cool. Fine.

Anybody else?

I can share mine.

Cool. Yeah.

So typically what I do, even if I don’t have a drawing for it, is I start by looking at the campaign, figuring out which, what keywords they’re targeting, what their campaign looks like, whether it’s on Google or LinkedIn or Facebook, etcetera. And then figuring out what they need to prioritize. So if that’s landing pages, that’s landing pages, it might be the website, the homepage, it might be, the ads, so figuring out exactly what they need to optimize.

Then going through sales calls, sometimes that means going through like g two or Kaptura reviews, and then usually tools.

Sometimes users are testing, but definitely hotjar and Google Analytics. Then figuring out what the best framework is to use.

I I think that defining the persona would also be part of this, although I’m not sure that’s something I would be part of. That’s something I wouldn’t ask them about, because of that would determine, like, is this Are they targeting mid market? Are they targeting enterprise? Are they targeting medium businesses? And within those three categories, which, level of seniority.

But I guess that would fall under research, then actually writing, then usability testing meaning, like, validating the the copy and then finally AB testing.

Cool. It looks great. The only thing I would say is, there are some things on here that are big, like underwriting, you’ve got all those assets. And so if if it’s hard for them to identify what red, yellow, or green, then that’s kind of tricky. So what can you do here even if it comes down to combining strategy and research into one like thinking upfront, right? Like thinking or planning or something like that.

I would just encourage you to break up writing more.

So that because I might look at this and go like, okay. While I suck on CRO prioritization, I’m red on that. I’m green on tools. I’m green on VOC.

I’m probably wrong about being green on VOC, but I say that. Analytics. I don’t know. I have no idea.

Like, why don’t think about it that way? Maybe. Right? So I’m yellow there.

Writing. Well, I have a bunch of those. Let’s call it green.

And that’s the problem. Like, they they might have a bunch of things and think that’s okay.

It just that’s the only thing that stood out to me. That assets little piece of the pie is containing a lot. Can do something to open it up?

Well, the idea being that if they’re, like, the the asset that they would need would depend on what they’re prioritizing. So if their landing pages are leaking leads, then it would be landing pages. If they’re not driving off traffic at the top of the funnel, then it would be ads, And if their maybe their ads are not getting clicked on, then maybe it would be even higher. It would be more like brand awareness, social organic. Kind of work. That’s why I lumped them together.

That’s cool. And then I wonder though, then if you’re really To me, I’m envisioning a sort of triangle now. That’s more like leads or attract.

Convert and, like, retain or refer or revenue or something else. And then you could get into might be strategy in the I don’t know, but to me it feels like yeah. There’s something there, and I think what you’re saying is right. It might just need a different I don’t know. A different shape. Yeah.

I could do that. Because usually the question is, well, where are we leaking weeds or why aren’t we getting enough leaves? Why is our pipeline a mess?

Yeah. Great.

And the question is like, well, how do we figure that out? Because that’s not an easy question to answer.

Not. Not. But if you would dedicate a whole side of a triangle or whatever that final shape is, I don’t know, to leads then you can talk honestly about, like, okay, leads are red, but once we get them to convert them, we’re green on version and then we’re sucky on experimentation or whatever that other part is.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. That makes more sense.

Okay. Cool. Love it. That’s great.

Thanks Naomi. Anybody else wanna share or talk or share anything about what they just saw?

Can I share something?

Abby were you commenting?

Or I was just saying that it looked really nice.

Like, it looked it looked very, like, Yeah. Sounds good. Good job. Awesome.

Totally. Stacy, please go ahead.

I I have one that I wanna share that I didn’t do on the call today, but I did in the past. Okay. I just wanna share it because I want somebody to appreciate it.

Nice. It’s messy. Okay. It’s a scorecard.

It’s a scorecard, but the the thing the under and and I love the idea of using in this in a sales call, although everything I do in my universe is structured to avoid me ever have get on a call with anyone.

Okay.

So I set up my three things. I I created the ABCs of superior content, which are audio brand and craft. So those are the three things. And the audience part will, you know, that would involve the voice of customer and interviews, etcetera, understanding the audience, then brand has to do with brand voice, personality, and then Craft is the actual writing of content, which would be combining journalistic writing persuasions, storytelling with subject matter expertise.

So I go through and and and ask them six questions in each of in each of these three areas. So there’s eighteen questions altogether, and then it gives the gives the results in a scorecard and then I use score app, which is a good lead gen processing sort of follow-up thing. Yeah. So I just wanted share because because I’m proud of my scorecard.

That’s cool. I love it, and the ABC is a really nice thing to remember, obviously.

And it could go really nicely in a triangle and you could clearly, like, diagnose how am I on audience, how am I on brands, I don’t remember what the third one was. Sorry. And now it’s Craft. Craft.

That’s the actual writing. Yeah. And it does display. It displays it in that targeted, you know, thing where it scores them on each of the three areas in the in the report that it generates.

Nice. That’s cool. That’s great. Yeah. Even if they, like, diagnosed themselves and then went through the score.

Anyways, it’s cool. It’s cool. Yeah. Love it.

Cool. Anybody else?

We’re good. Okay. Work this out. I do recommend that you like start making it part of your process, you’ll be surprised at how engaging it is for people when they see it drawn out.

You’re talking through and asking them questions, especially if in sales calls, you struggle to like know what to say next. This is like a really clear way to look like you’re a freaking pro and have done this a million even if it’s like your first time doing it live. Just practice with other people in the room. If you don’t have anybody to practice with yet, chances are good.

Someone else doesn’t have anybody to practice with yet too. So, feel free to just chat right now and say, hey, does anybody wanna role play this with me?

And if not, go over in Slack and do it there too, and we’ll we’ll see what happens.

Cool.

Anybody have questions? We’ve got thirty minutes ish left. If you have to go, cool, respect your time. If you have questions to ground, Katie, do you have one?

Yeah. So I’m can you just speak a bit more to, like so we’ve established where they’re red and where they’re yellow and where they’re green?

Am I aiming to then put to, like, can you, take it into the pitch? So, like, am I aiming to put together one proposal that covers, like, first, we’re gonna address the red, and then we’re gonna talk about the yellow, or how do I go into turning that into an offer?

Exactly. Yes. So I think there’s lots of ways you can do it. Right? So whatever is triggering for you, like in your imagination, roll with that but the really yeah the thing that you wanna walk away with is now it’s not just, hey, I need a sales page, but it’s also, hey, I need to get better at this, this, this, and this.

Your project now got bigger. You’re also a consultant. That’s more strategic. Right? So you walk away from there going Here are the four things we need to work on before we even work on writing your sales page.

Let me take this away, put together, some ideas for you. You send me x, y, and z document that I need. So you said you’re strong on research. Send me some so I can look at it. And then we’re gonna hop on a call, and I’ll walk you through my plan for how we can hit all of these things you read on in x period of time that you’ve told me you want this off like the thing that’s in the center of it, the five hundred paid conversions added a month or whatever.

We wanna get there in three months time. But we have to make these red things all green. We’ve agreed on that. You agree that you’re red on these things. So now we’re gonna go forward. I’ll put the other and I’m gonna come back and talk you through that plan. That’s a really, like, clear way for you to now go off and run a project.

Does that make sense? Like here’s my project now and it’s informed not just by what you said you think you need but what I have diagnosed you as really needing.

Yeah. I mean, I see this is super useful because I think I mentioned on our last the last call that I made it to live, like, I just feel like my project ideas are always really big, and I struggle to break them down into components. So this feels really helpful for that.

I guess what I’m taking away from what you’ve just said is like it would be helpful for me to have a sense of the hierarchy of the lights for for lack of better words so that I know, like, if that’s red, obviously, we’re gonna do this first and, and, like, turning that then into a proposal?

Yeah. And it’s sort of a process. So I said the word process, but I know sometimes it won’t feel like a process. So if you’re like, but it’s not a process. Okay. Don’t make it a process. But to me, it is.

To me, it’s like, okay, if it’s list offer that’s an order in which things go. Right? The conversion copywriting process has parts to it.

And so that should also lead to a sort of hierarchy, right, where you’re like, well, we can do everything we want with copy. But if your list is a mess or the people coming to it or wrong. If you’re red on that, no. So we clearly have to solve the the left part of the triangle first, whatever that’s called. I don’t geometry.

But we solve that over there. We solve list.

Then once we’re red once we’re green on those things, then we’ll talk about off for that list. Okay? And then we’ll talk about copies. You can start to see a gantt chart forming of how that project could go.

Like we’re gonna nail list I can’t come up with that live on a call. That’s not your job to come up with it live on a call. Right? You’re like, I’m I’m gonna go away and think about this for you.

You come up with the things you’re gonna do for improved list quality and quantity in x period of time.

Put that on the gantt chart here. What’s we’re gonna do in week one, week two, week three. Then week three, we’re also gonna start working on offer and and week six will be ready to work on copies. Now, you have like this project mapped out.

You’ve also got a built in way to go back and optimize things, right? So you can say we got through list offer copy, the parts of the triangle, red turn to yellow on these things and yellow turn to green, but now let’s go back and do more to further optimize it. So you have the initial project, as well as a map in effect or a retainer to optimize for performance. Does that make sense, Katie, or is that too much?

It makes sense.

I feel like I’m gonna have to revisit my, like, the categories that I’ve throat to make sure that they have a clear Okay.

Flow from one to the next. Okay. Yeah. And know I was just thinking like, well, what if they’re like, well, I don’t wanna work on that first. I wanna work on, like, I don’t I don’t wanna work on my I just wanna work on my sales page or something. I guess then it’s a question of like, do you wanna work with them?

I would say that’s the question and then. If you know list is actually red and they’re like, I don’t care, write the copy.

That’s not what I do. I can the copy will never convert if your list is garbage. Sorry. We gotta nail that and that’s where you have to be able to work on list.

In this case, right? You have to say like, no. I’m gonna nail this for you, then you’re gonna have you might not even need to work on the copy. It might just be a list look.

We’re green across the board on coffee.

So but that’s yeah. You you’re not just diagnosing what they need but are they a good fit for you to work with? They should walk away from this going. Holy shit, Katie.

No one’s ever shown it to us this way. That was great. How do we start nailing through like I had no idea that’s how this worked. That’s like the objective.

And if they don’t do that, they’re probably gonna be pretty tough to work with.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. I know it’s easy for me to say. Like, push away these people who don’t wanna do the first part of the process, but we all already know you. They’re not gonna be a good fit. Yeah.

Stacy, I know you have an AMA and then Abby.

So, my my question is about a project that I’m currently working on. I just did, message frameworks for this client often I work with enterprise companies. So I’m sort of a step removed from being able to get into benchmarking and AB testing and things like that because it’s also siloed off in big companies. In this particular instance, it’s a smaller company. They’re like a twenty million company, and my messaging framework meeting was with the whole c suite of, you know, so I had all four c level people.

So now we’re moving into actually doing a wireframe for the home page. And I’m working with that mostly with the CMO.

So they want to do an AB test against their current homepage with what I create. And so since I’m not used to sort of benchmarking before a project, I wanted to get some feedback on what I might be able to do as far as what what to ask for to establish some ben benchmarks and test against and any any tips about you know, that process because I know you do a lot having to do with the, with data, and it’s just something that I’m usually a step removed from.

Sure. So they are split testing though. Right?

They’re using Yes.

Optimizely or a tool like that.

They well, they they want AB test I haven’t talked to them about the mechanics of how they’re doing it, but I do know they want to split test, driving traffic and, you know, testing their current homepage against a new homepage that I’m writing the copy for.

Right. So understanding how the control is performing is Good. They should be telling you that, right? And then they’ll tell you the, metrics when they tell. Like, here’s here are the KPIs for this page.

It’s a homepage. So it’s likely you’ll need to document things like, amount of traffic coming to it, traffic sources, coming to it as well. If they’re using it as a landing page for Facebook ads and other things like that, It’s a problem. Right? Like, because the test at that point becomes less about a scientific test and more about like a game, where you’ve got traffic coming from weird sources that could have been brought in by any number of ads, etcetera. And they’re landing on this page. They’re so different.

That it’s almost like there are too many variables. I know it’s all in the variable of audience, but it’s so uncontrolled.

That your test is just going to feel fake. So understand where traffic is coming from. Try to get them on board with narrowing it down to their ideal audience. And I know that means organic traffic you can’t do anything about either, but people who are searching and landing on your homepage are likely not look you lose when we’re talking about business. This is SAS. This is a software company?

Or It’s, it is tech.

Yes. It’s it’s tech. So no Because it’s a CDN. It’s a it’s enterprise CDN.

Okay. Cool.

Good. So we can imagine that organic traffic that lands there. Is there by design in some way? So cool. What’s the traffic like that’s coming to it? How are they converting right now? So you need quantity of traffic than like a understanding a qualitative understanding of quality of traffic.

And then you need to know what that existing conversion rate is and what conversion rate means for them is likely going to be clicks. If it’s on the homepage, it’s probably clicks. The question is clicks to where?

We wanna drive sign ups to a a trial sign up for a free account.

Can they sign up for the free account from that page, or do they get driven to another page?

They can sign up on the homepage currently. And they, and and it’s not very focused and it can be much better than it is now.

Okay.

In other words, the homepage is not driving sign ups, and I think it could drive sign ups much more than it does.

Okay. Is there an email address field on the homepage?

That’s like start your trial?

Yes. There is.

Yes. There is. Oh, that’s an existing thing. Cool. You can optimize that. That’s great. So that would be probably number one.

It sounds like your number one goal is trial starts.

Trial starts. Yes.

Okay. So you need to document, know the the control and how it’s doing on trial start but also optimizely, we’ll know that too.

So you don’t you don’t have to write anything down if they’re using the right tool and if you’re all aligned on, what the objective is, like what, how are you going to measure it in a testing platform? You can set up multiple goals, and that’s trickiest part. You don’t want to set up too many goals. Home pages are hard though because things like bounce are gonna be an actual consideration on a homepage.

Try to keep them on task with What is the number one thing that this page is solving for? From a business perspective, why does the business invest money in this homepage. Why is this test a priority right now? And if it is, we wanna get trial starts as soon as they land there, then throw every other way of measuring the page out the door.

Don’t worry about bounce rate. We have to try scary things and some people are gonna bounce. And maybe they won’t. Maybe it’ll hold more people.

We’re not gonna worry about that. All we’re worried about is trial starts. So how does optimizely or whatever tool they use measure trial starts. What can you do in the tool?

Is it just like once they’ve clicked this button successfully or once they’ve landed on the next page is a common way to do that test. Are they landing on a confirmation page for like your trial is now started or landing an app? Which can also be tricky because there’s lots of different ways to land in at from a home page oftentimes. Point being, trial starts is what matters.

So document that Nothing else really matters if that’s your goal. There’s so many things to measure on a homepage. Try to control how much they’re thinking about. Does that help, Stacy?

Yes. Yes. That helps very much. And I will be re re listening to this recording to make sure I get all of that. Okay. Thank you.

DLDR is like trial starts is all that you’re gonna focus them on. Yeah. Cool.

Hey. Yeah. So I have kind of it’s like a mindset strategy question. I’m gonna try and articulate it as best as I can.

So I’m looking at, like, the prioritization matrix, and I’m trying to kind of, like, find my high reward low friction task and, like, the twenty percent of my efforts that generate eighty percent of, like, the revenue. And the things the thing that, like, does the most of me at is podcast, but then like, so speaking on the podcast, it’s it’s my kind of, like, high reward low friction, but then it’s, like, getting on the podcast, then it becomes kind of, like, the question of, like, likelihood of success as well, because it’s like a podcast could potentially be high reward, but then it’s like, I gonna even get on it? Like, how do I get on it? And it’s kind of like so how do you, like, balance thinking about those things, like, the how the how to get to the, like, high reward thing, like, in terms of is that did I yeah.

Yeah. I think so.

It means to me it sounds like it’s, like, of, like, leverage.

The first thing that comes to mind is, like, okay, who is trying to book you on there? Do you have a VA or assistant of some kind pitching for you.

I have a VA that, like, makes a list and that I pitch them.

Can you train the VA to pitch?

I I can. The reason I haven’t is because I posted in, like, the Slack about and, having, like, whether to have my B. I pitch, and then Christie said she wouldn’t even, like, look at, like, a podcast application if it was wasn’t sent by the person.

So that kind of Oh, no.

The video is pretending to be you.

Oh, okay. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. They’re just they’re signed it. They’re sending from your email address a hundred percent. And it’s just like, hey, Abby here. Just a template that they then know how to modify because you’ve taught them. You took an hour to teach them how to do this thing well for you. And steal it from your email address, and that’s it.

Mhmm.

So it’s like thinking about, like, how to automate kind of the steps to the high reward stuff or, like, outsource, minimize friction.

Do you have an SOP for it that your VA can then be trained on? And then when you do, if getting on podcasts is a huge high value win for you, but it’s it’s a slog to get there. It’s a it’s a quantity game a lot of the time. Like how much as you put out there.

Then yeah, outsource that. Send that off. That’s a great thing for your VA to do. It doesn’t take specialized skills.

Not if they have your training, yeah, to do it. So I get the VA on it, but yeah, send from your email address or something that’s a good fake of your email address.

Like AP at instead of Abby at or whatever.

Mhmm.

Cool. Yeah. That makes so much sense. You make it sound so obvious. Of course.

Thank you.

No. No worries. Awesome. Anna.

Hey. I just had a question about the ebook I’m writing right now.

Love it.

So, I think I know the answer to this, but I wanna just confirm. It is fair game to quote any studies that are publicly out there. Right?

What about, like, screenshots of that’s because it’s on pricing page. So can I can I use screenshots or pricing pages that are out there in public right now? Or do I have to, like, seek permission?

Or I think Jessica wants to answer this.

I’m watching your face, Jessica. Oh, no.

I thought you did for, like, the folks that No.

I just I just wanna make sure everybody knows I’m engaged. I don’t Oh, yes. I do know the answer.

You guys publishing for us. So I thought like, oh, you probably have a good take on this.

Yeah.

Yeah. So in my experience, it’s what are you copying or screenshotting and is it proprietary?

So there are some cases where you’re not allowed to use an image without paying a fee for it.

But you usually know those things. Right? A screenshot of someone’s website is it’s a public thing as long as you cite, and I would recommend citing everything about it that it’s copyrighted by X company. The screenshot was taken on this date.

And that’s that’s cool. Then you can do that. It can also be actually a pretty useful way to start promoting your book when the time comes. When you’re like, Hey, I used your page as a great example in my book. It’s coming out. Do you wanna copy of it?

That kind of thing. Right? And then they might say like, oh, I didn’t realize people were just using screenshots of our website. What? And you might be like, oh, fuck.

But, that’s just the conversation that you have at that point, but it doesn’t have to be weird. I no one’s ever run any quotes that, like, when Ann Handley put me in her book, I didn’t find out till someone was like, Joe, you’re in Ann’s book. And same for product led growth. Nobody told me this was gonna happen.

But I would just ended up in there. And I wasn’t like, damn you, Ann. I was like send flowers to Ann. So it’s it’s it’s I wouldn’t worry about it just do what you can to cite where it came from. And wherever possible, only take screenshots of things where you’re gonna tell a good story about it. If it’s, like, a bad thing, mock up a version of it and just remove anything.

Actually, that was gonna be my my next question. So if I just mock up and make a random, like, I could take it a pricing page and and then play around with it on Photoshop and change it up completely. Just to use the bad example.

That’s obviously fine. Right? Because no one’s gonna know where it came from or yeah.

Yeah. And then the reader also likes you a little more. Right? You’re like, look, these are some bad things I’ve seen.

I’m not gonna call anybody out. Everybody means while you, the reader, you mean well. But here’s what are what people are doing wrong. And then you can show, like, mock ups, but not the thing.

Yeah.

Awesome.

Last question.

Does it matter how long the ebook is? So I I I thought I would wrap something up in, like, thirty pages.

Okay.

But it’s it looks like it’s gonna get to, like, seventy pages.

And I’m wondering, like, are people gonna read that or Who is your target?

K. Good question.

So c level execs that will Yeah. Because the whole idea is to build authority and and show that this is a comprehensive thing.

On pricing pages. Right? So someone who gets a hold of it, the impression I want them to get is like, oh, didn’t know there was so much to talk about when it came to Verizon pages. It seems like this person knows this thing.

A hundred percent. Yes. So I just chatted over the title of a book called write useful books, go read it through your kindle, read it right away.

It’s great, but it will make you identify who your target audience is and things like referral referrals that are built into their heads. So it’s gonna be really useful.

Read right useful books as you’re doing this.

Think about that target audience and think about where they’re reading it. I think I’ve talked about this before with April.

With obviously awesome. She was gonna get it traditionally published.

Sorry if I’m repeating it, but it’s really good advice. The traditional publisher was it needs to be sixty thousand words and she’s like, no, I can’t. And the reason was for her was, but I travel on planes and I read books on planes, like that’s when a lot of sea levels in their careers hop on. That’s when they that’s when they read books.

So if that’s the case, then how long is the average flight that a sea level is going to able to read your book. Three or four hours. So you have to make it start to finish in three to four hours, which is like I think it’s something like thirty thousand words at most, knowing that they’re just skimming a lot of it and just like rolling through it.

But, yeah, thirty thousand words, I think is what came out as like the ideal length for a c level to read a book.

Thousand words. Okay. I’ll keep that in mind.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks.

And of course, we have love screenshots in there.

It’s gonna go a lot faster. It doesn’t mean you have to take up the whole flight though. Like, if they’re able to finish the book and start writing the email to you that’s like, loved your book, let’s talk. That’s a good thing.

Right? If they can get all that work done on the plane and then walk off and go. Awesome. What’s next?

You know?

Yeah. Got it.

Awesome. Love it. Read write useful books.

Okay. Anybody else?

I do have a couple like brainstorm questions. They’re very low. Like, you probably be like really are you asking me this, but I just wanted to get brain power because we have a lot of that in the room if that’s okay.

Yeah. We do. Yeah. We got eight minutes still. Let’s go.

Okay. I’m trying to think of which one Alright. I’ll go with the second question because I have a feeling your mindset has changed around this a little bit. So I kind of Soft launched my new newsletter called the holiday win and So what I’m wondering is you used to do a lot of free stuff to grow your list, but you’ve recently made comments about not doing that in the books and that. So I’m just wondering how are we feeling about that right now? Any suggestions?

About free content? To grow your email list. Yes.

Right. I mean, our free content’s just different now. Our free content that grows our email list is on Instagram, and with like many chat and boards. Right? That’s really it.

But still, they’re still free. It’s just it’s just different.

I know the the name makes me wanna watch a Hallmark movie though to be very clear.

No. The goal was to rip it off of the old movie.

So that’s Oh, cool.

That’s awesome. Good. Yeah.

Yeah. But give a give it away in your newsletter. The good thing of are you using Substack?

No. So you mentioned something about Substack and then I had to do research on what was the latest drama and then I was like dang it. So do I grow it on there or not?

Feels a little problematic.

Yeah. No. We’ve stopped using Substack too. Yeah.

But I thought if you were okay with it, No.

I saw the research or I looked it up after you mentioned it. You’re ruined my email strategy, Joe. Alright.

We’re ruined mine too.

So the so whatever alternative comes out for sub stack, that doesn’t allow Nazis to be the Nazis on there.

Is, hopefully the next thing to use then just because you can charge for your archives. And if you have good shit you’re giving out, you should be charging for the archive.

So that’s that. But your goal is to grow your list. And if your goal is to grow your list with quality leads, then free is obviously is the is the way to go. It’ll get more people on.

It’s just a question of how quality are those are those leads. But a lot of them are quality just because they’re looking for free out of the gate doesn’t mean they’re ever going to be looking for free. Just wanna make sure you’re not full of crap. Right?

So let’s try you for free and then pay you later.

Yeah. That’s my take. Does anybody else have thoughts on this?

Do you give stuff away free to grow your list? Any tips?

No one wants to talk about it.

I no. I mean, I already have any advice it’s an interesting question, but I I don’t know. I think, I think about the content itself being, yeah, engaging and teaching something. Maybe it’s just a hint of something and you’re not giving anything away. I mean, I’m thinking of the the email the the the the people I’ve subscribed to who I read. And it’s it’s supposed to be people who are into entertaining first.

Maybe, yeah, actually first. And then secondly, teach me stuff. Yeah. Yeah.

James Claire is three two one method, work really well, and there’s another copywriter who somehow I got on this list.

He does three two one for copywriting.

Three examples to something and then one tip or something like that. And it’s a good read.

So, I don’t know, food for thought as you think of the format as well for your newsletter.

Cool. Naomi.

So I want to get more into Go ahead podcast.

And so I was building a list of, podcasts that I thought were relevant And somebody mentioned to me that you that I could probably write a script and just outsource that, have somebody put that together and send an email to all those people. But I was I thought that would be too impersonal that they get a lot of they got a lot of mail looking for guests and that it would make a lot more sense to do it. Like, actually listening to the podcast and mentioning something relevant, So I was wondering what you thought about that. Is that something?

Yeah. Did you hop off for a bit on this call already?

Yeah. I had two during my meeting for the ending.

And then you hop back up. So Abby actually asked the same question, and it was about podcast pitching, how to make it personal, And so, really quick and it’s in the replay if you want more detail, but it really is, documents like a template.

For outreach to these podcasts, and then, teach your VA or somebody that is inexpensive to send these pitch emails from your email address. So it looks like it’s from Naomi. It’s written in the first person. Hi, etcetera.

And they all do the research too. So the VA listens to the podcast or reads the reviews or whatever the whatever the thing is that teach the VA to do and then they have a goal that you give them of like five pitches a day or whatever that goal is that you need for them to to get your name out there. But yeah, it’s an SOP. This is the leverage part of the big sunshine growth model. Of have that SOP with templates associated with it, and then teach a VA to do it. And just make it look personal by personalizing and sending it from naomi at.

Okay.

Great. Awesome. Thanks. Is there another question there?

Are we good? I have one more question. Sorry. It’s another brainstorm one. Okay. So I did do the the win is a hundred million offers.

I flushed out the whole seasonal sale holiday offer thing. So Next the sales page, right? So and now this. So my only thought is I really need to get more people see like going through this process so I can finesse it and I’m getting still a lot of email and I know a lot of that is authority related but to get some quicker like and I get a few seasonal sales and no door.

Yeah. Any suggestions about more of a fast approach to that part?

Like, you’re just trying to get people to test this out on?

Essentially.

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I think it’s like you said on really no dollar offers. It’s formosa kind of solution here, I would do what he has said to do in that case. Do you have a system?

If you have system, then you post on LinkedIn and say, hey, I’m looking for five companies that meet this criteria to run through my system on the next holiday for free in exchange for me being able to daw to tell the world about this and to take examples away from it. That’s a third thing to do. But just make sure you have it as like system so that you’re not guessing your way through their holiday emails for free.

Yeah. Okay. Perfect. Thank you. I’ll do that.

Okay. Fine. Alright. Well, we’re at the end of our time. Thanks, everyone, for your great questions. Nobody shared a win, but I wasn’t gonna harp on that too much. It’s pretty mean about it.

My win is being in CSV. That is a win.

Okay. Awesome. The replay will be available later. Thanks y’all, and we will be following up more on this diagnostic tool as we chat more.

Okay? Okay. Thanks, though. Have a good one. Bye.Today, as you saw in the worksheets, thanks for coming on camera. We’re gonna be talking about a diagnostic tool, and we’ll get into the details of that. As always, we’re gonna kick it off with some training And then, in today’s training though, we’ll be spending some time doing, like, work, based on the training. So expect to, you know, put aside twenty minutes at the end of this to start doing some thinking through what we’re talking about. And then we’ll do the usual AMA.

Always kick it off with a win, please, a win of any kind helps everybody stay motivated and see how many cool things there are to do out there. And then any any question you got, the more specific, the more context you can give the better.

Everybody good.

Good. Alright. We’re recording this. When you ask a question, please do come on camera wherever possible.

Please do be on camera so people can connect with you and see a smiling or whatever face you don’t have to smile no more. Whatever feels right is good. Okay. I am going to share my screen.

Alright. So this is this is cool. This is something that we’ve been working on for a little while.

For freelancing school as well as for people who are going to be joining, copy school pro. And that is a better way to diagnose what you need to work on because a lot of people are looking for road maps. Right? And that’s not just for students.

Your clients also want some form of roadmap. Like, what are you what what are we here for? Where are you gonna take me How do I know it’s the right thing to do? So this tool is a way and you’re gonna come up with your own today.

It’ll be the starting point for your own. This is a tool that helps you across every part of converting and delivering to people and also setting projects. So, You may have questions about this. I don’t think you’re gonna walk out of today’s session going.

I totally get it. I got the right one. It’s perfect. Everything’s amazing. This is gonna be the beginning of starting to think through something that you might work out over the course of the next month.

But here is the idea. So I’m on this.

Why does it say that’s page two? Everything says page two. It’s not. It’s actually four. Sorry.

Anyway, it doesn’t matter. But it’s the general diagnostic template. This page in your worksheet your workbook.

This is the idea here. Hopefully, you’re not on a very small screen.

The, again, the idea here is to figure out what the general three or four parts of what you deliver that is a solution to your client or student as you start to scale to teaching more to their problem what that what that is so you can then go in and say, here’s what you’re missing, here’s what you don’t have to work on, but here’s what do have to work on here is how we can work together. So, for example, I’m gonna show you first of all, like the end. What we’re working toward. Now this is our model. It’s currently called the Sunshine growth model because it looks a little bit like a this is multiple iterations on it that I’ve been playing with, but let me zoom in here and then we can talk specifically about what the hell it even is. Okay.

So someone comes to me and this is based on just years and years of coaching freelance copywriters and particular but also marketing consultants, etcetera.

Someone comes to me and they’re like, Joe, I’m, you know, I’ve plateaued. I would love to get to two hundred and fifty thousand dollars is the most common thing that people say. I’m at about a hundred. I wanna get to two fifty. What’s stopping me?

And so really what I’m hearing is like you’d like to get to about a grand a day of consistent income. And so that could be twenty days of the work month that works out to about two hundred and fifty thousand dollars a year or all the days, and that works out to about three hundred sixty thousand dollars a year. So that’s the problem that most people come to me trying to solve until they get to that and they’re like, okay. Now I wanna get to three million.

I got to three sixty. Now I wanna get to three point six. Let’s do that. And that would still come down to a lot of what we’re seeing here.

So this is how it breaks down and then I’m gonna show you how it draws out when we’re talking with people who are considering coming in to copy school professional, and then we’ll talk about what that means for you and for your new clients, leads when you’re having those lead conversations as well as how you deliver on something with clients So this is one way to do it, especially if you have felt scattered. If you felt like there, people come to you for all the things and you know know what to say no to. You never feel really good saying no.

People come to you and they’re all for the same general thing, but they have different problems within that same general thing. And your job is always like a little too custom. You don’t want it to always be custom because then it’s hard to offload things to people. You don’t have the leverage of like, here is how we do this work.

Go do it for me so I can mark up what you do, and get paid for not doing anything other than basically teaching you for you to deliver for me and then I then bill. Let me explain. Okay. So someone comes to me and says, Joe, basically, I wanna make a thousand dollars a day help Cool.

There are four actually five but four key parts that usually their work comes down to. So we can say okay. I can draw this out sharing my iPad as shown in the worksheet and I can say, okay, let’s talk through these four things, your skills, your authority, your money, and that means all things money. Money, not as leverage, but money as pricing.

Are you targeting the right audience? Do you have everything that you need? In order to make that money that you want to. Does your current audience only want to spend a thousand dollars on a single VIP day and then they’ll hit you up every six months for one.

You can’t build a business that way. Right? So and then we talked about leverage. And then what’s keeping you from all of those things too is also mindset mindset or copywriters.

Like for nobody else mindset is like such a challenge. It’s very hard. If you don’t have mindset issues and a lot of people here are working really well through any that you might have and maybe getting to a point where you don’t have mindset issues. Congratulations because that’s again and again. And I’ve said this before in Copyschool Pro. It’s such a big deal.

Getting your head right about your skills, about your authority, about a about your sense of scarcity and money out there. Who would pay me for this? And then leverage getting your head right about people, what it means to hire someone, what it means to document a creative process.

Okay. So we can draw this out. And that’s exactly what we want to do. And I’m going to switch over to, my iPad right away here and show you what we do and what you should be doing when you are going through a diagnosis of how to solve a problem with your clients or leads. Sorry.

Boop. Okay. Really simply what we do and what I’m suggesting that you do and my iPad’s been flipping around a lot today. So hopefully it doesn’t mess it up.

But we draw a circle. It’s allowed to be ugly. It doesn’t have to be perfect. And in the middle, we put our one thousand.

And we’re drawing this and sharing it with them and like talking them through it. Right? And then we have these parts that come out of there and we write in skills and sorry just going through this authority.

Money and leverage, then talk them through that. And this is what you’ll be doing with your own process Right?

So, like, okay. Here’s the problem we wanna solve. Here in the middle, it’s a thousand dollars a day. That’s what we’re aiming toward.

Here are the things that are keeping you pretty much. Think about this for your client. Your clients come to you and they say we want five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put that in the middle.

Here. Five hundred more paid conversions a month. So you put like five hundred or you turn that into the dollar figure, like each conversion is worth ten dollars. So that’s five thousand.

Okay. Fine. So you put that in the middle and then you talk through the parts that are your process that are like critical to delivering five thousand dollars or those five hundred paid conversions a month. So they’re seeing, okay, you’re walking them through.

There’s skills. There’s authority. There’s money. There’s leverage. In in our case, probably not in yours.

Yours might be research and discovery.

And like the conversion copy writing process or something like that, right? Even if it’s for SAS brands, you might be like, okay, we have, you know, the five parts It’s more of a Pentagon shape and it’s got all five parts of pirate metrics. Let’s say. But let’s let’s focus on this. So here’s what I do.

Get the person who you’re talking to to also write this out. So say, hey, pick up a piece of paper. I want you to draw this with me. So you draw a circle just like this. Yours will be better than mine. I’m not an artist, etcetera.

Write these words from there. You write skills, you write authority, you write money, you write leverage. Great. Cool. Now all I want you to do is write this out and then we’re going to see how you’re doing on all of these points. So we have advanced skills you can sell. We have case studies and proof and we have advanced skills you can use.

So that’s like in this case it might be something more like advanced skills you can sell are am I really, really good at writing long form sales pages. Do I have case studies and proof for long form sales pages? And do I have advanced skills that I can use in my business like setting up a funnel for new leads so that I can sell them long form sales pages? Okay.

So write those down. Don’t do anything with them yet. And then you move on to the next one. Alright.

Next up is authority.

You’ve got your specialization or your niche, and you’ve got thought leadership.

My penmanship is shit. Don’t worry. And then you’ve got things like biz dev, which means everything to do with marketing, pipeline, etcetera. Cool. That’s how we start thinking through your authority.

When it comes to making money, do you have the right audience?

Do you have a standardized offer?

Maybe with a retainer option? Do you have, are you are you charging the right money for the thing that you deliver and the value that it is for your audience. And then we get into leverage and that is SOPs and documentation that is tools and process and that is people. Okay. So we walk them through this, getting them nodding along with us. They can ask questions as you go, and then comes the diagnosis.

This is where you go through and you have them identify if there are different ways to do this. There’s red, yellow, green is really common.

So anybody here yeah. Has probably gone through red, yellow, green. Some people have gone through red, yellow, green with us. So you go through and you say, okay.

On skills. If I was if I was bringing you into coffee school pro. Talk to me about are you red, are you yellow, are you green on advanced skills that you can sell? Do you feel really good about that.

And they can say like, well, I actually think I’m a pretty good copywriter. That’s not the problem. Great. So we’ll call that green.

How about proof? How are you on proof? Do you have good case studies? Yeah. I’ve got great case studies.

Okay. Cool. You’re good there. How about advanced skills you can use? What’s your funnel like?

If I don’t have a funnel okay cool then we’ll call that red and we’ll mark it as such. So you go through and you do that whole process with them and then by the end all you’re going to worry about are the things that are red. So if they’re not good at identifying where the red or yellow, that’s a sign that you probably shouldn’t work with them. If they’re like, we’re bringing on all of this.

Like, this, I’m perfect at all of this, and you’re like, Cool. You don’t need my help, peace, and get the hell out of the room. But if they’re decent at, like, identifying, like, You know, I thought we were green on that, but I think we might be yellow. And I thought we were yellow on that, but I think we might be red.

Then you can start identifying how you’ll work with them. So I’m read on skills I can use and thought leadership, and I’m read on Biz dev. I also don’t have any people. My tools are okay, but I don’t have a single SOP at all.

Great. So now we’re coming up with things where we can say, okay. We’re going to work on are these things. And then from there for your client, you can start saying okay.

We can talk through what we can do across all of these, areas of greatest opportunity build out a roadmap for what a project like that would look like, etcetera. Now this is possibly going to be hard to think through for you right now because this is focused on like coffee school pro. You, however, can do this exact thing for your clients as well, and you should be doing this for your clients. So now I’m going to go back to sharing the worksheet.

I’m just gonna zoom out here.

There.

So you can do the same thing for different stuff. Right? So here on this page, I’ve got a triangle shape that you might have for list offer copy. So let’s say you are working on, you’re in conversion copywriting and you sell sales pages.

That’s your thing. That’s what you wanna do. You wanna be perfect at it. You love it.

You’re gonna be amazing at it. Cool. You know it breaks down into list offer copy. Now the tricky thing with something like this is every part of this has to be something you can work on them with.

So if someone comes to you and says, I need a new sales page. I want it to make a hundred thousand dollars. You’re like, cool. Let’s talk.

Then you draw the triangle, you write lists, offer copy on there and you talk through lead age. Okay? Talk to me about your leads. How old are they?

How many fresh leads do you have? Are you red, green, or yellow on that? And then you color that in for whatever they are. Okay.

Now what about the quality of these leads? Where are they coming from? How are you finding them? Do they have the money?

What do you know about them? And they tell you that. Deliverability. Talk to me about how your emails are going right now.

Are people able to get to your sales page your emails, or is anything even happening there? Are you trying to drive people from Facebook, which is more about lead quality, straight to your sales page and they tell you if they’re red, yellow, or green on those things. You go around and do all of this and that can help you better diagnose not just the current project, but like a a bigger scale project that they’re buying into because they’re the ones who said I’m red on that. And if you can deliver on turning them from red to green, then it can go back through and do the the redo the diagnostic tool all the time, every at the end of each part of your project and be like, okay.

How are we feeling now about our lead age if that was a red and you got them there. Now they’re like, cool. Awesome job getting us to green. That’s amazing.

And you’ve got it documented for exactly what you have done for them.

But critically anything that’s showing in your diagnostic has to be something that you can do. Is where list offer copy can be a little bit tricky if you don’t do list stuff. If you’re like, I don’t attract leads, I can’t do anything for you. Then that’s a problem because they’re gonna walk away and go, oh, okay.

We have to go get some to take care of this, and then we’ll come back and talk to you later, which they might not do. They liked your diagnosis, great. But we wanna keep them here. So you would only break down your process.

This shape that you have into things that you will actually do. And that’s where if you are like, okay, I’m targeting SAS and they do care about pirate metric still, let’s say, not everybody that’s a lot of people have problem with it, but let’s just pretend. Okay. So you break down the five parts of pirate metrics, but you know you don’t do the first you don’t, you know, you don’t do the last one either.

So you would draw a triangle only for those three that you do. Okay. So your shape is dependent on the number of parts that you have here. A triangle is really easy and a circle is really easy.

You can draw a circle. You can break it up into four parts. We’re used seeing paragraphs. We’re used to seeing these sorts of shapes and our brains align with them.

Right? Like yes, if it’s a triangle, it’s a real thing. It’s kind of like rhyme is reason.

Same thing is here. So we could do research strategy writing and experimentation. This is the conversion copy writing process and then you get to say what parts are in here. So if you’re like all I do when it comes to research is jobs and new lead surveys.

I don’t wanna do anything else, then make it your two things. And you can say How are you all for job surveys? When’s the last time you did a jobs to be done, or interviews? When’s the last time you did a a jobs interview?

Set. And they’re like, we’ve never done one. I’m like, cool. You’re right on that new lead surveys.

How are you for that? And you can go through and walk them through this. And by the end, they’re like, shit, you’ve got a process. You have some way of helping me understand what my problem is in a way that nobody else ever has and you drew it for me, which is also a really interesting thing that only a pro is going to do.

I now know that I’m red on five things. I’m green on one thing. So that’s cool. I can take that back to my team and say, oh, we don’t have to worry about this.

Y’all, here are the five things we have to worry about. And when I hire you to do this work, we can then go back and say, okay. How are we now on this? Do you think we’re still red on this?

Are we yellow yet? And so on and so forth? This make sense to everybody?

Yeah.

Alright. Any questions about it?

Probably not yet. What I want you to do is hop into making your own for the people that you want to convert. So again, this is coming down to what’s your red thread or your one thing, what do you do, and try to think about what one thing you wanna sell more than anything.

If it’s like I just want fifty thousand dollar projects that that are like focused on x. I don’t know what that thing is. Or you know what it is. In some cases, I know what it is from talking with you, but for the whole group and anybody watching the replay, I don’t know what it is.

You know what it is. Try to know. If you don’t know, try to know, you’re allowed to build your future. This is what we’re doing.

So just like document the thing that you most wanna sell. I wanna sell fifty thousand dollar engagements that last two months and do these three things with this outcome. Okay, fine. Once you know that, then you can start to say what your process is to get there.

Now, process might not be the right word if you hear a process and you go, I don’t think it’s my process, you’re probably right. There are different ways to go about this. I wanna show you the end what it could look like, how it works, and then it’s up to you to come up with what that diagnostic is, and it can mean thinking through past calls you’ve had with clients and what they’ve shared with you or what you know you’re always delivering what you’re best at. But you definitely wanna think about your one thing and the only thing that you ever wanna sell if possible.

Okay?

Are you good to give this a shot for the next twenty minutes?

Yeah.

Just try it and then we’ll come back and share challenges you had with it or whatever Alright? Twenty minutes on the clock. I’m gonna stop recording. Thanks, Sarah.

Abby, if because it went so quickly, you need to share what you made. Let’s see it.

Okay. Right. Can you see my screen?

Just about yes.

Yeah. Is it tiny? Let me zoom in.

How’s that?

Cool?

Alright. Yes. We can see it. So just to be clear, all four parts of this you can deliver on.

Yeah. Including lead quality.

Yes.

Okay. But we have all the, yeah, part. Is it someone on your team or is it you?

It’s me. So I’m thinking, like, I’m thinking about my course here, but the course is basic. It’s it’s just the DIY version of my done for you offer.

So with the lead quality, the I do Facebook teach Facebook ad testing and then also, like, using thank you paid responses to make sure that you’re, like, bringing in the right people or that the messaging is resonating with the right people. So, yeah. Okay.

Awesome. Okay. So you walk them through this, and did you try, like, try it out because you had all this extra time? Like, did you try kind of pretending that you were walking a lead or even a prospective student through this model.

Yeah. Well, I was thinking, like, is this like your IP? Or are we free to chair this?

Yeah. Yeah. Oh, no. The idea is that now you go forward in you use it to close people and then deliver.

Yeah. Because I’ve I’ve been, like, running into a problem recently with my course where like, I wanna shift away from, like, the, kinda make money every day messaging and more towards, like, for people who have already tried it and failed, so a more kind of advanced training.

And I think, like, having something like this actually in the webinar would help kind of widen the out so that they can identify, like, all the areas that are gonna be, like, limiting their conversion. So, yeah, so it was, oh, that’s cool. I like it.

Awesome. Yeah. It is a sales tool, and also a, a way of measuring success as you go. Like a sense of progress when most of the time the way we measure these things is like, well, did I?

Is it done or isn’t it? And did I get sales or didn’t I or whatever that like bigger goal is? It’s like, well, no, there’s components along the way. And if we can make those all green, then you’re more likely to get that end goal that you’re looking for.

So, yeah, definitely use it in sales of any kind, webinars sales calls, all of it. Cool. Any questions for any, for Abby from anybody?

No? Alright. Fun. Cool. I will talk more about how to integrate this into the process and like modifying modifying offers and things as as we go.

Anybody else wanna share or chat about what didn’t work? What you’re still working on. Keep in mind, I’ve been working on this for a long time. And, like, I still have tweaks that I’m making and like, full on changes, like mindset was its own thing for a while, then I was like, no, mindset is across all of these things. So, I put it in the middle.

Johnson?

Yeah. I was wondering, because some of the things that I were down I I don’t have a process or a system for, but I I think that areas that I could cover, later as the product is fleshed out, or full of service. What do you have any advice for is that should I try and focus on stuff that I can just do right now or do a separate one that’s what I can do right now and one that’s more sort of future based?

Can it stand well without those parts that you don’t currently do well? Like how feasible is it to cut those parts out and have it still work?

Yeah. Sure. I could probably just merge them to together and do it more generalized because I’m kinda breaking things down maybe a little too far. Yeah. I could do that.

Yeah. If you can pull it, then you’ve you’ll confidently know you can deliver everything showing there. Right? So you wanna be able to obviously have a strong position of confidence in every call that you’re taking any webinar you might be running where you do this kind of thing.

So cut out what you can’t deliver yet, and then maybe just only add it back in when you’ve got somebody in your back pocket who can do that thing for you or when you can do it. Mhmm. Yeah. Cool.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And then just make sure that the story comes together. Again, most people who you’re going to be showing this to don’t have a better sense for what you’re talking about than you do So whatever you show them is true.

It’s it’s like it’s not necessarily going to open up a whole bunch of skepticism.

So if you leave something off knowing eventually you’re gonna add that thing on, then that’s cool. Right? Cause they’re not thinking way you got this wrong, Johnson, you forgot about this point. Like, they’re thinking like, cool, cool, cool, cool. I’m red on this. Oh, I’m red. Yeah.

So that’s actually super helpful. Yeah. And she’s just like both of these exercises, this one and last week’s one. I found useful, not just for the lows itself, but also in sort of thinking about the areas, that I might be using these things in the future, just the red thread stuff and for developing a new, idea. So, anyway, it’d be cool. Thank you, anyway.

Big it. Love it. That’s cool. Wicked it. Anybody else wanna chat? But what they did.

Can I just ask Joe? Like, do you recommend right?

Do you recommend, the whole drawing it live or having the design. Like, I mean, I love I was also doing it in Canva, like, So bringing it on, bringing it with us, ready to show them, or, doing it on the call.

It’s more engaging when you have something to watch. Right? So if it’s like if you just bring up a model, then I’m reading through it while you’re talking.

If you bring up a blank sheet and you draw it and then you write a word, I’m engaged. Like, I’m waiting for what’s next. Right? So, and that’s what we really want is not for them to jump ahead and think they got it but for you to control that whole flow and then you say and now let’s talk about what you’re red and green on and then you color in red, color it, show them that thing. It’s for me, a horrible penmanship.

Everything’s a mess. But that’s not really the point. Right? They’re watching. They’re not saying like, so why don’t you pay better attention in grade three?

They were teaching you how to like make it look good. They’re just like going with it. Right? And like all they’re interested in is what am I red on?

Oh, what am I green on? Thank god. I’m green, but they’re watching the whole way. So, yes, long story short.

I do recommend that you draw it.

And I also recommend that I didn’t wanna make this like part of today’s session, but find someone in the room here to try this out with where their your perspective client and you hop on a call and you say talk me through this and they’re just pretending. So just like do some role playing then they can do the same for you and you can like work out the kinks of actually presenting it live and new ways to draw it and think about it. Yeah.

Cool.

Cool. Fine.

Anybody else?

I can share mine.

Cool. Yeah.

So typically what I do, even if I don’t have a drawing for it, is I start by looking at the campaign, figuring out which, what keywords they’re targeting, what their campaign looks like, whether it’s on Google or LinkedIn or Facebook, etcetera. And then figuring out what they need to prioritize. So if that’s landing pages, that’s landing pages, it might be the website, the homepage, it might be, the ads, so figuring out exactly what they need to optimize.

Then going through sales calls, sometimes that means going through like g two or Kaptura reviews, and then usually tools.

Sometimes users are testing, but definitely hotjar and Google Analytics. Then figuring out what the best framework is to use.

I I think that defining the persona would also be part of this, although I’m not sure that’s something I would be part of. That’s something I wouldn’t ask them about, because of that would determine, like, is this Are they targeting mid market? Are they targeting enterprise? Are they targeting medium businesses? And within those three categories, which, level of seniority.

But I guess that would fall under research, then actually writing, then usability testing meaning, like, validating the the copy and then finally AB testing.

Cool. It looks great. The only thing I would say is, there are some things on here that are big, like underwriting, you’ve got all those assets. And so if if it’s hard for them to identify what red, yellow, or green, then that’s kind of tricky. So what can you do here even if it comes down to combining strategy and research into one like thinking upfront, right? Like thinking or planning or something like that.

I would just encourage you to break up writing more.

So that because I might look at this and go like, okay. While I suck on CRO prioritization, I’m red on that. I’m green on tools. I’m green on VOC.

I’m probably wrong about being green on VOC, but I say that. Analytics. I don’t know. I have no idea.

Like, why don’t think about it that way? Maybe. Right? So I’m yellow there.

Writing. Well, I have a bunch of those. Let’s call it green.

And that’s the problem. Like, they they might have a bunch of things and think that’s okay.

It just that’s the only thing that stood out to me. That assets little piece of the pie is containing a lot. Can do something to open it up?

Well, the idea being that if they’re, like, the the asset that they would need would depend on what they’re prioritizing. So if their landing pages are leaking leads, then it would be landing pages. If they’re not driving off traffic at the top of the funnel, then it would be ads, And if their maybe their ads are not getting clicked on, then maybe it would be even higher. It would be more like brand awareness, social organic. Kind of work. That’s why I lumped them together.

That’s cool. And then I wonder though, then if you’re really To me, I’m envisioning a sort of triangle now. That’s more like leads or attract.

Convert and, like, retain or refer or revenue or something else. And then you could get into might be strategy in the I don’t know, but to me it feels like yeah. There’s something there, and I think what you’re saying is right. It might just need a different I don’t know. A different shape. Yeah.

I could do that. Because usually the question is, well, where are we leaking weeds or why aren’t we getting enough leaves? Why is our pipeline a mess?

Yeah. Great.

And the question is like, well, how do we figure that out? Because that’s not an easy question to answer.

Not. Not. But if you would dedicate a whole side of a triangle or whatever that final shape is, I don’t know, to leads then you can talk honestly about, like, okay, leads are red, but once we get them to convert them, we’re green on version and then we’re sucky on experimentation or whatever that other part is.

Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. That makes more sense.

Okay. Cool. Love it. That’s great.

Thanks Naomi. Anybody else wanna share or talk or share anything about what they just saw?

Can I share something?

Abby were you commenting?

Or I was just saying that it looked really nice.

Like, it looked it looked very, like, Yeah. Sounds good. Good job. Awesome.

Totally. Stacy, please go ahead.

I I have one that I wanna share that I didn’t do on the call today, but I did in the past. Okay. I just wanna share it because I want somebody to appreciate it.

Nice. It’s messy. Okay. It’s a scorecard.

It’s a scorecard, but the the thing the under and and I love the idea of using in this in a sales call, although everything I do in my universe is structured to avoid me ever have get on a call with anyone.

Okay.

So I set up my three things. I I created the ABCs of superior content, which are audio brand and craft. So those are the three things. And the audience part will, you know, that would involve the voice of customer and interviews, etcetera, understanding the audience, then brand has to do with brand voice, personality, and then Craft is the actual writing of content, which would be combining journalistic writing persuasions, storytelling with subject matter expertise.

So I go through and and and ask them six questions in each of in each of these three areas. So there’s eighteen questions altogether, and then it gives the gives the results in a scorecard and then I use score app, which is a good lead gen processing sort of follow-up thing. Yeah. So I just wanted share because because I’m proud of my scorecard.

That’s cool. I love it, and the ABC is a really nice thing to remember, obviously.

And it could go really nicely in a triangle and you could clearly, like, diagnose how am I on audience, how am I on brands, I don’t remember what the third one was. Sorry. And now it’s Craft. Craft.

That’s the actual writing. Yeah. And it does display. It displays it in that targeted, you know, thing where it scores them on each of the three areas in the in the report that it generates.

Nice. That’s cool. That’s great. Yeah. Even if they, like, diagnosed themselves and then went through the score.

Anyways, it’s cool. It’s cool. Yeah. Love it.

Cool. Anybody else?

We’re good. Okay. Work this out. I do recommend that you like start making it part of your process, you’ll be surprised at how engaging it is for people when they see it drawn out.

You’re talking through and asking them questions, especially if in sales calls, you struggle to like know what to say next. This is like a really clear way to look like you’re a freaking pro and have done this a million even if it’s like your first time doing it live. Just practice with other people in the room. If you don’t have anybody to practice with yet, chances are good.

Someone else doesn’t have anybody to practice with yet too. So, feel free to just chat right now and say, hey, does anybody wanna role play this with me?

And if not, go over in Slack and do it there too, and we’ll we’ll see what happens.

Cool.

Anybody have questions? We’ve got thirty minutes ish left. If you have to go, cool, respect your time. If you have questions to ground, Katie, do you have one?

Yeah. So I’m can you just speak a bit more to, like so we’ve established where they’re red and where they’re yellow and where they’re green?

Am I aiming to then put to, like, can you, take it into the pitch? So, like, am I aiming to put together one proposal that covers, like, first, we’re gonna address the red, and then we’re gonna talk about the yellow, or how do I go into turning that into an offer?

Exactly. Yes. So I think there’s lots of ways you can do it. Right? So whatever is triggering for you, like in your imagination, roll with that but the really yeah the thing that you wanna walk away with is now it’s not just, hey, I need a sales page, but it’s also, hey, I need to get better at this, this, this, and this.

Your project now got bigger. You’re also a consultant. That’s more strategic. Right? So you walk away from there going Here are the four things we need to work on before we even work on writing your sales page.

Let me take this away, put together, some ideas for you. You send me x, y, and z document that I need. So you said you’re strong on research. Send me some so I can look at it. And then we’re gonna hop on a call, and I’ll walk you through my plan for how we can hit all of these things you read on in x period of time that you’ve told me you want this off like the thing that’s in the center of it, the five hundred paid conversions added a month or whatever.

We wanna get there in three months time. But we have to make these red things all green. We’ve agreed on that. You agree that you’re red on these things. So now we’re gonna go forward. I’ll put the other and I’m gonna come back and talk you through that plan. That’s a really, like, clear way for you to now go off and run a project.

Does that make sense? Like here’s my project now and it’s informed not just by what you said you think you need but what I have diagnosed you as really needing.

Yeah. I mean, I see this is super useful because I think I mentioned on our last the last call that I made it to live, like, I just feel like my project ideas are always really big, and I struggle to break them down into components. So this feels really helpful for that.

I guess what I’m taking away from what you’ve just said is like it would be helpful for me to have a sense of the hierarchy of the lights for for lack of better words so that I know, like, if that’s red, obviously, we’re gonna do this first and, and, like, turning that then into a proposal?

Yeah. And it’s sort of a process. So I said the word process, but I know sometimes it won’t feel like a process. So if you’re like, but it’s not a process. Okay. Don’t make it a process. But to me, it is.

To me, it’s like, okay, if it’s list offer that’s an order in which things go. Right? The conversion copywriting process has parts to it.

And so that should also lead to a sort of hierarchy, right, where you’re like, well, we can do everything we want with copy. But if your list is a mess or the people coming to it or wrong. If you’re red on that, no. So we clearly have to solve the the left part of the triangle first, whatever that’s called. I don’t geometry.

But we solve that over there. We solve list.

Then once we’re red once we’re green on those things, then we’ll talk about off for that list. Okay? And then we’ll talk about copies. You can start to see a gantt chart forming of how that project could go.

Like we’re gonna nail list I can’t come up with that live on a call. That’s not your job to come up with it live on a call. Right? You’re like, I’m I’m gonna go away and think about this for you.

You come up with the things you’re gonna do for improved list quality and quantity in x period of time.

Put that on the gantt chart here. What’s we’re gonna do in week one, week two, week three. Then week three, we’re also gonna start working on offer and and week six will be ready to work on copies. Now, you have like this project mapped out.

You’ve also got a built in way to go back and optimize things, right? So you can say we got through list offer copy, the parts of the triangle, red turn to yellow on these things and yellow turn to green, but now let’s go back and do more to further optimize it. So you have the initial project, as well as a map in effect or a retainer to optimize for performance. Does that make sense, Katie, or is that too much?

It makes sense.

I feel like I’m gonna have to revisit my, like, the categories that I’ve throat to make sure that they have a clear Okay.

Flow from one to the next. Okay. Yeah. And know I was just thinking like, well, what if they’re like, well, I don’t wanna work on that first. I wanna work on, like, I don’t I don’t wanna work on my I just wanna work on my sales page or something. I guess then it’s a question of like, do you wanna work with them?

I would say that’s the question and then. If you know list is actually red and they’re like, I don’t care, write the copy.

That’s not what I do. I can the copy will never convert if your list is garbage. Sorry. We gotta nail that and that’s where you have to be able to work on list.

In this case, right? You have to say like, no. I’m gonna nail this for you, then you’re gonna have you might not even need to work on the copy. It might just be a list look.

We’re green across the board on coffee.

So but that’s yeah. You you’re not just diagnosing what they need but are they a good fit for you to work with? They should walk away from this going. Holy shit, Katie.

No one’s ever shown it to us this way. That was great. How do we start nailing through like I had no idea that’s how this worked. That’s like the objective.

And if they don’t do that, they’re probably gonna be pretty tough to work with.

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. I know it’s easy for me to say. Like, push away these people who don’t wanna do the first part of the process, but we all already know you. They’re not gonna be a good fit. Yeah.

Stacy, I know you have an AMA and then Abby.

So, my my question is about a project that I’m currently working on. I just did, message frameworks for this client often I work with enterprise companies. So I’m sort of a step removed from being able to get into benchmarking and AB testing and things like that because it’s also siloed off in big companies. In this particular instance, it’s a smaller company. They’re like a twenty million company, and my messaging framework meeting was with the whole c suite of, you know, so I had all four c level people.

So now we’re moving into actually doing a wireframe for the home page. And I’m working with that mostly with the CMO.

So they want to do an AB test against their current homepage with what I create. And so since I’m not used to sort of benchmarking before a project, I wanted to get some feedback on what I might be able to do as far as what what to ask for to establish some ben benchmarks and test against and any any tips about you know, that process because I know you do a lot having to do with the, with data, and it’s just something that I’m usually a step removed from.

Sure. So they are split testing though. Right?

They’re using Yes.

Optimizely or a tool like that.

They well, they they want AB test I haven’t talked to them about the mechanics of how they’re doing it, but I do know they want to split test, driving traffic and, you know, testing their current homepage against a new homepage that I’m writing the copy for.

Right. So understanding how the control is performing is Good. They should be telling you that, right? And then they’ll tell you the, metrics when they tell. Like, here’s here are the KPIs for this page.

It’s a homepage. So it’s likely you’ll need to document things like, amount of traffic coming to it, traffic sources, coming to it as well. If they’re using it as a landing page for Facebook ads and other things like that, It’s a problem. Right? Like, because the test at that point becomes less about a scientific test and more about like a game, where you’ve got traffic coming from weird sources that could have been brought in by any number of ads, etcetera. And they’re landing on this page. They’re so different.

That it’s almost like there are too many variables. I know it’s all in the variable of audience, but it’s so uncontrolled.

That your test is just going to feel fake. So understand where traffic is coming from. Try to get them on board with narrowing it down to their ideal audience. And I know that means organic traffic you can’t do anything about either, but people who are searching and landing on your homepage are likely not look you lose when we’re talking about business. This is SAS. This is a software company?

Or It’s, it is tech.

Yes. It’s it’s tech. So no Because it’s a CDN. It’s a it’s enterprise CDN.

Okay. Cool.

Good. So we can imagine that organic traffic that lands there. Is there by design in some way? So cool. What’s the traffic like that’s coming to it? How are they converting right now? So you need quantity of traffic than like a understanding a qualitative understanding of quality of traffic.

And then you need to know what that existing conversion rate is and what conversion rate means for them is likely going to be clicks. If it’s on the homepage, it’s probably clicks. The question is clicks to where?

We wanna drive sign ups to a a trial sign up for a free account.

Can they sign up for the free account from that page, or do they get driven to another page?

They can sign up on the homepage currently. And they, and and it’s not very focused and it can be much better than it is now.

Okay.

In other words, the homepage is not driving sign ups, and I think it could drive sign ups much more than it does.

Okay. Is there an email address field on the homepage?

That’s like start your trial?

Yes. There is.

Yes. There is. Oh, that’s an existing thing. Cool. You can optimize that. That’s great. So that would be probably number one.

It sounds like your number one goal is trial starts.

Trial starts. Yes.

Okay. So you need to document, know the the control and how it’s doing on trial start but also optimizely, we’ll know that too.

So you don’t you don’t have to write anything down if they’re using the right tool and if you’re all aligned on, what the objective is, like what, how are you going to measure it in a testing platform? You can set up multiple goals, and that’s trickiest part. You don’t want to set up too many goals. Home pages are hard though because things like bounce are gonna be an actual consideration on a homepage.

Try to keep them on task with What is the number one thing that this page is solving for? From a business perspective, why does the business invest money in this homepage. Why is this test a priority right now? And if it is, we wanna get trial starts as soon as they land there, then throw every other way of measuring the page out the door.

Don’t worry about bounce rate. We have to try scary things and some people are gonna bounce. And maybe they won’t. Maybe it’ll hold more people.

We’re not gonna worry about that. All we’re worried about is trial starts. So how does optimizely or whatever tool they use measure trial starts. What can you do in the tool?

Is it just like once they’ve clicked this button successfully or once they’ve landed on the next page is a common way to do that test. Are they landing on a confirmation page for like your trial is now started or landing an app? Which can also be tricky because there’s lots of different ways to land in at from a home page oftentimes. Point being, trial starts is what matters.

So document that Nothing else really matters if that’s your goal. There’s so many things to measure on a homepage. Try to control how much they’re thinking about. Does that help, Stacy?

Yes. Yes. That helps very much. And I will be re re listening to this recording to make sure I get all of that. Okay. Thank you.

DLDR is like trial starts is all that you’re gonna focus them on. Yeah. Cool.

Hey. Yeah. So I have kind of it’s like a mindset strategy question. I’m gonna try and articulate it as best as I can.

So I’m looking at, like, the prioritization matrix, and I’m trying to kind of, like, find my high reward low friction task and, like, the twenty percent of my efforts that generate eighty percent of, like, the revenue. And the things the thing that, like, does the most of me at is podcast, but then like, so speaking on the podcast, it’s it’s my kind of, like, high reward low friction, but then it’s, like, getting on the podcast, then it becomes kind of, like, the question of, like, likelihood of success as well, because it’s like a podcast could potentially be high reward, but then it’s like, I gonna even get on it? Like, how do I get on it? And it’s kind of like so how do you, like, balance thinking about those things, like, the how the how to get to the, like, high reward thing, like, in terms of is that did I yeah.

Yeah. I think so.

It means to me it sounds like it’s, like, of, like, leverage.

The first thing that comes to mind is, like, okay, who is trying to book you on there? Do you have a VA or assistant of some kind pitching for you.

I have a VA that, like, makes a list and that I pitch them.

Can you train the VA to pitch?

I I can. The reason I haven’t is because I posted in, like, the Slack about and, having, like, whether to have my B. I pitch, and then Christie said she wouldn’t even, like, look at, like, a podcast application if it was wasn’t sent by the person.

So that kind of Oh, no.

The video is pretending to be you.

Oh, okay. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. They’re just they’re signed it. They’re sending from your email address a hundred percent. And it’s just like, hey, Abby here. Just a template that they then know how to modify because you’ve taught them. You took an hour to teach them how to do this thing well for you. And steal it from your email address, and that’s it.

Mhmm.

So it’s like thinking about, like, how to automate kind of the steps to the high reward stuff or, like, outsource, minimize friction.

Do you have an SOP for it that your VA can then be trained on? And then when you do, if getting on podcasts is a huge high value win for you, but it’s it’s a slog to get there. It’s a it’s a quantity game a lot of the time. Like how much as you put out there.

Then yeah, outsource that. Send that off. That’s a great thing for your VA to do. It doesn’t take specialized skills.

Not if they have your training, yeah, to do it. So I get the VA on it, but yeah, send from your email address or something that’s a good fake of your email address.

Like AP at instead of Abby at or whatever.

Mhmm.

Cool. Yeah. That makes so much sense. You make it sound so obvious. Of course.

Thank you.

No. No worries. Awesome. Anna.

Hey. I just had a question about the ebook I’m writing right now.

Love it.

So, I think I know the answer to this, but I wanna just confirm. It is fair game to quote any studies that are publicly out there. Right?

What about, like, screenshots of that’s because it’s on pricing page. So can I can I use screenshots or pricing pages that are out there in public right now? Or do I have to, like, seek permission?

Or I think Jessica wants to answer this.

I’m watching your face, Jessica. Oh, no.

I thought you did for, like, the folks that No.

I just I just wanna make sure everybody knows I’m engaged. I don’t Oh, yes. I do know the answer.

You guys publishing for us. So I thought like, oh, you probably have a good take on this.

Yeah.

Yeah. So in my experience, it’s what are you copying or screenshotting and is it proprietary?

So there are some cases where you’re not allowed to use an image without paying a fee for it.

But you usually know those things. Right? A screenshot of someone’s website is it’s a public thing as long as you cite, and I would recommend citing everything about it that it’s copyrighted by X company. The screenshot was taken on this date.

And that’s that’s cool. Then you can do that. It can also be actually a pretty useful way to start promoting your book when the time comes. When you’re like, Hey, I used your page as a great example in my book. It’s coming out. Do you wanna copy of it?

That kind of thing. Right? And then they might say like, oh, I didn’t realize people were just using screenshots of our website. What? And you might be like, oh, fuck.

But, that’s just the conversation that you have at that point, but it doesn’t have to be weird. I no one’s ever run any quotes that, like, when Ann Handley put me in her book, I didn’t find out till someone was like, Joe, you’re in Ann’s book. And same for product led growth. Nobody told me this was gonna happen.

But I would just ended up in there. And I wasn’t like, damn you, Ann. I was like send flowers to Ann. So it’s it’s it’s I wouldn’t worry about it just do what you can to cite where it came from. And wherever possible, only take screenshots of things where you’re gonna tell a good story about it. If it’s, like, a bad thing, mock up a version of it and just remove anything.

Actually, that was gonna be my my next question. So if I just mock up and make a random, like, I could take it a pricing page and and then play around with it on Photoshop and change it up completely. Just to use the bad example.

That’s obviously fine. Right? Because no one’s gonna know where it came from or yeah.

Yeah. And then the reader also likes you a little more. Right? You’re like, look, these are some bad things I’ve seen.

I’m not gonna call anybody out. Everybody means while you, the reader, you mean well. But here’s what are what people are doing wrong. And then you can show, like, mock ups, but not the thing.

Yeah.

Awesome.

Last question.

Does it matter how long the ebook is? So I I I thought I would wrap something up in, like, thirty pages.

Okay.

But it’s it looks like it’s gonna get to, like, seventy pages.

And I’m wondering, like, are people gonna read that or Who is your target?

K. Good question.

So c level execs that will Yeah. Because the whole idea is to build authority and and show that this is a comprehensive thing.

On pricing pages. Right? So someone who gets a hold of it, the impression I want them to get is like, oh, didn’t know there was so much to talk about when it came to Verizon pages. It seems like this person knows this thing.

A hundred percent. Yes. So I just chatted over the title of a book called write useful books, go read it through your kindle, read it right away.

It’s great, but it will make you identify who your target audience is and things like referral referrals that are built into their heads. So it’s gonna be really useful.

Read right useful books as you’re doing this.

Think about that target audience and think about where they’re reading it. I think I’ve talked about this before with April.

With obviously awesome. She was gonna get it traditionally published.

Sorry if I’m repeating it, but it’s really good advice. The traditional publisher was it needs to be sixty thousand words and she’s like, no, I can’t. And the reason was for her was, but I travel on planes and I read books on planes, like that’s when a lot of sea levels in their careers hop on. That’s when they that’s when they read books.

So if that’s the case, then how long is the average flight that a sea level is going to able to read your book. Three or four hours. So you have to make it start to finish in three to four hours, which is like I think it’s something like thirty thousand words at most, knowing that they’re just skimming a lot of it and just like rolling through it.

But, yeah, thirty thousand words, I think is what came out as like the ideal length for a c level to read a book.

Thousand words. Okay. I’ll keep that in mind.

Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Thanks.

And of course, we have love screenshots in there.

It’s gonna go a lot faster. It doesn’t mean you have to take up the whole flight though. Like, if they’re able to finish the book and start writing the email to you that’s like, loved your book, let’s talk. That’s a good thing.

Right? If they can get all that work done on the plane and then walk off and go. Awesome. What’s next?

You know?

Yeah. Got it.

Awesome. Love it. Read write useful books.

Okay. Anybody else?

I do have a couple like brainstorm questions. They’re very low. Like, you probably be like really are you asking me this, but I just wanted to get brain power because we have a lot of that in the room if that’s okay.

Yeah. We do. Yeah. We got eight minutes still. Let’s go.

Okay. I’m trying to think of which one Alright. I’ll go with the second question because I have a feeling your mindset has changed around this a little bit. So I kind of Soft launched my new newsletter called the holiday win and So what I’m wondering is you used to do a lot of free stuff to grow your list, but you’ve recently made comments about not doing that in the books and that. So I’m just wondering how are we feeling about that right now? Any suggestions?

About free content? To grow your email list. Yes.

Right. I mean, our free content’s just different now. Our free content that grows our email list is on Instagram, and with like many chat and boards. Right? That’s really it.

But still, they’re still free. It’s just it’s just different.

I know the the name makes me wanna watch a Hallmark movie though to be very clear.

No. The goal was to rip it off of the old movie.

So that’s Oh, cool.

That’s awesome. Good. Yeah.

Yeah. But give a give it away in your newsletter. The good thing of are you using Substack?

No. So you mentioned something about Substack and then I had to do research on what was the latest drama and then I was like dang it. So do I grow it on there or not?

Feels a little problematic.

Yeah. No. We’ve stopped using Substack too. Yeah.

But I thought if you were okay with it, No.

I saw the research or I looked it up after you mentioned it. You’re ruined my email strategy, Joe. Alright.

We’re ruined mine too.

So the so whatever alternative comes out for sub stack, that doesn’t allow Nazis to be the Nazis on there.

Is, hopefully the next thing to use then just because you can charge for your archives. And if you have good shit you’re giving out, you should be charging for the archive.

So that’s that. But your goal is to grow your list. And if your goal is to grow your list with quality leads, then free is obviously is the is the way to go. It’ll get more people on.

It’s just a question of how quality are those are those leads. But a lot of them are quality just because they’re looking for free out of the gate doesn’t mean they’re ever going to be looking for free. Just wanna make sure you’re not full of crap. Right?

So let’s try you for free and then pay you later.

Yeah. That’s my take. Does anybody else have thoughts on this?

Do you give stuff away free to grow your list? Any tips?

No one wants to talk about it.

I no. I mean, I already have any advice it’s an interesting question, but I I don’t know. I think, I think about the content itself being, yeah, engaging and teaching something. Maybe it’s just a hint of something and you’re not giving anything away. I mean, I’m thinking of the the email the the the the people I’ve subscribed to who I read. And it’s it’s supposed to be people who are into entertaining first.

Maybe, yeah, actually first. And then secondly, teach me stuff. Yeah. Yeah.

James Claire is three two one method, work really well, and there’s another copywriter who somehow I got on this list.

He does three two one for copywriting.

Three examples to something and then one tip or something like that. And it’s a good read.

So, I don’t know, food for thought as you think of the format as well for your newsletter.

Cool. Naomi.

So I want to get more into Go ahead podcast.

And so I was building a list of, podcasts that I thought were relevant And somebody mentioned to me that you that I could probably write a script and just outsource that, have somebody put that together and send an email to all those people. But I was I thought that would be too impersonal that they get a lot of they got a lot of mail looking for guests and that it would make a lot more sense to do it. Like, actually listening to the podcast and mentioning something relevant, So I was wondering what you thought about that. Is that something?

Yeah. Did you hop off for a bit on this call already?

Yeah. I had two during my meeting for the ending.

And then you hop back up. So Abby actually asked the same question, and it was about podcast pitching, how to make it personal, And so, really quick and it’s in the replay if you want more detail, but it really is, documents like a template.

For outreach to these podcasts, and then, teach your VA or somebody that is inexpensive to send these pitch emails from your email address. So it looks like it’s from Naomi. It’s written in the first person. Hi, etcetera.

And they all do the research too. So the VA listens to the podcast or reads the reviews or whatever the whatever the thing is that teach the VA to do and then they have a goal that you give them of like five pitches a day or whatever that goal is that you need for them to to get your name out there. But yeah, it’s an SOP. This is the leverage part of the big sunshine growth model. Of have that SOP with templates associated with it, and then teach a VA to do it. And just make it look personal by personalizing and sending it from naomi at.

Okay.

Great. Awesome. Thanks. Is there another question there?

Are we good? I have one more question. Sorry. It’s another brainstorm one. Okay. So I did do the the win is a hundred million offers.

I flushed out the whole seasonal sale holiday offer thing. So Next the sales page, right? So and now this. So my only thought is I really need to get more people see like going through this process so I can finesse it and I’m getting still a lot of email and I know a lot of that is authority related but to get some quicker like and I get a few seasonal sales and no door.

Yeah. Any suggestions about more of a fast approach to that part?

Like, you’re just trying to get people to test this out on?

Essentially.

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I think it’s like you said on really no dollar offers. It’s formosa kind of solution here, I would do what he has said to do in that case. Do you have a system?

If you have system, then you post on LinkedIn and say, hey, I’m looking for five companies that meet this criteria to run through my system on the next holiday for free in exchange for me being able to daw to tell the world about this and to take examples away from it. That’s a third thing to do. But just make sure you have it as like system so that you’re not guessing your way through their holiday emails for free.

Yeah. Okay. Perfect. Thank you. I’ll do that.

Okay. Fine. Alright. Well, we’re at the end of our time. Thanks, everyone, for your great questions. Nobody shared a win, but I wasn’t gonna harp on that too much. It’s pretty mean about it.

My win is being in CSV. That is a win.

Okay. Awesome. The replay will be available later. Thanks y’all, and we will be following up more on this diagnostic tool as we chat more.

Okay? Okay. Thanks, though. Have a good one. Bye.

MTT Ladder-Prep Framework

Value Ladder Framework (MTT)

Transcript

So today’s topic is around value ladders. And like my favorite topics for these weekly sessions, it is something you can use for your business. And also for your clients.

So, something to really consider.

But we’re gonna dive in This is recording. So the replay, of course, will be available. If you can come on camera, please do so. Just so everybody can see you, feel connected, etcetera.

Okay. So today we’re we’re talking about something that is based on the value ladder. Now, most people are familiar with the value ladder, but it’s okay not to be. So I’m just gonna really briefly discuss the value ladder.

If you want to add anything more to it, to my really brief intro to it, then feel free to. This is a medium post on the value ladder. Click funnels is a really big advocate of the value ladder. Hold on.

I just wanna make sure that my audio is okay.

Good. Okay. Good. So the value ladder is really just a way to keep people coming back for that neck level of value from your organization, which usually translates into money.

And that can mean different things for different businesses. So value ladders are really common in, you know, training businesses, online, like courses, mastermind, stuff like that, and mastermind is at the top of those value ladders, but they can also be used for other things.

Ecommerce can do this to add incredible value to their customer base. If you, I’ve mentioned the book Super Consumers before, It’s a really great study overall in the whole idea of a value ladder for e commerce, really, and how to get people all over the place, to, to keep coming back and buying from you, not just buying more sweaters from your e commerce shop. But more of, like, let’s take you to the next tier of being an engaged shopper and admirer advocate of fan of our brand. So, although it can feel like a value ladder is all about let’s just, you know, get more money out of your existing customer base, sell them more expensive stuff.

That’s not necessarily what it’s about. Some people I think, like, click funnels might know if that’s to click funnels a little bit might often, you know, put out this narrative that can make it feel that way, but it really is how much, like, what do you wanna what how do you wanna use this? SAS can use this for upgrading people through it if you think of something like Stripe, which could move a business owner through a value ladder and a developer a different value ladder, bringing them further into this world of loving strike. That’s what we’re really trying to do with the value ladder.

Give more value. You charge more for it, of course. But those people who really want more, are ready for it. Now, one of the tricky things is, and what we’re gonna be talking about today is how do you prepare people for that value ladder.

How do you get your customers to even know about this stuff? I know copy hackers has struggled with this a bit over the years. Abby, I think you mentioned that at some point, you said you found copy hackers through, like, social media. You found one course and then you didn’t even know the other courses existed or something like that.

And I think that’s like, it happens. It happens to all of us. We at Copy Acres didn’t have an intentional value ladder for a very long time, much to the dismay of our ad agency. It was like you need a value ladder because ads are too expensive.

So it but it can tough. Right? Like, how do you share out your value ladder with people before they’re actually maybe even ready for the thing on that ladder. When you have the tripwire, which is usually the bottom of this value ladder, and you wanna get them into the seven dollar ebook or and then up to the ninety nine dollar a month community all the way up to the top tier, your mastermind or whatever that might be, how do you let them know that something’s coming next that they should be prepared for? And that can be a valuable thing to do. So that’s what we’re talking about today.

This ladder prep idea. It’s kind of ladder hype to get people hyped for what’s next, but hype sounds so hypey it doesn’t have to be. It’s really just like seeding, the idea that there is going to become a moment. There’s going to come a moment when you’re going to want more from us. Here’s when that moment is, and here’s what you can expect to do in that moment. So if you’re already familiar with this sort of approach, well done.

And if you’re not cool, we’re gonna walk through it. Now, this is meant for your confirmation page. If you’re going script a video, oftentimes for a confirmation page, or just the copy on the confirmation page. If, like, there’s not a video or even if there is a video, and also email copy again when someone has just become a customer of some form.

So they’ve downloaded your lead magnet or they’ve gone through different part of the value ladder, you know as the marketer, Hey, we’ve got this next thing in store for you. And this is the moment at which because it’s a seduce a seducible moment, this is a great moment to start seeding what comes next and how to know when the time comes to go to that next thing. So the value ladder is off to the left here. The m t t framework goes match.

Trigger teas. Okay? Trigger and teas can be interchanged. Sometimes you teas and then you tell them what the trigger is, Sometimes you tell them what the trigger is and then you tease that next thing. But let me walk you through this. So this is the value ladder kinda going in reverse starting with the cheapest thing here, and then we’re moving all the way up to the more expensive thing. This is based on a value ladder that Paul on our team just went through for, Evergreen webinar funnel training.

So I’m just taking exactly what, that layout was, like the value ladder for them. This have made up. But we can imagine how this might go. Right?

So we start with the free thing, the lead magnet. You wanna write this for your own value ladder or for your client’s value ladder, and this could keep going. Right? This is just an example.

It could go down seven rows or whatever. However, many items there are in that value ladder. So we start with this zero dollar thing just to get their email address. Then, of course, there’s a tripwire.

It’s usually called a tripwire. If that’s unfamiliar language, it’s the cheap thing.

Then comes a starter product or service. And then some intermediate or even sometimes this is the top tier. This is where it ends. It doesn’t have to end here, but it might. Right? So this is the basic value ladder.

Cool. What do you do with that? Not everybody needs to move up the value ladder. Some people are ready to jump the top of it, but we’re just trying to solve for how do we get people to start thinking about the next thing they should buy from us.

Not Ken. But should. We’re going to tell them that should moment. This is the moment at which you should be switching over to whatever that other thing is.

So we write this out. First, we match. So when they download the thing, when they just downloaded the lead magnet, then we match on the confirmation page and or on the confirmation email where we’re sending them the thing. Hey, you’ve just snagged a free copy of the No pitch webinar template we’ve used for some of our highest converting webinars.

Cool. We’re matching exactly where they are, staying enthusiastic with them. It’s a good moment. You’ve done a good thing.

This is fantastic. And then we want to trigger, in some cases, t’s, but usually it’s easiest to just start with the trigger, which is telling them what that trigger moment is going to be in their lives that will be a signal to them that it’s time to think of what’s next. So, hey, you’ve just done this thing. Cool.

Awesome. You’re great. Once you’ve filled in that template and used it just once, you’ll be ready for the next step in generating six or even seven figures with your webinar. This is the trigger.

Once you have filled in that template and used it just once. I know as a user that I have or have not done that thing, if I never fill in that template, I’m not really gonna be a good fit, unless I’m so ready that I’ll go around and look and start emailing you to say like, hey, how do I just get into your training?

And then comes the tease. That next step will be our thirty minute workshop. That’s this thing on how to run a webinar that is sure. Oops, sorry typo, to convert even if it’s second webinar ever.

But for now, and then you go back and tell them what to do now, head on into that template, use it, and then I’ll hear from you after you’re done with it. Or then you can send me an email when you’re all done, whatever call to action you might wanna do if you wanna do one. That’s really it. This tease is for the next thing in the value ladder.

So every time we see that tease, it’ll be for what’s coming up. And if there is nothing else coming up, then there is this for the final one, you just leave these two blank. So again, tripwire is, hey, so cool. You’re in our workshop on how to run a webinar that converts.

Fantastic for businesses like yours because it does all these great cool things that you already thought it was gonna do. We’re just matching that. Now we’re reversing it a bit for the teas and trigger. And said, we’re saying, and if you’re anything like me, you’re so pumped about this workshop that you’re already thinking about what’s next.

So we’re teasing something’s going to come next. And I will tell you all about that, but the trigger before you can unlock the incredible next stage, here is what needs to happen first. You need to see the slide. This is just a fascination that looks like this.

And then you, like, show them the slide. Some it’s a fascination. Right? It’s something for them to watch for.

When they’re actually going through it. That’s when you’ll know you’re ready. But for now, just focus on attending, putting this into your calendar or whatever that calls might be. Is this making sense?

Can you see how this works?

Can you see the value in seeding that next step? Or customers. Does that make sense?

Cool. Alright. So this is what you’ll do. You don’t have to do it today. It’s not like a thing we need to do But it is something that you should do if you are thinking about your value ladder for yourself or if you have clients who come to you and either speak the language of we have a value ladder, how do we move people through it, or they’re doing ads of any kind.

If they’re spending money on They probably have some top tier or higher tier thing to get people into. They might not come to you and say, like, Hey, let’s do something to walk people through our value ladder, but they come to you and go like, we’re spending so much money on ads. How do we get people to convert and how do we get our new our existing customers to do more with us. Right?

We’re sending emails and it’s like they don’t even know whatever, whatever, whatever. But they’re coming to you with revenue challenges, and they find that they’re also spending money upfront to acquire leads and retargeting to try to get those customers back. A really easy win is hey, I’m gonna script some confirmation page videos for you. I think you can hop on your phone with these scripts and report them.

Cool. We’ll do some emails as well. And then you’re already moving them along a path of being able to open especially if they have a sales team of any kind being able to open up those conversations with people without having to do, like, an excessive amount of work or even old work around opening conversations.

Okay. So that is the long and the short of it. Any questions? Anybody?

Do you feel like you could use this?

Yeah, I feel like it’s what I’ve been needing because, like, I think I shared my problem last week where I’ve got my five hundred dollar course and then nothing really happens after that.

I guess my kind of my thought is that, so in my course, I I teach the copywriting, the conversion piece. But I don’t I don’t teach how to, like, drive traffic to so kind of thinking about your lesson from last week as well with the quadrant. So that’s kind of in order to get them to, like, six figures, seven figures, the point where they could afford to hire me.

That bit needs solving. I I’ve never wanted to solve that piece because it doesn’t excite me or interest me, and it’s not what I’m an expert in.

But I feel like for the value center letter to work, I need do I need to solve that? Would that be a case of bringing someone in to teach it or any thoughts?

In I mean, in this case, it’s like how how important is the traffic part to your process. If it is important then That it’s not important to my process, but it is for them to get the results.

Right? Because even if their conversion rates are there, they’re not getting people in.

If they’re not getting people into their evergreen funnel.

Yeah.

To me, I mean, it feels like, oof, overkill, but I think I’d be lying to you if I said if it’s important to your process, you don’t need to of course, it is.

If it’s if it’s not your process, but in order to get people in, they’re never able to do anything. It’s like, but at the same time, you can consult on that. Just like in conversion rate optimization. Someone brings a CRO agency in and says, Hey, we need this funnel to convert better or this journey or whatever.

The CRO agency is only there to worry about that funnel. Then the company has to go, oh, crap. We need to get more trapped. In here because we can’t run a test with five people coming through this every day.

So I would consider for you, although it is an important input doesn’t have to be part of your process.

And then just cut it out if it doesn’t have to be. If it has to be, then I would say, yes. You have to find a way to solve those traffic challenges, which could just be having a really great VA that you can reach out to when you need to, who’s good at basic ads and, and, like, demand generation stuff.

I know that’s not great, but either find a way to pull it out of your process or, yeah, you’re right. You have to solve that problem.

Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jared.

Yeah. What do you think about that?

Yeah. I mean, it was kinda like, I like my course as it is, and I don’t wanna change it, but it is, yeah, I mean, I do is a problem that used to be solved. And it’s also, like, in my kind of why didn’t you buy emails. It’s it’s been coming up that people are like, I don’t does this do I have to, like, post on social media every day to get this to work?

So, I mean, I have been thinking about bringing in, like, an art specialist to do just stay hour, like, master class or something in the course or in half an hour one or something. So I think this is kind of confirmed that probably is makes my sense if the next step is for them to hire me because then they really need to be making good money with the system. So Totally. Yes.

Yeah. Yep. That makes good sense. I don’t know if anybody else has any other thoughts on that, but, yeah, seems smart. Seems like the way to go.

Yeah.

Thank you.

Thanks, Abby. Anyone else? Any notes or thoughts on the MTP?

Framework and value ladders at all.

Are you using value ladders with your clients?

Nobody is.

Abby is the one person. I know it can be tough for SaaS and things like that, but I would like encourage you SaaS and software and tech. They have lead magnets. They have free trials. They have free tiers, and then they have more tiers to to get you up to that next level.

So it’s important to also bring that to tech as well. It feels really easy to dismiss it as if tech is some entity unto itself that no other business has ever matched or felt like comes close to, and that’s just like, not true. Like, not true at all. Once you actually get into these businesses, they’re they’re all money making endeavors, just with different ways there. Okay. Cool.

Sassy. Oh, that’s cool. That’s awesome, Stacy. Yeah. Nice.

Oh, sorry. For those who are watching the replays, Daisy just chatted out that Sassy, her, AI solution creates value ladder ideas. Very nice. Love it.

Alright. Any other questions or thoughts or anything you wanna discuss today? Business stuff. Yeah, Katie.

Can I just ask Joe, so you mentioned confirmation page and confirmation emails?

Is there any where like, I love this framework. I can definitely see myself using it for myself and for clients. So, like, I could also see it maybe like, two thirds of the way through the program that you’re kind of teasing, like, what the next program could be, is there anywhere else that you think you might be able to do the match teas trigger?

Yeah. No. I think that’s awesome. The one that I just wanted to focus on is that we use, which is those confirmation pages.

Yeah. So I’m sure there are lots of great ways to use it wherever you know someone should be getting ready for that next step or thinking about it. I think that’s a great call to use it in app or throughout training. Yeah. Nice.

And do you think the video component is, I just saw Stacy’s nurture email sequences suggestion think that’s really good to end. How heavily would you weight the video component versus just having that call on the confirmation page.

Yeah. I I wouldn’t. I I mean, I think a video is, if it looks like a quick easy thing to interact with, and you’re already feeling good about that brand and you know the person that you’re looking at, then you’ll be more likely to hit play on the thing and then actually pay attention, especially if, you know, captions are on.

But yeah, I we just do video all the time with this now, and for a little while now. So it really, I would just say test it out. Just try different things, try it in different places. Yeah.

I’m not sure how much people I don’t know. I don’t know about the written side of it at all. But the video Oh, okay. Yeah, is doing good things for us.

Yeah. I think.

Sure. Fun.

Alright. Anybody else?

Jessica?

I just asked about my specific offers for your feedback. Is that okay? Yeah. Love it.

Absolutely. Okay. So I guess when I’m looking at this, where I get tripped up. The first the first steps are fine.

I think of checklists, blueprint, that kind of thing. And then once the book is done, the book or a webinar, a paid webinar, you know, something like that. I think where after that where I’ve struggled with the client part, like, I don’t have client projects enough to validate the the higher tiers. So, for example, I start going okay.

Is the starter service for seasonal sales? Would that be more of a?

Audit, I’ve never had anyone ask me for that. However, I have had to do last minute seasonal sale campaigns with like the bare bones kind of promo, which would not be the top tier kind of service that I would like to do ideally. So there’s like that question with that level. And then my my other question with a higher tier service where I get to do their seasonal sale either full calendar year with everything that I’d wanna do before and after the promo.

And then eventually, like you had mentioned when I brought up the agency idea, doing their seasonal sale campaigns and everything, but then doing all the nurturing and all that in between.

So that’s where I it’s the higher tier stuff, I guess, where I’m I’m like, I’m not sure how to break this down.

Yeah. And I wonder about, like, for the value tier for you, if it’s like, if you wanna think about the ladder going up, Right? And it’s a staircase in the drawings. I don’t understand.

But, nonetheless, it could be so you’ve got the tripwire as your book or workshop or whatever, and then you’d have done with you likely done with you as an offering than done for you. But then I wonder if, like, one of the top tier ones And it depends on where you wanna take your business. I just don’t know that you’d break it down into the different products going up the ladder, like, the different services. I mean, like, packages.

But rather one tier is all of those packages, whatever package it might be, but you sell them into it.

You, like, seed that. Right? And then is the next tier if it’s done with you, done for you, and then that next one which could be teacher team or, like, fractional copy chief or something that’s more, like, this different level of service rather than different kind of, like, product or delivery. Does that make sense?

Yeah. I like that. Yeah. And I get actually people asking for that lately. So Oh, I’m sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I think it was all the honestly. I think that copy hacker’s copy chaffing. I’ve suddenly, over the weekend, had an influx in hay, are you still copy chaffing?

So that’s awesome. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s interesting. Okay. That gives me some food for thought.

Thank you.

Yeah. I would just think about like getting to that place where the top part of it, the top tier on your ladder is something that, leverages your time better where you just get more money for your brain, which might sound silly. But that’s kind of what it comes down to.

Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Cool. Thank you. Bye. Yeah. Totally.

Anybody else have anything they’re working on? Bless you, Abby.

It’s that time of year seasonal allergies.

Yeah.

Alright. Cool. Well, if you don’t, that’s a okay. We can wrap up early. I do wanna talk about something else that, the coaches and I are gonna be meeting Sarah and the other coaches and myself this afternoon.

We have a new we’ve been holding off on bringing anybody else into Coffee School Pro.

We’re gonna be following a slightly different process less, bringing people in this whole, like, sixty day intensive out of the gate to people to a place where they’re making, much better money faster with better leads.

So That will be happening. We’re gonna run our first one at the beginning of April.

I would encourage all of you to participate in it. If you can, you have to, but we’re gonna be talking through a lot of, we’re gonna be introducing processes and vocabulary that new people coming in to Copyschool Pro will be using. So they’ll be talking about these processes. They’ll be thinking in this sort of different way that we’ll be teaching in, this accelerator, which is we’re calling it the intensive, mostly because we just own that domain. So we’re, like, post called the tenths of freelancer because I couldn’t come up with a name.

We’ll see. That might change.

So yeah, I would encourage you if you want to, if something that’s you’re struggling with is thinking through ways to make, it’s this thousand dollar a day promise, really, are you able to make thirty thousand dollars a month. If that’s not already happening for you, then I’d encourage you to take this.

And it’s included obviously with your, existing rates. It’s gonna be in addition to the existing CSP training. So it will mean like a lot of of paying attention to lots of different training going on at once, which I know is a lot and might feel overwhelming. And I’m sorry I don’t mean for it to be that way, but I think it’ll be good for, for our for anybody who well, for all of you because we’ll all need to talk the same way going forward. So we’ll share more about that going forward. But just know that it’s gonna start around April second. That’s a Tuesday.

And then we’ll, Yeah. Well, I’ll share more before that, but just kind of like put it on your radar. Cool.

Cool. That’ll be, of course, that’s okay.

Sorry.

I told I don’t wanna, like, hog your time.

Yeah, it’s, like, about a client.

So that’s all. I did wanna share a win about this client because it’s pretty cool.

So, yeah, I help them live large in January, and then took them on to the Evergreen Robin off on all. And it’s, like, the first time I’ve kind of got to properly implement day one at Evergreen. And we increased the conversion rates from five percent to seven percent going evergreen. So they’re now making, and it’s a, twelve hundred dollar course. So that’s exciting. They’re making lots of money.

But I I want to offer an optimization piece, and I’ve kind of I had set this up before.

But I’ve never I’ve never really, like, pushed it. I guess probably because I don’t feel good about the offer.

I don’t really know, like, what to charge and how to kind of set boundaries around it. What I was thinking it would be would just be to make sure I’m tracking conversions each week. And then when left, like, outstand spikes or anything or, the ultimate, like, page drops or just kind of keeping the copy like, fresh every few months, that kind of thing, like implementing survey responses.

And I was I was gonna charge like, the package I had was, like, two thousand dollars.

I don’t know if that, like, it made sense for my audience if, like, I don’t know. I’m just it’s difficult to increase price and figure out.

So you increase their conversion rate by almost fifty percent going from five percent to seven percent.

Right? That’s an almost fifty percent lift on that paid conversions.

Can I ask what you charge for that project?

Yeah, I charged fifteen thousand for the launch and then, five thousand to Evergreen. Okay. So it’s twenty.

Twenty k all in.

They made five hundred ninety thousand dollars on the launch, and then now they’re making, like, five thousand dollars a day. So they can afford it. Right?

No.

I think it’s gonna let you answer this panel by itself.

Yeah. If you already know, a good general rule of thumb is for performance retainers if you had a project up front.

Tried to get the performance retainer to be fifty percent of that project. So if it was twenty thousand upfront, ten thousand dollars a month to retain you to optimize this thing, for a minimum of six months.

Now I know that can seem you know, five times larger than what you had in mind. But this is a real business that has seen you get real results.

And it’s the right place to start.

So I would not do it for less than two thousand dollars. I mean, most people who most businesses when you say two thousand dollars, like, they think they’re not gonna get any of your time. Right? Like, what are you gonna do for two thousand bucks?

Like, literally, what are you gonna like, how much time do I buy of yours for that? Whereas ten thousand, I expect, okay, I would expect that I will get some form of return. You’ll report on it, and you’ll make sure that we’re happy every month. And that’s what you would deliver anyway.

Right? Like you’re going. To do those things.

So what would stop you other than what’s going on in your head? So probably just what’s going on in your head. What would stop you from feeling good about ten thousand? What would have to happen for you to feel good about ten thousand a month for a minimum of six months?

I don’t like I just I can’t get my head around charging that, like, at all. That just seems so much.

I guess, like, if I if there was proof that what I was doing was actually, like, doubling their ROI every month, then it’ll be different. But I I mean, especially because it’s, like, the first time I’d be doing this package, it just feels I don’t know. Like, I just I just, like, Did did you say the make in five go date? Yes.

But it’s yeah.

Stacy, I sent me this is it’s fair for you to pause on this, but I think, you know, That’s why you’re here. Right? Like, just I it’s not as easy as saying. Just push through it, but the reality really is. You’ve already delivered well for them.

There are if unless they’re an unreasonable group of people No.

They’re so great. Yeah. Okay. Then they just sort of pay me to do everything for them, but that’s, like, I don’t wanna, like, over stretch. I don’t know.

No. I would if I were you, I’d put together a quick, like, ten point max checklist of what that performance retainer package would look like So what are the things that they’d need to get that you would do? So I so when you say, I’ll refresh coffee every three months or whatever. Like, obviously, you wouldn’t message it that way.

But, like, that is a thing. So you’ll be looking at, like, just just quickly jot down ten things that you’ll do in the month for them. And each one of those is definitely worth a thousand bucks each. I would put money on each one of those being worth a thousand dollars each.

And if it’s somehow in your brain not, then maybe it doesn’t belong on the list, or maybe you just need to skip past the part that says this this is two.

People don’t pay money for this. I think you’re letting maybe some historical stuff in there about, like, people not paying money for things influence your future, which is there. That’s what we all do. Right?

But why wouldn’t they if they’re making five thousand dollars a day, if they are I’m assuming they’re running it like a business, not like a cash machine. If they’re taking money out, then you can’t do anything about that. But if they’re reinvesting because they see this incredible future of being able to pay themselves, a million or two million dollars a year, which you can help sell them on that future for them, then they’d be absolute fools not to do this. Right?

There’s did you see that Hermozy Instagram Hermozy where he’s like the I talked about this already. It’s really compelling, and I’ve seen people knock it off, and it’s really embarrassing.

This he shows you, like, his keys to his hummer. And he says, you know, it’s two hundred thousand dollar car.

If I were to say, I’m gonna give it to you for thirty thousand dollars. Go get thirty thousand dollars cash, and you can have this, go look at this on Instagram. He’s very good at storytelling.

You’d be out of your mind not to go find thirty dollars. Right? But you have but now you have to believe that the outcome is really worth it. So they just need to believe that what they’re investing in is worth the two hundred thousand dollars that, you know, that you want to have in order for a sixty thousand dollar investment to be worth it.

Do you believe you can make two hundred thousand dollars in additional revenue for them with this performance?

You go in believing that, write it on a piece of sticky note all over. Put it every freaking where. So you can only see a little bit of yourself when you’re in the Zoom call, and that’s like, you can you can make them two hundred thousand dollars.

They would be out of their minds not to pay you sixty thousand dollars for that. The obvious next ROI is there. So I don’t know if they’re helpful for you, like, me to showed it, you liked it.

No. If you need it, please.

Yeah.

I mean, because the other thing is, say they buy ski, they They since they started working with me, they hit million and they wanna hit ten million, like, in the next couple of years to sell. They have the courses like, they have the audience. They just, like and they’re having me right. Like, I’m the only copywriter they’re working with, so I encourage, like, there’s so much money there.

I just I’m just figuring out how to, like, tap it, and it’s kind of like, I feel almost like when I’m pitching them stuff, even though they’re saying yes, like, it’s just it just feels like, like, taking too much of their money, but, like, I guess that’s just a Can I offer another another perspective?

It’s also, like, it’s not just the time. It It’s also the money that they’re paying you. It’s also the fact that to find somebody else is a huge pain in the butt. Like, I have people that I work with, right, like my accountant, and, like, I’m not super happy with him.

I could, like, have some, like, like, I wish things were better. I’d like to have to go find somebody else and teach him all about my business and, like, do all of that work. Like, that’s a huge headache. Like you’re saving them the trouble of having to find somebody else to do that for them.

Mhmm. They’re just huge.

Yeah. Mhmm. Good point.

Yeah.

I think the money is just waiting there. Yeah. And it’s just a matter of You know, I didn’t go to this Thursday session with Kirsty on mindset, where it is about thinking bigger and really, like, get into it. I would I would. I I they’ve already invested twenty thousand dollars.

They’ve already invested fifty thousand dollars.

Like, since October. Like, I know the buddy’s there.

It’s just Alright. You know, that’s tough.

You’re done. I’m cutting you off. Okay. It’s obvious. No. No. I’m just kidding.

No. No. Please. I hope everyone enjoyed my episode of Abby’s got money mindset issues.

That’s awesome.

No. I mean, I think we can talk about how to go about.

Pitching this to them in a way that feels good if that’s getting in your way. But I think even just knowing that if the rule is about half of what the project was worth is what that particular is worth, then you can take comfort in the fact that it’s a rule. And if you don’t follow that rule, then you’re breaking the rule.

Do you wanna be that person Abby? No.

No. I I need to start projecting my money share on to my clients, like, ASAP. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. Thank you for letting me.

Awesome. I wanna hear how it goes now.

Thank you.

Then once you got that first ten k retainer out of the way, that’s your new low. And now you now you keep going above it. So be scared of what’s next. Not this moment.

I mean, I am.

Awesome. Awesome. Thanks, Abby. Naomi. Do you have a question and a win to kick it off?

A win.

I reached out to Louis do you know Louis Grenier from, everyone hates marketer? So I reached out to him and he said I could write and emailed in his list.

That’s exciting. I’ve never done that before.

Oh, nice. What do you get to make the email about? What’s it for?

So I have this interesting hierarchy that I created based on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs that correlates with different levels of seniority in companies and different levels of seniority in different sized companies.

And sort of tweaking copy based on those psychological needs.

So that it still sounds very professional still sounds very polished, but it hits on those deeper needs, that people people are really thinking about.

Okay. I love it. Cool. I can’t wait to see that. Yeah.

That was exciting.

Yeah. Awesome.

So okay. So in in more and more often, I have people asking me if I can work on their social content, which is not something that I have a ton of experience in. My background is more in demand gen, but because there’s so many big changes happening right now for Google and for meta, these traditional demand gen is just not working as well as it used to, furrow. A lot of B2B companies.

If you’ve heard of Chris Walker, he’s really, really a big voice in this, in this space, like cutting a lot of the ad spend and putting that more into organic content. And so it’s been really easy for me either to charge a lot for, like, charge a lot on retainer for, for social content. And to just suggest it to people, like, say, you know, because they, they know that if they’re not publishing on LinkedIn, it looks bad. It it gives people the sense that they don’t have something going on. So it’s really easy for me to suggest to them, you know, you really, you really have to start posting.

But I’m wondering if this is profitable because it involves a lot of time throughout the week. It’s not something that you can, like, always do on one day because if it’s a B2B company, you have to talk to R and D, you have to talk to product, you have to talk to sales. You have to constantly be in the loop. What are the new features?

What are customers saying? What’s our story? It’s like, quite an intensive thing, and there has to be design involved. And it’s like my Canvas skills are not so great that be doing these things on my own.

Like, I do need help from a designer.

But it’s like there’s huge demand for it and I’m starting to get good at it. So I’m wondering if this is something profitable or it’s just a huge time suck and I should try to limit it.

Do you see it fitting into Your future, three years from now, do you see wanting to do that still? If it wasn’t for the money, three years from now, what’d you wanna do?

Social copywriting.

I mean, it’s not It’s not what I find most interesting, but I’m also factoring in the, like, the market changes and there’s sometimes there’s demand for one thing and sometimes there’s demand for other things. That’s what I’m concerned about.

Okay. I just wonder because obviously as you build thought leadership out there.

People are going to come to you for the thing that you’re building thought leadership around. And as that happens, it’s just really a question of if you’re not gonna build any thought leadership around social, then it wouldn’t make sense to do it even though it seems like a good opportunity. And that’s purely because you’ll need to start standardizing the ways that you do this, put together you know, SOPs. Think about, is there a future where you offload this to, you know, a contractor who could do the work for you?

And give you leverage. Right? If we’re talking about how to get to really good money, you do, you need sources of leverage.

So it’s hard put those things together, those things being SOPs and all of everything that goes with documentation, And the people that you then train on it, if that’s down the road for you, it’s hard to do that if you’re flipping between lots of different things that people want you to do. If you were like, I really see this as a cool opportunity. I like doing it. I know how to do it well. I could see being able to bring in a good business with this and potentially train somebody or a few people to take over the work so I don’t have to, then they’d be like, cool. That sounds like something to explore.

If it’s not, then it’s not something to explore.

I think what’s what’s causing me to hesitate is that it’s so top of funnel that unless you have amazing attribution tools, which I mean, come on.

Not even really all that good. Like, if you have the money to buy six cents, like, You can yeah.

You probably have plenty of people to manage it in house.

Like, it’s so top of funnel And it’s so hard to track that I’m hesitant as to how much money companies would be willing to invest in it. I’m wondering how scalable it is. It’s fine. It’s enjoyable.

But if you combine the fact that it’s time intensive on a daily basis because you have to keep it up in order for for for the to get more and more attention, and the fact that it’s harder to link it to revenue makes it a bad deal, even though I have lots of people all the time asking for it. Where like if I’m doing a landing page, I can see all the numbers. I can see exactly, like, if I know how much an MQL is worth or an opportunity is worth, it’s really, really easy. For me to measure how much value I’m bringing to the table in a way that social content you just can’t even if you have amazing measuring tools.

Yeah. Now this is the kind of thing where it might make more sense for you to say no to the opportunity, but to have an affiliate or referral link that you can use to send that over to, someone else who does the work really well. So To me, it sounds like it’s an opportunity, like, to make money. People are just kinda throwing it at you, and that’s the thing that you have to, like, pause on. It’s so hard to. Like, it’s always gonna be hard to.

But you can still use that moment if you identify by anybody who is good at this work. And then there, I’d never know how to say her name. Aside.

Abby just chatted that over. Then you can maybe put together a referral program with aside to start making passive revenue off of sending referrals her way.

I would think about something more like that. I agree you don’t wanna give up these opportunities. It’s hard to.

But you also can’t let it distract you from the business that you wanna build unless unless it’s lit something in you and you’re like, this would be amazing.

And then you have to get strategic about whether that’s your new business. It doesn’t sound like it is. So if it’s not, can you just send it over to somebody else and make twenty percent off of it?

What do you think of that?

I guess I’m also hesitant because I people are just not telling me that they need help with the kind of stuff that I have been training on for the past several years. Like, they’re just not running Google campaigns at the same rate. I mean, Google it like, why is Google laying off so many people? Because their platform is not it’s not making money. Right? Like these things are all connected. So I’m wondering like I’m hesitant to refer them because I’m thinking, well, marketing is changing really, really fast, and maybe it’s going to look different, and I have to keep up with the times.

So I am not like a huge advocate of making decisions from a position of, like, fear of what could come.

And I’m not saying that you’re fearful or afraid, but there is that, like, uncertainty of the unknown.

And that’s part of, like, being a business owner, is the solution to shift, to offer something different Maybe it is. There are actually absolutely times when that is. If email shut down tomorrow, if nobody was allowed to send emails anymore, then you’d you’d need to shift and you would have been happy to have started shifting earlier when looked like things were changing. So to you, right now, it looks like things are changing for demand gen when it comes to like Google ads as like top of as as the entry point or re entry point into a funnel.

If you really do believe that, and you feel at peace with shifting to social. You feel like I I could make this cool. I could I could like I could make it so valuable that even though it’s top of funnel, clients will line up and pay me good money for it. And even though I can’t attribute, real revenue to it, they’ll still be willing to pay me and I can keep raising my rates.

But if it’s out of fear and just kind of like, this isn’t working right now, but this might be working. Then I would I’d pause before making any sort of decision on that. What is keeping your business? Is it just that Google is in a little bit of trouble right now?

Google’s like a huge business though. They’re chances are very good. They’re going to get the ship righted. Right?

They’re not gonna let their enormous business go down just because of some changing behaviors out there and AI being way better than Google is.

But, I don’t know. I mean, I I can see, you know, I can see your expression. I can see. I can hear what you’re saying. To me, I would only do social media if one, it lights you up in some way. You gotta be able to get out of bed every day and be at least eighty percent of the way to happy with the job that you’re doing.

And two, can you can you really turn it into something where you can standardize?

Higher people and just be the overseeing person who generates money from those people. Because like you said, social’s a quantity game. Right? They’re gonna be putting a lot of posts out there.

And you don’t you don’t wanna be the one doing all of that work.

Yeah. Yeah. Do you think that’s something I could offload to somebody?

Do you want to? Is that a business you wanna build?

I feel like I would have to be doing a lot of work with the freelancers or with whoever whichever contractors I hire in order to, like, explain the story and explain the concept, and there would be so much go between that it wouldn’t be worth it. So if I can pitch it as, like, one of the clients I’m working with now were we’re not getting a lot of customers, but we’re getting a lot of investors liking our posts, and which is a good thing because they’re going there potentially interested in raising more money.

So if I can pitch it that way, then it is a lot it it is worth it, right? Because that could be, like, fifty million dollars for the next row, fifty million, probably close to sixty, seventy million.

So if I can pitch it that way, I do think it’s worth a lot more.

But it’s not something that I can outsource. So it would have to be I guess for the right companies.

Can I ask the question, Naomi? Just like on the topic of today’s training, is there a way that you can have this be the intro offer and then fit it into your value ladder. So, like, they come to you for the social content, but then through that interaction, you do some educating on what they really need is, like, what you actually wanna do? Does it work as an like, fit in the door for you?

It sort of worked the reverse. Like, they may come to me for one ad, but they don’t need, like, twenty ads. They just need, like, three to four ads, and I’m like, you guys aren’t posting on LinkedIn. Like, I could easily take care of that for you.

Okay.

Yeah.

Well, then I think, I mean, then I think Joe’s asked all the right questions around, like, if you want to do it.

Yeah.

Okay.

I mean, Yeah.

And it might feel like you can’t hand this off to people. But, I mean, we’re talking about building a high value business where you get good money out of it, and it makes really good consistent money So the general rule is, like, you build people, people build business. So your job isn’t actually to build the business.

If you think of it as a business that has a future state where you’re gonna make five million dollars a year, If that’s the business you’re building, you can’t make five million dollars a year as a one person shop, even if you wrote a best seller and it stayed up top of the New York Times for three years. Like, James cleared not to do everything by himself either. Right? So you you have to To get to five million, let’s say that’s your goal because why the hell not?

To get there, you’re gonna need people. To get to three hundred thousand, you’ll still need a little bit of people. So, like, the gap is not that weird. It’s full of people in there.

So I would say if you can find a way to standardize things like I know it feels like everything is custom.

But maybe sixty percent can be standardized and you can get people to do that for cheap and you train them on it, you make sure that you’ve spent two full days in one week just getting them ready to go on this. Testing them, putting them through it, and then you hand them the work. And then you make money on top of that. That can be a good path if it’s always you doing the work and it’s social media too, which it you’ll probably burn out on it one because it doesn’t it’s not why you got into this.

So you’ll burn out on lack of interest and on a lack of time. And it might even turn into a lack of money, if the market, you know, if more people start doing it, not saying that’s gonna be true.

But Right.

Okay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah. I could see doing something, like, We do one post related to statistics and one post related to, like, overcoming objections and one post related to this. And Like, there’s a a certain tone and, yeah, I could see that.

You can theme those weeks out for them and make that part of your process. Sorry. We’re gonna be talking more about theming your social media as well, to make it easier to to do stuff there. And so, yeah, that’s if you think, hey, it might be able to be standardized, and I would give it a shot.

I know it’s late for you, but, like, maybe sometime this week, you put a block together to see, like, how could I standardize social media posting or creation of these things for VA. So maybe it means you need to hire one VA who can write captions and another who can use Canva, and you just oversee the two of them. But then you have to, of course, budget that and make sure that you can charge accordingly and that you really do have a pipeline full of people, at least three people you can easily convert tomorrow on x amount for a social media package that’s, like, more of a retainer. So you have that nice recurring revenue.

Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Probably also lots of room for AI. Yeah. No shit Katie says in chat. Yeah. Totally.

I’m sure Stacy is giving that a thumbs up too for the writing stuff.

Cool. Naomi, how are you feeling about that?

I feel like it needs a lot of ironing out.

But if I could I guess, like, I could hire a contractor, like, when I’m charging sorry, I’m just gonna use checkout because it’s easier for me. If I’m charging ten, fifteen thousand checkout a month, and I can hire somebody for five thousand checkout.

That’s one half to one third of what I’m making, and then I can manage the, like, working with clients and setting the ideas for the week and editing, then it would dramatically reduce the amount time that I’m working, and I can still make sure that their brand story comes through and that the right messaging points are coming through. And that we’re actually talking about the right technology and the right features, and that I’m not just pulling things out of thin air, that might be profitable.

So I can see that working. It would still be more days a week than I would like.

But I can see it being scalable. If I can come up with, okay, we’re doing one post every two weeks on a new article that comes out, one post on overcoming actions, one post on benefits, one post on interesting statistics, depending on who we’re trying to convert something to that effect.

Yeah. Awesome. Katie, were you gonna add something?

No. I have a kind of related question just on subcontracting if it’s okay.

Okay. Cool. Yeah. Thanks, Naomi. If you have a win by chance to share Katie?

I have a new well, so we we talked to before about the agency for steps.

And I’ve sold my first project where I bundled in design. So I am project managing, and I’m, like, leaving with the designer. So it’s that’s exciting.

Amazing. Yeah.

But I’m not, like, I’m not making isn’t with the caveat because I’m not late. I didn’t I didn’t mark up the design.

Hence my question now is, like, so the agency first steps that I did, I put out, like, a call for collaborators who work with a similar audience. And now I have thirty people who, like, filled out my form, have a mix of designers, tech, like tech experts, OBMs, other copywriters, So that was kind of my, like, seeding the agency, like, getting interested people to come out of the woodwork.

But I’m I don’t know how to make money off of it. Like, I don’t I’m like, okay. So, like, I know that I could refer out to these people, and, like, it’s great to have this you know, network for to refer my clients to. But I’m kind of stuck on, like, you know, even when you were giving Naomi about whether or not she wants to work with an agency because they’re limited in how much they can pay. I’m now, like, I’m, like, well, how do I make this profitable while also being like an appealing person to work with for these people who fill like, who come out to who’ve shown up for it.

Yeah. So I would are the people that are currently subcontracting for you, are they charging a reduced rate to you or their standard rate?

That they charge them.

So currently, they haven’t, like, I ask people to share their signature offer, like, what the main thing that they do and if they have a date And everybody has shared their standard prices so far, but I did kind of, like, leave the door open, like, I’ll be in touch with, like, So the people that I like, I wanna reach back out to and, like, open the conversation about what it would look like to white label their services but I just I didn’t like, basically, I’ve been leaving them hanging now for over a week because I didn’t know what I was gonna go with in terms of my next offer.

So you’ve got designers as subcontractors who else.

What I really need is, like, OBMs who will take the emails. I might even put them into the email marketing platform, like, set up the automations for me, help people clean up their tags and stuff like that, or also because I’ve been pitching these, like, post sale sequences for people to you know, set up the triggers within the program and the conditional, you know, blah, blah, blah, blah, like so design, obviously, like, for front end stuff and then back end implementation.

Okay. Cool. Yeah.

Okay.

You won’t make money as an agency if you don’t control those expenses. Yeah. And that’s just the reality of it for every single agency.

And that’s why it can be, you know, very hard to hire the person you really want to hire.

So markups are a thing.

Definitely.

You’re not marking up at all right now.

No. I mean, but, like, This one, I was kind of like, okay, this is like a training wheels project, and then I’ll look from now on. It is definitely gonna be marked up. So And it’s a project for return.

This is a project.

Okay. Is there room because it sounds like its performance base starts measurable? You can sell it into a retainer afterward?

Yeah. I’ll probably okay. Cool. Yeah. I would encourage that.

What were you gonna say before I cut you off? Sorry.

Oh, well, just this is the one where I I did pitch her. I gave her the option of taking the performance based, but then she she was just like it’s just easier for me to know, like, what I’m gonna pay upfront. So she we went with that. Yeah.

And you can still do an upfront, like, a flat rate. Regardless of how it performs. It’s just your job as part for this retainer is to keep measuring and reporting on how it’s going. So especially if you’re doing email, like Yeah. What, like, my gosh.

So So when it comes to the subcontractors, you need to start by figuring out what profit you need for this to work. So that means you come to the contractor with the budget that you have for it, and they have to decide if they can do it for that low cost.

And it should be low. It should be, like, much lower than they would charge if they were to go out into the world because, obviously, You’re doing all the work. Right? Like, it’s all on you. Every bit of this is actually on you.

So because they could flake out on you. There’s too much risk. So you’ve got to get their rates way down, uncomfortably. But a lot of people are like, well, at least I didn’t have to sell. Like, I didn’t have to go get a client, so that’s okay.

That’s a that’s, like, step one is to gather a budget to get you to profit ability? How how much do you have to charge clients for this to work? How hard do you need to work to get them into a retainer? Like, is it really important for your business?

I would say, yes, it is. And it’s also a no brainer too for that retainer retainer again being a flat rate but you keep measuring every month how you’re doing and how it’s affecting the business. So that they see the value, but they’re always paying the same amount. So really obvious one, you start off with a project for twenty thousand dollars, then you move into a ten thousand dollar a month retainer, adjust those prices.

However, you see fit.

But if you were doing a twenty thousand dollar project with two subcontractors in there and your time in there as well, let’s say this works out over a six week or eight week period, I you wouldn’t wanna spend with those two subcontractors.

They don’t get more than five thousand dollars. Right? Like, got twenty thousand. Two of them take up half of your of your revenue already and leaving you with only thousand for your time for all of the client management you have to do for you continuing to build the business going forward you need at least ten thousand dollars for you. So five thousand would become, like, that’s the top end of what I can pay for this person to work with me for eight weeks. So twenty five hundred bucks a month for them to get these things done.

But if you know that, then Good. The number is based on the number that you need for this to be a viable agency for you. Does that make sense?

Yes. I just I feel like I guess that is assuming, certain level of standard in the projects that we’re doing, whereas I haven’t got that far yet in terms of like like, right now it’s just me being, like, okay, on the call instead of saying, like, and introduce you to somebody who does that being, like, I have a some, you know, I have somebody who can do that. So it hasn’t been, like, I don’t really have a standardized offer yet. So figuring out, like, the numbers is a is has been more hypothetical. But I can see I can see what you mean about, like, starting with the profitability, but, like, starting with a profitability versus starting with somebody else’s price.

Total that’s exactly it. It will be hypothetical too. It’ll feel uncomfortable. Like, isn’t there an easier, better k.

Have you read I would encourage you this won’t help you figure out what to pay people, but, pricing creativity by Blair ends is a good book for this.

Again, it won’t give you that, but it’ll help you just create context around making those decisions for what you pay the subcontractors, how you talk with them about their value and what they need to contribute. Like, it’s not gonna help you manage them. But you’ll be a better, armed, I think, to have a good conversation with them about prices that will feel low to them and should. If it doesn’t feel low to them, there’s probably a bit of a problem there.

But they get to work with you and all of the extra benefits of that.

Yeah, I know it’s hypothetical. It doesn’t feel as grounded as it ought to. Once you start getting into it and see what the market will bear, for new clients coming in and contractors being paid and what that gap is and how profitable you can be in there.

Then that’ll help a lot, but you just gotta start throwing numbers out, sadly.

Okay. Okay. Thank you. I would not pay more than fifty percent of the total budget on subcontractors.

Okay. Okay?

Yeah. Are you near that right now or not at all?

No. Not even co I mean, I charge fifteen k and the designer is gonna charge She’s doing, like, a show it template plus customization. She so I think her package is four k, and it involves she’ll put the email to convert kit and hook up convert kit to the site. So, like, I feel like that’s a good package for me to be pointing people to, and I just need to have a conversation with this designer about, like, bundling it into my package. Yeah.

And I’ve had a conversation with this designer in the past, like, she offered to make me an affiliate for her So, obviously, she’s comfortable, you know, knocking the price down for for ease of sale So I feel like that’s a good first relationship to build out.

Yeah. That’s awesome. Yeah. I know it’s tough.

Tough. But yeah. There is money on the other side of it. It’s just agencies at the beginning don’t feel profitable.

Until you hit that point, then it’s like, oh, there’s money here. Yeah.

Looking forward to that point. Yeah.

Alright. I’m gonna let you know it’s there. It will happen.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Thanks, Katie. Anybody else?

On that same point, I’m wondering, like, how much time do you have to invest in training subcontractors at the beginning? Because, like, if I’m thinking of all the people that I’ve worked with, like, I would hire ninety seven percent of them. And like, because I don’t like the way that they write. I don’t think that they’re conversion focused, and they were my colleagues, obviously. So I wasn’t training them, but, like, if I take that kind of person and think like, how would I train them? Like, it would be a challenge, especially if they, especially if they had some experience because they are like stuck in their ways. They have like a way of doing it.

Yes and no. Right? So I think it’s one thing to keep in mind that’s hard for a lot of us to keep in mind is, like, it’s like, you’re the boss though. Like, you don’t have to start from a point of you’re okay.

I’m okay. Like, You’re the boss. So you get to say, here’s the standard of performance that I expect. I will train you on the standard.

I will give you the SOPs checklist. I’ll give you all the tools you need. I’m here to support you as well. We’ll have regular I promise transparency and communication with you all the time.

In exchange for that, here’s what I expect. This is this is the standard. Are we agreed on this as the standard? Here’s how we get to that standard.

Are we agreed on that as well? But that’s like, you’re you get to train them. You get to put them into that position of being able to be valuable for you so that they’re not an expense. Of course, in any way, they’re like a real asset.

So You do have to train them. You have to be ready with everything that they need to be successful in their job.

But then you get to say this is where you have to be. And then if they don’t perform to that level, then you get to have a hard conversation with them.

And you don’t it’s it is. It’s hard to find people. You have to lower your expectations and the only way to help raise those expectations. And it’s like a shoving.

Like, it’s it’s not light work. It’s like, well, you’re really working to get those expectations up across the board. Is to make sure that you’re modeling the exact behavior that you want people to follow, and that you are training them really openly and, like, allowing room for them to mess up once on a thing. Can’t mess up twice on the same thing, but again, have those that open communication with them.

But nobody walks in ready to go. Nobody ever. Even if you went and worked somewhere, you would still even though you’re at the top performance for what you do, you would still have to go and integrate into a new organization with new ways of working, maybe they do OKRs, maybe you like OKRs, and they don’t do them. Right?

There’s always gonna things that you’ll have to figure out and same is true for them. So have that empathy, but the more time you put into them, the more you’ll get out of it. And that’s why it can be so valuable to hire rather than to use hire as soon as you can if you’re building an agency.

Instead of I know a lot of people succeed with VA’s.

But if we’re talking about for important work that you’re gonna be setting down and training somebody on for hours and hours and hours, then you don’t really want them to leave. Right? You wanna, like, get them in and keep them. And that’s why a lot of agencies start with, really cheap, brand new people, like fifty thousand dollar salaries right out of school because you’re gonna be doing all sorts of training. And that’s it. And then that leaves you good room to also increase their salary as they perform well and make them wanna stay with you longer.

But yeah, I don’t know how helpful that is on the subject, but yes to training.

And if you can If you see this as an agency you’re building, can you bring in somebody to be on staff sooner than later? Colin Junior, Yeah.

And at what at what point, like, what revenue point would you consider taking somebody on? And roughly how much time would you assume? Like, Is this gonna be two weeks? Is this gonna be three months?

Like For an agency, I’d take them on immediately in a second, do you think it’s time to hire?

Do it. You just pay yourself less. It sucks. But, like, you eat ramen for a little bit and not the good stuff.

And, you’ve you’ve got them on and I have seen people who are driven. If you’re in this room, you are very likely to rise to the occasion. You’re going to find the money to pay them and yourself. And that means you’ll be taking on interesting projects.

You’ll be telling yourself I can’t go into this meeting and take less than ten thousand dollars for this retainer. I I I can’t afford it. So I need to go in there and be really good at selling them on this ten thousand dollar a month retainer. Then the next month, once you hire another person, now your retainer is a twenty dollars a month, and you have to make it work.

And you do. So if you weren’t building an agency, then there’s different ways to think about hiring, but you are, you will need people without question. So I think you need to hire, hire now. For cheap, especially if you’re gonna need to put a lot of time into them because you actually do have more time now than you’ll have over the next three years.

And then after the three years, then you’ll have more time again. But that’s when you’re at the three million mark and you have to build a leadership team at that point anyway.

Yeah. Ironing.

It’s not fun, arming so hard.

But do now. There are juniors out there who are ready to go. Just want a chance and some money, please. I just also want some money.

Cool. Any other questions or thoughts on that? On anything.

No?

No.

Sorry. I have a lot of questions. If somebody else wanted something else to say.

Would you, in terms of prioritization, I find that the thing I struggle with most is finding designers, because I can’t, like, I can’t write something without having it designed. It just won’t perform. And I need a designer that I can work with, because I need a designer that knows something about UX and will listen to me when I have suggestions.

Would it be more reasonable to hire a designer first, or should I continue to search for freelance designers that I can partner with? Because I haven’t I haven’t looked so much, but I’ve found that it’s hard to find people number one that are talented and work in the same projects that I do and number two that are available and cooperative.

Sorry. That was a service delivery.

So my I have to get into my office so badly.

Sorry. I lost track of the question I had an answer. Oh, the design stuff. Yes. Of course.

I’ve been watching Nicole here. Nicole is our designer and social media person on our team.

And so I’m sure she’s had lots opinions over the course of this meeting. I don’t know Nicole if you do have anything to add. I can say because I don’t wanna put you on the spot. Or do you want do you have something to add?

Not much to add necessarily, but it’s it’s I can understand, like, it’s hard to hire anybody. Like, designers aren’t no different than any other position, I would assume.

But I find that, a lot of designers, like, undersell themselves, and So that’s why it’s so much, like, you might find it is that much harder to, like, say, like, go on upwork because you might find an excellent designer, and they’re only charging, like, you know, fifteen dollars an hour for their work, which is silly. But sometimes, yes, that’s how it goes because there’s an oversaturation. So I can see how that would be difficult but I do find that, like, whenever back when I was freelancing, like, I did, like, being given a test project. Was really, really helpful.

And the people who are willing to do the test project, I find will be willing to learn more things and they’d probably be more of an asset to you.

Yeah. Good call. Totally.

Yeah.

And we found Nicole with a LinkedIn job posting.

So designers are looking at job openings as well, just like everybody else.

It’s hard to find them maybe in your network, but they are you post job opening, and you’ll get a lot of applicants, put them through a test, and just treat it like, you know, I mean, you’re hiring for your business. So this is the way it is. Yeah. If you think you need to bring a designer on full time because it’s part of how you sell what you do, then a job hosting together.

If it’s only a small part of what you do, like, you’re like, well, I always use them at the very end, but I give them all the direction.

And I just need them to make sure that they’re implementing what I say, then that might be something where you could find a really good VA. Like, time, etcetera dot com is who we use and so far so good.

And that if if it is a small amount of work, then a VA could do it. If it’s gonna be a lot, you see a recurring need for it, do a job posting for a a designer. Yeah.

Yeah. It’s more like if I wanna take on somebody to do social work, like there needs to be design, And a lot of times smaller companies just don’t have the design in house, or if they do have the design in house, either they’re a new first they’re a new because obviously you need to keep the product, like, you need to have design for the product, or they have if they have a marketing designer, there’s only one marketing designer, and they have like one hundred thousand things on their plate, and social is the very, very bottom of the list. So I’m left using Canva, even for large companies that have millions of dollars in funding.

So that’s why I’m wondering, like, if I’m gonna hire somebody, maybe it would make more sense to hire a designer before I hire a contractor.

It sounds like it. Yeah. It sounds like if it’s if it’s a big enough pain for you, and it’s really getting in the way of delivering.

Higher one. Yeah. You can think about different ways to hire them, but of the really good things about hiring people is it lights fire under your butt to make more money. You gotta make payroll. So you gotta do it. I would If it’s it sounds to me like that is the first hire that you need, you’ll probably need to have, like, someone else in your back pocket.

Shortly thereafter to, help, actually help you create those assets outside of designing them.

Some sort of content strategist or a copyright or whatever that person is.

But, yeah, hire them and, like, as a full timer.

And then but but make sure you put a plan together for how you’re going to make money and be profitable.

So don’t wing it, but it probably starts by just, like, doubling your rates right now and then watching all the training you can on how do how to sell better, like, sell like a freaking champ, not that you can’t, but it does not hurt. Sales is gonna be, like, your best friend as you build out your agency.

Yeah. Mhmm.

That makes sense. Oh. And do you have a sense until the point where I do feel comfortable to hire, maybe you could help. I have no idea what a designer should earn.

Like per project, per hour, no clue whatsoever.

Like I value it. I just don’t know how much is worth to pay for it.

I I mean, it totally depends where they are, but if it doesn’t matter where they are to you, then I’d put the salary low.

People always think that they need to put their salary really high, and it’s I not actually found that a higher salary brings in like, at the same level of higher candidate. It’s just often it’s someone who wishes they couldn’t earn that much money.

I know they’re like, no, man. No. And you find really good candidates at the lower salary as well. So don’t don’t lead with it has to be a high salary.

If they can work anywhere, that’s a benefit. If you can add in extra perks, like give them Fridays off. Just do it. Just out of the gate.

Just do it. Then these are the perks that will attract stay at home parents who have a design background.

And then you don’t have to worry about the salary being bananas.

But I wouldn’t know what that salary is. It completely depends. If they’re junior, if they’re right out of school, I know that you can, like, do a glass door to see what salaries there are. I don’t know how much I would rely on that though.

I mean, the number that comes to mind for me is fifty thousand. It’s not a lot of money at all, but it’s a good junior salary.

And it leaves you room to bonus them based on performance. If they do a killer job, you can give them a really nice bonus, then they’re like, wow, that’s cool. Also to increase their salary as well. Like six months later, if they prove that they’re amazing and you are like relieved of so much of the crap you’ve had to do so that you can go bring in more clients and hire more.

They’re really proving their value to you, then you can increase their salary. Course, you don’t have to wait to do it. You can do that at any point, but I wouldn’t start. I don’t know.

I don’t know what fifty thousand if fifty thousand is too low in today’s market or what, but start there and see what you get. You want juniors, right? You basically do. You want them to be able to use the tools and have a good design eye.

But you’re gonna have to teach them so much.

Yeah. Okay. Interesting. Thank you.

Alright. Cool. Cool.

Anybody else in the remaining eight minutes?

No? Good talk about all of this hiring stuff today. It makes me excited for everybody. It’s so cool.

Wicked. Okay. Well, then let’s wrap up. Thank you very much. Don’t forget. To attend the Thursday session thinking bigger.

K? And we’ll chat with you all online. See you later. Have a good one. Have a good week.

Transcript

So today’s topic is around value ladders. And like my favorite topics for these weekly sessions, it is something you can use for your business. And also for your clients.

So, something to really consider.

But we’re gonna dive in This is recording. So the replay, of course, will be available. If you can come on camera, please do so. Just so everybody can see you, feel connected, etcetera.

Okay. So today we’re we’re talking about something that is based on the value ladder. Now, most people are familiar with the value ladder, but it’s okay not to be. So I’m just gonna really briefly discuss the value ladder.

If you want to add anything more to it, to my really brief intro to it, then feel free to. This is a medium post on the value ladder. Click funnels is a really big advocate of the value ladder. Hold on.

I just wanna make sure that my audio is okay.

Good. Okay. Good. So the value ladder is really just a way to keep people coming back for that neck level of value from your organization, which usually translates into money.

And that can mean different things for different businesses. So value ladders are really common in, you know, training businesses, online, like courses, mastermind, stuff like that, and mastermind is at the top of those value ladders, but they can also be used for other things.

Ecommerce can do this to add incredible value to their customer base. If you, I’ve mentioned the book Super Consumers before, It’s a really great study overall in the whole idea of a value ladder for e commerce, really, and how to get people all over the place, to, to keep coming back and buying from you, not just buying more sweaters from your e commerce shop. But more of, like, let’s take you to the next tier of being an engaged shopper and admirer advocate of fan of our brand. So, although it can feel like a value ladder is all about let’s just, you know, get more money out of your existing customer base, sell them more expensive stuff.

That’s not necessarily what it’s about. Some people I think, like, click funnels might know if that’s to click funnels a little bit might often, you know, put out this narrative that can make it feel that way, but it really is how much, like, what do you wanna what how do you wanna use this? SAS can use this for upgrading people through it if you think of something like Stripe, which could move a business owner through a value ladder and a developer a different value ladder, bringing them further into this world of loving strike. That’s what we’re really trying to do with the value ladder.

Give more value. You charge more for it, of course. But those people who really want more, are ready for it. Now, one of the tricky things is, and what we’re gonna be talking about today is how do you prepare people for that value ladder.

How do you get your customers to even know about this stuff? I know copy hackers has struggled with this a bit over the years. Abby, I think you mentioned that at some point, you said you found copy hackers through, like, social media. You found one course and then you didn’t even know the other courses existed or something like that.

And I think that’s like, it happens. It happens to all of us. We at Copy Acres didn’t have an intentional value ladder for a very long time, much to the dismay of our ad agency. It was like you need a value ladder because ads are too expensive.

So it but it can tough. Right? Like, how do you share out your value ladder with people before they’re actually maybe even ready for the thing on that ladder. When you have the tripwire, which is usually the bottom of this value ladder, and you wanna get them into the seven dollar ebook or and then up to the ninety nine dollar a month community all the way up to the top tier, your mastermind or whatever that might be, how do you let them know that something’s coming next that they should be prepared for? And that can be a valuable thing to do. So that’s what we’re talking about today.

This ladder prep idea. It’s kind of ladder hype to get people hyped for what’s next, but hype sounds so hypey it doesn’t have to be. It’s really just like seeding, the idea that there is going to become a moment. There’s going to come a moment when you’re going to want more from us. Here’s when that moment is, and here’s what you can expect to do in that moment. So if you’re already familiar with this sort of approach, well done.

And if you’re not cool, we’re gonna walk through it. Now, this is meant for your confirmation page. If you’re going script a video, oftentimes for a confirmation page, or just the copy on the confirmation page. If, like, there’s not a video or even if there is a video, and also email copy again when someone has just become a customer of some form.

So they’ve downloaded your lead magnet or they’ve gone through different part of the value ladder, you know as the marketer, Hey, we’ve got this next thing in store for you. And this is the moment at which because it’s a seduce a seducible moment, this is a great moment to start seeding what comes next and how to know when the time comes to go to that next thing. So the value ladder is off to the left here. The m t t framework goes match.

Trigger teas. Okay? Trigger and teas can be interchanged. Sometimes you teas and then you tell them what the trigger is, Sometimes you tell them what the trigger is and then you tease that next thing. But let me walk you through this. So this is the value ladder kinda going in reverse starting with the cheapest thing here, and then we’re moving all the way up to the more expensive thing. This is based on a value ladder that Paul on our team just went through for, Evergreen webinar funnel training.

So I’m just taking exactly what, that layout was, like the value ladder for them. This have made up. But we can imagine how this might go. Right?

So we start with the free thing, the lead magnet. You wanna write this for your own value ladder or for your client’s value ladder, and this could keep going. Right? This is just an example.

It could go down seven rows or whatever. However, many items there are in that value ladder. So we start with this zero dollar thing just to get their email address. Then, of course, there’s a tripwire.

It’s usually called a tripwire. If that’s unfamiliar language, it’s the cheap thing.

Then comes a starter product or service. And then some intermediate or even sometimes this is the top tier. This is where it ends. It doesn’t have to end here, but it might. Right? So this is the basic value ladder.

Cool. What do you do with that? Not everybody needs to move up the value ladder. Some people are ready to jump the top of it, but we’re just trying to solve for how do we get people to start thinking about the next thing they should buy from us.

Not Ken. But should. We’re going to tell them that should moment. This is the moment at which you should be switching over to whatever that other thing is.

So we write this out. First, we match. So when they download the thing, when they just downloaded the lead magnet, then we match on the confirmation page and or on the confirmation email where we’re sending them the thing. Hey, you’ve just snagged a free copy of the No pitch webinar template we’ve used for some of our highest converting webinars.

Cool. We’re matching exactly where they are, staying enthusiastic with them. It’s a good moment. You’ve done a good thing.

This is fantastic. And then we want to trigger, in some cases, t’s, but usually it’s easiest to just start with the trigger, which is telling them what that trigger moment is going to be in their lives that will be a signal to them that it’s time to think of what’s next. So, hey, you’ve just done this thing. Cool.

Awesome. You’re great. Once you’ve filled in that template and used it just once, you’ll be ready for the next step in generating six or even seven figures with your webinar. This is the trigger.

Once you have filled in that template and used it just once. I know as a user that I have or have not done that thing, if I never fill in that template, I’m not really gonna be a good fit, unless I’m so ready that I’ll go around and look and start emailing you to say like, hey, how do I just get into your training?

And then comes the tease. That next step will be our thirty minute workshop. That’s this thing on how to run a webinar that is sure. Oops, sorry typo, to convert even if it’s second webinar ever.

But for now, and then you go back and tell them what to do now, head on into that template, use it, and then I’ll hear from you after you’re done with it. Or then you can send me an email when you’re all done, whatever call to action you might wanna do if you wanna do one. That’s really it. This tease is for the next thing in the value ladder.

So every time we see that tease, it’ll be for what’s coming up. And if there is nothing else coming up, then there is this for the final one, you just leave these two blank. So again, tripwire is, hey, so cool. You’re in our workshop on how to run a webinar that converts.

Fantastic for businesses like yours because it does all these great cool things that you already thought it was gonna do. We’re just matching that. Now we’re reversing it a bit for the teas and trigger. And said, we’re saying, and if you’re anything like me, you’re so pumped about this workshop that you’re already thinking about what’s next.

So we’re teasing something’s going to come next. And I will tell you all about that, but the trigger before you can unlock the incredible next stage, here is what needs to happen first. You need to see the slide. This is just a fascination that looks like this.

And then you, like, show them the slide. Some it’s a fascination. Right? It’s something for them to watch for.

When they’re actually going through it. That’s when you’ll know you’re ready. But for now, just focus on attending, putting this into your calendar or whatever that calls might be. Is this making sense?

Can you see how this works?

Can you see the value in seeding that next step? Or customers. Does that make sense?

Cool. Alright. So this is what you’ll do. You don’t have to do it today. It’s not like a thing we need to do But it is something that you should do if you are thinking about your value ladder for yourself or if you have clients who come to you and either speak the language of we have a value ladder, how do we move people through it, or they’re doing ads of any kind.

If they’re spending money on They probably have some top tier or higher tier thing to get people into. They might not come to you and say, like, Hey, let’s do something to walk people through our value ladder, but they come to you and go like, we’re spending so much money on ads. How do we get people to convert and how do we get our new our existing customers to do more with us. Right?

We’re sending emails and it’s like they don’t even know whatever, whatever, whatever. But they’re coming to you with revenue challenges, and they find that they’re also spending money upfront to acquire leads and retargeting to try to get those customers back. A really easy win is hey, I’m gonna script some confirmation page videos for you. I think you can hop on your phone with these scripts and report them.

Cool. We’ll do some emails as well. And then you’re already moving them along a path of being able to open especially if they have a sales team of any kind being able to open up those conversations with people without having to do, like, an excessive amount of work or even old work around opening conversations.

Okay. So that is the long and the short of it. Any questions? Anybody?

Do you feel like you could use this?

Yeah, I feel like it’s what I’ve been needing because, like, I think I shared my problem last week where I’ve got my five hundred dollar course and then nothing really happens after that.

I guess my kind of my thought is that, so in my course, I I teach the copywriting, the conversion piece. But I don’t I don’t teach how to, like, drive traffic to so kind of thinking about your lesson from last week as well with the quadrant. So that’s kind of in order to get them to, like, six figures, seven figures, the point where they could afford to hire me.

That bit needs solving. I I’ve never wanted to solve that piece because it doesn’t excite me or interest me, and it’s not what I’m an expert in.

But I feel like for the value center letter to work, I need do I need to solve that? Would that be a case of bringing someone in to teach it or any thoughts?

In I mean, in this case, it’s like how how important is the traffic part to your process. If it is important then That it’s not important to my process, but it is for them to get the results.

Right? Because even if their conversion rates are there, they’re not getting people in.

If they’re not getting people into their evergreen funnel.

Yeah.

To me, I mean, it feels like, oof, overkill, but I think I’d be lying to you if I said if it’s important to your process, you don’t need to of course, it is.

If it’s if it’s not your process, but in order to get people in, they’re never able to do anything. It’s like, but at the same time, you can consult on that. Just like in conversion rate optimization. Someone brings a CRO agency in and says, Hey, we need this funnel to convert better or this journey or whatever.

The CRO agency is only there to worry about that funnel. Then the company has to go, oh, crap. We need to get more trapped. In here because we can’t run a test with five people coming through this every day.

So I would consider for you, although it is an important input doesn’t have to be part of your process.

And then just cut it out if it doesn’t have to be. If it has to be, then I would say, yes. You have to find a way to solve those traffic challenges, which could just be having a really great VA that you can reach out to when you need to, who’s good at basic ads and, and, like, demand generation stuff.

I know that’s not great, but either find a way to pull it out of your process or, yeah, you’re right. You have to solve that problem.

Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jared.

Yeah. What do you think about that?

Yeah. I mean, it was kinda like, I like my course as it is, and I don’t wanna change it, but it is, yeah, I mean, I do is a problem that used to be solved. And it’s also, like, in my kind of why didn’t you buy emails. It’s it’s been coming up that people are like, I don’t does this do I have to, like, post on social media every day to get this to work?

So, I mean, I have been thinking about bringing in, like, an art specialist to do just stay hour, like, master class or something in the course or in half an hour one or something. So I think this is kind of confirmed that probably is makes my sense if the next step is for them to hire me because then they really need to be making good money with the system. So Totally. Yes.

Yeah. Yep. That makes good sense. I don’t know if anybody else has any other thoughts on that, but, yeah, seems smart. Seems like the way to go.

Yeah.

Thank you.

Thanks, Abby. Anyone else? Any notes or thoughts on the MTP?

Framework and value ladders at all.

Are you using value ladders with your clients?

Nobody is.

Abby is the one person. I know it can be tough for SaaS and things like that, but I would like encourage you SaaS and software and tech. They have lead magnets. They have free trials. They have free tiers, and then they have more tiers to to get you up to that next level.

So it’s important to also bring that to tech as well. It feels really easy to dismiss it as if tech is some entity unto itself that no other business has ever matched or felt like comes close to, and that’s just like, not true. Like, not true at all. Once you actually get into these businesses, they’re they’re all money making endeavors, just with different ways there. Okay. Cool.

Sassy. Oh, that’s cool. That’s awesome, Stacy. Yeah. Nice.

Oh, sorry. For those who are watching the replays, Daisy just chatted out that Sassy, her, AI solution creates value ladder ideas. Very nice. Love it.

Alright. Any other questions or thoughts or anything you wanna discuss today? Business stuff. Yeah, Katie.

Can I just ask Joe, so you mentioned confirmation page and confirmation emails?

Is there any where like, I love this framework. I can definitely see myself using it for myself and for clients. So, like, I could also see it maybe like, two thirds of the way through the program that you’re kind of teasing, like, what the next program could be, is there anywhere else that you think you might be able to do the match teas trigger?

Yeah. No. I think that’s awesome. The one that I just wanted to focus on is that we use, which is those confirmation pages.

Yeah. So I’m sure there are lots of great ways to use it wherever you know someone should be getting ready for that next step or thinking about it. I think that’s a great call to use it in app or throughout training. Yeah. Nice.

And do you think the video component is, I just saw Stacy’s nurture email sequences suggestion think that’s really good to end. How heavily would you weight the video component versus just having that call on the confirmation page.

Yeah. I I wouldn’t. I I mean, I think a video is, if it looks like a quick easy thing to interact with, and you’re already feeling good about that brand and you know the person that you’re looking at, then you’ll be more likely to hit play on the thing and then actually pay attention, especially if, you know, captions are on.

But yeah, I we just do video all the time with this now, and for a little while now. So it really, I would just say test it out. Just try different things, try it in different places. Yeah.

I’m not sure how much people I don’t know. I don’t know about the written side of it at all. But the video Oh, okay. Yeah, is doing good things for us.

Yeah. I think.

Sure. Fun.

Alright. Anybody else?

Jessica?

I just asked about my specific offers for your feedback. Is that okay? Yeah. Love it.

Absolutely. Okay. So I guess when I’m looking at this, where I get tripped up. The first the first steps are fine.

I think of checklists, blueprint, that kind of thing. And then once the book is done, the book or a webinar, a paid webinar, you know, something like that. I think where after that where I’ve struggled with the client part, like, I don’t have client projects enough to validate the the higher tiers. So, for example, I start going okay.

Is the starter service for seasonal sales? Would that be more of a?

Audit, I’ve never had anyone ask me for that. However, I have had to do last minute seasonal sale campaigns with like the bare bones kind of promo, which would not be the top tier kind of service that I would like to do ideally. So there’s like that question with that level. And then my my other question with a higher tier service where I get to do their seasonal sale either full calendar year with everything that I’d wanna do before and after the promo.

And then eventually, like you had mentioned when I brought up the agency idea, doing their seasonal sale campaigns and everything, but then doing all the nurturing and all that in between.

So that’s where I it’s the higher tier stuff, I guess, where I’m I’m like, I’m not sure how to break this down.

Yeah. And I wonder about, like, for the value tier for you, if it’s like, if you wanna think about the ladder going up, Right? And it’s a staircase in the drawings. I don’t understand.

But, nonetheless, it could be so you’ve got the tripwire as your book or workshop or whatever, and then you’d have done with you likely done with you as an offering than done for you. But then I wonder if, like, one of the top tier ones And it depends on where you wanna take your business. I just don’t know that you’d break it down into the different products going up the ladder, like, the different services. I mean, like, packages.

But rather one tier is all of those packages, whatever package it might be, but you sell them into it.

You, like, seed that. Right? And then is the next tier if it’s done with you, done for you, and then that next one which could be teacher team or, like, fractional copy chief or something that’s more, like, this different level of service rather than different kind of, like, product or delivery. Does that make sense?

Yeah. I like that. Yeah. And I get actually people asking for that lately. So Oh, I’m sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I think it was all the honestly. I think that copy hacker’s copy chaffing. I’ve suddenly, over the weekend, had an influx in hay, are you still copy chaffing?

So that’s awesome. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s interesting. Okay. That gives me some food for thought.

Thank you.

Yeah. I would just think about like getting to that place where the top part of it, the top tier on your ladder is something that, leverages your time better where you just get more money for your brain, which might sound silly. But that’s kind of what it comes down to.

Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Cool. Thank you. Bye. Yeah. Totally.

Anybody else have anything they’re working on? Bless you, Abby.

It’s that time of year seasonal allergies.

Yeah.

Alright. Cool. Well, if you don’t, that’s a okay. We can wrap up early. I do wanna talk about something else that, the coaches and I are gonna be meeting Sarah and the other coaches and myself this afternoon.

We have a new we’ve been holding off on bringing anybody else into Coffee School Pro.

We’re gonna be following a slightly different process less, bringing people in this whole, like, sixty day intensive out of the gate to people to a place where they’re making, much better money faster with better leads.

So That will be happening. We’re gonna run our first one at the beginning of April.

I would encourage all of you to participate in it. If you can, you have to, but we’re gonna be talking through a lot of, we’re gonna be introducing processes and vocabulary that new people coming in to Copyschool Pro will be using. So they’ll be talking about these processes. They’ll be thinking in this sort of different way that we’ll be teaching in, this accelerator, which is we’re calling it the intensive, mostly because we just own that domain. So we’re, like, post called the tenths of freelancer because I couldn’t come up with a name.

We’ll see. That might change.

So yeah, I would encourage you if you want to, if something that’s you’re struggling with is thinking through ways to make, it’s this thousand dollar a day promise, really, are you able to make thirty thousand dollars a month. If that’s not already happening for you, then I’d encourage you to take this.

And it’s included obviously with your, existing rates. It’s gonna be in addition to the existing CSP training. So it will mean like a lot of of paying attention to lots of different training going on at once, which I know is a lot and might feel overwhelming. And I’m sorry I don’t mean for it to be that way, but I think it’ll be good for, for our for anybody who well, for all of you because we’ll all need to talk the same way going forward. So we’ll share more about that going forward. But just know that it’s gonna start around April second. That’s a Tuesday.

And then we’ll, Yeah. Well, I’ll share more before that, but just kind of like put it on your radar. Cool.

Cool. That’ll be, of course, that’s okay.

Sorry.

I told I don’t wanna, like, hog your time.

Yeah, it’s, like, about a client.

So that’s all. I did wanna share a win about this client because it’s pretty cool.

So, yeah, I help them live large in January, and then took them on to the Evergreen Robin off on all. And it’s, like, the first time I’ve kind of got to properly implement day one at Evergreen. And we increased the conversion rates from five percent to seven percent going evergreen. So they’re now making, and it’s a, twelve hundred dollar course. So that’s exciting. They’re making lots of money.

But I I want to offer an optimization piece, and I’ve kind of I had set this up before.

But I’ve never I’ve never really, like, pushed it. I guess probably because I don’t feel good about the offer.

I don’t really know, like, what to charge and how to kind of set boundaries around it. What I was thinking it would be would just be to make sure I’m tracking conversions each week. And then when left, like, outstand spikes or anything or, the ultimate, like, page drops or just kind of keeping the copy like, fresh every few months, that kind of thing, like implementing survey responses.

And I was I was gonna charge like, the package I had was, like, two thousand dollars.

I don’t know if that, like, it made sense for my audience if, like, I don’t know. I’m just it’s difficult to increase price and figure out.

So you increase their conversion rate by almost fifty percent going from five percent to seven percent.

Right? That’s an almost fifty percent lift on that paid conversions.

Can I ask what you charge for that project?

Yeah, I charged fifteen thousand for the launch and then, five thousand to Evergreen. Okay. So it’s twenty.

Twenty k all in.

They made five hundred ninety thousand dollars on the launch, and then now they’re making, like, five thousand dollars a day. So they can afford it. Right?

No.

I think it’s gonna let you answer this panel by itself.

Yeah. If you already know, a good general rule of thumb is for performance retainers if you had a project up front.

Tried to get the performance retainer to be fifty percent of that project. So if it was twenty thousand upfront, ten thousand dollars a month to retain you to optimize this thing, for a minimum of six months.

Now I know that can seem you know, five times larger than what you had in mind. But this is a real business that has seen you get real results.

And it’s the right place to start.

So I would not do it for less than two thousand dollars. I mean, most people who most businesses when you say two thousand dollars, like, they think they’re not gonna get any of your time. Right? Like, what are you gonna do for two thousand bucks?

Like, literally, what are you gonna like, how much time do I buy of yours for that? Whereas ten thousand, I expect, okay, I would expect that I will get some form of return. You’ll report on it, and you’ll make sure that we’re happy every month. And that’s what you would deliver anyway.

Right? Like you’re going. To do those things.

So what would stop you other than what’s going on in your head? So probably just what’s going on in your head. What would stop you from feeling good about ten thousand? What would have to happen for you to feel good about ten thousand a month for a minimum of six months?

I don’t like I just I can’t get my head around charging that, like, at all. That just seems so much.

I guess, like, if I if there was proof that what I was doing was actually, like, doubling their ROI every month, then it’ll be different. But I I mean, especially because it’s, like, the first time I’d be doing this package, it just feels I don’t know. Like, I just I just, like, Did did you say the make in five go date? Yes.

But it’s yeah.

Stacy, I sent me this is it’s fair for you to pause on this, but I think, you know, That’s why you’re here. Right? Like, just I it’s not as easy as saying. Just push through it, but the reality really is. You’ve already delivered well for them.

There are if unless they’re an unreasonable group of people No.

They’re so great. Yeah. Okay. Then they just sort of pay me to do everything for them, but that’s, like, I don’t wanna, like, over stretch. I don’t know.

No. I would if I were you, I’d put together a quick, like, ten point max checklist of what that performance retainer package would look like So what are the things that they’d need to get that you would do? So I so when you say, I’ll refresh coffee every three months or whatever. Like, obviously, you wouldn’t message it that way.

But, like, that is a thing. So you’ll be looking at, like, just just quickly jot down ten things that you’ll do in the month for them. And each one of those is definitely worth a thousand bucks each. I would put money on each one of those being worth a thousand dollars each.

And if it’s somehow in your brain not, then maybe it doesn’t belong on the list, or maybe you just need to skip past the part that says this this is two.

People don’t pay money for this. I think you’re letting maybe some historical stuff in there about, like, people not paying money for things influence your future, which is there. That’s what we all do. Right?

But why wouldn’t they if they’re making five thousand dollars a day, if they are I’m assuming they’re running it like a business, not like a cash machine. If they’re taking money out, then you can’t do anything about that. But if they’re reinvesting because they see this incredible future of being able to pay themselves, a million or two million dollars a year, which you can help sell them on that future for them, then they’d be absolute fools not to do this. Right?

There’s did you see that Hermozy Instagram Hermozy where he’s like the I talked about this already. It’s really compelling, and I’ve seen people knock it off, and it’s really embarrassing.

This he shows you, like, his keys to his hummer. And he says, you know, it’s two hundred thousand dollar car.

If I were to say, I’m gonna give it to you for thirty thousand dollars. Go get thirty thousand dollars cash, and you can have this, go look at this on Instagram. He’s very good at storytelling.

You’d be out of your mind not to go find thirty dollars. Right? But you have but now you have to believe that the outcome is really worth it. So they just need to believe that what they’re investing in is worth the two hundred thousand dollars that, you know, that you want to have in order for a sixty thousand dollar investment to be worth it.

Do you believe you can make two hundred thousand dollars in additional revenue for them with this performance?

You go in believing that, write it on a piece of sticky note all over. Put it every freaking where. So you can only see a little bit of yourself when you’re in the Zoom call, and that’s like, you can you can make them two hundred thousand dollars.

They would be out of their minds not to pay you sixty thousand dollars for that. The obvious next ROI is there. So I don’t know if they’re helpful for you, like, me to showed it, you liked it.

No. If you need it, please.

Yeah.

I mean, because the other thing is, say they buy ski, they They since they started working with me, they hit million and they wanna hit ten million, like, in the next couple of years to sell. They have the courses like, they have the audience. They just, like and they’re having me right. Like, I’m the only copywriter they’re working with, so I encourage, like, there’s so much money there.

I just I’m just figuring out how to, like, tap it, and it’s kind of like, I feel almost like when I’m pitching them stuff, even though they’re saying yes, like, it’s just it just feels like, like, taking too much of their money, but, like, I guess that’s just a Can I offer another another perspective?

It’s also, like, it’s not just the time. It It’s also the money that they’re paying you. It’s also the fact that to find somebody else is a huge pain in the butt. Like, I have people that I work with, right, like my accountant, and, like, I’m not super happy with him.

I could, like, have some, like, like, I wish things were better. I’d like to have to go find somebody else and teach him all about my business and, like, do all of that work. Like, that’s a huge headache. Like you’re saving them the trouble of having to find somebody else to do that for them.

Mhmm. They’re just huge.

Yeah. Mhmm. Good point.

Yeah.

I think the money is just waiting there. Yeah. And it’s just a matter of You know, I didn’t go to this Thursday session with Kirsty on mindset, where it is about thinking bigger and really, like, get into it. I would I would. I I they’ve already invested twenty thousand dollars.

They’ve already invested fifty thousand dollars.

Like, since October. Like, I know the buddy’s there.

It’s just Alright. You know, that’s tough.

You’re done. I’m cutting you off. Okay. It’s obvious. No. No. I’m just kidding.

No. No. Please. I hope everyone enjoyed my episode of Abby’s got money mindset issues.

That’s awesome.

No. I mean, I think we can talk about how to go about.

Pitching this to them in a way that feels good if that’s getting in your way. But I think even just knowing that if the rule is about half of what the project was worth is what that particular is worth, then you can take comfort in the fact that it’s a rule. And if you don’t follow that rule, then you’re breaking the rule.

Do you wanna be that person Abby? No.

No. I I need to start projecting my money share on to my clients, like, ASAP. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. Thank you for letting me.

Awesome. I wanna hear how it goes now.

Thank you.

Then once you got that first ten k retainer out of the way, that’s your new low. And now you now you keep going above it. So be scared of what’s next. Not this moment.

I mean, I am.

Awesome. Awesome. Thanks, Abby. Naomi. Do you have a question and a win to kick it off?

A win.

I reached out to Louis do you know Louis Grenier from, everyone hates marketer? So I reached out to him and he said I could write and emailed in his list.

That’s exciting. I’ve never done that before.

Oh, nice. What do you get to make the email about? What’s it for?

So I have this interesting hierarchy that I created based on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs that correlates with different levels of seniority in companies and different levels of seniority in different sized companies.

And sort of tweaking copy based on those psychological needs.

So that it still sounds very professional still sounds very polished, but it hits on those deeper needs, that people people are really thinking about.

Okay. I love it. Cool. I can’t wait to see that. Yeah.

That was exciting.

Yeah. Awesome.

So okay. So in in more and more often, I have people asking me if I can work on their social content, which is not something that I have a ton of experience in. My background is more in demand gen, but because there’s so many big changes happening right now for Google and for meta, these traditional demand gen is just not working as well as it used to, furrow. A lot of B2B companies.

If you’ve heard of Chris Walker, he’s really, really a big voice in this, in this space, like cutting a lot of the ad spend and putting that more into organic content. And so it’s been really easy for me either to charge a lot for, like, charge a lot on retainer for, for social content. And to just suggest it to people, like, say, you know, because they, they know that if they’re not publishing on LinkedIn, it looks bad. It it gives people the sense that they don’t have something going on. So it’s really easy for me to suggest to them, you know, you really, you really have to start posting.

But I’m wondering if this is profitable because it involves a lot of time throughout the week. It’s not something that you can, like, always do on one day because if it’s a B2B company, you have to talk to R and D, you have to talk to product, you have to talk to sales. You have to constantly be in the loop. What are the new features?

What are customers saying? What’s our story? It’s like, quite an intensive thing, and there has to be design involved. And it’s like my Canvas skills are not so great that be doing these things on my own.

Like, I do need help from a designer.

But it’s like there’s huge demand for it and I’m starting to get good at it. So I’m wondering if this is something profitable or it’s just a huge time suck and I should try to limit it.

Do you see it fitting into Your future, three years from now, do you see wanting to do that still? If it wasn’t for the money, three years from now, what’d you wanna do?

Social copywriting.

I mean, it’s not It’s not what I find most interesting, but I’m also factoring in the, like, the market changes and there’s sometimes there’s demand for one thing and sometimes there’s demand for other things. That’s what I’m concerned about.

Okay. I just wonder because obviously as you build thought leadership out there.

People are going to come to you for the thing that you’re building thought leadership around. And as that happens, it’s just really a question of if you’re not gonna build any thought leadership around social, then it wouldn’t make sense to do it even though it seems like a good opportunity. And that’s purely because you’ll need to start standardizing the ways that you do this, put together you know, SOPs. Think about, is there a future where you offload this to, you know, a contractor who could do the work for you?

And give you leverage. Right? If we’re talking about how to get to really good money, you do, you need sources of leverage.

So it’s hard put those things together, those things being SOPs and all of everything that goes with documentation, And the people that you then train on it, if that’s down the road for you, it’s hard to do that if you’re flipping between lots of different things that people want you to do. If you were like, I really see this as a cool opportunity. I like doing it. I know how to do it well. I could see being able to bring in a good business with this and potentially train somebody or a few people to take over the work so I don’t have to, then they’d be like, cool. That sounds like something to explore.

If it’s not, then it’s not something to explore.

I think what’s what’s causing me to hesitate is that it’s so top of funnel that unless you have amazing attribution tools, which I mean, come on.

Not even really all that good. Like, if you have the money to buy six cents, like, You can yeah.

You probably have plenty of people to manage it in house.

Like, it’s so top of funnel And it’s so hard to track that I’m hesitant as to how much money companies would be willing to invest in it. I’m wondering how scalable it is. It’s fine. It’s enjoyable.

But if you combine the fact that it’s time intensive on a daily basis because you have to keep it up in order for for for the to get more and more attention, and the fact that it’s harder to link it to revenue makes it a bad deal, even though I have lots of people all the time asking for it. Where like if I’m doing a landing page, I can see all the numbers. I can see exactly, like, if I know how much an MQL is worth or an opportunity is worth, it’s really, really easy. For me to measure how much value I’m bringing to the table in a way that social content you just can’t even if you have amazing measuring tools.

Yeah. Now this is the kind of thing where it might make more sense for you to say no to the opportunity, but to have an affiliate or referral link that you can use to send that over to, someone else who does the work really well. So To me, it sounds like it’s an opportunity, like, to make money. People are just kinda throwing it at you, and that’s the thing that you have to, like, pause on. It’s so hard to. Like, it’s always gonna be hard to.

But you can still use that moment if you identify by anybody who is good at this work. And then there, I’d never know how to say her name. Aside.

Abby just chatted that over. Then you can maybe put together a referral program with aside to start making passive revenue off of sending referrals her way.

I would think about something more like that. I agree you don’t wanna give up these opportunities. It’s hard to.

But you also can’t let it distract you from the business that you wanna build unless unless it’s lit something in you and you’re like, this would be amazing.

And then you have to get strategic about whether that’s your new business. It doesn’t sound like it is. So if it’s not, can you just send it over to somebody else and make twenty percent off of it?

What do you think of that?

I guess I’m also hesitant because I people are just not telling me that they need help with the kind of stuff that I have been training on for the past several years. Like, they’re just not running Google campaigns at the same rate. I mean, Google it like, why is Google laying off so many people? Because their platform is not it’s not making money. Right? Like these things are all connected. So I’m wondering like I’m hesitant to refer them because I’m thinking, well, marketing is changing really, really fast, and maybe it’s going to look different, and I have to keep up with the times.

So I am not like a huge advocate of making decisions from a position of, like, fear of what could come.

And I’m not saying that you’re fearful or afraid, but there is that, like, uncertainty of the unknown.

And that’s part of, like, being a business owner, is the solution to shift, to offer something different Maybe it is. There are actually absolutely times when that is. If email shut down tomorrow, if nobody was allowed to send emails anymore, then you’d you’d need to shift and you would have been happy to have started shifting earlier when looked like things were changing. So to you, right now, it looks like things are changing for demand gen when it comes to like Google ads as like top of as as the entry point or re entry point into a funnel.

If you really do believe that, and you feel at peace with shifting to social. You feel like I I could make this cool. I could I could like I could make it so valuable that even though it’s top of funnel, clients will line up and pay me good money for it. And even though I can’t attribute, real revenue to it, they’ll still be willing to pay me and I can keep raising my rates.

But if it’s out of fear and just kind of like, this isn’t working right now, but this might be working. Then I would I’d pause before making any sort of decision on that. What is keeping your business? Is it just that Google is in a little bit of trouble right now?

Google’s like a huge business though. They’re chances are very good. They’re going to get the ship righted. Right?

They’re not gonna let their enormous business go down just because of some changing behaviors out there and AI being way better than Google is.

But, I don’t know. I mean, I I can see, you know, I can see your expression. I can see. I can hear what you’re saying. To me, I would only do social media if one, it lights you up in some way. You gotta be able to get out of bed every day and be at least eighty percent of the way to happy with the job that you’re doing.

And two, can you can you really turn it into something where you can standardize?

Higher people and just be the overseeing person who generates money from those people. Because like you said, social’s a quantity game. Right? They’re gonna be putting a lot of posts out there.

And you don’t you don’t wanna be the one doing all of that work.

Yeah. Yeah. Do you think that’s something I could offload to somebody?

Do you want to? Is that a business you wanna build?

I feel like I would have to be doing a lot of work with the freelancers or with whoever whichever contractors I hire in order to, like, explain the story and explain the concept, and there would be so much go between that it wouldn’t be worth it. So if I can pitch it as, like, one of the clients I’m working with now were we’re not getting a lot of customers, but we’re getting a lot of investors liking our posts, and which is a good thing because they’re going there potentially interested in raising more money.

So if I can pitch it that way, then it is a lot it it is worth it, right? Because that could be, like, fifty million dollars for the next row, fifty million, probably close to sixty, seventy million.

So if I can pitch it that way, I do think it’s worth a lot more.

But it’s not something that I can outsource. So it would have to be I guess for the right companies.

Can I ask the question, Naomi? Just like on the topic of today’s training, is there a way that you can have this be the intro offer and then fit it into your value ladder. So, like, they come to you for the social content, but then through that interaction, you do some educating on what they really need is, like, what you actually wanna do? Does it work as an like, fit in the door for you?

It sort of worked the reverse. Like, they may come to me for one ad, but they don’t need, like, twenty ads. They just need, like, three to four ads, and I’m like, you guys aren’t posting on LinkedIn. Like, I could easily take care of that for you.

Okay.

Yeah.

Well, then I think, I mean, then I think Joe’s asked all the right questions around, like, if you want to do it.

Yeah.

Okay.

I mean, Yeah.

And it might feel like you can’t hand this off to people. But, I mean, we’re talking about building a high value business where you get good money out of it, and it makes really good consistent money So the general rule is, like, you build people, people build business. So your job isn’t actually to build the business.

If you think of it as a business that has a future state where you’re gonna make five million dollars a year, If that’s the business you’re building, you can’t make five million dollars a year as a one person shop, even if you wrote a best seller and it stayed up top of the New York Times for three years. Like, James cleared not to do everything by himself either. Right? So you you have to To get to five million, let’s say that’s your goal because why the hell not?

To get there, you’re gonna need people. To get to three hundred thousand, you’ll still need a little bit of people. So, like, the gap is not that weird. It’s full of people in there.

So I would say if you can find a way to standardize things like I know it feels like everything is custom.

But maybe sixty percent can be standardized and you can get people to do that for cheap and you train them on it, you make sure that you’ve spent two full days in one week just getting them ready to go on this. Testing them, putting them through it, and then you hand them the work. And then you make money on top of that. That can be a good path if it’s always you doing the work and it’s social media too, which it you’ll probably burn out on it one because it doesn’t it’s not why you got into this.

So you’ll burn out on lack of interest and on a lack of time. And it might even turn into a lack of money, if the market, you know, if more people start doing it, not saying that’s gonna be true.

But Right.

Okay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah. I could see doing something, like, We do one post related to statistics and one post related to, like, overcoming objections and one post related to this. And Like, there’s a a certain tone and, yeah, I could see that.

You can theme those weeks out for them and make that part of your process. Sorry. We’re gonna be talking more about theming your social media as well, to make it easier to to do stuff there. And so, yeah, that’s if you think, hey, it might be able to be standardized, and I would give it a shot.

I know it’s late for you, but, like, maybe sometime this week, you put a block together to see, like, how could I standardize social media posting or creation of these things for VA. So maybe it means you need to hire one VA who can write captions and another who can use Canva, and you just oversee the two of them. But then you have to, of course, budget that and make sure that you can charge accordingly and that you really do have a pipeline full of people, at least three people you can easily convert tomorrow on x amount for a social media package that’s, like, more of a retainer. So you have that nice recurring revenue.

Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Probably also lots of room for AI. Yeah. No shit Katie says in chat. Yeah. Totally.

I’m sure Stacy is giving that a thumbs up too for the writing stuff.

Cool. Naomi, how are you feeling about that?

I feel like it needs a lot of ironing out.

But if I could I guess, like, I could hire a contractor, like, when I’m charging sorry, I’m just gonna use checkout because it’s easier for me. If I’m charging ten, fifteen thousand checkout a month, and I can hire somebody for five thousand checkout.

That’s one half to one third of what I’m making, and then I can manage the, like, working with clients and setting the ideas for the week and editing, then it would dramatically reduce the amount time that I’m working, and I can still make sure that their brand story comes through and that the right messaging points are coming through. And that we’re actually talking about the right technology and the right features, and that I’m not just pulling things out of thin air, that might be profitable.

So I can see that working. It would still be more days a week than I would like.

But I can see it being scalable. If I can come up with, okay, we’re doing one post every two weeks on a new article that comes out, one post on overcoming actions, one post on benefits, one post on interesting statistics, depending on who we’re trying to convert something to that effect.

Yeah. Awesome. Katie, were you gonna add something?

No. I have a kind of related question just on subcontracting if it’s okay.

Okay. Cool. Yeah. Thanks, Naomi. If you have a win by chance to share Katie?

I have a new well, so we we talked to before about the agency for steps.

And I’ve sold my first project where I bundled in design. So I am project managing, and I’m, like, leaving with the designer. So it’s that’s exciting.

Amazing. Yeah.

But I’m not, like, I’m not making isn’t with the caveat because I’m not late. I didn’t I didn’t mark up the design.

Hence my question now is, like, so the agency first steps that I did, I put out, like, a call for collaborators who work with a similar audience. And now I have thirty people who, like, filled out my form, have a mix of designers, tech, like tech experts, OBMs, other copywriters, So that was kind of my, like, seeding the agency, like, getting interested people to come out of the woodwork.

But I’m I don’t know how to make money off of it. Like, I don’t I’m like, okay. So, like, I know that I could refer out to these people, and, like, it’s great to have this you know, network for to refer my clients to. But I’m kind of stuck on, like, you know, even when you were giving Naomi about whether or not she wants to work with an agency because they’re limited in how much they can pay. I’m now, like, I’m, like, well, how do I make this profitable while also being like an appealing person to work with for these people who fill like, who come out to who’ve shown up for it.

Yeah. So I would are the people that are currently subcontracting for you, are they charging a reduced rate to you or their standard rate?

That they charge them.

So currently, they haven’t, like, I ask people to share their signature offer, like, what the main thing that they do and if they have a date And everybody has shared their standard prices so far, but I did kind of, like, leave the door open, like, I’ll be in touch with, like, So the people that I like, I wanna reach back out to and, like, open the conversation about what it would look like to white label their services but I just I didn’t like, basically, I’ve been leaving them hanging now for over a week because I didn’t know what I was gonna go with in terms of my next offer.

So you’ve got designers as subcontractors who else.

What I really need is, like, OBMs who will take the emails. I might even put them into the email marketing platform, like, set up the automations for me, help people clean up their tags and stuff like that, or also because I’ve been pitching these, like, post sale sequences for people to you know, set up the triggers within the program and the conditional, you know, blah, blah, blah, blah, like so design, obviously, like, for front end stuff and then back end implementation.

Okay. Cool. Yeah.

Okay.

You won’t make money as an agency if you don’t control those expenses. Yeah. And that’s just the reality of it for every single agency.

And that’s why it can be, you know, very hard to hire the person you really want to hire.

So markups are a thing.

Definitely.

You’re not marking up at all right now.

No. I mean, but, like, This one, I was kind of like, okay, this is like a training wheels project, and then I’ll look from now on. It is definitely gonna be marked up. So And it’s a project for return.

This is a project.

Okay. Is there room because it sounds like its performance base starts measurable? You can sell it into a retainer afterward?

Yeah. I’ll probably okay. Cool. Yeah. I would encourage that.

What were you gonna say before I cut you off? Sorry.

Oh, well, just this is the one where I I did pitch her. I gave her the option of taking the performance based, but then she she was just like it’s just easier for me to know, like, what I’m gonna pay upfront. So she we went with that. Yeah.

And you can still do an upfront, like, a flat rate. Regardless of how it performs. It’s just your job as part for this retainer is to keep measuring and reporting on how it’s going. So especially if you’re doing email, like Yeah. What, like, my gosh.

So So when it comes to the subcontractors, you need to start by figuring out what profit you need for this to work. So that means you come to the contractor with the budget that you have for it, and they have to decide if they can do it for that low cost.

And it should be low. It should be, like, much lower than they would charge if they were to go out into the world because, obviously, You’re doing all the work. Right? Like, it’s all on you. Every bit of this is actually on you.

So because they could flake out on you. There’s too much risk. So you’ve got to get their rates way down, uncomfortably. But a lot of people are like, well, at least I didn’t have to sell. Like, I didn’t have to go get a client, so that’s okay.

That’s a that’s, like, step one is to gather a budget to get you to profit ability? How how much do you have to charge clients for this to work? How hard do you need to work to get them into a retainer? Like, is it really important for your business?

I would say, yes, it is. And it’s also a no brainer too for that retainer retainer again being a flat rate but you keep measuring every month how you’re doing and how it’s affecting the business. So that they see the value, but they’re always paying the same amount. So really obvious one, you start off with a project for twenty thousand dollars, then you move into a ten thousand dollar a month retainer, adjust those prices.

However, you see fit.

But if you were doing a twenty thousand dollar project with two subcontractors in there and your time in there as well, let’s say this works out over a six week or eight week period, I you wouldn’t wanna spend with those two subcontractors.

They don’t get more than five thousand dollars. Right? Like, got twenty thousand. Two of them take up half of your of your revenue already and leaving you with only thousand for your time for all of the client management you have to do for you continuing to build the business going forward you need at least ten thousand dollars for you. So five thousand would become, like, that’s the top end of what I can pay for this person to work with me for eight weeks. So twenty five hundred bucks a month for them to get these things done.

But if you know that, then Good. The number is based on the number that you need for this to be a viable agency for you. Does that make sense?

Yes. I just I feel like I guess that is assuming, certain level of standard in the projects that we’re doing, whereas I haven’t got that far yet in terms of like like, right now it’s just me being, like, okay, on the call instead of saying, like, and introduce you to somebody who does that being, like, I have a some, you know, I have somebody who can do that. So it hasn’t been, like, I don’t really have a standardized offer yet. So figuring out, like, the numbers is a is has been more hypothetical. But I can see I can see what you mean about, like, starting with the profitability, but, like, starting with a profitability versus starting with somebody else’s price.

Total that’s exactly it. It will be hypothetical too. It’ll feel uncomfortable. Like, isn’t there an easier, better k.

Have you read I would encourage you this won’t help you figure out what to pay people, but, pricing creativity by Blair ends is a good book for this.

Again, it won’t give you that, but it’ll help you just create context around making those decisions for what you pay the subcontractors, how you talk with them about their value and what they need to contribute. Like, it’s not gonna help you manage them. But you’ll be a better, armed, I think, to have a good conversation with them about prices that will feel low to them and should. If it doesn’t feel low to them, there’s probably a bit of a problem there.

But they get to work with you and all of the extra benefits of that.

Yeah, I know it’s hypothetical. It doesn’t feel as grounded as it ought to. Once you start getting into it and see what the market will bear, for new clients coming in and contractors being paid and what that gap is and how profitable you can be in there.

Then that’ll help a lot, but you just gotta start throwing numbers out, sadly.

Okay. Okay. Thank you. I would not pay more than fifty percent of the total budget on subcontractors.

Okay. Okay?

Yeah. Are you near that right now or not at all?

No. Not even co I mean, I charge fifteen k and the designer is gonna charge She’s doing, like, a show it template plus customization. She so I think her package is four k, and it involves she’ll put the email to convert kit and hook up convert kit to the site. So, like, I feel like that’s a good package for me to be pointing people to, and I just need to have a conversation with this designer about, like, bundling it into my package. Yeah.

And I’ve had a conversation with this designer in the past, like, she offered to make me an affiliate for her So, obviously, she’s comfortable, you know, knocking the price down for for ease of sale So I feel like that’s a good first relationship to build out.

Yeah. That’s awesome. Yeah. I know it’s tough.

Tough. But yeah. There is money on the other side of it. It’s just agencies at the beginning don’t feel profitable.

Until you hit that point, then it’s like, oh, there’s money here. Yeah.

Looking forward to that point. Yeah.

Alright. I’m gonna let you know it’s there. It will happen.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Thanks, Katie. Anybody else?

On that same point, I’m wondering, like, how much time do you have to invest in training subcontractors at the beginning? Because, like, if I’m thinking of all the people that I’ve worked with, like, I would hire ninety seven percent of them. And like, because I don’t like the way that they write. I don’t think that they’re conversion focused, and they were my colleagues, obviously. So I wasn’t training them, but, like, if I take that kind of person and think like, how would I train them? Like, it would be a challenge, especially if they, especially if they had some experience because they are like stuck in their ways. They have like a way of doing it.

Yes and no. Right? So I think it’s one thing to keep in mind that’s hard for a lot of us to keep in mind is, like, it’s like, you’re the boss though. Like, you don’t have to start from a point of you’re okay.

I’m okay. Like, You’re the boss. So you get to say, here’s the standard of performance that I expect. I will train you on the standard.

I will give you the SOPs checklist. I’ll give you all the tools you need. I’m here to support you as well. We’ll have regular I promise transparency and communication with you all the time.

In exchange for that, here’s what I expect. This is this is the standard. Are we agreed on this as the standard? Here’s how we get to that standard.

Are we agreed on that as well? But that’s like, you’re you get to train them. You get to put them into that position of being able to be valuable for you so that they’re not an expense. Of course, in any way, they’re like a real asset.

So You do have to train them. You have to be ready with everything that they need to be successful in their job.

But then you get to say this is where you have to be. And then if they don’t perform to that level, then you get to have a hard conversation with them.

And you don’t it’s it is. It’s hard to find people. You have to lower your expectations and the only way to help raise those expectations. And it’s like a shoving.

Like, it’s it’s not light work. It’s like, well, you’re really working to get those expectations up across the board. Is to make sure that you’re modeling the exact behavior that you want people to follow, and that you are training them really openly and, like, allowing room for them to mess up once on a thing. Can’t mess up twice on the same thing, but again, have those that open communication with them.

But nobody walks in ready to go. Nobody ever. Even if you went and worked somewhere, you would still even though you’re at the top performance for what you do, you would still have to go and integrate into a new organization with new ways of working, maybe they do OKRs, maybe you like OKRs, and they don’t do them. Right?

There’s always gonna things that you’ll have to figure out and same is true for them. So have that empathy, but the more time you put into them, the more you’ll get out of it. And that’s why it can be so valuable to hire rather than to use hire as soon as you can if you’re building an agency.

Instead of I know a lot of people succeed with VA’s.

But if we’re talking about for important work that you’re gonna be setting down and training somebody on for hours and hours and hours, then you don’t really want them to leave. Right? You wanna, like, get them in and keep them. And that’s why a lot of agencies start with, really cheap, brand new people, like fifty thousand dollar salaries right out of school because you’re gonna be doing all sorts of training. And that’s it. And then that leaves you good room to also increase their salary as they perform well and make them wanna stay with you longer.

But yeah, I don’t know how helpful that is on the subject, but yes to training.

And if you can If you see this as an agency you’re building, can you bring in somebody to be on staff sooner than later? Colin Junior, Yeah.

And at what at what point, like, what revenue point would you consider taking somebody on? And roughly how much time would you assume? Like, Is this gonna be two weeks? Is this gonna be three months?

Like For an agency, I’d take them on immediately in a second, do you think it’s time to hire?

Do it. You just pay yourself less. It sucks. But, like, you eat ramen for a little bit and not the good stuff.

And, you’ve you’ve got them on and I have seen people who are driven. If you’re in this room, you are very likely to rise to the occasion. You’re going to find the money to pay them and yourself. And that means you’ll be taking on interesting projects.

You’ll be telling yourself I can’t go into this meeting and take less than ten thousand dollars for this retainer. I I I can’t afford it. So I need to go in there and be really good at selling them on this ten thousand dollar a month retainer. Then the next month, once you hire another person, now your retainer is a twenty dollars a month, and you have to make it work.

And you do. So if you weren’t building an agency, then there’s different ways to think about hiring, but you are, you will need people without question. So I think you need to hire, hire now. For cheap, especially if you’re gonna need to put a lot of time into them because you actually do have more time now than you’ll have over the next three years.

And then after the three years, then you’ll have more time again. But that’s when you’re at the three million mark and you have to build a leadership team at that point anyway.

Yeah. Ironing.

It’s not fun, arming so hard.

But do now. There are juniors out there who are ready to go. Just want a chance and some money, please. I just also want some money.

Cool. Any other questions or thoughts on that? On anything.

No?

No.

Sorry. I have a lot of questions. If somebody else wanted something else to say.

Would you, in terms of prioritization, I find that the thing I struggle with most is finding designers, because I can’t, like, I can’t write something without having it designed. It just won’t perform. And I need a designer that I can work with, because I need a designer that knows something about UX and will listen to me when I have suggestions.

Would it be more reasonable to hire a designer first, or should I continue to search for freelance designers that I can partner with? Because I haven’t I haven’t looked so much, but I’ve found that it’s hard to find people number one that are talented and work in the same projects that I do and number two that are available and cooperative.

Sorry. That was a service delivery.

So my I have to get into my office so badly.

Sorry. I lost track of the question I had an answer. Oh, the design stuff. Yes. Of course.

I’ve been watching Nicole here. Nicole is our designer and social media person on our team.

And so I’m sure she’s had lots opinions over the course of this meeting. I don’t know Nicole if you do have anything to add. I can say because I don’t wanna put you on the spot. Or do you want do you have something to add?

Not much to add necessarily, but it’s it’s I can understand, like, it’s hard to hire anybody. Like, designers aren’t no different than any other position, I would assume.

But I find that, a lot of designers, like, undersell themselves, and So that’s why it’s so much, like, you might find it is that much harder to, like, say, like, go on upwork because you might find an excellent designer, and they’re only charging, like, you know, fifteen dollars an hour for their work, which is silly. But sometimes, yes, that’s how it goes because there’s an oversaturation. So I can see how that would be difficult but I do find that, like, whenever back when I was freelancing, like, I did, like, being given a test project. Was really, really helpful.

And the people who are willing to do the test project, I find will be willing to learn more things and they’d probably be more of an asset to you.

Yeah. Good call. Totally.

Yeah.

And we found Nicole with a LinkedIn job posting.

So designers are looking at job openings as well, just like everybody else.

It’s hard to find them maybe in your network, but they are you post job opening, and you’ll get a lot of applicants, put them through a test, and just treat it like, you know, I mean, you’re hiring for your business. So this is the way it is. Yeah. If you think you need to bring a designer on full time because it’s part of how you sell what you do, then a job hosting together.

If it’s only a small part of what you do, like, you’re like, well, I always use them at the very end, but I give them all the direction.

And I just need them to make sure that they’re implementing what I say, then that might be something where you could find a really good VA. Like, time, etcetera dot com is who we use and so far so good.

And that if if it is a small amount of work, then a VA could do it. If it’s gonna be a lot, you see a recurring need for it, do a job posting for a a designer. Yeah.

Yeah. It’s more like if I wanna take on somebody to do social work, like there needs to be design, And a lot of times smaller companies just don’t have the design in house, or if they do have the design in house, either they’re a new first they’re a new because obviously you need to keep the product, like, you need to have design for the product, or they have if they have a marketing designer, there’s only one marketing designer, and they have like one hundred thousand things on their plate, and social is the very, very bottom of the list. So I’m left using Canva, even for large companies that have millions of dollars in funding.

So that’s why I’m wondering, like, if I’m gonna hire somebody, maybe it would make more sense to hire a designer before I hire a contractor.

It sounds like it. Yeah. It sounds like if it’s if it’s a big enough pain for you, and it’s really getting in the way of delivering.

Higher one. Yeah. You can think about different ways to hire them, but of the really good things about hiring people is it lights fire under your butt to make more money. You gotta make payroll. So you gotta do it. I would If it’s it sounds to me like that is the first hire that you need, you’ll probably need to have, like, someone else in your back pocket.

Shortly thereafter to, help, actually help you create those assets outside of designing them.

Some sort of content strategist or a copyright or whatever that person is.

But, yeah, hire them and, like, as a full timer.

And then but but make sure you put a plan together for how you’re going to make money and be profitable.

So don’t wing it, but it probably starts by just, like, doubling your rates right now and then watching all the training you can on how do how to sell better, like, sell like a freaking champ, not that you can’t, but it does not hurt. Sales is gonna be, like, your best friend as you build out your agency.

Yeah. Mhmm.

That makes sense. Oh. And do you have a sense until the point where I do feel comfortable to hire, maybe you could help. I have no idea what a designer should earn.

Like per project, per hour, no clue whatsoever.

Like I value it. I just don’t know how much is worth to pay for it.

I I mean, it totally depends where they are, but if it doesn’t matter where they are to you, then I’d put the salary low.

People always think that they need to put their salary really high, and it’s I not actually found that a higher salary brings in like, at the same level of higher candidate. It’s just often it’s someone who wishes they couldn’t earn that much money.

I know they’re like, no, man. No. And you find really good candidates at the lower salary as well. So don’t don’t lead with it has to be a high salary.

If they can work anywhere, that’s a benefit. If you can add in extra perks, like give them Fridays off. Just do it. Just out of the gate.

Just do it. Then these are the perks that will attract stay at home parents who have a design background.

And then you don’t have to worry about the salary being bananas.

But I wouldn’t know what that salary is. It completely depends. If they’re junior, if they’re right out of school, I know that you can, like, do a glass door to see what salaries there are. I don’t know how much I would rely on that though.

I mean, the number that comes to mind for me is fifty thousand. It’s not a lot of money at all, but it’s a good junior salary.

And it leaves you room to bonus them based on performance. If they do a killer job, you can give them a really nice bonus, then they’re like, wow, that’s cool. Also to increase their salary as well. Like six months later, if they prove that they’re amazing and you are like relieved of so much of the crap you’ve had to do so that you can go bring in more clients and hire more.

They’re really proving their value to you, then you can increase their salary. Course, you don’t have to wait to do it. You can do that at any point, but I wouldn’t start. I don’t know.

I don’t know what fifty thousand if fifty thousand is too low in today’s market or what, but start there and see what you get. You want juniors, right? You basically do. You want them to be able to use the tools and have a good design eye.

But you’re gonna have to teach them so much.

Yeah. Okay. Interesting. Thank you.

Alright. Cool. Cool.

Anybody else in the remaining eight minutes?

No? Good talk about all of this hiring stuff today. It makes me excited for everybody. It’s so cool.

Wicked. Okay. Well, then let’s wrap up. Thank you very much. Don’t forget. To attend the Thursday session thinking bigger.

K? And we’ll chat with you all online. See you later. Have a good one. Have a good week.

Thinking Bigger: Setting Bigger Goals for Your Business

Thinking Big

Transcript

We can jump straight in and get going this morning.
As you know, today’s session is designed to get you guys to think bigger when it comes to setting and getting goals for your business. And as you hopefully also know, if you’ve seen my comment in Slack, the session today, I’m gonna run a little bit differently. We’re just going to jump straight on in and actually do the thing. Because I’ve been reflecting on my previous sessions, and I feel like they haven’t quite been landing, as much as I wanted to.
So no theory. Not showing you how to do something later, we’re gonna go straight ahead and do the thing right now. So if you haven’t already, could you please open your worksheet for this session and have it either on your screen or on your desktop, whatever works for you. No shame if you’re old school paper.
I am often that person too.
Now if you go straight to, the top of the second page, so, the page with the first set of prompts and things for you, you’ll see that right up top, the first thing that is there is a fill in the blank style prompt, which says and sorry my face will be looking sideways because I will be also looking at my, computer with the non working sound. It says if insert your biz biggest robot or limitation was no issue, I had insert action and or outcome.
So obviously I’d like you to fill this in.
In terms of your biggest roadblock or limitation, that may be something that’s quite global in your business, So for example, something like time or capacity, or it could be something that’s quite specific to the business that you’re trying to work towards and trying to build here in CSP. So for example, if you are someone who is trying to shift from making the majority of your revenue via one to one client services to someone who makes majority of their revenue through selling, online programs or products, then it might be that your current limitation is you have a slow list growth.
So think what that is for you. I imagine for most people, it will be quite easy to identify that key challenge. It’s that thing that you keep coming up against.
And you may notice it in different patterns. It might have been the same thing for the last, you know, six months, twelve months, two years.
So identify that one, is anyone having trouble pinpointing that challenge?
Nope.
Abby’s a strong no. I love it.
Okay. Cool. And then the second part of that prompt, I would love you to put in, like, something quite wild, so don’t place any value judgments on what this sort of big action or outcome would be. But just think, like, in this hypothetical scenario, if that challenge didn’t exist, if it wasn’t there, What would you actually do then? What would you have in your business?
I’ll give you a minute to think that one through because I often find that this can be the piece of the puzzle, but can take a little bit longer to sort of pinpoint.
But again, you know, don’t filter it, don’t judge it based on all. That’s not really possible. We’re just talking hypotheticals here. So again, if that biggest roadblock was not there in your business, what would you then achieve? What would you do What would be the outcome?
Okay. Has everybody got something in that first box? Yeah, Abby.
Jessica Nicole Naomi, Caroline. Caroline, how are you guys going? Thumbs up from Naomi?
Jessica. How are you going there?
Abbie you’re supposed to be on Vauxer answering my question because I was like, I don’t wanna present to the whole group, but I will.
You don’t have to share if you don’t want to.
Well, no.
No.
No. It’s fine. It’s more because I need the help.
I have a list to things that I feel like could be my biggest roadblock.
So I think Abby, you talk to me every day. Well, what’s what’s yours? What do you think mine is?
I know what mine is. Mine is.
I know what yours is. I think I know it’s cool.
Yeah. Not raising not raising my rates. I don’t know what your biggest roadblock is though.
I think Thank you.
Okay.
I think one of them is is self doubt because you think you’ll wanna do something and then half, I think you’ll be like, oh, maybe I should be doing this. Maybe I, like, maybe I should have gone down this route and you’ll wanna change. So I think it’s indecisiveness, but I think it comes from self doubt.
Yeah.
I agree with you. That’s what I had. Fear of failing the self doubt thing. Okay. Thank you. That helps.
Awesome. Love this.
So good. K. Is that clarified the second part of that, thing for you, Jessica? Awesome.
And Caroline, how are you tracking there? You can pop something in the chat if you don’t wanna show your noggin secrets.
Yeah. I think Caroline I don’t know if you had access, but I think she might be with her family. In a car. So she said she may not be able to interact so that yeah.
I don’t know if you can see that or not, but No.
Sorry. Because I left, I thought maybe if I, Oh, there she is.
Yep.
Yeah. If my fear of something like fraud or self doubt was no issue, I’ve had my business change and charge a lot more. Okay. Cool. Awesome Caroline. And, hey, Katie, I see you’ve just joined us just to catch up. We’re just working our way through that first prompt in the worksheet.
It should be pretty self explanatory.
So you’re just popping in there what your biggest current roadblock in your business is the thing that keeps getting in the way of you hitting your goals, and then also what you would do or achieve in your business if that thing was no issue. And again, we’re just thinking hypotheticals here. So we’re just trying to broaden that perspective by knocking out that big challenge that always gets caught up and trapped.
And no worries that you were late. I also my audio didn’t work, so I’m a few minutes like getting started too. So not a problem.
Okay. Alright. We’re gonna roll through to the next, section of the worksheet pretty quickly, because the speed is actually part of this exercise.
So if you just, look beneath, where you’ve just put that first statement, you’ll see there is a table with ten different slots that says ways to bridge the gap from here to there. Now, again, I just want you to think about this hypothetically. So, any way that you could actually problem solve, and you could do the thing that you’ve just written down, Even if it, you know, that, like, not, like, that’s not gonna work for me, I want you to avoid placing any judgments on these ideas. If it would theoretically get you from a to b, I want it In that box, and the aim of the game here, success for this talk looks like filling in as many possibilities of that box as you can, even if some, ludicrous ideas or things that would not work for you.
So as an example, if I was doing this exercise right now, my biggest challenge with two very young kids’ capacity, and the thing that I would do if that was no issue would be selling to live with three half day rates a week. Every week because that would bring me about, I think, four hundred k, just from that one, offer every year.
And ways that I could possibly bridge that gap.
For example, I could deliver those day rates at night, when I know my husband’s here and he can be point person for the kids, I could hire a subcontractor.
I could look at some sort of agency model. I could build some sort of AI that could write like me to speed things up. So I’m just spitballing ideas, and as you can see, they’re sort of all, really, they’re very possible, and I’m not feeling during in terms of how suitable they might be for me. So I’ll give you guys five minutes to fill in as many of those ten slots as you can. If you have any questions or you get stuck, just give me a yell.
Oh, sorry, Carla. I just saw your question. Suggestions on how to bridge the gap when the issue is self doubt.
Yeah. Good question.
So I think when we’re looking at what your design outcome is Caroline. You promote your business and charge a lot more.
So we’re looking at ways to bridge the gap from what you’re doing in your business now to what that outcome is that you would actually do. So, for example, we’re just saying that if that self doubt wasn’t there, So if that wasn’t there, what kind of things would you do? Can you imagine pitching yourself for, various in person events to to speak on stage? Could you imagine, just setting your rates a lot higher and going after those clients who you know that could actually afford that investment?
Does that make sense? So we’re problem solving from how you could get from where you are now to where you identify that you would like to be in that first goal. And again, we’re just assuming that that self doubt isn’t an issue. Okay. Cool.
Alright, guys.
We’ll leave it there. How many possible ways to get from a to b did people get? Feel free to yell out or to just pop a number in the chat.
Eleven.
Oh, who’s that eleven then? Me over at Seadema. I love it. What about you, Naomi? How’d you go?
About seven.
That’s awesome, Katie?
I had trouble deciding which problem was my biggest problem. So I have eight solutions each, but I was wondering if you had any tips on, like, which to focus on.
Mhmm. Yep. Do you wanna talk us through the options that you have for what the biggest problem is at the moment?
Yeah. So when I just brained down to like, okay, problems, it was like, capacity, audience size, overwhelmed, like, not knowing where to go next, and not feeling really confident that I have, like, like, impressive client results to point people to that are recent.
So the three that I wrote about were capacity, audience size, and results, and I have, like, six to eight solutions for each of those, but it’s kind of like a meta problem, but I’m like not knowing which problem is the biggest one is, like, part of one of, like, an additional problem.
Probably part of the overwhelm, I guess. Yeah.
So I guess when you think about those three separate things that you did identify and, put possible ideas down for, Which feels like the one that you’re really bugging your head up against the most?
Or the one that’s really stifling you or stopping you from, like, making changes in the growth that you want to?
Well, I I the three that I wrote were capacity, audience size, and no results, but I feel like the overwhelm is the one that’s really stopping me because I keep starting different projects and getting them to, like, sixty percent and then failing on them to go work on a different thing because I can’t decide which which is gonna be the the one that makes the most difference.
Okay. Yep. So then it sounds like overwhelm might actually be the biggest challenge, and that perhaps these other three things are subsets, all of that. Challenge because if you’re not following through on a on a, you know, project or a lead gen system, for example, the way through, then that could be impacting.
You know, the list size and those kinds of things. Does that sound right? Yeah. Yeah.
Okay. So sorry. It sound like the one that you didn’t put.
I do four might be the one that you need to work on.
So feel free to, take a few minutes and then something sound for that. Yeah.
Well, I think I think too, the solutions for the overwhelm, like, the ones the solutions that I wrote could also help with the overwhelm one, two.
Yep. And I just wanna check with, with overwhelm as the key challenge, does that also help you articulate a really clear, like outcome or action that you would take, if that was no issue, if the overwhelm wasn’t.
Part of the equation at the moment?
I mean, I feel like if it’s like if overwhelm was no issue, then I would know which steps to take and which projects to tackle in which order.
Mhmm.
Yep. Do you have, I guess, a vision of what that would actually look like in your business? So, like, something that’s a bit further down the lines that if you doing that. If you had real clarity on, you know, everyone wasn’t there, so you knew what you were focusing on next, you’d finish those tasks, you’d be building something like where is that getting you? What’s that?
Further down the line, gold will collect.
It looks like being able to delegate because things are organized enough to bring another person in and being able to invest in support because I know what the task is, and I know what the desired outcome is. And then also having the, like, the systems that I’m building actually make it to a hundred percent, and then they start working for me.
Yes. Cool. Okay. So I feel like those are probably the more useful outcome to think about because they are obviously definitely a result of that feeling and have been able to prioritize tasks, but then more concrete things to be able to work towards. So been able to you know, delegate, automate, eliminate might be something like that or being able to outsource appropriately so that you have the space to do the court work.
There might be a goal somewhere in there that feels like it gets home for you, obviously use your own words.
Thank you, No worries.
Jessica, how’d you go with the table and the list of possible problem solving ideas?
Oh, yeah. I got about seven as well.
So Awesome.
That is amazing. And Caroline, I know you’re in the car, so feel free to just pop something in the chat if you would like. A number of how many you got to, and I’ll just keep an eye on that for you.
Seats. Amazing. That’s so good, guys. That is awesome.
So what you’ve just done is you have taken a hypothetical lens to, you know, what if, like, what could I do in my business if this thing wasn’t actually an issue. And when we approach goal setting from this angle, what it does, it allows you to identify what you actually want without those limiting beliefs getting in the way. Because you’re not doing the thing that we all do where you say, oh, yeah, but that wouldn’t work me because, or Oh, yeah, but that’s like a goal for, like, three years from now. So what you actually have in that table or in that list of possible ways to get from where you are now to where you’ve identified you would like to be, are possible routes to take.
Now some of those I’m sure will be absolutely terrible ideas for you and your business and how you like to work, and that’s totally okay. So if there are any in that list where you look at and you’re like, like that, theoretically could work, but I know that that’s just not ever gonna work in practice for me. Feel free to cross those out.
What I would love you to do is identify one of those that feels like the best fit. And it’s really important that when I say feels like the best fit, that doesn’t mean that you’re gonna look at it and not feel any discomfort because growth requires discomfort and there is a natural tension between what you want and what you need to do to get it. So, again, just reiterating that the best fit idea in your list there probably isn’t gonna be something that you feel one hundred percent confident with, but I’m just asking you to identify the one that feels like it fits you and how you work and your business and what you wanna build the best. So I’ll give you a minute or two to do that, and if you have any questions, oh, I don’t know what the balloons are going on.
Alright. And there we go.
Sorry. I never zoom on my phone, so here we are learning new things by accident.
Okay. Questions as you’re identifying that one, let me know. And once you have identified the best fit one, if you could just pop it in the chat, that would be awesome.
Bedtime, Abby?
Yeah.
It’s like five seven, but I’m so sleepy for some reason.
But it’s tiredness, not boredom. I promise. Sorry. It’s enjoying it.
It’s often me because I’m in Australia, like, on Paul’s father group programs and masterminds I’ve been part of. It’s often a ridiculous time for me, so I know that I know the feeling.
Naomi limit the number of clients to five and raise them in a monthly investment to three k. Awesome. This culture. I’m try I’m trying to reverse engineer what your, key challenges or limitations must be. And it’s quite interesting to see this. Awesome.
Katie, book a one to one coaching session to get ideas out of my head and verbally process what I’m stuck on. Amazing.
Hey, guys. These are really awesome. These are really clear and concise and totally achievable.
This is so great.
Are you going, Jessica? Do you need some help?
Maybe.
It’s the self doubt thing, which that if I was able to do I think that’s where I’m I’m I focus more on how to overcome the self doubt get to the thing on the other side of that. But I think the thing on the other side of that, the outcome I’d like is two seasonal sale campaigns a month around ten thousand dollars with clients that I like, and that I could use for further you know, books and promotion and things like that.
Awesome.
Does that seem in alignment though?
Yeah. Totally. Because I think your self doubt wasn’t an issue, then that’s probably what you’d be doing because you wouldn’t be scared about pitching those people or lending those projects.
Okay. Or to the green results. Okay. And, yeah, in in Fabi, I mean, it’s green too.
No. Yeah. Your because you’re self doubt, I think this comes from feeling like you don’t have the experience that you want to have. So I I feel like as soon as you start getting leads and doing projects, your confidence is just gonna go up and you’re not gonna put up with that self doubt, like, be because yeah.
I think I have the same a similar thing to Katie where it’s been so long since I’ve done seasonal sales.
It just feels like I’m too far away from it. So, yeah, I get yeah. Okay. Thank you.
Mhmm. And I think one of the, Cool, but also annoying things about self doubt is that there’s that little gap you have to bridge often in that you have to do the same. To solve the doubt.
It’s a catch twenty two and it sucks, but really it is the best way to get through it.
Cool. So with that in mind, Jessica, maybe I don’t know if you need to maybe write down some different, possibilities or different ways there, or we could you identify those now? What what would work best for you?
I’m quick just typing in if I can look to seasonal sale campaigns a month at ten k each.
Mhmm. Yep.
That would be kind of thing.
Okay. Awesome.
Amazing.
And again, Carla, I know you’re driving, so I won’t order in the car. So I won’t invest you, but if you do wanna share, feel free.
Okay. Guys, this is so good. So as you’ll see, the next box, which I deliberately left quite, vague in terms of heading, because, I mean, I feel like you already knew this, but I didn’t wanna make it super clear. I’m now going to ask you to actually take this hypothetical idea and it concrete and break it out into steps.
Because, of course, I think this is also where we can get lost when we are trying to make movement towards our big goals is that we have, you know, the end goal in mind, but we don’t know where to start. We don’t know what to do for the second, third, fourth, or fifth to do that thing.
So these things that you have written in the chat here, if you’re looking to actually do that, like what are the steps to actually make that a reality? What do you have to do? And I’d say this could be depending on how your brain works, a bit of a messy process in terms of actually writing things down and ordering them. So don’t worry too much if put something down and then realize, oh, that’s actually like step number four.
You know, this is your worksheet or your space wherever you’re working in. So you can edit. You can doodle. You can move things around.
It can it can be messy.
The important thing is to get it out on paper.
And I know that can also be the part where things can feel tricky and sticky and some of those mindset gremlins can come up. So please, as you are going through this, let me know what’s happening. Let me know where you’re getting stuck, whether it is a practical thing or a mindset thing, and I would love to coach you through it.
Can I ask Christie, like, I feel I feel like maybe I jumped ahead a step? Like, the thing that I put in the chat was the concrete step that I could take. So am I supposed to look like the goal is know what to do when I’m gonna do it and what that thing entails.
Mhmm.
So now it steps to get there.
Yes. Actually, yeah. You’re right. Sorry. Yes. So your this is this is great first step I feel because you can do that theoretically today.
Right? You could. Yeah. Book a one to one session with someone. And then I guess, you know, after that and after you have that information on paper, then what happens next?
Is it then are you maybe looking to hire someone to set up anything that has been identified as being able to be systematized or automated, is it perhaps interviewing VAs or OBMs, like, what are the steps in there that you see reaching to that goal? And thank you for bringing it up because, yes, you’re totally right. That’s a one step thing that you’ve got in the chat.
So What I’m identifying is the thing that I want that my big problem is stopping me from happening.
That’s right. So I think you’ve already identified that, and now you’re talking about, so if there’s a way to solve that problem. So perhaps it’s perhaps you need to go back to the section before this one and think about, like, okay, like, one way to solve that problem would be to outsource everything or to hire a system specialist.
Or it might be to, like, hire someone else. So so I think, yeah, maybe it’s about going back to that table before and looking at those because I think, yes, what you have here looks like the first step for you to get in clarity.
Into how things are sitting and where you can make them easier and less overwhelming and more streamlined. Does that sound right?
Yep. Yeah. It’s all just kind of clicked into place while you were talking. It’s okay. Thank you. Okay.
Awesome.
Alright. Is anyone stuck either on the practical step or is anyone feeling the kind of resistance that makes them think they won’t actually follow through on the things that are in front of them?
So I’m struggling with a lot of my clients are I I have very personal relationships with them because I work in a very small ecosystem.
And so some of them I started I only really started working on full time, like last May.
And most of my clients are either friends of friends or friends of old colleagues, or there’s like no more than like two degrees of two, three degrees of separation between me and most of the people in my ecosystem, which is good, but I not sure how easy it’ll be for me to either fire clients that are not working out or raise rates that are way below what I’m charging now because these are people that I’m gonna see in person pretty often, and I have to make Sure.
Got you. That can be tricky definitely because you’ve got dual relationships there, client, and also some sort of social relationship.
Would, raising the price of your services, would that, effectively fire some clients for you, like are some of your forfeit clients who won’t be able to afford this new price.
Well, some of it is just like, it’s a little bit of work here and there. But it’s not really worth doing the work because it’s just taking away time, every email, every call. It’s just is just draining my time. So I’m wondering also if it’s if it’s worth it at all, if it’s just a few hours a week, I, I, I’m not sure. I’m not sure if they would be, if they would be scared away.
Or they would think, it’s probably not worth it. We’ll just do it in house.
Mhmm.
Yep. Okay. I was only asking because somewhat sometimes that can be easy way out. When you outgrow a client, and then you raise your rates, it can be you can know sometimes. Like that person, then we’re gonna say yes, this is actually my problem for me. I think in the case where it sounds like you’re saying that you may or may not, but you definitely have some clients in mind who feel like they’re not a good it for where you actually want to take and grow your business.
Remember that the reasons that you have and you know and you’re telling yourself for wanting to get rid of them, you don’t have to pass those on to those clients. There are other ways to let them know about the decision. So, it could be, again, thinking that you obviously wanna try and preserve some of the relationship because you’re probably gonna bump into them socially and as things so intermingled for you, simply telling them, hey, the way I’m doing business is changing.
Here’s what’s happening, and I know that historically haven’t worked together this way. And I will be really sad to see you go, but, you know, this is what’s next for me. So there can be a way of, like, just letting them know quite kindly, quite politely without sort of going into the details of perhaps why they themselves are not a fit, and therefore making it personal.
Will it be uncomfortable, probably? I think a lot of conversations that we have in business are, but think you don’t want to sacrifice your business success, you know, for the sake of potentially a few awkward conversations.
So Yeah. I’m actually saying it probably will be uncomfortable, but I think you’re absolutely right. If it’s bits and pieces work, if it’s clients that really don’t fit the vision you have for where your business is going, and they don’t support that, either in terms of money or the work that you’re wanting to do, then it is time to let go of them and time to make space for those who do. Anything else? On Naomi, do you wanna talk about that a bit more?
Does it make sense to get rid to let them go before I take on new clients or just buy new clients and then let them go.
Mhmm.
I feel like it always makes sense to let go of some of them before in order to make space.
Even though that’s scary, and I know, you know, financially as well, it can be daunting to see blank space in your calendar.
But I think most of us in this room can probably attest to the fact that if you hang on to clients.
It’s if you don’t create space or ideal clients to come into, then it sort of drags on and on and on, and, you know, you’ll be six months down the track before you actually make the change. So lightify under your own bum, I would say, by getting rid of these clients making space, for people who actually are a good fit. And reach out in slack when you’re doing it too if you want to because I think sometimes even just having, like, the support of people who’ve been there, who’ve done it before while you’re actually doing the scary thing can be really helpful, and can just make you make that move even when it is uncomfortable.
Amazing. Do you guys are legends?
Alright.
So we’ll move on to the last, piece of the worksheet, and then I think we’ll have a few minutes too to just open up discussion on whatever you’d like. But you’ll see the last thing there is a table, with good space for good, better, best goals.
So I think chances are you probably already identified your best goal in that initial statement that we did at the top of the worksheet.
It may not be, but I think nine times out of ten, that’s probably your ideal outcome.
So thinking through then how to set other goals so that this isn’t a next size that is so black and white and you either hit that goal or you fail miserably, what are good and better goals? So a good goal is basically your baseline level of success, which might look quite different to your best goal, but is still absolutely a really positive shift and a positive growth for your business in this direction that you’re moving in.
A better goal is typically somewhere between the good and the best goals. So it’s something that you can feel really chucked about, you know, this this move and this strategy has been more than successful, even though it might not have keep the heights of your, like, ideal, like, best world scenario outcome.
And the reason that these are important is that Again, it gets you out of that black and white thinking where sometimes we normally set big goals for our business and we’re working towards them. If we get point, we realized they’re not gonna happen to the extent in which we were setting out to achieve. We can get disheartened and we can give up. If we have these goals that allow us a little bit more flex, and allow us to actually benchmark our success at different levels. It is often more motivating and just gives us, something better to reach towards And also, I find when you do hit the good goal, you can often get a boost of motivation to keep reaching out for that better and then that best goal too.
Ideally, of course, these goals should be measurable in some way.
So even if they are a feeling goal, which is totally okay, by the way, if one of the goals is that you feel less overwhelmed.
Just think about what that actually looks like and how that could actually be measured. So for example, that would be, you know, it means that I get to switch my laptop off at five thirty PM every day and not worry about you know, what I’ve got on the next morning. It could be something like that. So something that you can actually measure as opposed to just, like, feel less stress because I think without the specificity there, it’s gonna be a very hard goal for you to actually reflect on and work out. Yep. That’s what’s happened or no. I’m not quite there yet.
Katie.
Well, hey, maybe that is one of your goals though.
Maybe sure to Alice, who knows? But I know there’s works.
Sometimes I feel like you’re working fully hours and then sometimes Fifty months the opposite.
It’s the day care pickup. Is it three thirty? So, like, I could happily work till seven, but I just don’t there’s no space.
Yes. Well, I feel that very much too.
Katie, I know. It’s a season. I keep telling myself that. I’m like, there will eventually be more time in our days where little people don’t need us to do all the things.
Yeah. I feel like I don’t know about you, but I do feel one good side effect of motherboards is that my efficiency rates have gone through the roof. It’s like when I have time that I can use, I use that time.
I’m on the opposite side. Mine is gone. Yeah. I kinda wish I had that limitation right now.
I have too much time. So Either way, you’re gonna have a problem. It’s either you don’t have enough or you have too much and you gotta figure it out. It’s kinda like money.
You either have too much or too little. And no matter what you’re pun penalized for one of them. So yeah. I didn’t join the little kid.
I take my little kid back anytime.
Back to the five year old, I’d take her again. She was fine.
Twenty one is fine, but That’s such good perspective, Jessica.
Thank you for sharing.
You’re welcome. Enjoy them while they’re little. Yeah.
Hey, guys. Anyone struggling with the good, better, best goals? Anyone unsure on how or when to try and measure their progress against them?
I feel like you’re also so so compliant this session. It makes me a bit nervous that maybe haven’t set goals in a big enough.
So I remember this should feel uncomfortable. Like, it should feel exciting, but it should also feel uncomfortable as you’re reaching for these things because growth Just by definition does require discomfort. And as I mentioned earlier, there will be that tension whether it’s now when you’re actually doing the thing between what you want and what you need to do to get it. I really would love for you at those points in the process to reach out in Slack and say, hey, this is what’s coming up for me.
How do I deal or, like, can you just normalize this? Whatever whatever you need because, you know, you’re in CSP for a reason. I think you’re all ready to do big bold bad ass things in your business, but you’re also human. So I think you’re going to fault it in that journey from time to time as we all do.
So it’s normal, but reach out. I’m here. The other coaches are here, and we’re really just we want you guys to kick huge goals and do amazing things.
Alright. Pep talk over.
Any questions on any of this stuff or anything related to mindset business, copywriting.
Oh, that’s yeah.
Oh, you go.
Have a good one.
No. You don’t. You don’t.
Well, actually it was something Abby and I have discussed before, so I was just curious, Kirsty, what your thoughts were. So as I’m, you know, I So I don’t know if I have told you, but I used to run seasonal sales for over it’s ever been a lot of them, but it was a couple years ago when I was working for a company full time. And as I’m kind of thinking about this launching the package a signature offer of seasonal sale campaigns.
And I’m kind of struggling with the how to launch it, but then also, you know, Abby and I’ve heard Joe say either if you want case studies and stuff, do it for free or make the really high ticket price, you know. And so that’s kind of made me hesitate with putting it in a middle ground price range. So that’s why I said ten k because that’s a little bit bigger. But I don’t know. I’m just curious about your thoughts around any of that with launching this signature offer.
I haven’t had any people keep coming to me for email, which is great. I’m not complaining, but it’s not this. And I’m just kind of sitting there going, okay, practicing is a really important part of the positioning.
Well, do you have any recommendations or thoughts?
Yeah. Sure. I think, I mean, obviously Joe is a genius. I think probably what she says goes.
I think if ten K feels like it is that little bit uncomfortable, I think it’s probably the right price to set it up. I always find that if too comfortable with the price, then I feel like the price is too low. So I think that is the right price. I think it’s sent about how you position that and how you make sure the clients really see the value in that investment.
They see the ROI, and they have the desire for this amazing service.
So in terms of launching, do you have access to your ideal clients, like on an email list or similar, or will you be pitching people directly else he’s gonna go?
So as I’ve come back in about, I kinda let my business go dormant for a while. And the people on my business on my email list before were people who sought me out for, and funnels and all of that kind of stuff. So they were not e commerce and not, well, no, they were a couple e commerce, but, not not an alignment with this offer at all. So I’m basically starting again with a zero audience, so then that’s another thing that comes up on my list of need to build audience with this ideal, you know.
Yeah. So, no. I other than cold or warm pitching that kind of stuff, I don’t have a list with the ideal customer.
Okay. Cool. So, I mean, in that case, because you don’t have ready access to your ideal client, I would probably suggest offering to do one of this service for free or for a very low investment so that you can get the social proof. Because I think if you’re going to be doing outreach and you’re going to be warm pitching to people, it’s just going to increase the likelihood of getting a yes so much if you can say, hey, and I did this with this company in this business, and here are the results they got.
Because if you’re a relatively unknown person to your ideal client, you know, you really, I think, do need the proof and the value of what you do.
So I think and also, obviously, pitching people with the offer of something at a really low price because you’re wanting to use their their project as a case study or even for free, like, that is a much easier yes for a company. So that’s what I would do one hundred percent if I was in your shoes.
Great. Perfect. Thank you so much. My worries.
Abby.
Can I can I ask a follow-up question on behalf of Jesse?
Because Jessica, like, because you do have social proof and, like, you are gonna get that testimonial from Joe. Like, you have testimonials.
Do you really need to do? Like, do really two on free? Cause I know that Jessica, like, one needs the leads now and needs to get these projects in, like, what when when is social proof enough?
Like, does That’s a question.
Right? I don’t have social proof on this particular offer, the way it is. I could reach out to the former client and see how much permission I could get to share what I did for them.
Their marketers I bet Christina knows a couple of them, and I’m not a hundred percent certain they will let me or what. But I didn’t sign anything, but yeah, Yeah.
Does it have to be, like, for your specific offer? Or can it I mean, your offer is comprised of, like, copywriting and strategy, and you have testimonials that demonstrate you do strategy and copywriting very well.
I don’t know. I just don’t want because you said your goal is to booked to seasonal cell campaigns at ten k each, and doing one for free isn’t that gonna, like, slow that down? And I’m not, like, trying to argue with your advice see. I’m just more like because I know I know that Jessica wants, like, pay projects. So I’m just kind of, I don’t know.
I I would worry.
I I don’t know exactly what company is you’re working for. But if I’m thinking of hiring somebody who wants to do something for free, my thinking might go to why are they free? Like, does that mean they’re not worth the value?
Like, that would almost be a red flag in my mind, depend like, coming from more of an established company, Like, I I wanna pay somebody the fair rate, especially if it’s not my money. It’s the company’s money. Like, and I’m just, like, hiring a vendor. Like, For me, that would be a red flag. So, like, maybe they’re maybe they’re bad at what they do. That’s why they’re not charging what they’re worth.
Would agree with that Naomi. I think my red flag would go off as well. If I think when Kirsty said that when I’ve heard Joe say it, the one thought I did have his I do have a couple of contacts in my network who I’ve done work for, not in the seasonal sale capacity.
That I could see if I framed it under the guise of, I’d really love to use this in case studies, my future book, And, so obviously I wanna get you results and I’d like it to be mutually beneficial.
I feel like they might be a little more open and less fewer red flags going off in that, but but it’s also based off the fact that I have a relationship with them. But I see your point because I would say the same exact thing, especially if it were a cold itch or something like that. Yeah.
Katie just put in the chat what about doing it for ten k, adding a guarantee?
I think that’s a good idea. Like, literally, like, our homoze style guarantee, like, all your money back if it doesn’t perform.
Okay. Yeah. That’s a great idea because I think with all these things, what you’re trying to do is remove risk for the person who’s going to say yes to the project. Right?
One way to do that is to say, hey, there’s no risk for you because I’m gonna do it all for free and I’m gonna get e awesome results, but you’re part of the agreement, and I’m gonna hold you to this is that I wanna use this as a case study. So I need that from which I think is different offering to do something for free without you getting anything back. To me, that’s a red flag. If someone’s like, I just wanna offer to do it for free.
I just wanna go to some expertise. It’s like, no, thank you. But if you’re, like, really clear about why, what the exchange is, because you’re still getting something really valuable out of it, But, also, I love this idea of a guarantee, Katie, because that does the same thing effectively. You can say, here’s my rate.
But because it will be the first time I’m doing this precise service, then here’s here’s how we can go about the financial exchange, because I think that also just facilitates that. Yes. And what you really need is someone to say yes to this new offering from you so that you have the proof and you have the confidence to sell this more easily down back and you can get to that two seasonal sale campaigns every month as quick as possible.
In terms of the software, if you do have, I think when you are trying to prove a beta offer, which it sounds like this new service is because you haven’t actually rolled it out yet as, you know, as one complete package.
There are definitely bits of social proof that you can use like Abby’s talking about, so anything that proves your knowledge, your expertise, what you’ll like to work with as a service provider, all of that’s really relevant. Also, anything that proves, that you know your shit when it comes to seasonal sales campaigns. So if you could get something like that from Joe, for example, or from a previous client, anything of that will be helpful.
It’s about how you bring that proof together to build a picture that again removes or reduces risk for the person that you’re putting that service in front of.
Does that help? Wait.
Yeah. It does.
Didn’t you do this in house?
I I did do it in house, but I don’t I don’t know if so not in this offer. When it’s a really different offer, it is very much a different offer.
I did do a seasonal sale, but they were a company where it was like, a lot of last minute or, there’s a lot more components to my seasonal sale campaign than there was back then when I was literally just optimizing a sales page, writing the emails, writing the SMS, writing the ads.
There’s That was kind of the basic skeleton, and I’m I’m adding a lot to that.
I think you’re being too hard on yourself. I think you can talk to all of that work. I think this is I I think you’re being really nitpicky.
No. No. I’m I’m being sarcastic. Yes.
That that’s I’m a former teacher, maybe.
I mean, of course, I’m being nitpicky.
Like, I don’t I don’t really know what you mean by seasonal sales, to be perfectly honest with you because I’m in a very different industry, but like Yeah.
Years doesn’t do them very often.
No. No. But like it sounds like it sounds like you know a lot more about what you’re talking about. But you just don’t realize how much, you know, what you’re doing.
He does.
Thank you.
You can’t you can’t read the label from inside the jar.
Yeah.
I’m loving this guys. I mean, I feel like Abby obviously knows you really well in terms of you guys obviously connect quite a lot you know, outside of the the calls, the group calls that we have. So that’s awesome. And Naomi obviously knows your work as well. So, I mean, maybe what we’re dealing with here is actually just yourself doubt. And not a question of tactical approach.
Well, the good news is I broke down self doubt on the work sheet so we’ve selected correctly today. Hey. Hello.
Like, I’ve worked with people who, like, don’t know how to conjugate verbs properly, and they get promoted.
You know, like, I feel like your standards are just way too high.
Is there a lot of people who work in content and copy who just like don’t really know basic English, and make it by. So, like, you’re probably a lot further a lot than you think you are.
If I can conjugate a verb, we’re gonna set that as the standard from now on. Sounds good.
And Jessica, if you like, like, if you wanna plunk, like, a lot of the social proof that you do have in Slack, like, I would love to workshop that with you into something that could really help support this offer for you. Such a proof is like my my thing for copywriting. So feel free. Ping me. I’ll do it.
Alright. Thank you. I have sales page work to do, so that helps. Thank you.
Awesome.
And, Abby, I know you had a question. We can, if everyone’s happy to stay for two also, if you need to go, go. But if you wanna ask a question, Abby, then we can jump on in and then end things up.
Thank you. Yeah. I just wanted to ask your, be expected as someone who’s run a podcast.
Because part of mine is to, like, are gonna get on better high quality podcasts if you had any just like tips or insights into what you look for when someone sent you a pitch.
Yeah. Sure.
So interestingly, so the podcast that I run with Amy, business about Asuri, we always approach the guests that we wanna come on. We we don’t actually ever say yes to any pictures, but also we don’t get that many from people we know, which I think is the key thing, like, but you’d always random automated ones from people’s PR agencies, which we just delete straight away.
But I think having pitched a lot of podcasts as well, and like, I think when you do picture podcast, the key thing that you need to answer for the person you’re pitching is what does this person have?
For my audience? What do they have to offer my audience? Because their main goal is to get more listeners, get more subscribers, be a podcast that people talk about and share. So if you can give them an insight into how you’re gonna help them hit all their goals for their podcast, you’re more likely to be a yes for the pitch.
So, you know, I think as well, like, if you can avoid the quite templatized format of a typical podcast pitch, like, hi, name. I love your podcast, and they’re like talking about yourself. And then let me know something like that. Obviously, avoid that.
I think the more specific you can be, like, if you do actually listen to their podcasts, like, which episode have you loved? Like, which guest be loved, which conversation have you loved, and why?
Because I think even something like that from the beginning can show that you have to engage with the podcast, you haven’t just searched, you know, top copywriting podcasts, which I have.
Yeah. And one one follow-up question. So because the podcast I want to speak on offer course creators.
And I should I be concerned about stepping on their toes? Because a lot of them have offers evergreen offers or, like, courses to to serve their audience, and it’s they’ll be similar to my offer. So I guess, turn to y’all to start? Is that something that I should be concerned about, like, going in?
Or So I think that’s probably a call that they will each make.
As to whether they’re like, oh, is this person potentially gonna take business away from me, or are they gonna add to the conversation around this idea or this approach?
So I wouldn’t be worried about it if I was you. I think that’s only in their court to make that full.
And you could try, you know, finding that you’re pitching people who you are technically in competition with and you keep getting nose, you could even try mixing up the pitch, and you could even maybe acknowledge, like, hey, I know that you your business is built on a similar offer or something like that. I would love to talk have this conversation with you because, and you could communicate how it’s actually gonna be quite cool to have this conversation from two different perspectives.
Yeah, I love that.
Yeah. So test and refine, I think, is a general rule for everything when it comes to business.
Yep. Okay. Thank you very much. It does helpful.
My pleasure.
Christie, can you just say the question again that you said we should be answering in our podcast pitch?
Like, what does this person So how how is my presence on the podcast going to help this person’s podcast be more successful?
So how’s it gonna help them get more listens? It gonna help me get more subscribes? How’s it gonna help them get more shareable content? So basically, how are you gonna serve the goals that they have for their podcast?
Perfect. Thank you.
Think I said it differently the first time around, but that’s approximate.
Alright, guys. Thank you so much for coming along. Sorry again. The snafu at the start. I don’t know what was happening with my computer. Anyway, almost happens at six AM.
Please keep me posted in Slack, ping me with any questions, any help, anytime you get stuck. I wanna see you keep these big goals. I wanna see you make progress towards them, I wanna see you do the thing, and I wanna just hold your feet to the fire, I guess, over the next over the next few months is these steps unfold.
Alright.
Enjoy the rest of your day.
Bye.

Worksheet

Thinking Big

Worksheet

Thinking Big

Transcript

We can jump straight in and get going this morning.
As you know, today’s session is designed to get you guys to think bigger when it comes to setting and getting goals for your business. And as you hopefully also know, if you’ve seen my comment in Slack, the session today, I’m gonna run a little bit differently. We’re just going to jump straight on in and actually do the thing. Because I’ve been reflecting on my previous sessions, and I feel like they haven’t quite been landing, as much as I wanted to.
So no theory. Not showing you how to do something later, we’re gonna go straight ahead and do the thing right now. So if you haven’t already, could you please open your worksheet for this session and have it either on your screen or on your desktop, whatever works for you. No shame if you’re old school paper.
I am often that person too.
Now if you go straight to, the top of the second page, so, the page with the first set of prompts and things for you, you’ll see that right up top, the first thing that is there is a fill in the blank style prompt, which says and sorry my face will be looking sideways because I will be also looking at my, computer with the non working sound. It says if insert your biz biggest robot or limitation was no issue, I had insert action and or outcome.
So obviously I’d like you to fill this in.
In terms of your biggest roadblock or limitation, that may be something that’s quite global in your business, So for example, something like time or capacity, or it could be something that’s quite specific to the business that you’re trying to work towards and trying to build here in CSP. So for example, if you are someone who is trying to shift from making the majority of your revenue via one to one client services to someone who makes majority of their revenue through selling, online programs or products, then it might be that your current limitation is you have a slow list growth.
So think what that is for you. I imagine for most people, it will be quite easy to identify that key challenge. It’s that thing that you keep coming up against.
And you may notice it in different patterns. It might have been the same thing for the last, you know, six months, twelve months, two years.
So identify that one, is anyone having trouble pinpointing that challenge?
Nope.
Abby’s a strong no. I love it.
Okay. Cool. And then the second part of that prompt, I would love you to put in, like, something quite wild, so don’t place any value judgments on what this sort of big action or outcome would be. But just think, like, in this hypothetical scenario, if that challenge didn’t exist, if it wasn’t there, What would you actually do then? What would you have in your business?
I’ll give you a minute to think that one through because I often find that this can be the piece of the puzzle, but can take a little bit longer to sort of pinpoint.
But again, you know, don’t filter it, don’t judge it based on all. That’s not really possible. We’re just talking hypotheticals here. So again, if that biggest roadblock was not there in your business, what would you then achieve? What would you do What would be the outcome?
Okay. Has everybody got something in that first box? Yeah, Abby.
Jessica Nicole Naomi, Caroline. Caroline, how are you guys going? Thumbs up from Naomi?
Jessica. How are you going there?
Abbie you’re supposed to be on Vauxer answering my question because I was like, I don’t wanna present to the whole group, but I will.
You don’t have to share if you don’t want to.
Well, no.
No.
No. It’s fine. It’s more because I need the help.
I have a list to things that I feel like could be my biggest roadblock.
So I think Abby, you talk to me every day. Well, what’s what’s yours? What do you think mine is?
I know what mine is. Mine is.
I know what yours is. I think I know it’s cool.
Yeah. Not raising not raising my rates. I don’t know what your biggest roadblock is though.
I think Thank you.
Okay.
I think one of them is is self doubt because you think you’ll wanna do something and then half, I think you’ll be like, oh, maybe I should be doing this. Maybe I, like, maybe I should have gone down this route and you’ll wanna change. So I think it’s indecisiveness, but I think it comes from self doubt.
Yeah.
I agree with you. That’s what I had. Fear of failing the self doubt thing. Okay. Thank you. That helps.
Awesome. Love this.
So good. K. Is that clarified the second part of that, thing for you, Jessica? Awesome.
And Caroline, how are you tracking there? You can pop something in the chat if you don’t wanna show your noggin secrets.
Yeah. I think Caroline I don’t know if you had access, but I think she might be with her family. In a car. So she said she may not be able to interact so that yeah.
I don’t know if you can see that or not, but No.
Sorry. Because I left, I thought maybe if I, Oh, there she is.
Yep.
Yeah. If my fear of something like fraud or self doubt was no issue, I’ve had my business change and charge a lot more. Okay. Cool. Awesome Caroline. And, hey, Katie, I see you’ve just joined us just to catch up. We’re just working our way through that first prompt in the worksheet.
It should be pretty self explanatory.
So you’re just popping in there what your biggest current roadblock in your business is the thing that keeps getting in the way of you hitting your goals, and then also what you would do or achieve in your business if that thing was no issue. And again, we’re just thinking hypotheticals here. So we’re just trying to broaden that perspective by knocking out that big challenge that always gets caught up and trapped.
And no worries that you were late. I also my audio didn’t work, so I’m a few minutes like getting started too. So not a problem.
Okay. Alright. We’re gonna roll through to the next, section of the worksheet pretty quickly, because the speed is actually part of this exercise.
So if you just, look beneath, where you’ve just put that first statement, you’ll see there is a table with ten different slots that says ways to bridge the gap from here to there. Now, again, I just want you to think about this hypothetically. So, any way that you could actually problem solve, and you could do the thing that you’ve just written down, Even if it, you know, that, like, not, like, that’s not gonna work for me, I want you to avoid placing any judgments on these ideas. If it would theoretically get you from a to b, I want it In that box, and the aim of the game here, success for this talk looks like filling in as many possibilities of that box as you can, even if some, ludicrous ideas or things that would not work for you.
So as an example, if I was doing this exercise right now, my biggest challenge with two very young kids’ capacity, and the thing that I would do if that was no issue would be selling to live with three half day rates a week. Every week because that would bring me about, I think, four hundred k, just from that one, offer every year.
And ways that I could possibly bridge that gap.
For example, I could deliver those day rates at night, when I know my husband’s here and he can be point person for the kids, I could hire a subcontractor.
I could look at some sort of agency model. I could build some sort of AI that could write like me to speed things up. So I’m just spitballing ideas, and as you can see, they’re sort of all, really, they’re very possible, and I’m not feeling during in terms of how suitable they might be for me. So I’ll give you guys five minutes to fill in as many of those ten slots as you can. If you have any questions or you get stuck, just give me a yell.
Oh, sorry, Carla. I just saw your question. Suggestions on how to bridge the gap when the issue is self doubt.
Yeah. Good question.
So I think when we’re looking at what your design outcome is Caroline. You promote your business and charge a lot more.
So we’re looking at ways to bridge the gap from what you’re doing in your business now to what that outcome is that you would actually do. So, for example, we’re just saying that if that self doubt wasn’t there, So if that wasn’t there, what kind of things would you do? Can you imagine pitching yourself for, various in person events to to speak on stage? Could you imagine, just setting your rates a lot higher and going after those clients who you know that could actually afford that investment?
Does that make sense? So we’re problem solving from how you could get from where you are now to where you identify that you would like to be in that first goal. And again, we’re just assuming that that self doubt isn’t an issue. Okay. Cool.
Alright, guys.
We’ll leave it there. How many possible ways to get from a to b did people get? Feel free to yell out or to just pop a number in the chat.
Eleven.
Oh, who’s that eleven then? Me over at Seadema. I love it. What about you, Naomi? How’d you go?
About seven.
That’s awesome, Katie?
I had trouble deciding which problem was my biggest problem. So I have eight solutions each, but I was wondering if you had any tips on, like, which to focus on.
Mhmm. Yep. Do you wanna talk us through the options that you have for what the biggest problem is at the moment?
Yeah. So when I just brained down to like, okay, problems, it was like, capacity, audience size, overwhelmed, like, not knowing where to go next, and not feeling really confident that I have, like, like, impressive client results to point people to that are recent.
So the three that I wrote about were capacity, audience size, and results, and I have, like, six to eight solutions for each of those, but it’s kind of like a meta problem, but I’m like not knowing which problem is the biggest one is, like, part of one of, like, an additional problem.
Probably part of the overwhelm, I guess. Yeah.
So I guess when you think about those three separate things that you did identify and, put possible ideas down for, Which feels like the one that you’re really bugging your head up against the most?
Or the one that’s really stifling you or stopping you from, like, making changes in the growth that you want to?
Well, I I the three that I wrote were capacity, audience size, and no results, but I feel like the overwhelm is the one that’s really stopping me because I keep starting different projects and getting them to, like, sixty percent and then failing on them to go work on a different thing because I can’t decide which which is gonna be the the one that makes the most difference.
Okay. Yep. So then it sounds like overwhelm might actually be the biggest challenge, and that perhaps these other three things are subsets, all of that. Challenge because if you’re not following through on a on a, you know, project or a lead gen system, for example, the way through, then that could be impacting.
You know, the list size and those kinds of things. Does that sound right? Yeah. Yeah.
Okay. So sorry. It sound like the one that you didn’t put.
I do four might be the one that you need to work on.
So feel free to, take a few minutes and then something sound for that. Yeah.
Well, I think I think too, the solutions for the overwhelm, like, the ones the solutions that I wrote could also help with the overwhelm one, two.
Yep. And I just wanna check with, with overwhelm as the key challenge, does that also help you articulate a really clear, like outcome or action that you would take, if that was no issue, if the overwhelm wasn’t.
Part of the equation at the moment?
I mean, I feel like if it’s like if overwhelm was no issue, then I would know which steps to take and which projects to tackle in which order.
Mhmm.
Yep. Do you have, I guess, a vision of what that would actually look like in your business? So, like, something that’s a bit further down the lines that if you doing that. If you had real clarity on, you know, everyone wasn’t there, so you knew what you were focusing on next, you’d finish those tasks, you’d be building something like where is that getting you? What’s that?
Further down the line, gold will collect.
It looks like being able to delegate because things are organized enough to bring another person in and being able to invest in support because I know what the task is, and I know what the desired outcome is. And then also having the, like, the systems that I’m building actually make it to a hundred percent, and then they start working for me.
Yes. Cool. Okay. So I feel like those are probably the more useful outcome to think about because they are obviously definitely a result of that feeling and have been able to prioritize tasks, but then more concrete things to be able to work towards. So been able to you know, delegate, automate, eliminate might be something like that or being able to outsource appropriately so that you have the space to do the court work.
There might be a goal somewhere in there that feels like it gets home for you, obviously use your own words.
Thank you, No worries.
Jessica, how’d you go with the table and the list of possible problem solving ideas?
Oh, yeah. I got about seven as well.
So Awesome.
That is amazing. And Caroline, I know you’re in the car, so feel free to just pop something in the chat if you would like. A number of how many you got to, and I’ll just keep an eye on that for you.
Seats. Amazing. That’s so good, guys. That is awesome.
So what you’ve just done is you have taken a hypothetical lens to, you know, what if, like, what could I do in my business if this thing wasn’t actually an issue. And when we approach goal setting from this angle, what it does, it allows you to identify what you actually want without those limiting beliefs getting in the way. Because you’re not doing the thing that we all do where you say, oh, yeah, but that wouldn’t work me because, or Oh, yeah, but that’s like a goal for, like, three years from now. So what you actually have in that table or in that list of possible ways to get from where you are now to where you’ve identified you would like to be, are possible routes to take.
Now some of those I’m sure will be absolutely terrible ideas for you and your business and how you like to work, and that’s totally okay. So if there are any in that list where you look at and you’re like, like that, theoretically could work, but I know that that’s just not ever gonna work in practice for me. Feel free to cross those out.
What I would love you to do is identify one of those that feels like the best fit. And it’s really important that when I say feels like the best fit, that doesn’t mean that you’re gonna look at it and not feel any discomfort because growth requires discomfort and there is a natural tension between what you want and what you need to do to get it. So, again, just reiterating that the best fit idea in your list there probably isn’t gonna be something that you feel one hundred percent confident with, but I’m just asking you to identify the one that feels like it fits you and how you work and your business and what you wanna build the best. So I’ll give you a minute or two to do that, and if you have any questions, oh, I don’t know what the balloons are going on.
Alright. And there we go.
Sorry. I never zoom on my phone, so here we are learning new things by accident.
Okay. Questions as you’re identifying that one, let me know. And once you have identified the best fit one, if you could just pop it in the chat, that would be awesome.
Bedtime, Abby?
Yeah.
It’s like five seven, but I’m so sleepy for some reason.
But it’s tiredness, not boredom. I promise. Sorry. It’s enjoying it.
It’s often me because I’m in Australia, like, on Paul’s father group programs and masterminds I’ve been part of. It’s often a ridiculous time for me, so I know that I know the feeling.
Naomi limit the number of clients to five and raise them in a monthly investment to three k. Awesome. This culture. I’m try I’m trying to reverse engineer what your, key challenges or limitations must be. And it’s quite interesting to see this. Awesome.
Katie, book a one to one coaching session to get ideas out of my head and verbally process what I’m stuck on. Amazing.
Hey, guys. These are really awesome. These are really clear and concise and totally achievable.
This is so great.
Are you going, Jessica? Do you need some help?
Maybe.
It’s the self doubt thing, which that if I was able to do I think that’s where I’m I’m I focus more on how to overcome the self doubt get to the thing on the other side of that. But I think the thing on the other side of that, the outcome I’d like is two seasonal sale campaigns a month around ten thousand dollars with clients that I like, and that I could use for further you know, books and promotion and things like that.
Awesome.
Does that seem in alignment though?
Yeah. Totally. Because I think your self doubt wasn’t an issue, then that’s probably what you’d be doing because you wouldn’t be scared about pitching those people or lending those projects.
Okay. Or to the green results. Okay. And, yeah, in in Fabi, I mean, it’s green too.
No. Yeah. Your because you’re self doubt, I think this comes from feeling like you don’t have the experience that you want to have. So I I feel like as soon as you start getting leads and doing projects, your confidence is just gonna go up and you’re not gonna put up with that self doubt, like, be because yeah.
I think I have the same a similar thing to Katie where it’s been so long since I’ve done seasonal sales.
It just feels like I’m too far away from it. So, yeah, I get yeah. Okay. Thank you.
Mhmm. And I think one of the, Cool, but also annoying things about self doubt is that there’s that little gap you have to bridge often in that you have to do the same. To solve the doubt.
It’s a catch twenty two and it sucks, but really it is the best way to get through it.
Cool. So with that in mind, Jessica, maybe I don’t know if you need to maybe write down some different, possibilities or different ways there, or we could you identify those now? What what would work best for you?
I’m quick just typing in if I can look to seasonal sale campaigns a month at ten k each.
Mhmm. Yep.
That would be kind of thing.
Okay. Awesome.
Amazing.
And again, Carla, I know you’re driving, so I won’t order in the car. So I won’t invest you, but if you do wanna share, feel free.
Okay. Guys, this is so good. So as you’ll see, the next box, which I deliberately left quite, vague in terms of heading, because, I mean, I feel like you already knew this, but I didn’t wanna make it super clear. I’m now going to ask you to actually take this hypothetical idea and it concrete and break it out into steps.
Because, of course, I think this is also where we can get lost when we are trying to make movement towards our big goals is that we have, you know, the end goal in mind, but we don’t know where to start. We don’t know what to do for the second, third, fourth, or fifth to do that thing.
So these things that you have written in the chat here, if you’re looking to actually do that, like what are the steps to actually make that a reality? What do you have to do? And I’d say this could be depending on how your brain works, a bit of a messy process in terms of actually writing things down and ordering them. So don’t worry too much if put something down and then realize, oh, that’s actually like step number four.
You know, this is your worksheet or your space wherever you’re working in. So you can edit. You can doodle. You can move things around.
It can it can be messy.
The important thing is to get it out on paper.
And I know that can also be the part where things can feel tricky and sticky and some of those mindset gremlins can come up. So please, as you are going through this, let me know what’s happening. Let me know where you’re getting stuck, whether it is a practical thing or a mindset thing, and I would love to coach you through it.
Can I ask Christie, like, I feel I feel like maybe I jumped ahead a step? Like, the thing that I put in the chat was the concrete step that I could take. So am I supposed to look like the goal is know what to do when I’m gonna do it and what that thing entails.
Mhmm.
So now it steps to get there.
Yes. Actually, yeah. You’re right. Sorry. Yes. So your this is this is great first step I feel because you can do that theoretically today.
Right? You could. Yeah. Book a one to one session with someone. And then I guess, you know, after that and after you have that information on paper, then what happens next?
Is it then are you maybe looking to hire someone to set up anything that has been identified as being able to be systematized or automated, is it perhaps interviewing VAs or OBMs, like, what are the steps in there that you see reaching to that goal? And thank you for bringing it up because, yes, you’re totally right. That’s a one step thing that you’ve got in the chat.
So What I’m identifying is the thing that I want that my big problem is stopping me from happening.
That’s right. So I think you’ve already identified that, and now you’re talking about, so if there’s a way to solve that problem. So perhaps it’s perhaps you need to go back to the section before this one and think about, like, okay, like, one way to solve that problem would be to outsource everything or to hire a system specialist.
Or it might be to, like, hire someone else. So so I think, yeah, maybe it’s about going back to that table before and looking at those because I think, yes, what you have here looks like the first step for you to get in clarity.
Into how things are sitting and where you can make them easier and less overwhelming and more streamlined. Does that sound right?
Yep. Yeah. It’s all just kind of clicked into place while you were talking. It’s okay. Thank you. Okay.
Awesome.
Alright. Is anyone stuck either on the practical step or is anyone feeling the kind of resistance that makes them think they won’t actually follow through on the things that are in front of them?
So I’m struggling with a lot of my clients are I I have very personal relationships with them because I work in a very small ecosystem.
And so some of them I started I only really started working on full time, like last May.
And most of my clients are either friends of friends or friends of old colleagues, or there’s like no more than like two degrees of two, three degrees of separation between me and most of the people in my ecosystem, which is good, but I not sure how easy it’ll be for me to either fire clients that are not working out or raise rates that are way below what I’m charging now because these are people that I’m gonna see in person pretty often, and I have to make Sure.
Got you. That can be tricky definitely because you’ve got dual relationships there, client, and also some sort of social relationship.
Would, raising the price of your services, would that, effectively fire some clients for you, like are some of your forfeit clients who won’t be able to afford this new price.
Well, some of it is just like, it’s a little bit of work here and there. But it’s not really worth doing the work because it’s just taking away time, every email, every call. It’s just is just draining my time. So I’m wondering also if it’s if it’s worth it at all, if it’s just a few hours a week, I, I, I’m not sure. I’m not sure if they would be, if they would be scared away.
Or they would think, it’s probably not worth it. We’ll just do it in house.
Mhmm.
Yep. Okay. I was only asking because somewhat sometimes that can be easy way out. When you outgrow a client, and then you raise your rates, it can be you can know sometimes. Like that person, then we’re gonna say yes, this is actually my problem for me. I think in the case where it sounds like you’re saying that you may or may not, but you definitely have some clients in mind who feel like they’re not a good it for where you actually want to take and grow your business.
Remember that the reasons that you have and you know and you’re telling yourself for wanting to get rid of them, you don’t have to pass those on to those clients. There are other ways to let them know about the decision. So, it could be, again, thinking that you obviously wanna try and preserve some of the relationship because you’re probably gonna bump into them socially and as things so intermingled for you, simply telling them, hey, the way I’m doing business is changing.
Here’s what’s happening, and I know that historically haven’t worked together this way. And I will be really sad to see you go, but, you know, this is what’s next for me. So there can be a way of, like, just letting them know quite kindly, quite politely without sort of going into the details of perhaps why they themselves are not a fit, and therefore making it personal.
Will it be uncomfortable, probably? I think a lot of conversations that we have in business are, but think you don’t want to sacrifice your business success, you know, for the sake of potentially a few awkward conversations.
So Yeah. I’m actually saying it probably will be uncomfortable, but I think you’re absolutely right. If it’s bits and pieces work, if it’s clients that really don’t fit the vision you have for where your business is going, and they don’t support that, either in terms of money or the work that you’re wanting to do, then it is time to let go of them and time to make space for those who do. Anything else? On Naomi, do you wanna talk about that a bit more?
Does it make sense to get rid to let them go before I take on new clients or just buy new clients and then let them go.
Mhmm.
I feel like it always makes sense to let go of some of them before in order to make space.
Even though that’s scary, and I know, you know, financially as well, it can be daunting to see blank space in your calendar.
But I think most of us in this room can probably attest to the fact that if you hang on to clients.
It’s if you don’t create space or ideal clients to come into, then it sort of drags on and on and on, and, you know, you’ll be six months down the track before you actually make the change. So lightify under your own bum, I would say, by getting rid of these clients making space, for people who actually are a good fit. And reach out in slack when you’re doing it too if you want to because I think sometimes even just having, like, the support of people who’ve been there, who’ve done it before while you’re actually doing the scary thing can be really helpful, and can just make you make that move even when it is uncomfortable.
Amazing. Do you guys are legends?
Alright.
So we’ll move on to the last, piece of the worksheet, and then I think we’ll have a few minutes too to just open up discussion on whatever you’d like. But you’ll see the last thing there is a table, with good space for good, better, best goals.
So I think chances are you probably already identified your best goal in that initial statement that we did at the top of the worksheet.
It may not be, but I think nine times out of ten, that’s probably your ideal outcome.
So thinking through then how to set other goals so that this isn’t a next size that is so black and white and you either hit that goal or you fail miserably, what are good and better goals? So a good goal is basically your baseline level of success, which might look quite different to your best goal, but is still absolutely a really positive shift and a positive growth for your business in this direction that you’re moving in.
A better goal is typically somewhere between the good and the best goals. So it’s something that you can feel really chucked about, you know, this this move and this strategy has been more than successful, even though it might not have keep the heights of your, like, ideal, like, best world scenario outcome.
And the reason that these are important is that Again, it gets you out of that black and white thinking where sometimes we normally set big goals for our business and we’re working towards them. If we get point, we realized they’re not gonna happen to the extent in which we were setting out to achieve. We can get disheartened and we can give up. If we have these goals that allow us a little bit more flex, and allow us to actually benchmark our success at different levels. It is often more motivating and just gives us, something better to reach towards And also, I find when you do hit the good goal, you can often get a boost of motivation to keep reaching out for that better and then that best goal too.
Ideally, of course, these goals should be measurable in some way.
So even if they are a feeling goal, which is totally okay, by the way, if one of the goals is that you feel less overwhelmed.
Just think about what that actually looks like and how that could actually be measured. So for example, that would be, you know, it means that I get to switch my laptop off at five thirty PM every day and not worry about you know, what I’ve got on the next morning. It could be something like that. So something that you can actually measure as opposed to just, like, feel less stress because I think without the specificity there, it’s gonna be a very hard goal for you to actually reflect on and work out. Yep. That’s what’s happened or no. I’m not quite there yet.
Katie.
Well, hey, maybe that is one of your goals though.
Maybe sure to Alice, who knows? But I know there’s works.
Sometimes I feel like you’re working fully hours and then sometimes Fifty months the opposite.
It’s the day care pickup. Is it three thirty? So, like, I could happily work till seven, but I just don’t there’s no space.
Yes. Well, I feel that very much too.
Katie, I know. It’s a season. I keep telling myself that. I’m like, there will eventually be more time in our days where little people don’t need us to do all the things.
Yeah. I feel like I don’t know about you, but I do feel one good side effect of motherboards is that my efficiency rates have gone through the roof. It’s like when I have time that I can use, I use that time.
I’m on the opposite side. Mine is gone. Yeah. I kinda wish I had that limitation right now.
I have too much time. So Either way, you’re gonna have a problem. It’s either you don’t have enough or you have too much and you gotta figure it out. It’s kinda like money.
You either have too much or too little. And no matter what you’re pun penalized for one of them. So yeah. I didn’t join the little kid.
I take my little kid back anytime.
Back to the five year old, I’d take her again. She was fine.
Twenty one is fine, but That’s such good perspective, Jessica.
Thank you for sharing.
You’re welcome. Enjoy them while they’re little. Yeah.
Hey, guys. Anyone struggling with the good, better, best goals? Anyone unsure on how or when to try and measure their progress against them?
I feel like you’re also so so compliant this session. It makes me a bit nervous that maybe haven’t set goals in a big enough.
So I remember this should feel uncomfortable. Like, it should feel exciting, but it should also feel uncomfortable as you’re reaching for these things because growth Just by definition does require discomfort. And as I mentioned earlier, there will be that tension whether it’s now when you’re actually doing the thing between what you want and what you need to do to get it. I really would love for you at those points in the process to reach out in Slack and say, hey, this is what’s coming up for me.
How do I deal or, like, can you just normalize this? Whatever whatever you need because, you know, you’re in CSP for a reason. I think you’re all ready to do big bold bad ass things in your business, but you’re also human. So I think you’re going to fault it in that journey from time to time as we all do.
So it’s normal, but reach out. I’m here. The other coaches are here, and we’re really just we want you guys to kick huge goals and do amazing things.
Alright. Pep talk over.
Any questions on any of this stuff or anything related to mindset business, copywriting.
Oh, that’s yeah.
Oh, you go.
Have a good one.
No. You don’t. You don’t.
Well, actually it was something Abby and I have discussed before, so I was just curious, Kirsty, what your thoughts were. So as I’m, you know, I So I don’t know if I have told you, but I used to run seasonal sales for over it’s ever been a lot of them, but it was a couple years ago when I was working for a company full time. And as I’m kind of thinking about this launching the package a signature offer of seasonal sale campaigns.
And I’m kind of struggling with the how to launch it, but then also, you know, Abby and I’ve heard Joe say either if you want case studies and stuff, do it for free or make the really high ticket price, you know. And so that’s kind of made me hesitate with putting it in a middle ground price range. So that’s why I said ten k because that’s a little bit bigger. But I don’t know. I’m just curious about your thoughts around any of that with launching this signature offer.
I haven’t had any people keep coming to me for email, which is great. I’m not complaining, but it’s not this. And I’m just kind of sitting there going, okay, practicing is a really important part of the positioning.
Well, do you have any recommendations or thoughts?
Yeah. Sure. I think, I mean, obviously Joe is a genius. I think probably what she says goes.
I think if ten K feels like it is that little bit uncomfortable, I think it’s probably the right price to set it up. I always find that if too comfortable with the price, then I feel like the price is too low. So I think that is the right price. I think it’s sent about how you position that and how you make sure the clients really see the value in that investment.
They see the ROI, and they have the desire for this amazing service.
So in terms of launching, do you have access to your ideal clients, like on an email list or similar, or will you be pitching people directly else he’s gonna go?
So as I’ve come back in about, I kinda let my business go dormant for a while. And the people on my business on my email list before were people who sought me out for, and funnels and all of that kind of stuff. So they were not e commerce and not, well, no, they were a couple e commerce, but, not not an alignment with this offer at all. So I’m basically starting again with a zero audience, so then that’s another thing that comes up on my list of need to build audience with this ideal, you know.
Yeah. So, no. I other than cold or warm pitching that kind of stuff, I don’t have a list with the ideal customer.
Okay. Cool. So, I mean, in that case, because you don’t have ready access to your ideal client, I would probably suggest offering to do one of this service for free or for a very low investment so that you can get the social proof. Because I think if you’re going to be doing outreach and you’re going to be warm pitching to people, it’s just going to increase the likelihood of getting a yes so much if you can say, hey, and I did this with this company in this business, and here are the results they got.
Because if you’re a relatively unknown person to your ideal client, you know, you really, I think, do need the proof and the value of what you do.
So I think and also, obviously, pitching people with the offer of something at a really low price because you’re wanting to use their their project as a case study or even for free, like, that is a much easier yes for a company. So that’s what I would do one hundred percent if I was in your shoes.
Great. Perfect. Thank you so much. My worries.
Abby.
Can I can I ask a follow-up question on behalf of Jesse?
Because Jessica, like, because you do have social proof and, like, you are gonna get that testimonial from Joe. Like, you have testimonials.
Do you really need to do? Like, do really two on free? Cause I know that Jessica, like, one needs the leads now and needs to get these projects in, like, what when when is social proof enough?
Like, does That’s a question.
Right? I don’t have social proof on this particular offer, the way it is. I could reach out to the former client and see how much permission I could get to share what I did for them.
Their marketers I bet Christina knows a couple of them, and I’m not a hundred percent certain they will let me or what. But I didn’t sign anything, but yeah, Yeah.
Does it have to be, like, for your specific offer? Or can it I mean, your offer is comprised of, like, copywriting and strategy, and you have testimonials that demonstrate you do strategy and copywriting very well.
I don’t know. I just don’t want because you said your goal is to booked to seasonal cell campaigns at ten k each, and doing one for free isn’t that gonna, like, slow that down? And I’m not, like, trying to argue with your advice see. I’m just more like because I know I know that Jessica wants, like, pay projects. So I’m just kind of, I don’t know.
I I would worry.
I I don’t know exactly what company is you’re working for. But if I’m thinking of hiring somebody who wants to do something for free, my thinking might go to why are they free? Like, does that mean they’re not worth the value?
Like, that would almost be a red flag in my mind, depend like, coming from more of an established company, Like, I I wanna pay somebody the fair rate, especially if it’s not my money. It’s the company’s money. Like, and I’m just, like, hiring a vendor. Like, For me, that would be a red flag. So, like, maybe they’re maybe they’re bad at what they do. That’s why they’re not charging what they’re worth.
Would agree with that Naomi. I think my red flag would go off as well. If I think when Kirsty said that when I’ve heard Joe say it, the one thought I did have his I do have a couple of contacts in my network who I’ve done work for, not in the seasonal sale capacity.
That I could see if I framed it under the guise of, I’d really love to use this in case studies, my future book, And, so obviously I wanna get you results and I’d like it to be mutually beneficial.
I feel like they might be a little more open and less fewer red flags going off in that, but but it’s also based off the fact that I have a relationship with them. But I see your point because I would say the same exact thing, especially if it were a cold itch or something like that. Yeah.
Katie just put in the chat what about doing it for ten k, adding a guarantee?
I think that’s a good idea. Like, literally, like, our homoze style guarantee, like, all your money back if it doesn’t perform.
Okay. Yeah. That’s a great idea because I think with all these things, what you’re trying to do is remove risk for the person who’s going to say yes to the project. Right?
One way to do that is to say, hey, there’s no risk for you because I’m gonna do it all for free and I’m gonna get e awesome results, but you’re part of the agreement, and I’m gonna hold you to this is that I wanna use this as a case study. So I need that from which I think is different offering to do something for free without you getting anything back. To me, that’s a red flag. If someone’s like, I just wanna offer to do it for free.
I just wanna go to some expertise. It’s like, no, thank you. But if you’re, like, really clear about why, what the exchange is, because you’re still getting something really valuable out of it, But, also, I love this idea of a guarantee, Katie, because that does the same thing effectively. You can say, here’s my rate.
But because it will be the first time I’m doing this precise service, then here’s here’s how we can go about the financial exchange, because I think that also just facilitates that. Yes. And what you really need is someone to say yes to this new offering from you so that you have the proof and you have the confidence to sell this more easily down back and you can get to that two seasonal sale campaigns every month as quick as possible.
In terms of the software, if you do have, I think when you are trying to prove a beta offer, which it sounds like this new service is because you haven’t actually rolled it out yet as, you know, as one complete package.
There are definitely bits of social proof that you can use like Abby’s talking about, so anything that proves your knowledge, your expertise, what you’ll like to work with as a service provider, all of that’s really relevant. Also, anything that proves, that you know your shit when it comes to seasonal sales campaigns. So if you could get something like that from Joe, for example, or from a previous client, anything of that will be helpful.
It’s about how you bring that proof together to build a picture that again removes or reduces risk for the person that you’re putting that service in front of.
Does that help? Wait.
Yeah. It does.
Didn’t you do this in house?
I I did do it in house, but I don’t I don’t know if so not in this offer. When it’s a really different offer, it is very much a different offer.
I did do a seasonal sale, but they were a company where it was like, a lot of last minute or, there’s a lot more components to my seasonal sale campaign than there was back then when I was literally just optimizing a sales page, writing the emails, writing the SMS, writing the ads.
There’s That was kind of the basic skeleton, and I’m I’m adding a lot to that.
I think you’re being too hard on yourself. I think you can talk to all of that work. I think this is I I think you’re being really nitpicky.
No. No. I’m I’m being sarcastic. Yes.
That that’s I’m a former teacher, maybe.
I mean, of course, I’m being nitpicky.
Like, I don’t I don’t really know what you mean by seasonal sales, to be perfectly honest with you because I’m in a very different industry, but like Yeah.
Years doesn’t do them very often.
No. No. But like it sounds like it sounds like you know a lot more about what you’re talking about. But you just don’t realize how much, you know, what you’re doing.
He does.
Thank you.
You can’t you can’t read the label from inside the jar.
Yeah.
I’m loving this guys. I mean, I feel like Abby obviously knows you really well in terms of you guys obviously connect quite a lot you know, outside of the the calls, the group calls that we have. So that’s awesome. And Naomi obviously knows your work as well. So, I mean, maybe what we’re dealing with here is actually just yourself doubt. And not a question of tactical approach.
Well, the good news is I broke down self doubt on the work sheet so we’ve selected correctly today. Hey. Hello.
Like, I’ve worked with people who, like, don’t know how to conjugate verbs properly, and they get promoted.
You know, like, I feel like your standards are just way too high.
Is there a lot of people who work in content and copy who just like don’t really know basic English, and make it by. So, like, you’re probably a lot further a lot than you think you are.
If I can conjugate a verb, we’re gonna set that as the standard from now on. Sounds good.
And Jessica, if you like, like, if you wanna plunk, like, a lot of the social proof that you do have in Slack, like, I would love to workshop that with you into something that could really help support this offer for you. Such a proof is like my my thing for copywriting. So feel free. Ping me. I’ll do it.
Alright. Thank you. I have sales page work to do, so that helps. Thank you.
Awesome.
And, Abby, I know you had a question. We can, if everyone’s happy to stay for two also, if you need to go, go. But if you wanna ask a question, Abby, then we can jump on in and then end things up.
Thank you. Yeah. I just wanted to ask your, be expected as someone who’s run a podcast.
Because part of mine is to, like, are gonna get on better high quality podcasts if you had any just like tips or insights into what you look for when someone sent you a pitch.
Yeah. Sure.
So interestingly, so the podcast that I run with Amy, business about Asuri, we always approach the guests that we wanna come on. We we don’t actually ever say yes to any pictures, but also we don’t get that many from people we know, which I think is the key thing, like, but you’d always random automated ones from people’s PR agencies, which we just delete straight away.
But I think having pitched a lot of podcasts as well, and like, I think when you do picture podcast, the key thing that you need to answer for the person you’re pitching is what does this person have?
For my audience? What do they have to offer my audience? Because their main goal is to get more listeners, get more subscribers, be a podcast that people talk about and share. So if you can give them an insight into how you’re gonna help them hit all their goals for their podcast, you’re more likely to be a yes for the pitch.
So, you know, I think as well, like, if you can avoid the quite templatized format of a typical podcast pitch, like, hi, name. I love your podcast, and they’re like talking about yourself. And then let me know something like that. Obviously, avoid that.
I think the more specific you can be, like, if you do actually listen to their podcasts, like, which episode have you loved? Like, which guest be loved, which conversation have you loved, and why?
Because I think even something like that from the beginning can show that you have to engage with the podcast, you haven’t just searched, you know, top copywriting podcasts, which I have.
Yeah. And one one follow-up question. So because the podcast I want to speak on offer course creators.
And I should I be concerned about stepping on their toes? Because a lot of them have offers evergreen offers or, like, courses to to serve their audience, and it’s they’ll be similar to my offer. So I guess, turn to y’all to start? Is that something that I should be concerned about, like, going in?
Or So I think that’s probably a call that they will each make.
As to whether they’re like, oh, is this person potentially gonna take business away from me, or are they gonna add to the conversation around this idea or this approach?
So I wouldn’t be worried about it if I was you. I think that’s only in their court to make that full.
And you could try, you know, finding that you’re pitching people who you are technically in competition with and you keep getting nose, you could even try mixing up the pitch, and you could even maybe acknowledge, like, hey, I know that you your business is built on a similar offer or something like that. I would love to talk have this conversation with you because, and you could communicate how it’s actually gonna be quite cool to have this conversation from two different perspectives.
Yeah, I love that.
Yeah. So test and refine, I think, is a general rule for everything when it comes to business.
Yep. Okay. Thank you very much. It does helpful.
My pleasure.
Christie, can you just say the question again that you said we should be answering in our podcast pitch?
Like, what does this person So how how is my presence on the podcast going to help this person’s podcast be more successful?
So how’s it gonna help them get more listens? It gonna help me get more subscribes? How’s it gonna help them get more shareable content? So basically, how are you gonna serve the goals that they have for their podcast?
Perfect. Thank you.
Think I said it differently the first time around, but that’s approximate.
Alright, guys. Thank you so much for coming along. Sorry again. The snafu at the start. I don’t know what was happening with my computer. Anyway, almost happens at six AM.
Please keep me posted in Slack, ping me with any questions, any help, anytime you get stuck. I wanna see you keep these big goals. I wanna see you make progress towards them, I wanna see you do the thing, and I wanna just hold your feet to the fire, I guess, over the next over the next few months is these steps unfold.
Alright.
Enjoy the rest of your day.
Bye.

Social Media for Creatives

Social Media for Creatives

Transcript

Here’s what we’re gonna cover really quick because this is a, you know, a fifteen to twenty minute training.

Key to a social media content plan that converts, the three kinds of posts you should be creating. I’m not a big fan of saying you should, but these are the three kinds of posts that I found work really, really well. And if you were to look at our at our Instagram or which is basically our our main platform, LinkedIn is just kind of a subsidiary at this point. You’d see examples of all three. And then the secret is stepping up the content creation hamster wheel because I do not spend a lot of time creating all of this content.

So here’s the strategy.

Every piece of content that goes on social has to have a goal.

So anytime I’m creating anything and this is true for anything. Right? This is true for your emails. This is true for your blog post.

Like, what’s the goal here? What are we trying to do? Is it to generate awareness for me? And I can show you the I can show you a snippet of the Google Doc that I use basically because yes.

I use Google Doc and I use Notion both, but I can show you what it looks like as well. Every piece of content I create has to meet a goal. Is it creating awareness? Is it nurturing this audience?

Or is it selling something?

Sometimes it may do all three, but it has to do at least one of those. Like, if it’s not kicking that goal off, there’s no point. I mean, I would probably then just put it on Facebook and call it a day, and that that’s my Facebook profile. So that is where you will find a lot of random content that basically I just post because I’m having fun or threads. Right now, it’s threads too. So but for your main lead gen sales social network, you need to every piece of content has to have a goal. The second is to accomplish those goals, the content you’re creating must either educate, and change, or engage.

So if it’s generating awareness, you may have, like, an educational carousel. I’m speaking about Instagram again, but it could be a LinkedIn post as well.

Or if it’s to nurture, it could be like a fun, you know, GIF based reel or a meme, and then it’s engaged.

So once you have the goal and the purpose of the content, then you can create those content buckets or themes or pillars or whatever is you know, whatever you wanna do, which is like, oh, I’m gonna be talking about sales pitch copywriting, or I’m gonna be talking about email marketing, or I’m gonna be talking about website design. And in website design, then I’m gonna be talking about, you know, these four things. So it just kinda depends, but the first most important thing you need to do is set your goals. These are what our goals are, like generate awareness, nurture audience, and sell. For you, your goals may be different, but or they may be the same. Point is you need to have a goal in mind or at least three in mind for social media to really do a good job of being a marketing department for you.

The truth is social media isn’t about posting more. It’s not about putting more content out. It’s about creating more presence.

That is what I realized. I realized, like, yeah. I mean, you could be you know, we were posting, like, five times a week, and that was great.

But our presence wasn’t bringing any results.

You know? We’re you know, we we were pretty much engaging with the same people, and those people were were super supportive, loved them for it, but they weren’t, you know, we weren’t signing up clients.

And that’s when I realized you need to be more intentional about what we want social to do for you.

For us as a business, it was very clear we wanted people to sign up for our programs and our services.

I don’t care if we go viral or not. I mean, I really don’t care about that. All I care is that our people consuming our content, visiting our site? Is it translating into visits to the site? Is it translating into people reaching out and saying, hey, I’d love to know more about your services? Is it translating into people asking about our programs, our coaching, our consulting?

So getting five times a week. Sometimes I’m posting two times a week. It just kind of depends on what’s on my plate at that moment.

With that, let’s talk about ABC. That’s our that’s the approach I’ve been going with over the last year.

A little over a year now.

First up, authority. So you wanna be intentional about creating content that builds your authority and your expertise. What do you wanna what do you want to be known for? This ties in with, you know, what you the work you’ve been doing here about, you know, figuring out your red thread, figuring out what you wanna be known for, all of those things. So what do you wanna be known for?

Create content around that, your spiky point of view. You know? If you’re posting twice a week, one post has to focus on your authority. Take your time with that.

The good news is, you know, putting that limitation on yourself actually creates a lot of freedom.

So when you sit down to create content, think about what how is this piece of content helping you to build the authority and expertise you need, the authority and the visibility you need to be seen as an expert.

Quick tip. Remember, social media is not your hub.

Social media is a spoke in your marketing wheel.

Your hub will either be the core piece of content you’re creating. It will be either the blog post, either a podcast, either your emails or video, whatever. Social media is not your hub.

Why is that? Because social media, quote unquote, is rented land.

Yes. It’s great, but it’s it could be taken away from you like that. Like, literally, every day, I hear people whose Instagram accounts have been shut down, whose YouTube accounts have been shut down as well. But point is, you know, so I would just create content exclusively for social media.

Every piece of content I create is pulled from a blog post or an email that I’ve sent out already because those that’s my marketing real estate.

You know? And, again, like I said, I’m not in the business of pre I’m not a social media manager. This is not my core job. I used to be a social media manager at some point, but this is right now, it’s not my core job.

My core job is to get people to sign up for our our programs and services.

So I’m going to be smart about using the content I’m already creating to build authority and adapt it for social.

So a, authority, b, is you wanna build buzz. Now building buzz is generally associated with when you’re launching something. Oh, you need to create buzz content. You know? However, it isn’t reserved for only that. You can use buzz content to nurture your audience. You can use buzz content to, again, get people excited about what you have to offer.

Alright? So things like testimonials, media appearances. You’ve been on a podcast, that’s creating buzz. Right? If you’re speaking at an event, that’s creating buzz. If you’re doing something fun with your life that kind of aligns with your best values, That’s creating buzz.

Buzz content is anything where you’re not building authority, but you’re helping people to get to know the person behind the brand. I could also call it brand building content, but the idea here is we to generate a lot of excitement and engagement.

So keep it simple. You know? Think about what content you’ll use to create buzz. Like, in our case, for example, it’s, usually travel.

It’s, you know, fun family stuff because that’s very core to our brand values. Right? It could be it could be books, things like that. So for you, it can be fun.

It can be focused on biz. So you’re launching a new offer, which is, again, launch content. You’re maybe collaborating with someone. You may be again, you know, you may be doing something really different with your business, like taking an entirely different approach to a process that’s, you know, been used for years.

It can basically be anything that gets people buzzing with excitement. And at the end of the day, you want these posts to be connected to your business.

I’m gonna share a few examples of these, once we’re done with the training so you can see how this kind of plays out in real life for our business as well.

But before that, let’s close on this. So call to action are essentially your do this now post. Now a call to action post could be a call to action to sign up, to hire you, to buy from you. And this may be a little shocking that I aim to make at least one call to action post pretty much every day.

Like, literally every day. Whether and, again, remember, our platform of choice right now, our main platform of choice right now is Instagram. Yes. We have a presence on pretty much every other platform, but the point is, like, what we are focusing our energies on is Instagram, closely followed by LinkedIn, and then a whole bunch of others. But point is, I would aim to if if on Instagram, if I’m not doing a post, then I’m doing a story.

If I’m not doing a story, then I’m chatting with someone in the DMs.

If I’m not chatting with someone in the DMs, I’m reaching out to someone to ask to collaborate.

All of those are social content because you’re you’re on social. You may not be creating public facing content, but you’re still creating content.

So this may seem a little excessive, but it is also what’s ensured that we’ve always been booked. Like, right now, we are booking for May and June.

So it works.

You may not wanna do it. Again, this is what’s worked for us. Right? I always caveat the thing that this is what’s worked for us. Test it out. We could play with it, use it as it is. Like, seriously, I’m just sharing, you know, what we’ve been doing.

So sign up for your freebie, buy your product, hire you for your services, share your content in social, you know, invite you to the podcast server. Like I said, this may not be public facing content. It could be, you know, in the DMs. Comment with the catchphrase. If you’re not using ManyChat, highly highly recommend you to use ManyChat. It has helped us increase visits to our site and to our and sign ups to our, to our freebies exponentially.

Sure. Especially if you, like, us are managing your own social, or even if you’ve got a social media manager for that matter, I mean, I would say I would highly highly recommend it. And I’m not a many chat expert. I did take a course.

I think Katie Peacock was the one who recommended it, in in, CSV. I think it’s Belize Darma. That was what kind of really got me started on ManyChat. But, yeah, I’m a pretty basic user, so to speak.

And then how do you not get on like, get exhausted creating content?

You make repurposing your friend.

I’m gonna, with that, like, show you exactly what I’ve been doing in the past and, like, kinda walk you through that. So, but get into the habit of if you send an email out, if you’re sharing a tip in it, if you’re sharing an idea in it, if you’re sharing just random thoughts in it, get into the habit of looking at that email once it lands in your inbox and seeing, okay, what content can I create from it? You would be able to create a reel with a thought. If you’re on Instagram, you could you may be able to just use it with a slight tweak on LinkedIn as a caption. You may be able to turn it into a carousel if you share tips.

Get into the habit of, you know, repurposing your content so you’re not creating new content for every single platform for several reasons. One, it’s just exhausting.

Two, not everyone is reading everything you’re writing. Not everyone’s on your email list. Not everyone’s following you on LinkedIn. Not everyone’s following you on Instagram. And even if they are, it’s okay for them to hear the same message in different formats or even in the same format. Like, sometimes you may have you may be, you know, strapped in time and you may not have the time to kind of adapt it into a platform friendly format, which is okay.

But make repurposing your friend. However, the only thing I would say here is think about your goals.

Super important. Because if you’re just repurposing for the sake of repurposing, then you’re just doing what I talked about right at the beginning, which is just putting more posts out there. You that’s not the goal goal here.

Your goal is not to create three reels a day, five carousels, you know, a week or whatever. Your goal here is to convert people into clients or get them to sign up to your email list or, you know, be or see you as an expert and invite you to speak on their on their virtual or actual status.

So when you are repurposing, think about the goal. If there is an email that does not lend itself to any of those goals, Well, for starters, I would kinda wonder, why did we send it out in the first place? Secondly, maybe hold off on repurposing that.

So because sometimes, for instance, I do send out an email that I feel strongly about or I may write a blog post that I feel like, oh, this maybe be really helpful. But then I know I look at the stats and I’m like, didn’t do that well. Do I still wanna, you know, share on social? If so, what’s the goal that I’ll be accomplishing?

If I can adapt it to meet a goal, I will do that. Otherwise, I’ll just park it and let’s stay there.

At the end of the day, I want you to remember to have lots of fun with social. Like, seriously, when I stopped obsessing about what everyone else was doing, when I stopped obsessing about, oh, we are not reaching the quote, unquote, the ten thousand follower mark that really quickly and everybody else is I just started having fun things switched around like this.

We had more people signing up. We had more people reaching out to ask about our services. We had more people, you know, inviting us to speak on podcasts and things like that. I mean, it’s yeah.

And I’m having so much fun, so it doesn’t feel like a chore. I truly enjoy it. I look forward to it. It just lights me up and which was not the case earlier.

So it used to feel like, oh, I need to film reels. Oh, I’m I’m I’ve gotta do this. I’ve gotta follow the trend.

It just felt like so much work for very little return, and, yeah, it just did it felt like something that I just had to do, and I wasn’t enjoying it. So just kind of keeping the fun element alive and, like, really enjoying it and getting excited about it has made a huge difference. It’s more of from a mindset point of view, but it’s something to keep in mind.

Alright.

I’m gonna stop sharing screen because that was my short and sweet presentation.

And I wanted to okay. Caroline, fine.

I wanted to ask, like, do you have questions, or can I show you a couple of examples?

Do you so do you not follow trends at all?

I would follow a trend. For instance, I would follow a trend if it if it feels fun and exciting to me and if it feels relevant to us. For instance, one of the trends that I will be using next week would be, you know, social media as a highlight reel, and here’s what I’m struggling with because that is something I do connect with. That’s a trend.

That’s a kind of subtle trend that’s been going around. I did use the, you know, the music k. What was that? Oh, okay.

Make your own music trend, like, you know, I use that for the Taylor Swift era store that we and that was not me, honestly. That was our sixteen year old. Like, she was like, okay. This is gonna land itself perfectly stuffed here, but I’m in the six I guess they’re more tuned into trends.

That said, I also use a, social media template library. I think I’ve shared it in the Slack group.

That creates a lot of, on trend, templates that we can use to if something feels like, you know, oh, yeah. This would lend itself perfectly.

So I use that then. And you can I wanna talk about repurposing in two or three different ways? One is where you test out a content idea on one platform. If it does really well, then you adapt it to the other platforms.

That is repurposing strategy number one. Repurposing strategy number two is what we just spoke about, which is, you know, you use social media as a spoke in your marketing wheel, which means you create hub content and you adapt it to, everything else. So strategy number one is let’s look at let’s look at how to test out a content idea on on a platform and then repurpose it on other platforms.

So we’ve got this is something that I’ve been using. You can use any platform for.

For this purpose. I use threads for testing out content ideas.

You could use anything you’d like to.

That’s gonna pop.

Alright.

It’s not coming up. Hang on.

Alright.

So So three weeks ago, this was a post that I created, which was around how do you land speaking gigs. Now this is an example of a post where I created something just on social. This was not created on, on an email or something like that. So, like I said, sometimes you just wanna have fun with social threads and Facebook and a Facebook profile are my places to have, like, you know, just, like, put random posts out there and see just a thought or, you know, things like that.

So this was a post I did on threads, and it did pretty well. So I was like, okay. Twenty three people like this. Let me test it out on LinkedIn.

I did the same thing here, but I adapted it for LinkedIn. So this was how do you answer your exhibit? I just kinda changed it a little. Damn. How do you view your pitch? And this one did this one did well too. You know?

And then I took the same post, and I put it on Instagram as a carousel.

This one’s done well too. More importantly, my goal here was to get booked on stages. And right now, I’m in conversation with three different events, about possibly speaking there. So one piece of content across three different platforms.

And if something does here’s the thing.

What and this is so I’m tired of it, but what I found is, like, if something does well on one platform, it generally does really well on other platforms as well. So just like tweaks, and that’s it. So this is repurposing strategy number one.

I’m gonna show you repurposing strategy number two as well.

Wait a second. Let me pull.

So okay.

This is this I’ve done so many times. Alright. So this was an email that I sent out. This may make me unpopular.

I sent it out on early February, and I felt really strongly about this. It did really well. I got a whole bunch of responses. I knew it’s really resonated.

What I did was I grabbed a line from here, used it as a b roll, and this is pretty much the email, but, obviously, way shorter.

So this one did well too. Our goal here is essentially to to nurture our audience and also share what we feel strongly about. So this would I would say this qualifies more as a building buzz kind of a post because it did build buzz. It built buzz on email and it build buzz on Instagram as well.

Did I put it on LinkedIn yet? No. But will I? Yes.

So you could do the same thing, like, literally every post you see here. This is from a blog post. You know? These are just the top heads that I’ve taken and put them here. So this also blog post. These are all blog post ideas. I mean, and blog post that we’ve done in the past.

The point being, you could go ahead and this is like these are like, you know, these are the trendy these are all this is this is a trending thing that we did, but this was a template. But I’ve used it for post purchase emails. So this was from the template library. I really like this one. This one did really well as well.

Point being, you do not need to create a whole lot of new content, But you do need to be really intentional about the content you’re creating.

Alright.

Questions?

How do you have anything that you’re struggling with on social that we can help with?

If today’s audits, I would love an order of my Instagram if that’s Yes.

Of course. Yeah. We have, you know, that was, like, copy review time in any case so we could review your your Instagram. Go ahead. Let me just pull it up.

I do. I also have an abandoned cart question that is kind of urgent because I’m actually doing a VIP day right now, but take time out for this.

So it’s a seven day flow where they they sign up for a webinar, then they get a seven day discount, and then it expires, like, yeah, on day seven.

And I’m wondering, like, when you do abandoned cart emails, like, do would I do it before day seven? So or would I wait until after day seven? Because I don’t wanna overwhelm them with the emails.

Or just how how does it yeah. How does an abandoned cart sequence fit into, like, a limited time offer?

So you would not wait till cart close then. That’s like a post.

Your abandoned cart will go out, technically, an hour or a couple of hours after they’ve abandoned their cart. Okay. You would tag them as abandoned cart. They would get that, they would get that email, asking them, hey.

You know, we noticed you were, you know, checking this out or you added this to cart. Did you get distracted or do you have questions? Whatever your core messaging is, basically, for that abandoned cart email, but it should ideally go at two hours. So let’s say day three, someone adds it to cart.

You don’t wanna wait till day seven. You will send it out to them two hours and an hour after. You may wanna keep you may wanna see whether you wanna because it’s a, a time sensitive launch, you may wanna see whether you do wanna have two abandon cards or you just wanna keep the one.

You know? Because you’ll they’ll be getting another email in any case. So Yeah. On day four. But, but definitely one you definitely wanna include just the one email.

Think of it as, you know, it’s basically a remarketing email. Right? So Mhmm.

You could, in fact, tag them and exclude them from day four if you’re sending out a couple more emails because here is someone who is sold on the program, they’ve added to the cart, have decided not to sign up. They’re in a very different state of awareness.

At a very different stage of awareness is someone who’s probably opening up email number four for the first time. Yeah.

I mean, I So I guess with that though, because it’s it will be like they’ve gone to the checkout page, so that’s for a course.

And my my only thought is that I would say, like, probably, like, seventy percent, I would estimate, of people just click the button without actually being most aware. So I wouldn’t want them to, like, miss out on, like, the more solid sales emails.

Yeah.

So then just include the one email, like One email.

Similar to, you know, how we’d be able to send out any to sales page clickers. So yeah.

Okay. Thank you. I I don’t know why I was just getting really, like, in my head about it. But, yeah, obviously, why would I wait till day seven? Thank you.

And, yeah, I’ll drop Perfect.

Okay.

My Instagram in the chat as well.

I think I have your yeah. But, yeah, drop it in the chat for everybody else. I have it up here.

Okay. I think it’s just me and Jessica.

Yep. I don’t is yes. And Nicole.

Hi. Yes. Sorry. I’m just off camera hiding a little bit.

Cool. No problem. Alright. Cool.

So some more courses or they want? Do you want me to audit your bio as well?

Yeah. Just any because I’m not getting results on Instagram. So, like, be as savage as you want. I just, like, anywhere that I’m not doing it. Yeah.

Okay. Cool.

So first up, I don’t know whether you write copy or whether you’re a business coach, so that’s not clear to me.

It says sell more courses with Day one Evergreen, but you could be just someone who’s teaching people, like, how to sell courses, but we don’t know whether you do it. Do what what do you do, basically? I don’t know that. So just kind of improving optimizing this section would really help.

Also, let’s look at these are your pin posts, but let’s okay.

So oh, alright. I’m gonna give this over to you, Abby. Based on what you know now that your content must have a goal, what’s the goal here?

To not I mean, yeah. That was a goal. It’s basically, just repurposed from LinkedIn, and they’re all just value posts.

Yep. So let’s say it’s supposed to build buzz or supposed to nurture your audience.

But, again, I don’t really know what we’re talking about here as someone who’s just visiting. You need to kinda keep this in mind, especially on Instagram. You need to keep it in mind that people are scrolling through your feed and they’re going achieving this is less of a how to and more of a life of listening strategy. And if I don’t read this, I’m, like, kinda wondering what are we talking about here. And, again, I don’t really know what’s the goal here. Like, what what are you like, what how does this connect to what you do? Mhmm.

So you need to kinda remind people, like, as as someone who works with creators, extending deep empathy, no transactions, just kinda reminding people about what it is that you do would, you know, really help them. Same thing with this is great. This is a really great example of a bus building post, but this is a huge waste.

Yeah.

Yeah. So, you know, we don’t know what you did. I’ll give you an example of something that just converted well for us.

So similar testimonial.

Right? Or one struggling to share that, but it has a copy. Have the person here to what did she do for us? Gave the complete testimonial here. Let’s looking for May, June. And, you know, we’ve had at least we’ve had at least three people ask after this. So, similarly, there’s another example.

Oh, I’m sad creatively struggling with copy. It doesn’t have to be that way. This is a carousel.

This was another client. So what was the challenge? You know? What was their hesitation?

Mhmm. What was the You know? What did they get?

So your what’s the goal?

So think about your goals when and you’re using a social media manager, are you?

Yeah. She does all of it. She just repurposes from LinkedIn and takes, like, testimonials on my website and post them with one hashtag.

Yeah. So she needs to start thinking about this strategically because, honestly, like, anyone who’s doing your social media for you needs needs for it to need so, yes, their goal is not to convert people. Their but their goal is definitely to get people to reach out to you or at least visit your site. And if that’s not happening, it’s a giant waste of time and money for you. Yeah. So so yeah. Something to think about.

Yeah. I mean, because it’s it’s it’s my my responsibility because she she just likes she’s a friend that likes doing a bit of design, so I’ve just brought her on to, like, to give her some work. But, yeah, I need to definitely be training her and telling her what to do. And I haven’t thought about it like this. So, yeah, the session’s been really eye opening, if painfully so.

Hey, Abby. Can I just really quick, refer you to check out Jo’s Instagram? She did a video about the mistakes she made with her business.

Watch it through the whole thing, and then you’ll know why I referred you to it because what you just said about hiring a friend, Joe talks about that.

And, yeah, just Yep.

Okay. Yeah.

So but, yeah, again, same thing here. Let’s do find my exact dispose. Like, I mean, this tells there is no goal. There is no I don’t know what’s happening here. I don’t know who you are. If I just see this somewhere, I will know that.

The other thing is, like, you’ve got some good content, but it’s not getting the attention it deserves because we don’t know we don’t know you. We don’t know what it is that you’re doing and how does this connect to what you do.

Mhmm. So I see many course creators leveraging loss aversion in the form of full as in tapping into the machine aspect of missing a great deal, but then your caption needs to connect to this.

So this is this is great. This is great content, but your caption isn’t doing the heavy lifting and getting people to engage with you.

But yeah.

I where I would start would be repurposing from LinkedIn. Yes. Mhmm. Continue doing that, but adapt it to the platform for it to be a good use of your time.

Otherwise, honestly, Abby, just stick to LinkedIn. Like, seriously, if you’re getting traction on LinkedIn, focus your energies there. Right? I mean, it’s really important to have, like, one platform do the heavy lifting for you instead of feeling like, oh, I need to be here, but I’m not doing a great job here, which is why I say, like, Instagram is our main platform.

LinkedIn is like a far second.

And and I switched from and before Instagram, you know, I was, like, super super all in on Facebook. Like, Facebook was doing brilliantly for us till it decided not to, which is when I realized, okay, I need to kind of put my energies into Instagram. Point being, you don’t have to be on on three different platforms. So when we also need to kind of get comfortable with the idea of just focusing on that one platform going all in. If it’s paying off for you, just focus there.

Yeah.

I’m torn there because that’s that’s kind of how I thought in the past. But, I mean, Joe, she did say on Monday, like, you need to be on Instagram.

And because I work with course creators, I do get the feeling that they’re more on Instagram than LinkedIn. Like, the people that reach out onto me on LinkedIn aren’t necessarily the best fit. So I do I do want to make it work, but I think, yeah, there’s there’s a lot of work to be done, to to get it working because it’s it’s totally new to me.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It and it is an ever changing, fickle algorithm to dance with. I can, like, watch for it.

You would get your head around something and start doing more of that, and then all of a sudden, it’s like, no. Thank you. Now we want more of this. So, that is something to kind of keep in mind as well.

But what you also need to just remind yourself is that doing social media management is not your job. You know? I brought it in house for us because hiring it out was not making sense for us. Like, we were paying a few thousand dollars every month, and there was no ROI.

So it just it was not worth but, yeah, so bringing it in house again, we also need to kind of remember is, like, this is just me. This is, like, I love social. It lights me up. And since I decided to have a lot a lot of fun with it, I just enjoyed way, way more than when I was creating content because I needed to, you know, oh, we need to do this.

You know? Now we can do that. No. No. I don’t know. Yeah. Mhmm.

Yeah. Okay. So I think my two takeaways are to make sure that each post has a goal going forward and Yes. To try and connect to the part of me because I’m sure it’s there somewhere. I’m sure I’m capable of enjoying Instagram. So just try and connect to that part, find what I like about it.

That’s what I’m gonna Yeah.

Find what you wanna look for. Me adding yeah.

Yeah. I love those camera facing reels. Like, I I record a whole bunch of them, and then I kinda dip them out, you know, because so I’m like, I love talking to a camera. I love, like, giving short tips.

So I do more of those. I don’t do some of those more fancy complicated reads. I love b roll reels. So you’ll see a lot of those as well.

You know? So those are the ones that I so you kind of and I enjoy carousels. I love carousels because I tend to talk a lot, like so carousels will help me get my message across.

But you you kinda need to figure out what is it that you really enjoy and then go from there. But yes. And the third important thing that I want you to take away from this is that you do not need to create fresh content all the time. Mhmm.

You may wanna create a full so you created a full intent, but then you saw how you can kind of repurpose it. Right? Mhmm. But it needs to be platform appropriate.

Thank you, Brenna. Really helpful. You’re welcome.

Copy review requests or anything that I can help with.

Perna, can I ask a couple follow-up questions about the social stuff?

Sure.

Okay. So I don’t wanna forget, but I do have a question about modifying later for the platform itself. But I I noticed in my feeds, especially on Facebook, I think was where I noticed it, where I started seeing your post twice, and I’m like, oh, is there a glitch in Facebook or something? Then I realized it was you were you and I are friends, so I’m seeing it on your your page. And then I was seeing it on Content Bistros.

And so what I’m wondering is I so I have a Instagram, Facebook. Like, I have all the platforms held aside for Right and Main, my actual business name. Right? But then I decided to launch a newsletter and, eventually, a podcast called the holiday wins so I could, you know, build up the seasonal sale holiday thing. Right? But I’m kinda sitting there going, I’m not do I focus on one, or can I just do kind of what you’re doing? Or at least I think you’re doing this on purpose, posting the exact same thing on the same platform, and it’ll just have the same thing on my holiday win as I do on Right and Main?

Is that okay. Good. Okay. Thank you. That makes me feel better, less worse.

Okay. Good. And then my Again, because you’re seeing it twice, and maybe a few other people are seeing it twice. But, honestly, like, I’m keeping our Facebook page active just in case we need to run ads at some point. But, my profile is what does the heavy lifting for us in any case.

Yeah. Oh, okay. Okay. So that was another question I was curious. I think about this a lot when I see you on social.

Oh, yeah. Oh, I wonder how that works with there are times where I think about things I shared. Now I got better about it with only sharing with friends or whatever, but sharing, you know, random, like, about my, you know, kids or goofiness with family, but it really it was not at all business aligned or whatever. So are you just really looking at even your personal profile and going, yeah.

It’s unless it’s clearly aligned somehow back with the business, you don’t share a whole lot of anything else. Is that correct? It seems like it, but I’m not sure.

Yes. Okay. Yes. That is true. Again, being on social is not like I said, like, for me, yes, it helps me to connect with friends and things like that.

And I do share I am an overshare in the sense, like, I will share, you know, traveling somewhere. But, again, remember, travel is a big part of our brand. Yeah. So, you know, it connects there.

I do share if you go out for a nice meal, I do share if you’ll you know, if you’re celebrating a birthday or an anniversary.

But, again, that’s part of the band. So, I if you were to see my post from twelve years ago, it was a very different story.

So, yeah, point is I got wise about the fact that, you know, being on social for me is a business decision. And, yes, I will share some stuff. You will see me sharing things about books I’m reading or, you know, where I’m going or what I’m wearing and all of that, but it’s it’s pretty strategic.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And that’s coming across.

I assumed it was that way, but sometimes strategy looks so easy, you know, when you’re not Yeah.

Yeah. Doing it.

So Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. No. You’re right. You know? For me, I don’t give it a second thought now because I know exactly what needs to go because I’ve been doing this now for so long.

But, it comes naturally to me, but Mayank was the one who pointed out because someone we’ve had a couple of people ask us this. So and I was going, no. I don’t have a strategy, but then I really think about it. This is it is for you.

Yeah. Mhmm.

Okay. And then I guess I was just wondering any and and, Abby, if this is not relevant, it’s fine. It’s no big deal. You don’t have to answer. But I was just curious about any I don’t know if they’re advanced tips or whatever on when you are modifying. So when you did that Instagram, thread and then you turned it into LinkedIn for so very different. Right?

What’s going on in your mind when you’re going, okay. I need to modify. You know?

Yeah. I need to look at, you know I LinkedIn, I’m just kind of getting back to it. I’ll be honest. You know? Like, maybe last nine six, nine months.

And it’s not, it’s not a top priority, but I like using it to build my hook writing muscles because on LinkedIn, hooks do really well. So I use I test out that. And then if I see, this did well here, so then I can kind of pretty much put the same thing on Instagram because I know that hook will work there as well. So my strategy essentially is to adapt it to the platform. So like I shared, you know, when we were looking at Abby’s account, I don’t want it to be a waste of my time. I don’t wanna just keep putting posts out there because I’m supposed to.

Doesn’t help me at all. Like so I would look at what’s working on a platform and then modify it accordingly. So if it’s an email like you saw, I pulled out a line from the email that I knew would land well because it’s a controversial opinion. So on an on an on a reel, and then I used the rest of the email as the caption.

Okay.

Does that kind of answer your question about what hooks do I I think even just that little nugget about you noticed that hooks on LinkedIn are an interesting thing to play with and do well.

So I think even that is really helpful if I’ve got something somewhere else, focus on that, try different hooks. And and that is what you did. I because I was also wondering how how did she go from that, those opening lines on I think it was your thread, but I could be wrong. And then you went over and you were like them Yeah. And, you know, and I it just I’m always curious. Well, what sparked that change? You know?

Yes. Because it was LinkedIn. And because I I had had time to see how the post performed on threads, and I knew that on LinkedIn, the them versus you kind of thing does really well. So I, you know, I’ve done that in the past as well.

But yeah.

Okay. Cool. Thank you. I appreciate that.

You’re welcome.

Anything else?

No copy critique? No copy reviews? Copy q and a’s? Okay. Cool. Nicole, do you have anything?

No. This was extremely helpful. I actually work, for Jo on her social media, so this is extremely helpful for me as well.

Awesome. Great.

Cool. If we have no other questions, we can wrap up, and you all can have a extra ten, nine minutes, basically.

Thanks, Brianna.

Cool. Thank you, Brianna. Yep. Bye.

Transcript

Here’s what we’re gonna cover really quick because this is a, you know, a fifteen to twenty minute training.

Key to a social media content plan that converts, the three kinds of posts you should be creating. I’m not a big fan of saying you should, but these are the three kinds of posts that I found work really, really well. And if you were to look at our at our Instagram or which is basically our our main platform, LinkedIn is just kind of a subsidiary at this point. You’d see examples of all three. And then the secret is stepping up the content creation hamster wheel because I do not spend a lot of time creating all of this content.

So here’s the strategy.

Every piece of content that goes on social has to have a goal.

So anytime I’m creating anything and this is true for anything. Right? This is true for your emails. This is true for your blog post.

Like, what’s the goal here? What are we trying to do? Is it to generate awareness for me? And I can show you the I can show you a snippet of the Google Doc that I use basically because yes.

I use Google Doc and I use Notion both, but I can show you what it looks like as well. Every piece of content I create has to meet a goal. Is it creating awareness? Is it nurturing this audience?

Or is it selling something?

Sometimes it may do all three, but it has to do at least one of those. Like, if it’s not kicking that goal off, there’s no point. I mean, I would probably then just put it on Facebook and call it a day, and that that’s my Facebook profile. So that is where you will find a lot of random content that basically I just post because I’m having fun or threads. Right now, it’s threads too. So but for your main lead gen sales social network, you need to every piece of content has to have a goal. The second is to accomplish those goals, the content you’re creating must either educate, and change, or engage.

So if it’s generating awareness, you may have, like, an educational carousel. I’m speaking about Instagram again, but it could be a LinkedIn post as well.

Or if it’s to nurture, it could be like a fun, you know, GIF based reel or a meme, and then it’s engaged.

So once you have the goal and the purpose of the content, then you can create those content buckets or themes or pillars or whatever is you know, whatever you wanna do, which is like, oh, I’m gonna be talking about sales pitch copywriting, or I’m gonna be talking about email marketing, or I’m gonna be talking about website design. And in website design, then I’m gonna be talking about, you know, these four things. So it just kinda depends, but the first most important thing you need to do is set your goals. These are what our goals are, like generate awareness, nurture audience, and sell. For you, your goals may be different, but or they may be the same. Point is you need to have a goal in mind or at least three in mind for social media to really do a good job of being a marketing department for you.

The truth is social media isn’t about posting more. It’s not about putting more content out. It’s about creating more presence.

That is what I realized. I realized, like, yeah. I mean, you could be you know, we were posting, like, five times a week, and that was great.

But our presence wasn’t bringing any results.

You know? We’re you know, we we were pretty much engaging with the same people, and those people were were super supportive, loved them for it, but they weren’t, you know, we weren’t signing up clients.

And that’s when I realized you need to be more intentional about what we want social to do for you.

For us as a business, it was very clear we wanted people to sign up for our programs and our services.

I don’t care if we go viral or not. I mean, I really don’t care about that. All I care is that our people consuming our content, visiting our site? Is it translating into visits to the site? Is it translating into people reaching out and saying, hey, I’d love to know more about your services? Is it translating into people asking about our programs, our coaching, our consulting?

So getting five times a week. Sometimes I’m posting two times a week. It just kind of depends on what’s on my plate at that moment.

With that, let’s talk about ABC. That’s our that’s the approach I’ve been going with over the last year.

A little over a year now.

First up, authority. So you wanna be intentional about creating content that builds your authority and your expertise. What do you wanna what do you want to be known for? This ties in with, you know, what you the work you’ve been doing here about, you know, figuring out your red thread, figuring out what you wanna be known for, all of those things. So what do you wanna be known for?

Create content around that, your spiky point of view. You know? If you’re posting twice a week, one post has to focus on your authority. Take your time with that.

The good news is, you know, putting that limitation on yourself actually creates a lot of freedom.

So when you sit down to create content, think about what how is this piece of content helping you to build the authority and expertise you need, the authority and the visibility you need to be seen as an expert.

Quick tip. Remember, social media is not your hub.

Social media is a spoke in your marketing wheel.

Your hub will either be the core piece of content you’re creating. It will be either the blog post, either a podcast, either your emails or video, whatever. Social media is not your hub.

Why is that? Because social media, quote unquote, is rented land.

Yes. It’s great, but it’s it could be taken away from you like that. Like, literally, every day, I hear people whose Instagram accounts have been shut down, whose YouTube accounts have been shut down as well. But point is, you know, so I would just create content exclusively for social media.

Every piece of content I create is pulled from a blog post or an email that I’ve sent out already because those that’s my marketing real estate.

You know? And, again, like I said, I’m not in the business of pre I’m not a social media manager. This is not my core job. I used to be a social media manager at some point, but this is right now, it’s not my core job.

My core job is to get people to sign up for our our programs and services.

So I’m going to be smart about using the content I’m already creating to build authority and adapt it for social.

So a, authority, b, is you wanna build buzz. Now building buzz is generally associated with when you’re launching something. Oh, you need to create buzz content. You know? However, it isn’t reserved for only that. You can use buzz content to nurture your audience. You can use buzz content to, again, get people excited about what you have to offer.

Alright? So things like testimonials, media appearances. You’ve been on a podcast, that’s creating buzz. Right? If you’re speaking at an event, that’s creating buzz. If you’re doing something fun with your life that kind of aligns with your best values, That’s creating buzz.

Buzz content is anything where you’re not building authority, but you’re helping people to get to know the person behind the brand. I could also call it brand building content, but the idea here is we to generate a lot of excitement and engagement.

So keep it simple. You know? Think about what content you’ll use to create buzz. Like, in our case, for example, it’s, usually travel.

It’s, you know, fun family stuff because that’s very core to our brand values. Right? It could be it could be books, things like that. So for you, it can be fun.

It can be focused on biz. So you’re launching a new offer, which is, again, launch content. You’re maybe collaborating with someone. You may be again, you know, you may be doing something really different with your business, like taking an entirely different approach to a process that’s, you know, been used for years.

It can basically be anything that gets people buzzing with excitement. And at the end of the day, you want these posts to be connected to your business.

I’m gonna share a few examples of these, once we’re done with the training so you can see how this kind of plays out in real life for our business as well.

But before that, let’s close on this. So call to action are essentially your do this now post. Now a call to action post could be a call to action to sign up, to hire you, to buy from you. And this may be a little shocking that I aim to make at least one call to action post pretty much every day.

Like, literally every day. Whether and, again, remember, our platform of choice right now, our main platform of choice right now is Instagram. Yes. We have a presence on pretty much every other platform, but the point is, like, what we are focusing our energies on is Instagram, closely followed by LinkedIn, and then a whole bunch of others. But point is, I would aim to if if on Instagram, if I’m not doing a post, then I’m doing a story.

If I’m not doing a story, then I’m chatting with someone in the DMs.

If I’m not chatting with someone in the DMs, I’m reaching out to someone to ask to collaborate.

All of those are social content because you’re you’re on social. You may not be creating public facing content, but you’re still creating content.

So this may seem a little excessive, but it is also what’s ensured that we’ve always been booked. Like, right now, we are booking for May and June.

So it works.

You may not wanna do it. Again, this is what’s worked for us. Right? I always caveat the thing that this is what’s worked for us. Test it out. We could play with it, use it as it is. Like, seriously, I’m just sharing, you know, what we’ve been doing.

So sign up for your freebie, buy your product, hire you for your services, share your content in social, you know, invite you to the podcast server. Like I said, this may not be public facing content. It could be, you know, in the DMs. Comment with the catchphrase. If you’re not using ManyChat, highly highly recommend you to use ManyChat. It has helped us increase visits to our site and to our and sign ups to our, to our freebies exponentially.

Sure. Especially if you, like, us are managing your own social, or even if you’ve got a social media manager for that matter, I mean, I would say I would highly highly recommend it. And I’m not a many chat expert. I did take a course.

I think Katie Peacock was the one who recommended it, in in, CSV. I think it’s Belize Darma. That was what kind of really got me started on ManyChat. But, yeah, I’m a pretty basic user, so to speak.

And then how do you not get on like, get exhausted creating content?

You make repurposing your friend.

I’m gonna, with that, like, show you exactly what I’ve been doing in the past and, like, kinda walk you through that. So, but get into the habit of if you send an email out, if you’re sharing a tip in it, if you’re sharing an idea in it, if you’re sharing just random thoughts in it, get into the habit of looking at that email once it lands in your inbox and seeing, okay, what content can I create from it? You would be able to create a reel with a thought. If you’re on Instagram, you could you may be able to just use it with a slight tweak on LinkedIn as a caption. You may be able to turn it into a carousel if you share tips.

Get into the habit of, you know, repurposing your content so you’re not creating new content for every single platform for several reasons. One, it’s just exhausting.

Two, not everyone is reading everything you’re writing. Not everyone’s on your email list. Not everyone’s following you on LinkedIn. Not everyone’s following you on Instagram. And even if they are, it’s okay for them to hear the same message in different formats or even in the same format. Like, sometimes you may have you may be, you know, strapped in time and you may not have the time to kind of adapt it into a platform friendly format, which is okay.

But make repurposing your friend. However, the only thing I would say here is think about your goals.

Super important. Because if you’re just repurposing for the sake of repurposing, then you’re just doing what I talked about right at the beginning, which is just putting more posts out there. You that’s not the goal goal here.

Your goal is not to create three reels a day, five carousels, you know, a week or whatever. Your goal here is to convert people into clients or get them to sign up to your email list or, you know, be or see you as an expert and invite you to speak on their on their virtual or actual status.

So when you are repurposing, think about the goal. If there is an email that does not lend itself to any of those goals, Well, for starters, I would kinda wonder, why did we send it out in the first place? Secondly, maybe hold off on repurposing that.

So because sometimes, for instance, I do send out an email that I feel strongly about or I may write a blog post that I feel like, oh, this maybe be really helpful. But then I know I look at the stats and I’m like, didn’t do that well. Do I still wanna, you know, share on social? If so, what’s the goal that I’ll be accomplishing?

If I can adapt it to meet a goal, I will do that. Otherwise, I’ll just park it and let’s stay there.

At the end of the day, I want you to remember to have lots of fun with social. Like, seriously, when I stopped obsessing about what everyone else was doing, when I stopped obsessing about, oh, we are not reaching the quote, unquote, the ten thousand follower mark that really quickly and everybody else is I just started having fun things switched around like this.

We had more people signing up. We had more people reaching out to ask about our services. We had more people, you know, inviting us to speak on podcasts and things like that. I mean, it’s yeah.

And I’m having so much fun, so it doesn’t feel like a chore. I truly enjoy it. I look forward to it. It just lights me up and which was not the case earlier.

So it used to feel like, oh, I need to film reels. Oh, I’m I’m I’ve gotta do this. I’ve gotta follow the trend.

It just felt like so much work for very little return, and, yeah, it just did it felt like something that I just had to do, and I wasn’t enjoying it. So just kind of keeping the fun element alive and, like, really enjoying it and getting excited about it has made a huge difference. It’s more of from a mindset point of view, but it’s something to keep in mind.

Alright.

I’m gonna stop sharing screen because that was my short and sweet presentation.

And I wanted to okay. Caroline, fine.

I wanted to ask, like, do you have questions, or can I show you a couple of examples?

Do you so do you not follow trends at all?

I would follow a trend. For instance, I would follow a trend if it if it feels fun and exciting to me and if it feels relevant to us. For instance, one of the trends that I will be using next week would be, you know, social media as a highlight reel, and here’s what I’m struggling with because that is something I do connect with. That’s a trend.

That’s a kind of subtle trend that’s been going around. I did use the, you know, the music k. What was that? Oh, okay.

Make your own music trend, like, you know, I use that for the Taylor Swift era store that we and that was not me, honestly. That was our sixteen year old. Like, she was like, okay. This is gonna land itself perfectly stuffed here, but I’m in the six I guess they’re more tuned into trends.

That said, I also use a, social media template library. I think I’ve shared it in the Slack group.

That creates a lot of, on trend, templates that we can use to if something feels like, you know, oh, yeah. This would lend itself perfectly.

So I use that then. And you can I wanna talk about repurposing in two or three different ways? One is where you test out a content idea on one platform. If it does really well, then you adapt it to the other platforms.

That is repurposing strategy number one. Repurposing strategy number two is what we just spoke about, which is, you know, you use social media as a spoke in your marketing wheel, which means you create hub content and you adapt it to, everything else. So strategy number one is let’s look at let’s look at how to test out a content idea on on a platform and then repurpose it on other platforms.

So we’ve got this is something that I’ve been using. You can use any platform for.

For this purpose. I use threads for testing out content ideas.

You could use anything you’d like to.

That’s gonna pop.

Alright.

It’s not coming up. Hang on.

Alright.

So So three weeks ago, this was a post that I created, which was around how do you land speaking gigs. Now this is an example of a post where I created something just on social. This was not created on, on an email or something like that. So, like I said, sometimes you just wanna have fun with social threads and Facebook and a Facebook profile are my places to have, like, you know, just, like, put random posts out there and see just a thought or, you know, things like that.

So this was a post I did on threads, and it did pretty well. So I was like, okay. Twenty three people like this. Let me test it out on LinkedIn.

I did the same thing here, but I adapted it for LinkedIn. So this was how do you answer your exhibit? I just kinda changed it a little. Damn. How do you view your pitch? And this one did this one did well too. You know?

And then I took the same post, and I put it on Instagram as a carousel.

This one’s done well too. More importantly, my goal here was to get booked on stages. And right now, I’m in conversation with three different events, about possibly speaking there. So one piece of content across three different platforms.

And if something does here’s the thing.

What and this is so I’m tired of it, but what I found is, like, if something does well on one platform, it generally does really well on other platforms as well. So just like tweaks, and that’s it. So this is repurposing strategy number one.

I’m gonna show you repurposing strategy number two as well.

Wait a second. Let me pull.

So okay.

This is this I’ve done so many times. Alright. So this was an email that I sent out. This may make me unpopular.

I sent it out on early February, and I felt really strongly about this. It did really well. I got a whole bunch of responses. I knew it’s really resonated.

What I did was I grabbed a line from here, used it as a b roll, and this is pretty much the email, but, obviously, way shorter.

So this one did well too. Our goal here is essentially to to nurture our audience and also share what we feel strongly about. So this would I would say this qualifies more as a building buzz kind of a post because it did build buzz. It built buzz on email and it build buzz on Instagram as well.

Did I put it on LinkedIn yet? No. But will I? Yes.

So you could do the same thing, like, literally every post you see here. This is from a blog post. You know? These are just the top heads that I’ve taken and put them here. So this also blog post. These are all blog post ideas. I mean, and blog post that we’ve done in the past.

The point being, you could go ahead and this is like these are like, you know, these are the trendy these are all this is this is a trending thing that we did, but this was a template. But I’ve used it for post purchase emails. So this was from the template library. I really like this one. This one did really well as well.

Point being, you do not need to create a whole lot of new content, But you do need to be really intentional about the content you’re creating.

Alright.

Questions?

How do you have anything that you’re struggling with on social that we can help with?

If today’s audits, I would love an order of my Instagram if that’s Yes.

Of course. Yeah. We have, you know, that was, like, copy review time in any case so we could review your your Instagram. Go ahead. Let me just pull it up.

I do. I also have an abandoned cart question that is kind of urgent because I’m actually doing a VIP day right now, but take time out for this.

So it’s a seven day flow where they they sign up for a webinar, then they get a seven day discount, and then it expires, like, yeah, on day seven.

And I’m wondering, like, when you do abandoned cart emails, like, do would I do it before day seven? So or would I wait until after day seven? Because I don’t wanna overwhelm them with the emails.

Or just how how does it yeah. How does an abandoned cart sequence fit into, like, a limited time offer?

So you would not wait till cart close then. That’s like a post.

Your abandoned cart will go out, technically, an hour or a couple of hours after they’ve abandoned their cart. Okay. You would tag them as abandoned cart. They would get that, they would get that email, asking them, hey.

You know, we noticed you were, you know, checking this out or you added this to cart. Did you get distracted or do you have questions? Whatever your core messaging is, basically, for that abandoned cart email, but it should ideally go at two hours. So let’s say day three, someone adds it to cart.

You don’t wanna wait till day seven. You will send it out to them two hours and an hour after. You may wanna keep you may wanna see whether you wanna because it’s a, a time sensitive launch, you may wanna see whether you do wanna have two abandon cards or you just wanna keep the one.

You know? Because you’ll they’ll be getting another email in any case. So Yeah. On day four. But, but definitely one you definitely wanna include just the one email.

Think of it as, you know, it’s basically a remarketing email. Right? So Mhmm.

You could, in fact, tag them and exclude them from day four if you’re sending out a couple more emails because here is someone who is sold on the program, they’ve added to the cart, have decided not to sign up. They’re in a very different state of awareness.

At a very different stage of awareness is someone who’s probably opening up email number four for the first time. Yeah.

I mean, I So I guess with that though, because it’s it will be like they’ve gone to the checkout page, so that’s for a course.

And my my only thought is that I would say, like, probably, like, seventy percent, I would estimate, of people just click the button without actually being most aware. So I wouldn’t want them to, like, miss out on, like, the more solid sales emails.

Yeah.

So then just include the one email, like One email.

Similar to, you know, how we’d be able to send out any to sales page clickers. So yeah.

Okay. Thank you. I I don’t know why I was just getting really, like, in my head about it. But, yeah, obviously, why would I wait till day seven? Thank you.

And, yeah, I’ll drop Perfect.

Okay.

My Instagram in the chat as well.

I think I have your yeah. But, yeah, drop it in the chat for everybody else. I have it up here.

Okay. I think it’s just me and Jessica.

Yep. I don’t is yes. And Nicole.

Hi. Yes. Sorry. I’m just off camera hiding a little bit.

Cool. No problem. Alright. Cool.

So some more courses or they want? Do you want me to audit your bio as well?

Yeah. Just any because I’m not getting results on Instagram. So, like, be as savage as you want. I just, like, anywhere that I’m not doing it. Yeah.

Okay. Cool.

So first up, I don’t know whether you write copy or whether you’re a business coach, so that’s not clear to me.

It says sell more courses with Day one Evergreen, but you could be just someone who’s teaching people, like, how to sell courses, but we don’t know whether you do it. Do what what do you do, basically? I don’t know that. So just kind of improving optimizing this section would really help.

Also, let’s look at these are your pin posts, but let’s okay.

So oh, alright. I’m gonna give this over to you, Abby. Based on what you know now that your content must have a goal, what’s the goal here?

To not I mean, yeah. That was a goal. It’s basically, just repurposed from LinkedIn, and they’re all just value posts.

Yep. So let’s say it’s supposed to build buzz or supposed to nurture your audience.

But, again, I don’t really know what we’re talking about here as someone who’s just visiting. You need to kinda keep this in mind, especially on Instagram. You need to keep it in mind that people are scrolling through your feed and they’re going achieving this is less of a how to and more of a life of listening strategy. And if I don’t read this, I’m, like, kinda wondering what are we talking about here. And, again, I don’t really know what’s the goal here. Like, what what are you like, what how does this connect to what you do? Mhmm.

So you need to kinda remind people, like, as as someone who works with creators, extending deep empathy, no transactions, just kinda reminding people about what it is that you do would, you know, really help them. Same thing with this is great. This is a really great example of a bus building post, but this is a huge waste.

Yeah.

Yeah. So, you know, we don’t know what you did. I’ll give you an example of something that just converted well for us.

So similar testimonial.

Right? Or one struggling to share that, but it has a copy. Have the person here to what did she do for us? Gave the complete testimonial here. Let’s looking for May, June. And, you know, we’ve had at least we’ve had at least three people ask after this. So, similarly, there’s another example.

Oh, I’m sad creatively struggling with copy. It doesn’t have to be that way. This is a carousel.

This was another client. So what was the challenge? You know? What was their hesitation?

Mhmm. What was the You know? What did they get?

So your what’s the goal?

So think about your goals when and you’re using a social media manager, are you?

Yeah. She does all of it. She just repurposes from LinkedIn and takes, like, testimonials on my website and post them with one hashtag.

Yeah. So she needs to start thinking about this strategically because, honestly, like, anyone who’s doing your social media for you needs needs for it to need so, yes, their goal is not to convert people. Their but their goal is definitely to get people to reach out to you or at least visit your site. And if that’s not happening, it’s a giant waste of time and money for you. Yeah. So so yeah. Something to think about.

Yeah. I mean, because it’s it’s it’s my my responsibility because she she just likes she’s a friend that likes doing a bit of design, so I’ve just brought her on to, like, to give her some work. But, yeah, I need to definitely be training her and telling her what to do. And I haven’t thought about it like this. So, yeah, the session’s been really eye opening, if painfully so.

Hey, Abby. Can I just really quick, refer you to check out Jo’s Instagram? She did a video about the mistakes she made with her business.

Watch it through the whole thing, and then you’ll know why I referred you to it because what you just said about hiring a friend, Joe talks about that.

And, yeah, just Yep.

Okay. Yeah.

So but, yeah, again, same thing here. Let’s do find my exact dispose. Like, I mean, this tells there is no goal. There is no I don’t know what’s happening here. I don’t know who you are. If I just see this somewhere, I will know that.

The other thing is, like, you’ve got some good content, but it’s not getting the attention it deserves because we don’t know we don’t know you. We don’t know what it is that you’re doing and how does this connect to what you do.

Mhmm. So I see many course creators leveraging loss aversion in the form of full as in tapping into the machine aspect of missing a great deal, but then your caption needs to connect to this.

So this is this is great. This is great content, but your caption isn’t doing the heavy lifting and getting people to engage with you.

But yeah.

I where I would start would be repurposing from LinkedIn. Yes. Mhmm. Continue doing that, but adapt it to the platform for it to be a good use of your time.

Otherwise, honestly, Abby, just stick to LinkedIn. Like, seriously, if you’re getting traction on LinkedIn, focus your energies there. Right? I mean, it’s really important to have, like, one platform do the heavy lifting for you instead of feeling like, oh, I need to be here, but I’m not doing a great job here, which is why I say, like, Instagram is our main platform.

LinkedIn is like a far second.

And and I switched from and before Instagram, you know, I was, like, super super all in on Facebook. Like, Facebook was doing brilliantly for us till it decided not to, which is when I realized, okay, I need to kind of put my energies into Instagram. Point being, you don’t have to be on on three different platforms. So when we also need to kind of get comfortable with the idea of just focusing on that one platform going all in. If it’s paying off for you, just focus there.

Yeah.

I’m torn there because that’s that’s kind of how I thought in the past. But, I mean, Joe, she did say on Monday, like, you need to be on Instagram.

And because I work with course creators, I do get the feeling that they’re more on Instagram than LinkedIn. Like, the people that reach out onto me on LinkedIn aren’t necessarily the best fit. So I do I do want to make it work, but I think, yeah, there’s there’s a lot of work to be done, to to get it working because it’s it’s totally new to me.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It and it is an ever changing, fickle algorithm to dance with. I can, like, watch for it.

You would get your head around something and start doing more of that, and then all of a sudden, it’s like, no. Thank you. Now we want more of this. So, that is something to kind of keep in mind as well.

But what you also need to just remind yourself is that doing social media management is not your job. You know? I brought it in house for us because hiring it out was not making sense for us. Like, we were paying a few thousand dollars every month, and there was no ROI.

So it just it was not worth but, yeah, so bringing it in house again, we also need to kind of remember is, like, this is just me. This is, like, I love social. It lights me up. And since I decided to have a lot a lot of fun with it, I just enjoyed way, way more than when I was creating content because I needed to, you know, oh, we need to do this.

You know? Now we can do that. No. No. I don’t know. Yeah. Mhmm.

Yeah. Okay. So I think my two takeaways are to make sure that each post has a goal going forward and Yes. To try and connect to the part of me because I’m sure it’s there somewhere. I’m sure I’m capable of enjoying Instagram. So just try and connect to that part, find what I like about it.

That’s what I’m gonna Yeah.

Find what you wanna look for. Me adding yeah.

Yeah. I love those camera facing reels. Like, I I record a whole bunch of them, and then I kinda dip them out, you know, because so I’m like, I love talking to a camera. I love, like, giving short tips.

So I do more of those. I don’t do some of those more fancy complicated reads. I love b roll reels. So you’ll see a lot of those as well.

You know? So those are the ones that I so you kind of and I enjoy carousels. I love carousels because I tend to talk a lot, like so carousels will help me get my message across.

But you you kinda need to figure out what is it that you really enjoy and then go from there. But yes. And the third important thing that I want you to take away from this is that you do not need to create fresh content all the time. Mhmm.

You may wanna create a full so you created a full intent, but then you saw how you can kind of repurpose it. Right? Mhmm. But it needs to be platform appropriate.

Thank you, Brenna. Really helpful. You’re welcome.

Copy review requests or anything that I can help with.

Perna, can I ask a couple follow-up questions about the social stuff?

Sure.

Okay. So I don’t wanna forget, but I do have a question about modifying later for the platform itself. But I I noticed in my feeds, especially on Facebook, I think was where I noticed it, where I started seeing your post twice, and I’m like, oh, is there a glitch in Facebook or something? Then I realized it was you were you and I are friends, so I’m seeing it on your your page. And then I was seeing it on Content Bistros.

And so what I’m wondering is I so I have a Instagram, Facebook. Like, I have all the platforms held aside for Right and Main, my actual business name. Right? But then I decided to launch a newsletter and, eventually, a podcast called the holiday wins so I could, you know, build up the seasonal sale holiday thing. Right? But I’m kinda sitting there going, I’m not do I focus on one, or can I just do kind of what you’re doing? Or at least I think you’re doing this on purpose, posting the exact same thing on the same platform, and it’ll just have the same thing on my holiday win as I do on Right and Main?

Is that okay. Good. Okay. Thank you. That makes me feel better, less worse.

Okay. Good. And then my Again, because you’re seeing it twice, and maybe a few other people are seeing it twice. But, honestly, like, I’m keeping our Facebook page active just in case we need to run ads at some point. But, my profile is what does the heavy lifting for us in any case.

Yeah. Oh, okay. Okay. So that was another question I was curious. I think about this a lot when I see you on social.

Oh, yeah. Oh, I wonder how that works with there are times where I think about things I shared. Now I got better about it with only sharing with friends or whatever, but sharing, you know, random, like, about my, you know, kids or goofiness with family, but it really it was not at all business aligned or whatever. So are you just really looking at even your personal profile and going, yeah.

It’s unless it’s clearly aligned somehow back with the business, you don’t share a whole lot of anything else. Is that correct? It seems like it, but I’m not sure.

Yes. Okay. Yes. That is true. Again, being on social is not like I said, like, for me, yes, it helps me to connect with friends and things like that.

And I do share I am an overshare in the sense, like, I will share, you know, traveling somewhere. But, again, remember, travel is a big part of our brand. Yeah. So, you know, it connects there.

I do share if you go out for a nice meal, I do share if you’ll you know, if you’re celebrating a birthday or an anniversary.

But, again, that’s part of the band. So, I if you were to see my post from twelve years ago, it was a very different story.

So, yeah, point is I got wise about the fact that, you know, being on social for me is a business decision. And, yes, I will share some stuff. You will see me sharing things about books I’m reading or, you know, where I’m going or what I’m wearing and all of that, but it’s it’s pretty strategic.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. And that’s coming across.

I assumed it was that way, but sometimes strategy looks so easy, you know, when you’re not Yeah.

Yeah. Doing it.

So Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. No. You’re right. You know? For me, I don’t give it a second thought now because I know exactly what needs to go because I’ve been doing this now for so long.

But, it comes naturally to me, but Mayank was the one who pointed out because someone we’ve had a couple of people ask us this. So and I was going, no. I don’t have a strategy, but then I really think about it. This is it is for you.

Yeah. Mhmm.

Okay. And then I guess I was just wondering any and and, Abby, if this is not relevant, it’s fine. It’s no big deal. You don’t have to answer. But I was just curious about any I don’t know if they’re advanced tips or whatever on when you are modifying. So when you did that Instagram, thread and then you turned it into LinkedIn for so very different. Right?

What’s going on in your mind when you’re going, okay. I need to modify. You know?

Yeah. I need to look at, you know I LinkedIn, I’m just kind of getting back to it. I’ll be honest. You know? Like, maybe last nine six, nine months.

And it’s not, it’s not a top priority, but I like using it to build my hook writing muscles because on LinkedIn, hooks do really well. So I use I test out that. And then if I see, this did well here, so then I can kind of pretty much put the same thing on Instagram because I know that hook will work there as well. So my strategy essentially is to adapt it to the platform. So like I shared, you know, when we were looking at Abby’s account, I don’t want it to be a waste of my time. I don’t wanna just keep putting posts out there because I’m supposed to.

Doesn’t help me at all. Like so I would look at what’s working on a platform and then modify it accordingly. So if it’s an email like you saw, I pulled out a line from the email that I knew would land well because it’s a controversial opinion. So on an on an on a reel, and then I used the rest of the email as the caption.

Okay.

Does that kind of answer your question about what hooks do I I think even just that little nugget about you noticed that hooks on LinkedIn are an interesting thing to play with and do well.

So I think even that is really helpful if I’ve got something somewhere else, focus on that, try different hooks. And and that is what you did. I because I was also wondering how how did she go from that, those opening lines on I think it was your thread, but I could be wrong. And then you went over and you were like them Yeah. And, you know, and I it just I’m always curious. Well, what sparked that change? You know?

Yes. Because it was LinkedIn. And because I I had had time to see how the post performed on threads, and I knew that on LinkedIn, the them versus you kind of thing does really well. So I, you know, I’ve done that in the past as well.

But yeah.

Okay. Cool. Thank you. I appreciate that.

You’re welcome.

Anything else?

No copy critique? No copy reviews? Copy q and a’s? Okay. Cool. Nicole, do you have anything?

No. This was extremely helpful. I actually work, for Jo on her social media, so this is extremely helpful for me as well.

Awesome. Great.

Cool. If we have no other questions, we can wrap up, and you all can have a extra ten, nine minutes, basically.

Thanks, Brianna.

Cool. Thank you, Brianna. Yep. Bye.

The Instagram Posting Calendar

The Instagram Posting Calendar

Transcript

My Wonderful.

Alright.

Howdy. Howdy. Howdy. Howdy.

Cool. People are joining. I’m gonna let that happen and get a little adjusted here.

Cool beans.

Good.

Okay. How’s everybody doing?

Having a good start of week so far?

Wow. Everybody hates Monday. Okay. That’s fair.

No prob alright. Alright.

Yeah. Full on hate of Monday. Nobody even reacted other than Sarah.

This is bananas.

Okay. Alright.

I’m gonna I gave a thumbs up.

Okay. Okay. Good. I missed it somehow.

I’m I’m just I just rolled out of bed, so, you know, I’m not quite all here yet.

What time zone are you in?

It’s ten, but I’m kind of a night owl. So I I go to bed really late, and I get up nine ish. Oh, okay. I’m having my morning coffee right now.

Oh, that’s good. I am the opposite. I’m asleep.

Why I never I never make, Verona’s groups because they’re I’m still sleeping.

Yeah.

Alright.

Well, cool.

Awesome. So today, you are here for the one session that I would not have paid any attention to years ago at my own peril. So I don’t have a whole bunch of regrets in, my business, but not getting started on social media sooner is is one.

As Nicole, who’s our social media lead, like, drinks her coffee feeling perfectly confident in her role. She’s like, Joe needs me. True.

So it’s a thing that my team has tried to get me on board with before.

Years ago, Mike was doing this big YouTube initiative, and I was like, no. It’s not leading to anything blah blah blah. Shut it down, and now it’s fully his job.

It’s like all YouTube, almost all the time. Nicole is our full time social media lead focusing entirely on Instagram.

And, yeah, these are things that I learned a little late. So I wanted to this is important for a lot of reasons. I’ve told you already that we have this, like, intensive starting in April, for new people who are looking to get, on track with having a much more, lucrative freelancing business.

And in that, we’ll be teaching a framework that, a model, basically, that then leads people to need to use social media a lot more. So today, we’re gonna focus on Instagram, because it’s really critical for the things that we’re going to teach going forward.

There’s a lot that if you’re not on Instagram, it’s really gonna be a struggle, some of the training that we have going forward, and you’ll be like, oh, I wish that I had done something. So just start today. If you’re already on Instagram, cool. If you’re not, honestly, I hope you heed my advice.

I really regret not being on Instagram earlier. So, I would strongly encourage you even more than building your list at this point, getting on Instagram is a pretty big deal. So we’re gonna talk today about, your Instagram posting calendar because one of the biggest challenges that I know I had and that people have is, well, what would I like, what would I even share? Like, Instagram is this visual medium, and I’m a writer.

What am I gonna talk about other than here’s how you should be writing copy, and do I really want to teach how to do things on social media? Like, is that how is that gonna work for me in getting clients? So a lot of good questions come up. And if you have any questions about using Instagram or frustrations or anything that you want to share, chat them out. We can start talking about those or just, like, come off mute and share anything that you might want to about hesitation around using Instagram. But we’re gonna dig in and come off at any point, by the way. And I will eventually hear you talking over myself in case I don’t see you.

But do come off and feel free to share anything as we’re going. I am gonna dive right in to sharing the, the worksheet that we have prepared for today.

Okay.

Again, for those who just joined, I was saying that not getting on Instagram sooner is, one of my business regrets, and I really, really, really encourage you to take it seriously starting now. Don’t worry about how many followers you do or do not have. We’ve got, what, eighteen thousand followers. It’s not a huge following at all, but it’s good. It’s good and only bound to pay off further.

So we can get into more of that, and we will get into more of those things as we move on in our training.

Just because we’re focusing on Instagram doesn’t mean that other social spaces aren’t important. As I mentioned, Mike owns YouTube for us. LinkedIn is currently not a big thing for us. We have lots of followers on there, etcetera, but, we’ll talk about LinkedIn as we move forward, and we’ll be using LinkedIn more for sales reasons going forward.

But just put aside any, like, oh, I just wanna work on LinkedIn, or I just wanna do Pinterest or something.

Let’s just focus on Instagram. Also, Nicole was doing, Pinterest stuff for us, and the results very quickly were, like, not there. So, we paused on that in case you’ve thought about, like, other things that you could be spending more time on. If you’re gonna make, you know, quote posts for Instagram, then you might as well make them for Pinterest too, but but you really don’t wanna spread yourself too thin.

Just keep that in mind. Okay. So this little framework, this little model showing to the side here is like our sunshine growth model. It looks like a sun.

That’s why it’s called that.

And we’ll be getting into that in the intensive freelancing.

If you choose to participate in that, it’s included for you anyway. So, it’ll be really good to participate in that if you want to starting in April. More about that in Slack soon. Okay. But this is really critical now because, Meta has recently, and this may not be news to some of you and it will be to others, has added features to Instagram that are purely for business purposes.

So not at all for personal fun stuff, but just for business. Knowing that and then seeing what they’ve added as we go, we’ll get into more and more of that. It’s a really it’s it’s clearly their future strategy is more around making sure businesses are using Instagram as much as possible, and there are a lot of cool solutions out there that make that even easier. And I’m not just talking about schedulers, but way better stuff.

Again, as I mentioned, for some of the things that we’re gonna talk about going forward in CSP, you will need to have an Instagram account. If you don’t, you’re just gonna, like, skip that week. And then the next month, you’ll skip another week.

And, eventually, I think you’ll see that there’s a need for this and have to go back and retake those lessons. So you might as well just start right now.

Like building a list, building a social following is something that probably should have started yesterday, but definitely not tomorrow. Not continue don’t continue bumping it down the line like I did.

And I’ve heard this a lot. So some of the challenges or reasons not to use Instagram are like, well, my audience isn’t on there.

I only speak to, you know, enterprise level businesses, and they’re not on Instagram. And it’s like, well, you’re not going after the business account because you’re gonna talk to the social media person there.

It’s definitely I mean, the data shows that Instagram is filled with CMOs.

A lot of CMOs, forty seven percent of CMOs in America are women, and half of people on Instagram are also women. That doesn’t mean that half of the women on there are CMOs or anything weird like that, obviously.

But just know that with so many more women becoming CMOs and so many women who are CMO aged on Instagram, it’s a really good opportunity that feels silly to disregard just because your mom has an account on there.

So and even if it’s not your mom, it’s it’s a big opportunity.

People who are not targeting people that you might be targeting are all over that. People who are targeting your ideal are also all over Instagram, so get your butt on there.

One of the things also that stands out as an objection to getting on Instagram is, I don’t have a designer, Joe. And, like, I I can’t I’m not a designer. Now some of you actually are designers.

But if you’re not, I’m not. And before I had somebody, on my team who could design things for me, I used, creative market a lot. Creative market is a very good solution. You can go here, to get a whole bunch of templates. You have to pay for them, but it’s, like, nine dollars to download, like, an incredible amount of Canva templates for Instagram. So don’t let that stop you, from moving forward with some really cool stuff. Okay.

So the thing that we’re trying to solve today is not, hey. Do Instagram overall, but you should get on Instagram. You should keep on Instagram if you’re already on there.

And then we need to figure out what goes on your Instagram. So we’ve spoken already in Coffee School Professional about your red thread, your one thing, whatever, like, you basically specialize in and own or working towards owning, obviously, that’s a really good starting point for the content that you’re going to put on Instagram. But, like, where do you go with that? So a good, a good practice is to theme as much as you can, especially if you plan on handing this work over to a VA, which is a very good idea for a lot of you to do given that a lot of VAs are already skilled in, if not coming up with ideas for Instagram, in taking your Canva templates, putting in stuff that you tell them to, and then scheduling that in Sprout Social or whatever tool you might use. So but what they need is direction on what it should be about. So a good rule of thumb or not a rule of thumb, actually, a a good practice is to theme as much as you can.

Theming goes a long way. This is not my recommendation. This is my coach recommended this to us, one of my coaches, which is to theme your, year. So each month of the year, go through thinking about your example, like, your thing that you own and theme it. So you can say in the month of January, you’re gonna focus on for me, I would focus on specializing.

February could be a month that’s focused on tools. That doesn’t mean you only ever get to talk about tools. You can still say on Valentine’s Day in February, something else, But this will at least help you set up a plan for what you will talk about, generally speaking, each month. So if you’re like, okay. I need quotes. If you go to your VA and say, quote post as we actually know at copywriters quote post do pretty well.

So if you’re like, look, VA, in April, we’re gonna do systems training on Instagram.

Can you go and pull, you know, thirty quotes for me on systems, on systems for freelancing, systems for business, on why systems are important, on why nobody likes a system until they get a system, etcetera, etcetera, or do whatever you wanna do with AI to generate stuff like that.

But then at least you’ve got something to hand them. Right? You can say here’s what to do, and they can go forward and do that. Without a theme, you’re just like, I don’t know.

Copy?

So we want to, theme our months. There’s a worksheet in here for you.

And within each of those months then, you will need a subtopic.

So, obviously, a subtopic for, like, systems is is really, really dry. But if we were to do, like, November geek systems are important, by the way, but also quite dry. Geeking out on research, then week by week, you might have your different subtopics on research. Like, week one is gonna be all about serving.

Week two is all about interviewing. Week three and so on and so forth. Right? So we can write those out.

And now even further, we know or our VA knows what to talk about in those months or in those weeks. Sorry. Months overall.

So what I would like you to do is before we move on, I’d like to pause and have you go through and just for the next six minutes, just jot out just from April through to the end of December what those themes might be for your business to post about on Instagram.

Okay?

Doable?

Alright. Cool. Six minutes, then we’ll come off mute.

This.

Cool. Cool. Sorry if you have to click a button again to agree to stay in the meeting.

We’re gonna do the subtopics as well because I don’t want to kind of just start the work and then bail on it.

But I what I wanna talk about before we get into the subtopics, unless you already started, which is cool, is that there are so many kinds of content you can put out there. It’s really like, bananas to me to think of all the different formats in which you can share a message so that it doesn’t if you’re like, oh, this is tiresome, which is my thinking on a lot of stuff. It’s like, how how what else how else do we say this? And sometimes it’s just say it in a different format.

Right? So it could be the same message shared in lots of different ways. But what I would like you to do is not necessarily use this right now, but really kind of just scan this if you didn’t already when you got the worksheet earlier. If you haven’t had a chance to look through it, now is a good time to look at the very many kinds of things you can share and then, of course, the format that you’ll share them in.

We do have Nicole here from our team. If you have specific questions, I didn’t tell her that I’d be offering her services to you today.

I’m not necessarily. But, if you have questions because I don’t do the posting, so it’s not like I’m part of the creation of the content, but I don’t I don’t know what happens. Like, I don’t do anything after that. I send we have a drop box where I drop a bunch of stuff, like videos I’ve recorded or photos or whatever.

And, we have a channel for social media stuff in Slack, and then we also have, like, Google Sheets of ongoing quotes and other things that we might wanna add to social media. And then we have this mechanism, which is important, which is at the start of every week, Nicole and I have a meeting about what’s coming up that week. And then at the end of the week, Nicole shares out results in Slack so that everybody can see them. And that’s a mechanism that, Chris, the CEO of Wistia, shared with me that he did that, and I loved this.

Just really straightforward. Like, I know we don’t wanna have more meetings in our lives, but we kinda have to have some more meetings in our lives. So if you do have a VA or somebody else on your team who’s gonna be posting for you, then it’s really good to have a meeting with them at least once a week to just see that you’re on the same page with the content that’s being shared with the message, with how it’s written, especially if you’re getting a VA to do it, and they might not be a copywriter or have the same sense of what’s important that you do.

And this having something like this sheet showing on the screen right now is also useful because then they can come up with more ideas, and you can also say, like, oh, man. We also have a content meeting at the end of the week. Just a side note as I’m looking through this, because a lot of what you’re going to do throughout the week is content you can share. It just doesn’t feel like it.

Right? So snippets from client calls can be, something that you share out. Obviously, not the part where the client is talking, but where you are. There can be really good stuff hidden in all of the work that you’ve been doing all week long, but your VA or the person working with you on social media won’t know know anything about it if you don’t share it with them.

So we actually have another meeting, which I was just mentioning, on Fridays where the team gets together, and it’s called, get content out of jail or something like that. And we have a worksheet, that or a spreadsheet where we all throughout the week type in things for meetings like this meeting. Like, Joe, there was that moment when, Katie asked you this question and you had this answer.

That should be shared on social media, your answer. And so it’s a mechanism, like, another mechanism to make sure that we’re getting the most out of the existing content we have. So it’s not always a matter of sitting down for a block of time and just, like, recording yourself talking. That’s good too. But there’s lots of places where content is, like, hiding, content you could share. So refer to that sheet and start, like, coming up with ideas.

What I would like you to do for just three minutes, if you haven’t already, is get into assigning a subtopic for the month of April.

Okay?

Week by week. Cool. Cool.

Alright.

Cool. So with that, I’m going to speak to this last part, but that’s really a, like, a homework for you to do going forward.

The last part is a, weekly calendar where you’d put in what the week is, what your subtopic is. And then, again, this is if you struggle to come up with what, to post about. If you already have this, obviously, as I’ve mentioned, you’re good.

But here are some these are actually really common themes, so it might be possibly too common going forward. Again, this is something that my, coach shared with us.

But, actually, some of these are shifted around. So I I tried to get a little more creative than just sharing exactly what my coach said for us to do. Motivation Monday, so that could be, like, where you’re just talking to your audience about something to be motivating for them. Trending topics, Tuesdays, results, Wednesdays, those are case studies, other things basically that you’ve done to prove out results.

Thorough Thursdays is going long on something, going deep on a topic, really digging into it, in a in a quite thorough way, and then q and a or ask me anything or FAQs, Fridays.

Those are just ways you can come up with content.

And then, again, the more you’re assigning this for somebody else to do, the more you can say, okay. I know I have to make some, q and a videos for you for Friday, so I’ll get those to you on Tuesday. And really does better work with them so that you stay on track and actually get results out of the work that you’re doing. Obviously, we’re not talking here about measuring how things are going. That’s not the subject for today’s training. What we just wanna do is make sure that we’re starting to get to a place where you are posting and then going back over later and making sure that it’s working, and your frequency is working, and the topics you’re sharing are working for the goal that you have in mind. So these are worksheets that you would fill in weekly, like the week before, or have them all ready to go well in advance depending on how you like to organize your time.

So that’s all I want to share with you for Instagram posting today. But what I really can’t emphasize enough is how important it is to get started now or to keep going if you’ve been doing it and, like, you’ve been sporadic about it or you just maybe you like, it’s easy to give up. I find it easy to go, like, well, forget it. There’s only one of me and there’s just not enough time, but worth it.

Try to find a way to sneak it in. Try to find things that are gonna shorten shorten the time for you to actually get that stuff out there. Don’t force yourself to post five times a day if you can’t even post once a day. Just start with once a day, and then go from there.

Okay.

Any questions or thoughts on this? How are we feeling about Instagram or our businesses?

Yeah. Katie.

Okay. I just wanna share, like, this is really well timed for me because I the last couple weeks have been playing this game with myself where I’m trying to get, like it’s, like, twenty five points on Instagram every week, and, like, a reel is, like, three points. A story is one point. I’m trying to, like I’m, like, going for volume.

Yeah.

But, yeah, gamifying it a little bit.

So if anybody is with me on trying to, like, get more out there, then that’s the strategy I’m Okay.

Tell me more about this game. I because I love it. How does it work? What do you do?

Like, what is the scoring system?

It’s literally, like, three for reals, two for stories, two, like, two well, two for post one and then one for, like, minute that I talk. I do a lot of when I go pick up my kids from day care, I do, like, talking head story. That’s my easiest one.

Reels are the hardest because I hate video editing.

And, this is really interesting, this what you’ve just shared because I have started doing all of my Instagram myself again because I found that it was, like, way too much back and forth with my VA. Yeah. She’s, like, not a design person or a copy person. So, yeah, this is me, like, taking back the reins from Instagram and trying to just see how much faster I can ship things than, like, putting a big strategy behind it, and making it, like, a bigger thing than I think it needs to be.

Okay.

So and the game does the game exist to make it so that you want to do this stuff?

Oh, sorry. No. Go ahead.

I track, like, micro wins in my paper diary, and that’s where I just give myself points.

Okay. There’s no I mean, the question about what’s your prize, I’m like, oh, yeah. I should probably give myself a reward of some kind, but I haven’t been doing that so far.

Oh, now you get to come up with a a prize.

That’s fun. It’s awesome.

Cool. Who else wants to get in with Katie and make a game out of it?

I love this. Yeah. I don’t know. I think anytime we can have a game involved, then you’re just like, competition’s on.

You gotta do it. No? No. Fun. Anyway, I love that, Katie. Good job. And I know that it can feel like a lot, to have to put together these systems, like SOPs to document all this stuff, all the work upfront, in order to hand it off to a VA, but it is the leverage that will help.

Right? So if you can get to a place where you can document this the work and have some themes, have templates in place that are like, don’t mess with this, especially, like, if you buy something on Creative Market and say, this is how it’s gonna look for the next three months, just use these templates, then that might be something because, obviously, there’s lots of ways to spend your time, and social media is important.

It’s just not gonna be, obviously, forever the most important thing for you to do. Has anybody read the E Myth Revisited yet?

Read it. Yes.

Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. I’m not done the I scanned it years ago, but a lot fell out of my head. And, I’ve been listening to the audiobook, like, while I was painting this wall and, when I’m just, like, getting dinner ready and stuff like that.

That’s really interesting, when it comes to systems and the smart way to get yourself out of working in your business and more on your business, which is obviously the goal for basically everybody. Yeah. The E Myth Revisited. It’s a horrible title. I have no idea what he was thinking.

There’s no E Myth, and I don’t know about revisiting it. So it it’s very odd, But behind that horrible title is is a very it’s a good book. It’s a good book for a small business, especially if you find yourself expanding only to shrink because something got hard because the VA sucked at that or whatever that thing might be. And so you’re like, oh, I’ll just do it myself.

Oh, okay. I’m gonna grow. No. I’m just gonna do it myself.

It’s it’s really good at coaching you through that. And so yeah. Have a look.

Okay.

Anybody else working on Instagram? Anybody wanna share anything they’re doing on Instagram, Abby? Yeah.

Yeah. Instagram is, like, the debate of my life at the moment. As I said, I’m trying to grow my following on that, and I’m just finding it really hard. I wonder if you have any tips around visibility because I I’ve had, I think I mentioned. So I have my VA basically repurposing my LinkedIn content, and then I make some videos and stuff. So we’ve been posting every day ish for about three months, and I’ve gained maybe, like, a hundred followers, and no no results.

So, yeah, do you have any tips, like, getting in front of the right people? Like, using hashtags? Like, do I need to be engaging with accounts?

What’s the yeah.

I think there’s probably a lot that, like, Nicole and even Mike could say about getting putting content out there that people like. I if, Nicole or Mike, you wanna think about anything you’d wanna share there.

Come in here real quick if you’d like, Joe.

Yeah. So I just wanna before you jump in, I just wanna preface it with sometimes getting a lot of followers isn’t the point. Okay. Go ahead, Mike. Sorry. Thanks.

Yeah. It’s funny because, like, this is a a bit of an aesthetics we’re talking I’m coming from a YouTube perspective, but, like, I’m going through a a course right now called channel jump start for YouTube, which is kind of like done run by Daryl Eaves, who’s like mister beast’s data guy when it comes to YouTube. So he’s a YouTube guy. Right?

And the one thing that came away is a really big He doesn’t even care about subscribers. He cares about, like, who active viewers are. So I know Instagram, YouTube, not quite the same thing. But one technique that’s being done for the research side for us is we’re actually doing what’s called a dummy account.

And we what we do is we actually I’ve created a YouTube channel or a YouTube account that’s, like, not even I don’t touch anything, but I only make sure I go and watch the stuff that’s really hyper relevant to my niche. And then what’s happening is the algorithm’s gonna start suggesting that stuff to me, and then you take the the cues from that to say, okay. Here’s how people, like, edit it. Here’s the topics.

Here’s how the sort of thing. I don’t know if that would come across for Instagram, but it feels like something that could probably work where you actually created a separate Instagram account where you you’re just really hyper focused about only looking at stuff that’s, like, really relevant to your niche and then seeing if the algorithm will start suggesting more stuff to you, and you can take cues from that as, like, okay. How are people talking? Like, what’s the stuff that’s getting engagements?

What are people reacting to? And what’s the structure of it? Because just like copywriters with a a framework, you kinda break it down and figure out what the, what framework these creators are using.

Because most of them are playing you know, you start seeing the same stuff over and over again Mhmm.

And maybe not necessarily in a bad sense. But if the two things to look out for there is just, like, is it getting lots of attention and is getting lots of recent attention, I think is what you wanna look at. Because if something’s got a million views from, like, three years ago, it’s probably not relevant now. But, like, stuff that’s, like, hot and fresh right now, that’s probably where you wanna be looking.

So is it enough to just think, like, if I create better content, better relevant, likable content is gonna get seen? Is that kind of Yeah.

I’m just gonna kinda jump in here if that’s okay, Mike.

Yeah. So, I think with Instagram, like, it is a quantity game, but it is still quality over quantity, if that makes sense.

Like, if you’re just putting out whatever things that you haven’t really spent any time on or haven’t really thought through, it’s not going to get a ton of engagement, because people can kinda see through that. Like, people are looking for quality on there.

But, one thing that I find kinda helpful is going through kinda like what Mike’s saying is going to, like, the really popular accounts, like, in your niche or in your specialization and searching through their account, like, within the last few months and finding, like, the reels that have the most views, the you know, anything that has a lot of comments, lot of likes, and things like that. And then just kinda take you’re not stealing their content, but you kinda take it as inspiration for your own. And it’s like, hey. What did they do that did so well, and how can I kind of make that my own?

And then it kinda makes your strategy a little bit easier too because you’re not constantly just trying to come up with ideas out of nowhere.

So Mhmm.

Yeah. That’s helpful. Oh, sorry.

Go ahead, Adam, please.

Yeah.

No. I was just gonna say yeah. Because I feel like my content’s good quality, but it’s kind of boring. Like, I don’t feel like the hooks are good enough, and I don’t, yeah, maybe, like, that would help kind of, yeah, watching their videos and stuff and seeing, like, how other people are hooking people in because I just feel like I’m kind of sharing good stuff, but, like, no one cares.

I think you’ll notice too, especially when it comes to, like, video content, like reels, YouTube shorts, that sort of thing, like, hook becomes so important because, you know, they have the option to swipe away so quick. So you have Mhmm. Like, the three seconds to really get speak directly to what they’re actually interested in and then deliver on it.

It’s so hard. So it’s, like, legit so hard.

And we will get into like, the more we’re out there trying different things, we’ll be sharing those here, including, like, rules that we’ve developed for editing videos, and things like that so that the pacing is really good, because that’s obviously important. Right? But it’s like, if you don’t have rules set out, like, a basic checklist of this must be true as we move through a video, then you’re you’re just not gonna do it. Right?

But it’s as simple as just often as simple for me to say. Nicole and Mike are like, hold on. But it’s as simple as just putting together that list of, like, what are some of the rules we have? Like, every three seconds, the scene has to change, things like that.

Right? That can get people watching. But, again, Abby, I wouldn’t worry too much about all of the followers. Like, the one of one coach I have that I didn’t find on social, though, I found through other memes.

He has very low following, like, given the size of his business, but it’s just for him, not about that. It’s like he just wants one good follower that he can then connect with and close.

And so I know it can be frustrating, especially since number of followers is a bit of a signal to the world.

Yeah. That’s oh, you’re a big deal or you’re not, but I wouldn’t worry, honestly, too much about that.

Yeah. I think because the purpose in my head of doing Instagram is because I wanna get invited to podcast, and I want I want people to reach out to me. So I feel like all the while I have, like, a tiny following. Like, it’s like not only do I not look like a big deal, but I look like I’ve I’ve been in business for five minutes, which isn’t true. Yeah. So that’s kind of my, like, thinking with the with the followers.

Yeah. Makes sense. I mean, yeah, it does.

And it’s been like I know for Nicole, we have an objective for her by end of twenty twenty four for how many followers she needs to have. But as we go, that could change because it could become very clear that number of followers, again, not that important. It’s important, but what is something else that would matter for a podcast for somebody on podcast to invite you? What are some other things that need to be true that you could actually solve?

Yeah. I feel like once I get to a thousand, I’ll stop worrying about it. I just feel all the while is under a thousand. It’s just too small.

Yeah.

Well, it’s I’ll take it.

Comment.

Yeah. Well, no. We will because, again, every new follower is an opportunity. Mhmm. So yeah.

I can second that. I don’t manage an Instagram account for myself, but I manage an Instagram account for one of my clients. We have a thousand followers, and I get messages all the time. It’s a very niche industry.

It’s, commercial beekeepers. Not everyone who reaches out to us is relevant. But, yeah, I get messages all the time from beekeepers all over the world. Mhmm.

And then the other thing I’ll say is it took a lot of experimentation.

I to be perfectly honest, I really hate social media. So I came in knowing almost nothing about it. But it was my first client, and I I need to get started.

And we did a lot of experimentation, and we got very, very little engagement. And then all of a sudden, I posted, like, a video that one of our one of the people from r and d took with his cell phones of putting queen bees in boxes, and it was, like, forty five seconds and that was it. And it got fourteen thousand views. And it was, like, no high quality production, just, like, an interesting an interest like, a tiny little element of a larger research study with very little context, but it was authentic and it was interesting, and people liked it. So, like, I would say a lot of experimentation will get you there because you can’t always predict what people will like and what people won’t like.

Mhmm. Yeah.

Cool. Thank you.

I love that. And I second an interest in beekeeping.

Yeah. Can you drop the account in the chat? I wanna I wanna see.

Local gardening center has a beekeeping class coming up, and I’m like, I might wanna learn about bees. Could be I don’t wanna keep them, but I wanna make sure I’m not killing them for starters.

Interesting. Okay. Cool. Yeah. So and, like, I’m I also I know nothing about social media, hence, taking so freaking long to do anything about it. It wasn’t until my friend, Jia, was like, Joe, get on social media. And I was like, oh, it’d probably be on social media.

And then we both Mike and Nicole went on, and that became their core focus.

But I didn’t and that’s why I don’t like, we have I’m learning a lot and hopefully sharing the good stuff as we go and then the things to avoid as we go. But, yeah, one of the bigger takeaways for me so far in the last year of finally taking this more seriously is don’t worry so much about followers. Like, Mike, like you’ve said, worry more about, like, are they watching or a lot of people watching your stuff rather than that. So can you make it more interesting?

And then you can, of course, pin the really popular ones to the top of your Instagram page. Right? And that’s that’s maybe even a better signal for people who would book you on a podcast. If you have, like, three really core videos or whatever that have lots and lots of views, then that can look really good to that person who’s gonna book you versus lots of followers, which which could mean nothing.

You can buy followers.

Although This could also be a good opportunity to, see where to find good content.

Like I said, if you got, like, a an account with a thousand followers, but they got a video that had fourteen thousand views, that’s a pretty good signal that the content is really resonating with people because it’s reaching outside of their own grasp. And like I said, if someone has a thousand followers, who knows how many of those are actually active followers too? Because a lot of people subscribe and then just don’t see stuff. Right? So, I mean, like, it’s yeah. When thinking about your content, just try to find the stuff that’s, like, really performing well outside of what their actual, sphere of influence is, and then that should be able to take some good cues from that.

Yeah. Thank you. Can I ask a follow-up question, Jo? Or does anyone else wanna jump in? Because I’ve asked a few.

No one put their hand up. Go for it, Abby.

Yeah. I guess it’s kind of, like, maybe a mindset question. So when I’ve been looking at other accounts to see what content I like, like, I obviously like yours. But I think what what I like about yours is it’s it’s very divisive, and you just you speak with such authority.

And I I struggle to do that or to take kind of hot takes or be edgy because my kind of it I’ve kind of just approached my content, I guess, more with, like, curiosity and being like, oh, one thing that I’ve tried that’s quite cool, but it’s not it’s not hooky. It’s not punchy. It’s not divisive. And I’m just still kinda like, well, who am I to really talk with authority about this stuff when and, I mean, who who is anyone really?

Because it’s like with marketing, it’s just every you know, everything goes. It’s all just bullshit.

Honestly, I mean, I do think a good point that you need to keep in mind is who is anyone, really?

Like, I don’t know.

It’s like, really. Like, I think of one person in particular who I am now like, you are so full of shit. You don’t know, like, what?

But man, does he speak with authority, and so many people buy into and it’s like, he’s a good dude, etcetera, etcetera, but so full of shit.

Seriously taking something that one person told him, and you find the source and go like Mhmm. Fucking stole that from that guy and didn’t cite him either. And now you’re acting like it’s your idea. It’s so annoying to watch, but it does speak to, like, who is anyone anyway. This guy, you don’t have to be him to do it right. Right? But but I think a good takeaway from knowing that some people are full of shit is you’re not full of shit.

So why people should find you. They should find you. Right? Like, it’s better for them if they find you than if they find the people who are full of shit. But the ones who are full of it are out there chirping up a storm. No one can stop them.

Meanwhile, you’re being reasonable and thinking, well, why should I say that? And should I say it that way? And they’re just like, and everyone’s loving it.

So I don’t know. To me, I’m like and it it’s not gonna click immediately, but I think this is maybe gonna start you down the path of appreciating that you have good stuff to say. I said I said the s h I t word a few times there.

But, but, yeah, nobody like, some people are really, really smart, know a lot of things, and they’re typically the one you find way far down the road after you’ve sorted through all the nonsense of people who are just full of crap.

So the more you can share yourself more loudly I know it doesn’t mean you have to be divisive or divisive, however you wanna pronounce it.

But what can you say and then boost? Spend a little money to boost that thing, to get people to maybe ignore the one who is full of crap and listen to you. And I do think that a good person to follow, who I do not think is full of crap, is Alex Hormozi. If you’re gonna do stuff on Instagram, just be the you, the Alex Hormozi of your world.

Honestly, I think, like, we can all just freaking copy the best. He’s not full of crap. In my experience, who knows? But doesn’t seem full of crap. So I don’t know if that’s helpful to you. Like, just, like, borrow his confidence and just do it.

Yeah. I mean, it’s Right? Like, you don’t have to be anything different. You can still be Abby being that. Right?

Yeah. But Abby isn’t getting engagement. Like, it’s not you know, I don’t think I just don’t think my approach is is engaging.

Like, I’m I’m not engaging the way I’m showing up on social media. Mhmm. Like, there’s gotta be another part of me that I can channel.

Yeah.

Because, I mean, it’s not like I care so much about course creators thinking, like, I’m full of shit. It’s more like, I don’t want, like, you or Prana to, like, roll your eyes at something I put out there. Like, that’s more the fear.

Oh, no. Don’t worry about that. Not to roll my eyes. Honestly, it’s, I was in a session, book writing session, and I we posted about this on Instagram.

I was in a book writing session with Donald Miller from StoryBrand who has published fiction. I didn’t know that.

And he was saying that you wanna make sure you don’t do anything.

Basically, you have this whole spiel a spiel about don’t humiliate yourself. Don’t embarrass yourself.

Important people are gonna be reading your book, so make sure you have created something that’s that they wouldn’t think is dumb or something. And I was like, but that’s where, like, scared writing comes from. Then you write really contained stuff. Like, Gertrude Stein didn’t give a shit what you thought about her. And then everyone was like, I love Gertrude Stein, because she was reading the craziest stuff. Like, that’s not a sentence. That’s not even a book.

But she didn’t care about that. And I think, like, don’t care about that. Don’t care about what I might think or might think. Honestly, don’t care about it.

Tarzan k doesn’t give a shit what I think about her stuff because I’ve rolled my eyes a million times at that shit, but I respect what she’s doing. I think you can do the same thing too. I would not don’t let people in there. Don’t let me or Verna or anybody else in there at all, please.

It’s just gonna hold you up.

Can I can I also offer a suggestion? Because I’ve been reading a lot of content, Abby, and I think it’s really good. But I think that, sometimes you write a lot, and you may wanna, like, experiment with different, like, styles. Like, maybe it’s not a controversial thing. Maybe it’s just, like, formatting, like trying sometimes do something a little bit shorter or, like, playing with shorter sentences or just because, sometimes it’s it’s hard to read a lot on social media. Like, it might be you may not have to be a personality that you’re not if you’re not a very controversial, outspoken person, if that’s not natural to you.

Like, may maybe maybe that’ll help, but it it may be, like, there might be things in writing that could help people actually get through the the message.

Because you have a lot of interesting things to say, but it’s just a lot of content.

As long as they I mean, it’s it’s good content.

I just think that for like, if you broke it down into several posts Yeah. Then Usually, I write, like, blog posts as on LinkedIn.

Yeah. No. That’s that’s really helpful feedback.

Well, that’s a good thing too because if you got a giant piece of pillar content, you can turn that into so many pieces of micro content too. Right?

Are you familiar with, Gary Vaynerchuk’s sixty four pieces of content strategy or whatever?

Oh, I’ve heard of it, but not for a while. I’ll check that out.

Yeah. The big basis is you just have like, he usually says, like, you take a big podcast or something like that. Right? And then you just keep going.

One thing is a reel. One thing is a quote post. One thing is a little video snippet. And so from you know, it’s not about reinventing the wheel now.

So if if you already got these nice long pieces of content, then you can just turn these into so many pieces of micro content that speak and fiddle on those gaps.

Mhmm. Yeah.

Oh, this has been so helpful.

Abby, Stacy asked, and I wanna know too. What’s your, insta what’s your Instagram?

It’s at AC content. Follow for follow.

Love it. Okay. Hold on. I’m looking at that. Talk amongst yourselves.

I’ll put it in the chat.

There’s, one thing I did kinda wanna mention, that can be kinda helpful for getting engaged is kind of coming up with just, like, your own little engagement group. So you can have, like, a group chat on Instagram, and then every time you post, you just post in that group chat saying, hey. I just posted. And then everybody commits to liking the post, leaving a comment, and then sharing it on their story or whatever.

And then you just kinda keep doing that, every time you post. There’s just, like, a small group of, like, no more than ten people, but that can help your reach a lot.

I know it’s worked for other people. So just a suggestion.

Yeah. Katie, Jessica, Caroline, anyone who’s doing Instagram.

No. I have a question. Can I ask a follow-up question about that, Nicole? Sure.

So I heard someone recently talk about these again again because this was big back when I was doing my first online business in network marketing. Like, that was the thing. You create a pod, you know, whatever. But what I was wondering was, how does that jive with the, training the algorithm?

Like, for example, I’m not really a course creator that right now, I suppose. That ab that would hire Abby right now. Right? But then and we’re all kind of copywriters.

We’re in different niches. So how does that because I don’t know. I just all I know is eventually, ecommerce people. And I would imagine other people feel that too.

So how does the pod does there is there an impact? Does it just don’t worry, focus on the engagement? What do you think about that?

Yeah. That’s a good question. So the algorithm is kind of funny like that because everybody has their own personal algorithm. So whatever’s coming up on your feed is the stuff that you’re just interested in.

And so, like, yes, if you are liking other people’s content and their course creators, then, yes, you’re going to end up seeing more of that on your feed. Yeah. But it’s not going to help, like or it’s not going to hurt, say a bunch of course creators are liking your content, but, ecommerce people are as well. It’s not going to make less ecommerce people see your content just because course creators are liking it and stuff, if that makes any sense.

No. It makes sense. Yeah. Okay. Yeah.

Cool. So, like, I wouldn’t worry about that. Like, I think it’s good to just get general engagement off the like, right off the bat. And then that way, push it to other people who are interested in it as well.

Okay. Cool. Thanks. Yep.

I have a question for somebody who knows more about Instagram algorithm because based on what what I understand, you wanna have one audience that you focus on. And that’s one thing I’d like, I just noticed on on Abby’s, profile. She’s got two completely different audiences that are labeled in the, you know, sell more courses with day one evergreen or become a nomad copywriter, which would seem to be, you know, a splitting of attention there. And would it be a good idea for her to have one focus instead of having two different things with different audiences?

Yeah. My BA told me to do that.

Oh, but that’s a good question. Because at one point, Joe, wouldn’t you have kind of had that? Because you kind of have you have multiple audiences, freelancers, and then the not, I guess, everybody else. But right? You have that.

Yeah. But we have had to make a call on who we want to target. Okay. Yeah. So we really Yeah. Refined that. That’s pretty recent, though.

So yeah. But it’s Yeah. Fair.

It’s a fair I found that just targeting, like, a specific like, we’re targeting, freelancers who are, like, wanting to grow their business and, like, take the next step.

Like, that’s our main target, and it’s, like, a certain caliber as well.

We end up getting other people, of course, like, as you will, but, like, it’s just like it’s just like copywriting when you’re writing for one reader. Like, you’re thinking Instagram account’s the same way.

So it’s like, yes. Some of our content speaks to a broader audience, but for the most part, like, when we’re thinking about it, we are just targeting just one.

Yeah.

It is worth thinking about too in terms of strategy because, like, if all the stuff, AI algorithms, all these things, it still comes down to people.

So, I mean, like, if you think about who if you have a really hammered down avatar, like, not just like, oh, I’m going after twenty five to thirty five year old women that want this if I’m going after Lisa. Lisa’s twenty seven. She’s a grad student. She did this.

She did this. She did this. She likes to watch when she’s not online, she’s reading this book. She’s playing this sport.

Like, if you start figuring out who that one person is and your content speaks to that one person, you’re gonna probably start resonating more. Because I think if you like I say, if you spread too thin, one risk you do have is, like, if it doesn’t serve that person for what they signed up for off the value prop of the content they maybe followed you for and then they get something different, it might send them to feel like, yeah, they’re not really, feeling it the same way as if, you kinda keep consistently messaging to that person. So I think that’s one thing that it is one thing to consider, I’d say.

You can also, like, base it on different channels. Like, when I’m posting on LinkedIn, I’m a lot of times, I’m talking to investors more so than, like, beekeepers or growers for this specific account.

But it also can depend on the time of year. Like, when it’s sales season, I might talk to the customer. And when they’re trying to raise a a round, might talk to investors. Like, there is some room for flexibility either on different channels or different times of the year based on your priorities.

Can I just add, we’re not talking really about what to share, on social media right now, but I I think a good rule of thumb is not to share how, if you can help it? We’ve had to pull way back on sharing how, and, so far, it’s been useful to do that.

Leave the how for when they hire you or buy your product or whatever that might be. But try to shift away from from teaching how to write copy, how to plan something, Abby, in your case, how to do day one evergreen, more about why you should, where you should, when you should, all of that kind of stuff, what to do, but not how to do it. So I think that can be useful to keep in mind, especially if you’re finding that a lot of copywriters are following you. Jessica, for you, they’re often, like, if you have how content, copywriters will follow you, for sure. So try to shift away from that, then you might get fewer of the wrong people. Yeah.

Transcript

My Wonderful.

Alright.

Howdy. Howdy. Howdy. Howdy.

Cool. People are joining. I’m gonna let that happen and get a little adjusted here.

Cool beans.

Good.

Okay. How’s everybody doing?

Having a good start of week so far?

Wow. Everybody hates Monday. Okay. That’s fair.

No prob alright. Alright.

Yeah. Full on hate of Monday. Nobody even reacted other than Sarah.

This is bananas.

Okay. Alright.

I’m gonna I gave a thumbs up.

Okay. Okay. Good. I missed it somehow.

I’m I’m just I just rolled out of bed, so, you know, I’m not quite all here yet.

What time zone are you in?

It’s ten, but I’m kind of a night owl. So I I go to bed really late, and I get up nine ish. Oh, okay. I’m having my morning coffee right now.

Oh, that’s good. I am the opposite. I’m asleep.

Why I never I never make, Verona’s groups because they’re I’m still sleeping.

Yeah.

Alright.

Well, cool.

Awesome. So today, you are here for the one session that I would not have paid any attention to years ago at my own peril. So I don’t have a whole bunch of regrets in, my business, but not getting started on social media sooner is is one.

As Nicole, who’s our social media lead, like, drinks her coffee feeling perfectly confident in her role. She’s like, Joe needs me. True.

So it’s a thing that my team has tried to get me on board with before.

Years ago, Mike was doing this big YouTube initiative, and I was like, no. It’s not leading to anything blah blah blah. Shut it down, and now it’s fully his job.

It’s like all YouTube, almost all the time. Nicole is our full time social media lead focusing entirely on Instagram.

And, yeah, these are things that I learned a little late. So I wanted to this is important for a lot of reasons. I’ve told you already that we have this, like, intensive starting in April, for new people who are looking to get, on track with having a much more, lucrative freelancing business.

And in that, we’ll be teaching a framework that, a model, basically, that then leads people to need to use social media a lot more. So today, we’re gonna focus on Instagram, because it’s really critical for the things that we’re going to teach going forward.

There’s a lot that if you’re not on Instagram, it’s really gonna be a struggle, some of the training that we have going forward, and you’ll be like, oh, I wish that I had done something. So just start today. If you’re already on Instagram, cool. If you’re not, honestly, I hope you heed my advice.

I really regret not being on Instagram earlier. So, I would strongly encourage you even more than building your list at this point, getting on Instagram is a pretty big deal. So we’re gonna talk today about, your Instagram posting calendar because one of the biggest challenges that I know I had and that people have is, well, what would I like, what would I even share? Like, Instagram is this visual medium, and I’m a writer.

What am I gonna talk about other than here’s how you should be writing copy, and do I really want to teach how to do things on social media? Like, is that how is that gonna work for me in getting clients? So a lot of good questions come up. And if you have any questions about using Instagram or frustrations or anything that you want to share, chat them out. We can start talking about those or just, like, come off mute and share anything that you might want to about hesitation around using Instagram. But we’re gonna dig in and come off at any point, by the way. And I will eventually hear you talking over myself in case I don’t see you.

But do come off and feel free to share anything as we’re going. I am gonna dive right in to sharing the, the worksheet that we have prepared for today.

Okay.

Again, for those who just joined, I was saying that not getting on Instagram sooner is, one of my business regrets, and I really, really, really encourage you to take it seriously starting now. Don’t worry about how many followers you do or do not have. We’ve got, what, eighteen thousand followers. It’s not a huge following at all, but it’s good. It’s good and only bound to pay off further.

So we can get into more of that, and we will get into more of those things as we move on in our training.

Just because we’re focusing on Instagram doesn’t mean that other social spaces aren’t important. As I mentioned, Mike owns YouTube for us. LinkedIn is currently not a big thing for us. We have lots of followers on there, etcetera, but, we’ll talk about LinkedIn as we move forward, and we’ll be using LinkedIn more for sales reasons going forward.

But just put aside any, like, oh, I just wanna work on LinkedIn, or I just wanna do Pinterest or something.

Let’s just focus on Instagram. Also, Nicole was doing, Pinterest stuff for us, and the results very quickly were, like, not there. So, we paused on that in case you’ve thought about, like, other things that you could be spending more time on. If you’re gonna make, you know, quote posts for Instagram, then you might as well make them for Pinterest too, but but you really don’t wanna spread yourself too thin.

Just keep that in mind. Okay. So this little framework, this little model showing to the side here is like our sunshine growth model. It looks like a sun.

That’s why it’s called that.

And we’ll be getting into that in the intensive freelancing.

If you choose to participate in that, it’s included for you anyway. So, it’ll be really good to participate in that if you want to starting in April. More about that in Slack soon. Okay. But this is really critical now because, Meta has recently, and this may not be news to some of you and it will be to others, has added features to Instagram that are purely for business purposes.

So not at all for personal fun stuff, but just for business. Knowing that and then seeing what they’ve added as we go, we’ll get into more and more of that. It’s a really it’s it’s clearly their future strategy is more around making sure businesses are using Instagram as much as possible, and there are a lot of cool solutions out there that make that even easier. And I’m not just talking about schedulers, but way better stuff.

Again, as I mentioned, for some of the things that we’re gonna talk about going forward in CSP, you will need to have an Instagram account. If you don’t, you’re just gonna, like, skip that week. And then the next month, you’ll skip another week.

And, eventually, I think you’ll see that there’s a need for this and have to go back and retake those lessons. So you might as well just start right now.

Like building a list, building a social following is something that probably should have started yesterday, but definitely not tomorrow. Not continue don’t continue bumping it down the line like I did.

And I’ve heard this a lot. So some of the challenges or reasons not to use Instagram are like, well, my audience isn’t on there.

I only speak to, you know, enterprise level businesses, and they’re not on Instagram. And it’s like, well, you’re not going after the business account because you’re gonna talk to the social media person there.

It’s definitely I mean, the data shows that Instagram is filled with CMOs.

A lot of CMOs, forty seven percent of CMOs in America are women, and half of people on Instagram are also women. That doesn’t mean that half of the women on there are CMOs or anything weird like that, obviously.

But just know that with so many more women becoming CMOs and so many women who are CMO aged on Instagram, it’s a really good opportunity that feels silly to disregard just because your mom has an account on there.

So and even if it’s not your mom, it’s it’s a big opportunity.

People who are not targeting people that you might be targeting are all over that. People who are targeting your ideal are also all over Instagram, so get your butt on there.

One of the things also that stands out as an objection to getting on Instagram is, I don’t have a designer, Joe. And, like, I I can’t I’m not a designer. Now some of you actually are designers.

But if you’re not, I’m not. And before I had somebody, on my team who could design things for me, I used, creative market a lot. Creative market is a very good solution. You can go here, to get a whole bunch of templates. You have to pay for them, but it’s, like, nine dollars to download, like, an incredible amount of Canva templates for Instagram. So don’t let that stop you, from moving forward with some really cool stuff. Okay.

So the thing that we’re trying to solve today is not, hey. Do Instagram overall, but you should get on Instagram. You should keep on Instagram if you’re already on there.

And then we need to figure out what goes on your Instagram. So we’ve spoken already in Coffee School Professional about your red thread, your one thing, whatever, like, you basically specialize in and own or working towards owning, obviously, that’s a really good starting point for the content that you’re going to put on Instagram. But, like, where do you go with that? So a good, a good practice is to theme as much as you can, especially if you plan on handing this work over to a VA, which is a very good idea for a lot of you to do given that a lot of VAs are already skilled in, if not coming up with ideas for Instagram, in taking your Canva templates, putting in stuff that you tell them to, and then scheduling that in Sprout Social or whatever tool you might use. So but what they need is direction on what it should be about. So a good rule of thumb or not a rule of thumb, actually, a a good practice is to theme as much as you can.

Theming goes a long way. This is not my recommendation. This is my coach recommended this to us, one of my coaches, which is to theme your, year. So each month of the year, go through thinking about your example, like, your thing that you own and theme it. So you can say in the month of January, you’re gonna focus on for me, I would focus on specializing.

February could be a month that’s focused on tools. That doesn’t mean you only ever get to talk about tools. You can still say on Valentine’s Day in February, something else, But this will at least help you set up a plan for what you will talk about, generally speaking, each month. So if you’re like, okay. I need quotes. If you go to your VA and say, quote post as we actually know at copywriters quote post do pretty well.

So if you’re like, look, VA, in April, we’re gonna do systems training on Instagram.

Can you go and pull, you know, thirty quotes for me on systems, on systems for freelancing, systems for business, on why systems are important, on why nobody likes a system until they get a system, etcetera, etcetera, or do whatever you wanna do with AI to generate stuff like that.

But then at least you’ve got something to hand them. Right? You can say here’s what to do, and they can go forward and do that. Without a theme, you’re just like, I don’t know.

Copy?

So we want to, theme our months. There’s a worksheet in here for you.

And within each of those months then, you will need a subtopic.

So, obviously, a subtopic for, like, systems is is really, really dry. But if we were to do, like, November geek systems are important, by the way, but also quite dry. Geeking out on research, then week by week, you might have your different subtopics on research. Like, week one is gonna be all about serving.

Week two is all about interviewing. Week three and so on and so forth. Right? So we can write those out.

And now even further, we know or our VA knows what to talk about in those months or in those weeks. Sorry. Months overall.

So what I would like you to do is before we move on, I’d like to pause and have you go through and just for the next six minutes, just jot out just from April through to the end of December what those themes might be for your business to post about on Instagram.

Okay?

Doable?

Alright. Cool. Six minutes, then we’ll come off mute.

This.

Cool. Cool. Sorry if you have to click a button again to agree to stay in the meeting.

We’re gonna do the subtopics as well because I don’t want to kind of just start the work and then bail on it.

But I what I wanna talk about before we get into the subtopics, unless you already started, which is cool, is that there are so many kinds of content you can put out there. It’s really like, bananas to me to think of all the different formats in which you can share a message so that it doesn’t if you’re like, oh, this is tiresome, which is my thinking on a lot of stuff. It’s like, how how what else how else do we say this? And sometimes it’s just say it in a different format.

Right? So it could be the same message shared in lots of different ways. But what I would like you to do is not necessarily use this right now, but really kind of just scan this if you didn’t already when you got the worksheet earlier. If you haven’t had a chance to look through it, now is a good time to look at the very many kinds of things you can share and then, of course, the format that you’ll share them in.

We do have Nicole here from our team. If you have specific questions, I didn’t tell her that I’d be offering her services to you today.

I’m not necessarily. But, if you have questions because I don’t do the posting, so it’s not like I’m part of the creation of the content, but I don’t I don’t know what happens. Like, I don’t do anything after that. I send we have a drop box where I drop a bunch of stuff, like videos I’ve recorded or photos or whatever.

And, we have a channel for social media stuff in Slack, and then we also have, like, Google Sheets of ongoing quotes and other things that we might wanna add to social media. And then we have this mechanism, which is important, which is at the start of every week, Nicole and I have a meeting about what’s coming up that week. And then at the end of the week, Nicole shares out results in Slack so that everybody can see them. And that’s a mechanism that, Chris, the CEO of Wistia, shared with me that he did that, and I loved this.

Just really straightforward. Like, I know we don’t wanna have more meetings in our lives, but we kinda have to have some more meetings in our lives. So if you do have a VA or somebody else on your team who’s gonna be posting for you, then it’s really good to have a meeting with them at least once a week to just see that you’re on the same page with the content that’s being shared with the message, with how it’s written, especially if you’re getting a VA to do it, and they might not be a copywriter or have the same sense of what’s important that you do.

And this having something like this sheet showing on the screen right now is also useful because then they can come up with more ideas, and you can also say, like, oh, man. We also have a content meeting at the end of the week. Just a side note as I’m looking through this, because a lot of what you’re going to do throughout the week is content you can share. It just doesn’t feel like it.

Right? So snippets from client calls can be, something that you share out. Obviously, not the part where the client is talking, but where you are. There can be really good stuff hidden in all of the work that you’ve been doing all week long, but your VA or the person working with you on social media won’t know know anything about it if you don’t share it with them.

So we actually have another meeting, which I was just mentioning, on Fridays where the team gets together, and it’s called, get content out of jail or something like that. And we have a worksheet, that or a spreadsheet where we all throughout the week type in things for meetings like this meeting. Like, Joe, there was that moment when, Katie asked you this question and you had this answer.

That should be shared on social media, your answer. And so it’s a mechanism, like, another mechanism to make sure that we’re getting the most out of the existing content we have. So it’s not always a matter of sitting down for a block of time and just, like, recording yourself talking. That’s good too. But there’s lots of places where content is, like, hiding, content you could share. So refer to that sheet and start, like, coming up with ideas.

What I would like you to do for just three minutes, if you haven’t already, is get into assigning a subtopic for the month of April.

Okay?

Week by week. Cool. Cool.

Alright.

Cool. So with that, I’m going to speak to this last part, but that’s really a, like, a homework for you to do going forward.

The last part is a, weekly calendar where you’d put in what the week is, what your subtopic is. And then, again, this is if you struggle to come up with what, to post about. If you already have this, obviously, as I’ve mentioned, you’re good.

But here are some these are actually really common themes, so it might be possibly too common going forward. Again, this is something that my, coach shared with us.

But, actually, some of these are shifted around. So I I tried to get a little more creative than just sharing exactly what my coach said for us to do. Motivation Monday, so that could be, like, where you’re just talking to your audience about something to be motivating for them. Trending topics, Tuesdays, results, Wednesdays, those are case studies, other things basically that you’ve done to prove out results.

Thorough Thursdays is going long on something, going deep on a topic, really digging into it, in a in a quite thorough way, and then q and a or ask me anything or FAQs, Fridays.

Those are just ways you can come up with content.

And then, again, the more you’re assigning this for somebody else to do, the more you can say, okay. I know I have to make some, q and a videos for you for Friday, so I’ll get those to you on Tuesday. And really does better work with them so that you stay on track and actually get results out of the work that you’re doing. Obviously, we’re not talking here about measuring how things are going. That’s not the subject for today’s training. What we just wanna do is make sure that we’re starting to get to a place where you are posting and then going back over later and making sure that it’s working, and your frequency is working, and the topics you’re sharing are working for the goal that you have in mind. So these are worksheets that you would fill in weekly, like the week before, or have them all ready to go well in advance depending on how you like to organize your time.

So that’s all I want to share with you for Instagram posting today. But what I really can’t emphasize enough is how important it is to get started now or to keep going if you’ve been doing it and, like, you’ve been sporadic about it or you just maybe you like, it’s easy to give up. I find it easy to go, like, well, forget it. There’s only one of me and there’s just not enough time, but worth it.

Try to find a way to sneak it in. Try to find things that are gonna shorten shorten the time for you to actually get that stuff out there. Don’t force yourself to post five times a day if you can’t even post once a day. Just start with once a day, and then go from there.

Okay.

Any questions or thoughts on this? How are we feeling about Instagram or our businesses?

Yeah. Katie.

Okay. I just wanna share, like, this is really well timed for me because I the last couple weeks have been playing this game with myself where I’m trying to get, like it’s, like, twenty five points on Instagram every week, and, like, a reel is, like, three points. A story is one point. I’m trying to, like I’m, like, going for volume.

Yeah.

But, yeah, gamifying it a little bit.

So if anybody is with me on trying to, like, get more out there, then that’s the strategy I’m Okay.

Tell me more about this game. I because I love it. How does it work? What do you do?

Like, what is the scoring system?

It’s literally, like, three for reals, two for stories, two, like, two well, two for post one and then one for, like, minute that I talk. I do a lot of when I go pick up my kids from day care, I do, like, talking head story. That’s my easiest one.

Reels are the hardest because I hate video editing.

And, this is really interesting, this what you’ve just shared because I have started doing all of my Instagram myself again because I found that it was, like, way too much back and forth with my VA. Yeah. She’s, like, not a design person or a copy person. So, yeah, this is me, like, taking back the reins from Instagram and trying to just see how much faster I can ship things than, like, putting a big strategy behind it, and making it, like, a bigger thing than I think it needs to be.

Okay.

So and the game does the game exist to make it so that you want to do this stuff?

Oh, sorry. No. Go ahead.

I track, like, micro wins in my paper diary, and that’s where I just give myself points.

Okay. There’s no I mean, the question about what’s your prize, I’m like, oh, yeah. I should probably give myself a reward of some kind, but I haven’t been doing that so far.

Oh, now you get to come up with a a prize.

That’s fun. It’s awesome.

Cool. Who else wants to get in with Katie and make a game out of it?

I love this. Yeah. I don’t know. I think anytime we can have a game involved, then you’re just like, competition’s on.

You gotta do it. No? No. Fun. Anyway, I love that, Katie. Good job. And I know that it can feel like a lot, to have to put together these systems, like SOPs to document all this stuff, all the work upfront, in order to hand it off to a VA, but it is the leverage that will help.

Right? So if you can get to a place where you can document this the work and have some themes, have templates in place that are like, don’t mess with this, especially, like, if you buy something on Creative Market and say, this is how it’s gonna look for the next three months, just use these templates, then that might be something because, obviously, there’s lots of ways to spend your time, and social media is important.

It’s just not gonna be, obviously, forever the most important thing for you to do. Has anybody read the E Myth Revisited yet?

Read it. Yes.

Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. I’m not done the I scanned it years ago, but a lot fell out of my head. And, I’ve been listening to the audiobook, like, while I was painting this wall and, when I’m just, like, getting dinner ready and stuff like that.

That’s really interesting, when it comes to systems and the smart way to get yourself out of working in your business and more on your business, which is obviously the goal for basically everybody. Yeah. The E Myth Revisited. It’s a horrible title. I have no idea what he was thinking.

There’s no E Myth, and I don’t know about revisiting it. So it it’s very odd, But behind that horrible title is is a very it’s a good book. It’s a good book for a small business, especially if you find yourself expanding only to shrink because something got hard because the VA sucked at that or whatever that thing might be. And so you’re like, oh, I’ll just do it myself.

Oh, okay. I’m gonna grow. No. I’m just gonna do it myself.

It’s it’s really good at coaching you through that. And so yeah. Have a look.

Okay.

Anybody else working on Instagram? Anybody wanna share anything they’re doing on Instagram, Abby? Yeah.

Yeah. Instagram is, like, the debate of my life at the moment. As I said, I’m trying to grow my following on that, and I’m just finding it really hard. I wonder if you have any tips around visibility because I I’ve had, I think I mentioned. So I have my VA basically repurposing my LinkedIn content, and then I make some videos and stuff. So we’ve been posting every day ish for about three months, and I’ve gained maybe, like, a hundred followers, and no no results.

So, yeah, do you have any tips, like, getting in front of the right people? Like, using hashtags? Like, do I need to be engaging with accounts?

What’s the yeah.

I think there’s probably a lot that, like, Nicole and even Mike could say about getting putting content out there that people like. I if, Nicole or Mike, you wanna think about anything you’d wanna share there.

Come in here real quick if you’d like, Joe.

Yeah. So I just wanna before you jump in, I just wanna preface it with sometimes getting a lot of followers isn’t the point. Okay. Go ahead, Mike. Sorry. Thanks.

Yeah. It’s funny because, like, this is a a bit of an aesthetics we’re talking I’m coming from a YouTube perspective, but, like, I’m going through a a course right now called channel jump start for YouTube, which is kind of like done run by Daryl Eaves, who’s like mister beast’s data guy when it comes to YouTube. So he’s a YouTube guy. Right?

And the one thing that came away is a really big He doesn’t even care about subscribers. He cares about, like, who active viewers are. So I know Instagram, YouTube, not quite the same thing. But one technique that’s being done for the research side for us is we’re actually doing what’s called a dummy account.

And we what we do is we actually I’ve created a YouTube channel or a YouTube account that’s, like, not even I don’t touch anything, but I only make sure I go and watch the stuff that’s really hyper relevant to my niche. And then what’s happening is the algorithm’s gonna start suggesting that stuff to me, and then you take the the cues from that to say, okay. Here’s how people, like, edit it. Here’s the topics.

Here’s how the sort of thing. I don’t know if that would come across for Instagram, but it feels like something that could probably work where you actually created a separate Instagram account where you you’re just really hyper focused about only looking at stuff that’s, like, really relevant to your niche and then seeing if the algorithm will start suggesting more stuff to you, and you can take cues from that as, like, okay. How are people talking? Like, what’s the stuff that’s getting engagements?

What are people reacting to? And what’s the structure of it? Because just like copywriters with a a framework, you kinda break it down and figure out what the, what framework these creators are using.

Because most of them are playing you know, you start seeing the same stuff over and over again Mhmm.

And maybe not necessarily in a bad sense. But if the two things to look out for there is just, like, is it getting lots of attention and is getting lots of recent attention, I think is what you wanna look at. Because if something’s got a million views from, like, three years ago, it’s probably not relevant now. But, like, stuff that’s, like, hot and fresh right now, that’s probably where you wanna be looking.

So is it enough to just think, like, if I create better content, better relevant, likable content is gonna get seen? Is that kind of Yeah.

I’m just gonna kinda jump in here if that’s okay, Mike.

Yeah. So, I think with Instagram, like, it is a quantity game, but it is still quality over quantity, if that makes sense.

Like, if you’re just putting out whatever things that you haven’t really spent any time on or haven’t really thought through, it’s not going to get a ton of engagement, because people can kinda see through that. Like, people are looking for quality on there.

But, one thing that I find kinda helpful is going through kinda like what Mike’s saying is going to, like, the really popular accounts, like, in your niche or in your specialization and searching through their account, like, within the last few months and finding, like, the reels that have the most views, the you know, anything that has a lot of comments, lot of likes, and things like that. And then just kinda take you’re not stealing their content, but you kinda take it as inspiration for your own. And it’s like, hey. What did they do that did so well, and how can I kind of make that my own?

And then it kinda makes your strategy a little bit easier too because you’re not constantly just trying to come up with ideas out of nowhere.

So Mhmm.

Yeah. That’s helpful. Oh, sorry.

Go ahead, Adam, please.

Yeah.

No. I was just gonna say yeah. Because I feel like my content’s good quality, but it’s kind of boring. Like, I don’t feel like the hooks are good enough, and I don’t, yeah, maybe, like, that would help kind of, yeah, watching their videos and stuff and seeing, like, how other people are hooking people in because I just feel like I’m kind of sharing good stuff, but, like, no one cares.

I think you’ll notice too, especially when it comes to, like, video content, like reels, YouTube shorts, that sort of thing, like, hook becomes so important because, you know, they have the option to swipe away so quick. So you have Mhmm. Like, the three seconds to really get speak directly to what they’re actually interested in and then deliver on it.

It’s so hard. So it’s, like, legit so hard.

And we will get into like, the more we’re out there trying different things, we’ll be sharing those here, including, like, rules that we’ve developed for editing videos, and things like that so that the pacing is really good, because that’s obviously important. Right? But it’s like, if you don’t have rules set out, like, a basic checklist of this must be true as we move through a video, then you’re you’re just not gonna do it. Right?

But it’s as simple as just often as simple for me to say. Nicole and Mike are like, hold on. But it’s as simple as just putting together that list of, like, what are some of the rules we have? Like, every three seconds, the scene has to change, things like that.

Right? That can get people watching. But, again, Abby, I wouldn’t worry too much about all of the followers. Like, the one of one coach I have that I didn’t find on social, though, I found through other memes.

He has very low following, like, given the size of his business, but it’s just for him, not about that. It’s like he just wants one good follower that he can then connect with and close.

And so I know it can be frustrating, especially since number of followers is a bit of a signal to the world.

Yeah. That’s oh, you’re a big deal or you’re not, but I wouldn’t worry, honestly, too much about that.

Yeah. I think because the purpose in my head of doing Instagram is because I wanna get invited to podcast, and I want I want people to reach out to me. So I feel like all the while I have, like, a tiny following. Like, it’s like not only do I not look like a big deal, but I look like I’ve I’ve been in business for five minutes, which isn’t true. Yeah. So that’s kind of my, like, thinking with the with the followers.

Yeah. Makes sense. I mean, yeah, it does.

And it’s been like I know for Nicole, we have an objective for her by end of twenty twenty four for how many followers she needs to have. But as we go, that could change because it could become very clear that number of followers, again, not that important. It’s important, but what is something else that would matter for a podcast for somebody on podcast to invite you? What are some other things that need to be true that you could actually solve?

Yeah. I feel like once I get to a thousand, I’ll stop worrying about it. I just feel all the while is under a thousand. It’s just too small.

Yeah.

Well, it’s I’ll take it.

Comment.

Yeah. Well, no. We will because, again, every new follower is an opportunity. Mhmm. So yeah.

I can second that. I don’t manage an Instagram account for myself, but I manage an Instagram account for one of my clients. We have a thousand followers, and I get messages all the time. It’s a very niche industry.

It’s, commercial beekeepers. Not everyone who reaches out to us is relevant. But, yeah, I get messages all the time from beekeepers all over the world. Mhmm.

And then the other thing I’ll say is it took a lot of experimentation.

I to be perfectly honest, I really hate social media. So I came in knowing almost nothing about it. But it was my first client, and I I need to get started.

And we did a lot of experimentation, and we got very, very little engagement. And then all of a sudden, I posted, like, a video that one of our one of the people from r and d took with his cell phones of putting queen bees in boxes, and it was, like, forty five seconds and that was it. And it got fourteen thousand views. And it was, like, no high quality production, just, like, an interesting an interest like, a tiny little element of a larger research study with very little context, but it was authentic and it was interesting, and people liked it. So, like, I would say a lot of experimentation will get you there because you can’t always predict what people will like and what people won’t like.

Mhmm. Yeah.

Cool. Thank you.

I love that. And I second an interest in beekeeping.

Yeah. Can you drop the account in the chat? I wanna I wanna see.

Local gardening center has a beekeeping class coming up, and I’m like, I might wanna learn about bees. Could be I don’t wanna keep them, but I wanna make sure I’m not killing them for starters.

Interesting. Okay. Cool. Yeah. So and, like, I’m I also I know nothing about social media, hence, taking so freaking long to do anything about it. It wasn’t until my friend, Jia, was like, Joe, get on social media. And I was like, oh, it’d probably be on social media.

And then we both Mike and Nicole went on, and that became their core focus.

But I didn’t and that’s why I don’t like, we have I’m learning a lot and hopefully sharing the good stuff as we go and then the things to avoid as we go. But, yeah, one of the bigger takeaways for me so far in the last year of finally taking this more seriously is don’t worry so much about followers. Like, Mike, like you’ve said, worry more about, like, are they watching or a lot of people watching your stuff rather than that. So can you make it more interesting?

And then you can, of course, pin the really popular ones to the top of your Instagram page. Right? And that’s that’s maybe even a better signal for people who would book you on a podcast. If you have, like, three really core videos or whatever that have lots and lots of views, then that can look really good to that person who’s gonna book you versus lots of followers, which which could mean nothing.

You can buy followers.

Although This could also be a good opportunity to, see where to find good content.

Like I said, if you got, like, a an account with a thousand followers, but they got a video that had fourteen thousand views, that’s a pretty good signal that the content is really resonating with people because it’s reaching outside of their own grasp. And like I said, if someone has a thousand followers, who knows how many of those are actually active followers too? Because a lot of people subscribe and then just don’t see stuff. Right? So, I mean, like, it’s yeah. When thinking about your content, just try to find the stuff that’s, like, really performing well outside of what their actual, sphere of influence is, and then that should be able to take some good cues from that.

Yeah. Thank you. Can I ask a follow-up question, Jo? Or does anyone else wanna jump in? Because I’ve asked a few.

No one put their hand up. Go for it, Abby.

Yeah. I guess it’s kind of, like, maybe a mindset question. So when I’ve been looking at other accounts to see what content I like, like, I obviously like yours. But I think what what I like about yours is it’s it’s very divisive, and you just you speak with such authority.

And I I struggle to do that or to take kind of hot takes or be edgy because my kind of it I’ve kind of just approached my content, I guess, more with, like, curiosity and being like, oh, one thing that I’ve tried that’s quite cool, but it’s not it’s not hooky. It’s not punchy. It’s not divisive. And I’m just still kinda like, well, who am I to really talk with authority about this stuff when and, I mean, who who is anyone really?

Because it’s like with marketing, it’s just every you know, everything goes. It’s all just bullshit.

Honestly, I mean, I do think a good point that you need to keep in mind is who is anyone, really?

Like, I don’t know.

It’s like, really. Like, I think of one person in particular who I am now like, you are so full of shit. You don’t know, like, what?

But man, does he speak with authority, and so many people buy into and it’s like, he’s a good dude, etcetera, etcetera, but so full of shit.

Seriously taking something that one person told him, and you find the source and go like Mhmm. Fucking stole that from that guy and didn’t cite him either. And now you’re acting like it’s your idea. It’s so annoying to watch, but it does speak to, like, who is anyone anyway. This guy, you don’t have to be him to do it right. Right? But but I think a good takeaway from knowing that some people are full of shit is you’re not full of shit.

So why people should find you. They should find you. Right? Like, it’s better for them if they find you than if they find the people who are full of shit. But the ones who are full of it are out there chirping up a storm. No one can stop them.

Meanwhile, you’re being reasonable and thinking, well, why should I say that? And should I say it that way? And they’re just like, and everyone’s loving it.

So I don’t know. To me, I’m like and it it’s not gonna click immediately, but I think this is maybe gonna start you down the path of appreciating that you have good stuff to say. I said I said the s h I t word a few times there.

But, but, yeah, nobody like, some people are really, really smart, know a lot of things, and they’re typically the one you find way far down the road after you’ve sorted through all the nonsense of people who are just full of crap.

So the more you can share yourself more loudly I know it doesn’t mean you have to be divisive or divisive, however you wanna pronounce it.

But what can you say and then boost? Spend a little money to boost that thing, to get people to maybe ignore the one who is full of crap and listen to you. And I do think that a good person to follow, who I do not think is full of crap, is Alex Hormozi. If you’re gonna do stuff on Instagram, just be the you, the Alex Hormozi of your world.

Honestly, I think, like, we can all just freaking copy the best. He’s not full of crap. In my experience, who knows? But doesn’t seem full of crap. So I don’t know if that’s helpful to you. Like, just, like, borrow his confidence and just do it.

Yeah. I mean, it’s Right? Like, you don’t have to be anything different. You can still be Abby being that. Right?

Yeah. But Abby isn’t getting engagement. Like, it’s not you know, I don’t think I just don’t think my approach is is engaging.

Like, I’m I’m not engaging the way I’m showing up on social media. Mhmm. Like, there’s gotta be another part of me that I can channel.

Yeah.

Because, I mean, it’s not like I care so much about course creators thinking, like, I’m full of shit. It’s more like, I don’t want, like, you or Prana to, like, roll your eyes at something I put out there. Like, that’s more the fear.

Oh, no. Don’t worry about that. Not to roll my eyes. Honestly, it’s, I was in a session, book writing session, and I we posted about this on Instagram.

I was in a book writing session with Donald Miller from StoryBrand who has published fiction. I didn’t know that.

And he was saying that you wanna make sure you don’t do anything.

Basically, you have this whole spiel a spiel about don’t humiliate yourself. Don’t embarrass yourself.

Important people are gonna be reading your book, so make sure you have created something that’s that they wouldn’t think is dumb or something. And I was like, but that’s where, like, scared writing comes from. Then you write really contained stuff. Like, Gertrude Stein didn’t give a shit what you thought about her. And then everyone was like, I love Gertrude Stein, because she was reading the craziest stuff. Like, that’s not a sentence. That’s not even a book.

But she didn’t care about that. And I think, like, don’t care about that. Don’t care about what I might think or might think. Honestly, don’t care about it.

Tarzan k doesn’t give a shit what I think about her stuff because I’ve rolled my eyes a million times at that shit, but I respect what she’s doing. I think you can do the same thing too. I would not don’t let people in there. Don’t let me or Verna or anybody else in there at all, please.

It’s just gonna hold you up.

Can I can I also offer a suggestion? Because I’ve been reading a lot of content, Abby, and I think it’s really good. But I think that, sometimes you write a lot, and you may wanna, like, experiment with different, like, styles. Like, maybe it’s not a controversial thing. Maybe it’s just, like, formatting, like trying sometimes do something a little bit shorter or, like, playing with shorter sentences or just because, sometimes it’s it’s hard to read a lot on social media. Like, it might be you may not have to be a personality that you’re not if you’re not a very controversial, outspoken person, if that’s not natural to you.

Like, may maybe maybe that’ll help, but it it may be, like, there might be things in writing that could help people actually get through the the message.

Because you have a lot of interesting things to say, but it’s just a lot of content.

As long as they I mean, it’s it’s good content.

I just think that for like, if you broke it down into several posts Yeah. Then Usually, I write, like, blog posts as on LinkedIn.

Yeah. No. That’s that’s really helpful feedback.

Well, that’s a good thing too because if you got a giant piece of pillar content, you can turn that into so many pieces of micro content too. Right?

Are you familiar with, Gary Vaynerchuk’s sixty four pieces of content strategy or whatever?

Oh, I’ve heard of it, but not for a while. I’ll check that out.

Yeah. The big basis is you just have like, he usually says, like, you take a big podcast or something like that. Right? And then you just keep going.

One thing is a reel. One thing is a quote post. One thing is a little video snippet. And so from you know, it’s not about reinventing the wheel now.

So if if you already got these nice long pieces of content, then you can just turn these into so many pieces of micro content that speak and fiddle on those gaps.

Mhmm. Yeah.

Oh, this has been so helpful.

Abby, Stacy asked, and I wanna know too. What’s your, insta what’s your Instagram?

It’s at AC content. Follow for follow.

Love it. Okay. Hold on. I’m looking at that. Talk amongst yourselves.

I’ll put it in the chat.

There’s, one thing I did kinda wanna mention, that can be kinda helpful for getting engaged is kind of coming up with just, like, your own little engagement group. So you can have, like, a group chat on Instagram, and then every time you post, you just post in that group chat saying, hey. I just posted. And then everybody commits to liking the post, leaving a comment, and then sharing it on their story or whatever.

And then you just kinda keep doing that, every time you post. There’s just, like, a small group of, like, no more than ten people, but that can help your reach a lot.

I know it’s worked for other people. So just a suggestion.

Yeah. Katie, Jessica, Caroline, anyone who’s doing Instagram.

No. I have a question. Can I ask a follow-up question about that, Nicole? Sure.

So I heard someone recently talk about these again again because this was big back when I was doing my first online business in network marketing. Like, that was the thing. You create a pod, you know, whatever. But what I was wondering was, how does that jive with the, training the algorithm?

Like, for example, I’m not really a course creator that right now, I suppose. That ab that would hire Abby right now. Right? But then and we’re all kind of copywriters.

We’re in different niches. So how does that because I don’t know. I just all I know is eventually, ecommerce people. And I would imagine other people feel that too.

So how does the pod does there is there an impact? Does it just don’t worry, focus on the engagement? What do you think about that?

Yeah. That’s a good question. So the algorithm is kind of funny like that because everybody has their own personal algorithm. So whatever’s coming up on your feed is the stuff that you’re just interested in.

And so, like, yes, if you are liking other people’s content and their course creators, then, yes, you’re going to end up seeing more of that on your feed. Yeah. But it’s not going to help, like or it’s not going to hurt, say a bunch of course creators are liking your content, but, ecommerce people are as well. It’s not going to make less ecommerce people see your content just because course creators are liking it and stuff, if that makes any sense.

No. It makes sense. Yeah. Okay. Yeah.

Cool. So, like, I wouldn’t worry about that. Like, I think it’s good to just get general engagement off the like, right off the bat. And then that way, push it to other people who are interested in it as well.

Okay. Cool. Thanks. Yep.

I have a question for somebody who knows more about Instagram algorithm because based on what what I understand, you wanna have one audience that you focus on. And that’s one thing I’d like, I just noticed on on Abby’s, profile. She’s got two completely different audiences that are labeled in the, you know, sell more courses with day one evergreen or become a nomad copywriter, which would seem to be, you know, a splitting of attention there. And would it be a good idea for her to have one focus instead of having two different things with different audiences?

Yeah. My BA told me to do that.

Oh, but that’s a good question. Because at one point, Joe, wouldn’t you have kind of had that? Because you kind of have you have multiple audiences, freelancers, and then the not, I guess, everybody else. But right? You have that.

Yeah. But we have had to make a call on who we want to target. Okay. Yeah. So we really Yeah. Refined that. That’s pretty recent, though.

So yeah. But it’s Yeah. Fair.

It’s a fair I found that just targeting, like, a specific like, we’re targeting, freelancers who are, like, wanting to grow their business and, like, take the next step.

Like, that’s our main target, and it’s, like, a certain caliber as well.

We end up getting other people, of course, like, as you will, but, like, it’s just like it’s just like copywriting when you’re writing for one reader. Like, you’re thinking Instagram account’s the same way.

So it’s like, yes. Some of our content speaks to a broader audience, but for the most part, like, when we’re thinking about it, we are just targeting just one.

Yeah.

It is worth thinking about too in terms of strategy because, like, if all the stuff, AI algorithms, all these things, it still comes down to people.

So, I mean, like, if you think about who if you have a really hammered down avatar, like, not just like, oh, I’m going after twenty five to thirty five year old women that want this if I’m going after Lisa. Lisa’s twenty seven. She’s a grad student. She did this.

She did this. She did this. She likes to watch when she’s not online, she’s reading this book. She’s playing this sport.

Like, if you start figuring out who that one person is and your content speaks to that one person, you’re gonna probably start resonating more. Because I think if you like I say, if you spread too thin, one risk you do have is, like, if it doesn’t serve that person for what they signed up for off the value prop of the content they maybe followed you for and then they get something different, it might send them to feel like, yeah, they’re not really, feeling it the same way as if, you kinda keep consistently messaging to that person. So I think that’s one thing that it is one thing to consider, I’d say.

You can also, like, base it on different channels. Like, when I’m posting on LinkedIn, I’m a lot of times, I’m talking to investors more so than, like, beekeepers or growers for this specific account.

But it also can depend on the time of year. Like, when it’s sales season, I might talk to the customer. And when they’re trying to raise a a round, might talk to investors. Like, there is some room for flexibility either on different channels or different times of the year based on your priorities.

Can I just add, we’re not talking really about what to share, on social media right now, but I I think a good rule of thumb is not to share how, if you can help it? We’ve had to pull way back on sharing how, and, so far, it’s been useful to do that.

Leave the how for when they hire you or buy your product or whatever that might be. But try to shift away from from teaching how to write copy, how to plan something, Abby, in your case, how to do day one evergreen, more about why you should, where you should, when you should, all of that kind of stuff, what to do, but not how to do it. So I think that can be useful to keep in mind, especially if you’re finding that a lot of copywriters are following you. Jessica, for you, they’re often, like, if you have how content, copywriters will follow you, for sure. So try to shift away from that, then you might get fewer of the wrong people. Yeah.